Atlas of

Migmatites
About the cover:

Front cover
Metatex1te m1gmatite developed from a foliated granodionte show1ng leucosome 1n
dilat1on structures. Laag Mountain area, Bntish Columb1a. Photograph by Paul McNeill.

Rear cover
D1atex1te m1gmat1te w1th schlieren, developed from a pelitic protolith. Quetico Subprov1nce. Ontano.

The Mineralogical Association of Canada gratefully acknowledges

the financial contribution of rhe following organizations:

Ca nadian Geological Foundation @

Natural Resources Canada
 Atlas of
Migmatites
Edward W. Sawy er

The Canad ian Miner alogis t

Special Publica tion
9
Mln er a logi c.aJ
Ass o ciatio n o f Can a d a ritC·Cf itC
Association min~ralogique
du canada NRC Research Press
© 2008 National Research Cou ncil of Canada

All rights reser ved. o part of this publication m ay be reproduced in a retrieval system, or t ra nsmi tted by
any m ea ns, electronic, mechanical, photocopyi ng, recording or otherwise, without the prior
w rillen permission of the ational Resea rch Council of Ca nada, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OR6, Ca nad a.

Printed in Ca nada on acid -free paper.@

ISBN 978-0-660- 19787-6

ISS 17 17-6387
N RC o. 46331

Library and Archives Canada Cataloguing in Publication

Sawyer, Edward W illiam, 1951-

Atlas of migm atites/ E.W. Sawyer

" RC Resea rch Press"

Issued by: Nationa l Research Cou nci l Ca nada
Co-published by Mineralogical Association of Ca nada
Includes bibliographical references
ISB 978-0-660-19787-6

l. M igmatite. 2. Migmatite - Pictorial works. 3. Pet rology.

I. ationa l Research Council Canada II. Mineralogical Association of Canad a
Ill. Tit le.

Q£475.M5S38 2008 552'.4 C2008-980022-2

NRC Monograph Publishing Program

Editor: P.B. Cavers (University of Western Onta rio)

Editoria l Board: W.G.E. Caldwell, OC, FRSC (University of Western Ontario); M.E. Cannon,
FCAE, FRSC (University of Ca lga ry); K.G. Davey, OC, FRSC (York Universi ty); M.M.
Ferguson (University of Guelph); S. Gubins (Annual Reviews); B.K. Ha ll, FRSC (Dalhousie
Un iversity); W.H. Lewis (Washington University); A.W. May, OC (Memor ial University of
ewfound land); B.P. Dancik, Editor-in-Chief, RC Research Press (University of Alberta)

Inquiries: Monograph Publishing Program, RC Research Press, National

Research Council of Can ada, Ottawa, O ntario K IA OR6, Canada.
Web site: http://pubs.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca

Correct citation for this publication: Sawyer, E.W. 2008. Atlas of Migmatites.
The Canadian Minera logist, Special Publication 9. N RC Research Press, Ottawa, On tario, Ca nada. 371 p.
Also in this series
Encyclopedi a of Mineral Names
W H . Blackburn & W H . De nnen
Special Publication I ( 1997)

Glossary of Mineral Synonym s

J. de Foures tier
Special Publication 2 ( 1999)

Atlas of Micromorphology of Mineral Alteration and W eathering

J. Delvigne
Special Publication 3 ( 1998)

N ew Minerals 1995-1999 (2001)

J.A. Mandarino
Special Publication 4 (200 I)

The H ealth Effects of C hrysotile Asbestos: Contributio n of

Science to Risk-Managem ent Decisions
R.P. N o lan, A.M. Langer, M. Ross, F.J. Wick & R.F. Martin, eJ s.
Special Publication 5 (200 I)

Mineral Species Discovered in Canada and Species Named after Canadians

Las: l6 Ho rvath
Special Publication 6 (2003)

Mineral Species First D escribed from Greenland

O le V. Petersen and O le Johnsen
Special Publication 8 (2005)

Available from:
Mineralogical Association of Canada
490, rue de Ia Couronne
Q uebec, Q C G l K 9A9
Canada

www.mincralogicalassociatio n.ca

Editor, T he Canadian Mineralogist

Robert E Martin
Table of Contents
Preamble .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... xiii

Preface ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... xiv

Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................................................................... xv

Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1

1. The scope of this atlas .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1

2. General terminology and definitions needed for work on migmatites ........................................ 2

2.1 The heritage of migmatite terminology ........................................................................................................................................... 2
2.2 A definition of migmatite .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.3 Descriptive terms and definitions for the principal parts of a migmatite .................................................................... 4
Terms specific to the neosome ...................................................................................................................................................... 5
Terms for the other parts of a migmatite ................................................................................................................................. 7

3. Migmatites: the processes and morphologies ............................................................................................................... 8

3.1 The first-order morphological division of migmatites .............................................................................................................. 8
3.2 Temperatures, degree of partial melting, and fraction of melt .......................................................................................... 9
3.3 The partial-melting process ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.4 A special case: melting under lithostatic stress conditions (so-called “static melting’) .................................... 10
3.5 The general case: melting under differential stress (so-called “dynamic melting”) ........................................... 10
3.6 Definitions of metatexite and diatexite .......................................................................................................................................... 12
3.7 The second-order morphological divisions in migmatites ................................................................................................... 13
Morphologies characteristic of metatexite migmatites ................................................................................................. 14
Patch migmatites ........................................................................................................................................................... 14
Dilation-structured migmatites ............................................................................................................................ 15
Net-structured migmatites ..................................................................................................................................... 15
Stromatic or layer-structured migmatites ..................................................................................................... 16
Transposition and the morphology of metatexite migmatites .................................................................... 17
Morphologies characteristic of diatexite migmatites ...................................................................................................... 17
Schollen or raft-structured migmatites ........................................................................................................... 17
Schlieric migmatites .................................................................................................................................................... 18
Diatexite migmatites ................................................................................................................................................. 18
High strain and the morphology of diatexite migmatites ............................................................................... 19
 3.8 Migmatite morphologies outside the metatexite–diatexite division ............................................................................ 19
Fold-structured migmatites .................................................................................................................................... 19
Vein-structured migmatites ................................................................................................................................... 20
3.9 Descriptive terms that should be abandoned ............................................................................................................................ 20
Bedded migmatites ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
Agmatite ............................................................................................................................................................................ 20
Ptygmatic migmatites ................................................................................................................................................ 20
Ophthalmite migmatites ......................................................................................................................................... 20

4. Metasomatism and migmatites ..................................................................................................................................................... 21

4.1 Influx of aqueous fluid into hot rocks causing partial melting ........................................................................................... 21
Large-scale influx of fluid ................................................................................................................................................................. 21
Small-scale influx of fluid ................................................................................................................................................................. 22
4.2 Metasomatism and changes in the fertility of rocks ............................................................................................................... 22
4.3 Morphology of migmatites affected by infiltration metasomatism ............................................................................... 23

5. Microstructures in migmatites ...................................................................................................................................................... 23

5.1 Mineral paragenesis ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 23
5.2 Quantitative analysis .................................................................................................................................................................................. 24
The grain-contact method ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
Crystal-size distributions ................................................................................................................................................................. 25
Studies of grain size, aspect ratio, and orientation ......................................................................................................... 25
5.3 Diagnostic microstructures in migmatites .................................................................................................................................... 26
Microstructures produced in partial-melting experiments .........................................................................................26
Microstructures in the residual rocks, and evidence for partial melting ............................................................ 27
Microstructures in the melt-rich parts of migmatites; evidence for crystallization of the melt .......... 28
Magmatic and submagmatic foliations ..................................................................................................................................... 29
Melt inclusions ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 29
Cordierite–, garnet–, and orthopyroxene–quartz intergrowth microstructures ...................................... 30
Symplectitic intergrowths of quartz and plagioclase with mica ............................................................................... 31
Composition and zoning of plagioclase ................................................................................................................................... 31
Biotite composition and microstructures .............................................................................................................................. 32
Contact between leucosome and melanosome in metatexite migmatites .................................................... 33
Microstructure of schlieren in diatexite migmatites ....................................................................................................... 33
Microstructure of biotite-rich selvedges in migmatites ................................................................................................ 33
6. Whole-rock geochemistry in migmatite studies .................................................................................................... 34
6.1 A possible sequence of processes and some relevant questions .................................................................................. 34
6.2 Reference-point compositions ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
Determining protolith compositions (the starting material) ..................................................................................... 37
Determining the “melt” composition ...................................................................................................................................... 37
Residual rocks ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 40
Mineral compositions ......................................................................................................................................................................... 41
6.3 Diagrammatic representation ............................................................................................................................................................... 42
Matched triplet sets of samples .................................................................................................................................................. 43
General sets of samples ................................................................................................................................................................... 43

7. Migmatite-like rocks ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 47

7.1 Rocks formed by subsolidus segregation ....................................................................................................................................... 48
7.2 Models for the process of subsolidus segregation ................................................................................................................... 48
7.3 P–T conditions at which subsolidus segregation occurs ....................................................................................................... 48
7.4 The relationship between subsolidus segregation and migmatites ............................................................................... 49
7.5 Small-scale features of subsolidus segregations ......................................................................................................................... 49
The constituent parts ........................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Mineralogy of subsolidus segregation ...................................................................................................................................... 50
Microstructure ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 50
7.6 Outcrop-scale morphology ................................................................................................................................................................... 50
Stromatic, or layered, subsolidus segregations .......................................................................................... 50
Dilatant structures ....................................................................................................................................................... 51
Fleck structures ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
7.7 Rocks formed in syntectonic plutons and plutonic complexes ........................................................................................ 51
Syntectonic injection of magma ................................................................................................................................................... 51
Syntectonic crystallization of felsic plutonic rocks ........................................................................................................... 52
7.8 Vein complexes ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 52
7.9 Rocks formed in syntectonic plutonic and vein complexes compared with migmatites ................................. 53
Similarities ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
Differences ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 53

8. Working with migmatites .................................................................................................................................................................... 53

8.1 First-level map units .................................................................................................................................................................................... 54
8.2 Second-level map units ............................................................................................................................................................................ 54
8.3 Other considerations for mapping migmatites ........................................................................................................................... 55
9. Appendices .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56
9.1 Checklist of observations for each outcrop of migmatites ................................................................................................. 56
Observations on the neosome and paleosome ............................................................................................................... 56
Petrological observations in the study of migmatites ..................................................................................................... 57
Structural observations in the study of migmatites ......................................................................................................... 57
Way-up criteria in migmatites ....................................................................................................................................................... 57
Sampling of migmatites ...................................................................................................................................................................... 57
9.2 Glossary .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 58

10. References .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 62

The photographs ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 79

A. Some examples of migmatites ..................................................................................................................................................... 79

B. The parts of a migmatite ..................................................................................................................................................................... 83

Neosome and paleosome .................................................................................................................................................. 85
Neosome with leucosome and melanosome ........................................................................................................ 89
Neosome without distinct leucosome or melanosome ................................................................................. 99
Neosome in open-system migmatites ....................................................................................................................... 111
Variations within neosome .............................................................................................................................................. 120
From leucosome to leucocratic dikes in migmatites ....................................................................................... 128
Selvedges in migmatites ..................................................................................................................................................... 136

C. Metatexite and diatexite, the first-order division of migmatites ................................................... 142

Migmatites from the contact aureole of the Ballachulish Igneous Complex .................................... 144
Migmatites from the contact aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex ............................................. 148
Upper amphibolite facies, regional migmatites from Saint-Malo, France .......................................... 150
Upper amphibolite facies, regional migmatites from the Opatica Subprovince, Quebec ....... 152
Granulite-facies, regional migmatites from the Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec ........................ 154

D. Second-order morphologies in migmatites ............................................................................................................... 156

The start of partial melting ............................................................................................................................................. 159
Metatexite migmatites with a patch structure .................................................................................................... 165
Metatexite migmatites with a nebulitic structure ............................................................................................. 169
Metatexite migmatites with leucosome in dilatant structures ................................................................... 171
Metatexite migmatites with a net structure .......................................................................................................... 181
Metatexite migmatites with a layered or stromatic structure associated with low strain ..... 190
Metatexite migmatites with layered or stromatic structure due to transposition ....................... 194
The transition from metatexite to diatexite migmatites .............................................................................. 201
Diatexite migmatites with schollen and with schlieren structures ......................................................... 207
Diatexite migmatites with schlieren structures .................................................................................................. 213
Diatexite migmatites ............................................................................................................................................................ 217
Diatexite migmatites at high strains .......................................................................................................................... 223
E. Other morphologies of migmatite ........................................................................................................................................ 225
Syn-anatectic folding: fold structures in migmatites ....................................................................................... 226
Migmatites with a vein structure ............................................................................................................................... 236

F. Microstructures characteristic of migmatites ......................................................................................................... 242

Results from quenched deformation-melting experiments: a starting point .................................. 246
Subsurface contact-aureoles: the Glenmore plug, Scotland ..................................................................... 250
Erupted, partially melted xenoliths: El Joyazo, Spain ....................................................................................... 252
Subsurface contact-aureoles: the Rum Igneous Complex, Scotland ................................................... 256
Shallow contact-aureoles: the Traigh Bhàn na Sgùrra sill on Mull, Scotland .................................... 258
Shallow- to medium-depth contact-aureoles: the Duluth Igneous Complex ................................. 262
Deeper contact-aureoles: the Ballachulish Igneous Complex, Scotland ............................................. 274
Regional migmatite terranes: the Ashuanipi Subprovince .......................................................................... 278
Regional migmatite terranes: the Opatica Subprovince ............................................................................... 282
Microstructures in residual rocks ............................................................................................................................. 284
Crystallization-induced microstructures in the melt-derived parts of migmatites:
leucosome and leucocratic veins ........................................................................................................................... 292
Crystallization-induced microstructures in the melt-rich parts of migmatites:
diatexite migmatites ...................................................................................................................................................... 305
Microstructures formed by flow in diatexite migmatites ............................................................................. 312
Inclusions of melt quenched to glass in minerals ............................................................................................... 316
Cordierite–, garnet–, and orthopyroxene–quartz intergrowth microstructures ....................... 320
Biotite–quartz and biotite–plagioclase symplectitic intergrowth microstructures ..................... 324
Biotite–sillimanite and biotite aggregates replacing garnet or cordierite .......................................... 328
Plagioclase .................................................................................................................................................................................. 329
Contact between the leucosome and melanosome in metatexite migmatites ............................ 330
Microstructure of schlieren in diatexite migmatites ........................................................................................ 343
Microstructure of biotite-rich selvedges in migmatites ................................................................................. 347

G. Migmatite-like rocks ................................................................................................................................................................................ 351

Layer-parallel or stromatic subsolidus segregations ........................................................................................ 352
Fleck segregations ................................................................................................................................................................ 354
Syntectonic plutons: rocks that resemble metatexite migmatites .......................................................... 356
Syntectonic plutons: rocks that resemble diatexite migmatites ............................................................... 362
Arrays of felsic veins that look like migmatites .................................................................................................... 366

Pre am ble
It is with pleasure that I mtroduce the latest addition to the
list of Spec1al Publications produced by the M1neralog1cal
Association of Canada. This Atlas of Migmatites contributes
d1rectly to the educational mandate of our Assoc1at1on. The
book deals w1th migmatites, a very widespread group of
rocks, especially common in the Archean crust that makes
up a major proportio n of our country. Everyone has learnt
a b1t about m1gmat1tes, but by and large, the subject mat-
ter "falls between the cracks" in our university curricula.
Typ1cally, an upper-level undergraduate course in metamor-
phic petrology does set the stage for an understanding of
anatect1c react1ons in terranes that have undergone meta-
morphism at conditions of upper amphibolite or granulite
faoes. Students 1n such a course do learn about the con-
cept of anatex1s and dehydration-Induced melt 1ng, but
really not much about the extraordinarily complex array
of products of such anatex1s, the 1mportance of fract1onal
crystallization of the anatectic liquid, and the fate of assem-
blages of residual m1nerals. Furthermore, contact-related
anatexis usually is not discussed. On the other hand, stu-
dents in an upper-level course 1n igneous petrology do deal
w1th products of partial melting in the crust, and can speak
at length about the physical propert1es of a silicate magma
and the results of its fractional crystallization. But they deal
w1th ready-made plutons. Such students do not develop a
good understanding of the steps that precede the forma-
tion of a pluton, where small batches of leucosome coalesce
and rise through a deforming mass of neosome and resister
litholog1es.
As IS made clear below, Professor Sawyer has remed1ed
the situat1on by writing the first authoritative treatise about
the petrology of m1gmatites s1nce the work of Karl Richard
Mehnert ( 1913 1996), of Berlin, published 40 years ago. He
has abandoned the purely descript1ve approach of Mehnert
1n favor of an openly genet1c approach: a m1gmat1te 1s a
rock that is the product of partial melting. If melting can be
shown not to have taken place, the rock IS simply not a mlg-
matite. Furthermore, he has recogn1zed the importance of
Ada~ of MlgiTl.HHcs
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - xiii
anatectic reactions not only 1n amphibolite-facies rocks, but
also in the realm of the granul1te facies. He has exam1ned
key occurrences of m1gmatites throughou t the world, and
presents here 1n a systematic way the results of his scru-
tiny on all scales. Thus, the reader IS shown photographs of
key exposures of m1gmat1tes 1n the field and petrographic
details in 273 photographs, each with a deta1led capt1on,
supplied by the author m 68% of the cases, the rema1nder
being contributed by respected colleagues also active in the
charactenzat1on of m1gmat1t1c assemblages. F1eld examples
are presented from 12 countries, with the author person-
ally involved 1n field studies 1n s1x of those. In th1s atlas, the
author emphasizes the latest contributions in the area of
migmat1te-related research, e1ther 1n a reg1onal settmg or 1n
a contact aureole.
Society-run, not-for-pr ofit organizations like the
Mineralogical Assoc1ation of Canada find 1t very challenging
to undertake such a publicat1on, ow1ng to the h1gh costs of
product1on. In this 1nstance, the Assooat1on is most fortu-
nate to have coproduced the volume w1th NRC Research
Press. On behalf of the MAC. I thank Suzanne Kettley, Mark
Bo1leau, and D1ane Candler for the1r valuable 1nput and
their key roles in creating this book. In addit1on, I acknowl-
edge the Involvement of P1errette Tremblay, Dwector of
Publications of the Association, in ensuring close com-
mumcatlons w1th N RC Research Press throughou t the
preparation of this book. A lso, P1errette applied for and
obta1ned funds from the Canad1an Geolog1cal Foundation
and Natural Resources Canada, part of which paid for the
pnnt1ng of a poster to publicize th1s book. I thank Vicki
Loschiavo, who entered the ed1torial corrections on the
master files of text and capt1ons as I progressed through
the book. I am grateful to have had this opportun ity to
help bnng th1s major contribut1on in the area of m1gmat1te
research to fruition.
Robert F. Martin
Editor, The Canadian Mineralogist
xiv - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Preface

The arnval of this Atlas of Migmatites IS very timely. It 1s the

Migmatites are some of the most confus1ng-look1ng, yet
first book devoted to m1gmatltes s1nce Mehnert's 1conic
aesthet1cally pleas1ng rocks. The most stnk1ng cons1st of
light-colored quartzofeldspath1c segregat1ons 1n a darker
1968 text. In the 1nterven1ng 40 years. dramatic strides have
been made in the understand1ng of these complex rocks.
host, w1th the light segregat1ons show1ng a d1verse and
often spectacular range of appearances, 1n some cases
Ed Sawyer is without quest1on the world's leading expert
in swirls, 1n some others cross-cutt1ng, and in yet others
on migmatit1c textures and structures. In th1s atlas, he
discrete, or diffuse, or folded, or conta1n1ng high-grade met-
provides a wide range of superb field and thin -section
amorphic minerals like garnet and pyroxene. Migmatites
photographs of migmatites from around the world, both
justify their age-old name; they are "mixed rocks."
his own and those of others, each carefully described and

Migmatites commonly look "squishy." This is no coincidence,
for they are interpreted to be rocks frozen in the act of
part1ally melting. A mixture of melt, disaggregated minerals,
and unmelted rock is mechanically highly heterogeneous. It
1S no wonder that m1gmat1tes show such a w1de range of
textures and structures.
interpreted. The photographic part of the atlas is preceded
by a substantial Introductory section in which he clarifies
the dizzying range of descnptive terms for migmatites, both
new and old.
Although migmat1tes w1ll rema1n among the most complex
of rocks to understand, th1s atlas goes a long way to mak1ng

M1gmat1tes are of crucial 1mportance 1n understanding the them more understandable.

genes1s of the huge volumes of gramt1c magma that are
David R.M. Pattison
found 1n batholiths and that make up much of the continen-
Univers1ty of Calgary
tal crust. Migmatites are widely cons1dered to be examples
of assemblages where such magma was caught in the act
of being generated and escaping. M1gmatites thus furnish a
un1que perspective on a fundamental process 1n the evolu-
tion of the Earth.

Ackn owled geme nts
I would like to start by expresstng my gratttude to Mtke
Brown and Richard Whtte for thetr encouragement and
thetr reviews of the text. They pointed out my errors,
omissions, and tracts of muddled wnting; the changes
that they suggested have resulted tn a far better text. The
rematntng faults are enttrely mine. Many people took the
time to send me thetr photographs of migmatites for this
atlas. The choice of which ones to use was far from easy,
but each photograph, whether tncluded or not, has had an
influence. I thank everyone who sent me a photograph or
electronic image for his/her contribution.
My perceptton of m tgmatttes and what happened wtthtn
them has been influenced by seeing and dtscussing mtg-
matites with many col leagues from around the world.
To have seen such a wide range of mtgmatttes has been
tnvaluable, and I am grateful for the hospitality and gener-
osity of all t hose who have shown me their field areas. In
particular, and more or less in chronologtcal order: Ned
Chown (Grenvtlle Front), Ron Vernon and Bill Collins
(Wuluma and Mount Hay), Dante! Lamothe and Alatn
Leclair (Ashuanipi Subprovince), Mark Severson and Steve
Hauck (aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex), Mike
Brown (Satnt-Malo), Gary Solar (Matne), Abdelali Moukhstl
(Eastmain area), Geoff Clarke and Richard White (Mount
Stafford, Broken Hill and Wuluma), Fernando Bea (Pena
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - XV
Negra), Oltvier Vanderhaeghe (Masstf Central), and Dtrk
van Reenen (Ltmpopo Belt). There has always been an
easy exchange of t houghts and views wit hin the migmatite
community, and next I would like to thank Marian Holness,
Tracy Rushmer, Bernardo Cesare, Roger Powell, Alfons
Berger, and Claudio Rosenberg for illumtnating some of
the connections bet ween what one can see in migmatites
and the various processes that have happened to them.
In most endeavors, progress comes through sustained
and focused effort, together with some serendipit y, of
course. My work on migmatites, and ultimately this atlas,
have been no different and would not have been possi-
ble without conttnutty of fund ing. Therefore, I am grateful
for the philosophy behind the discovery grant program of
the Natural SCiences and Engineenng Research Council of
Canada, which funds long-term, cunostty-driven research
programs.
Finally, I thank Pierrette Tremblay and Robert F. Marttn for
the tnvttation to write a book on migmat ttes and for thetr
encouragement throughout, and to Robert for all his hard
work tn reading and editing.
Edward W . Sawyer
Universit e du Quebec aChicoutimi
 Int ro du cti on
I I
TH E SCOPE O F T H IS ATLA S
Migmatites are spectacular. complex-looking rocks that
can insp1re, fasc1nate. or confuse geolog1sts. All migma-
tites v1ewed in an outcrop represent the sum of a senes
of processes t hat acted 1n parallel. or sequentially. and the
1nfluence of vanous local factors (see the photogr aphs in
section A) . In order to begin to understand the complexity
and seem1ngly endless vanety in m1gmat it es, and to prov1de
the reader context for the subJect of this book, some of
the key factors and processes that make individual migma-
tites the way they are should be outlined at the outset.
First. t here IS the pet rolog1cal process of par tial melt1ng. If
the tempera ture becomes sufficiently high (above about
650°C), rocks may beg1n to part1ally melt. Some rocks have
compos1t1ons that will produce more melt than others at
a given temperature, a propert y of the rock called fertil-
It y. Thus. one can Immediately see that comple xity beg1ns
at this stage. because some rocks 1n a sequence will make
more melt than others; some w ill not melt. The highest
tempera ture atta1ned also has an effect. If the tempera ture
only just surpasses the solidus. the m1gmat1te will conta1n
a few small patches of melt scattered about in t he most
fertile rock. If the max1mum temperature was. say. another
250° h1gher. then melting in the fertile layers might be per-
vasive, and well advanced 1n other less fertile rocks. Thus,
the two m1gmatites would look completely different. even
if generat ed from exactly the same sequence of rocks.
Second. the nature of t he proto lith has an influence too. For
example, the m1gmatite produced from a sequence of rocks
that contains a single t h1n fertile layer (say a pelite) enclosed
in a t h1ck sequence of 1nfertile rocks (say quartzite) will look
completely different from one generated from a sequence
that conta1ns a thin quartzit e in a thick sequence of pelites.
Similarly. a m1gmatite generated from an 1sotrop1c rock
(e.g.. a gran1te) wdl not look the same as one generated
from a sequence of th1n ly bedded shales and sandstones.
Th1rd. deformation dunng part1al melt1ng has a maJor effect
on the morpho logy of migmatites. Only rarely (e.g.. in some
contact aureoles) do migmatites form under condit1ons
where t here is essentially no deformation. Generally. mig-
matites are deformed w h1le they cont ain melt . Deform at ion
of heterogeneous rocks produces vanations 1n the differ-
ent ial st ress from place to place, and this sets up pressure
gradients that dnve the movement of matenal. T here are
likely to be vanations 1n viscos1ty or competence from rock
to rock 1n the protolit h. but once partial melt ing of t he
JUxtaposed rocks starts. much larger vanat1ons are cre -
ated. The part 1al melt has a viscos1ty that is much lower
than that of nonmelted rocks; t herefore, dunng defor-
mation, the melt 1n the rock moves more rapidly down
pressure gradients t han the solid fract1on. and collect s 1n low-
pressure s1tes. D eformat1on thus creates petrolog1cal
diversit y. because t he melt is separated, or segregated.
from the solids. which enhances the mechan1cal ext remes
1n the m1gmat1te. Deformat1on becomes concentrated, or
partitioned. int o the weakest places; these are located
where there 1s melt. Consequently. stra1n becomes more
heterogeneous. and the m1gmatltes develop more and
more complex and deforme d geometnes.
Finally. t he penod of time t hat a migmatite has had to form
also exerts an 1nfluence. The heat1ng and cooling cycle
in contact aureoles is rapid (days to tens of thousands
of years). such that melt may quench to glass or crystal-
lize to granophyre, and pnmary microstructures, such
as the shapes of the pores that t he melt occupied. are
preserved because recrystallization did not reset micro-
structures. Strains are small. and deformation 1s restricted
to small cracks and shear zones, so that the 1n1t1al geomet-
ncal relat1ons 1n the m1gmatite are generally preserved. In
contrast. t he slow heat1ng and cooling (millions to tens
of m1llions of years) of reg1onal metamorphic terranes
mean that melts crystall1ze slowly. and subsequent recrys-
tallization extens1vely modifies , or even eliminates, the
pnmary microstructures. Moreover. large stra1ns can
accumulate over long penods of t1me. so that the orig1nal
geomet ry of the m1gmat1te 1s extensively folded. boudinaged,
and transposed.
 INTRODU CT IO N
2 ----------------------------------

Th1s book conta1ns two parts. One IS a summary of the

advances 1n the understanding of m1gmat1tes and related
rocks, including partially melted xenoliths of crustal rocks,
2.
that have been made s1nce Mehnert's ( 1968) influential GENERAL TERM INOLOGY AN D
book. The other consists of seven senes of photographs, D EFINITIONS N EED ED FOR
each with a substantial explanatory caption, that Illustrate WO RK ON MIGMATITES
the aspects of migmat1tes covered 1n the first part. The
two parts are complementary, and in the text, I refer to
the 1llustrat1ons throughout, but the two parts could also
2.1 The heritage of
be read separately, with the text part as a genenc discus- migmatite terminology
SIOn of migmatites, and the Illustrated part as a senes of The debate over what m1gmat1tes represent and the
deta1led Interpretations applied to 1ndividual migmat1tes. processes involved 1n the1r formation has been closely con-
nected with the prevailing v1ews of how high-grade reg1onal
Sect1on 2, on th1s page. beg1ns with the term1nology asso-
metamorphism occurs. and how gramtes and gran1tic
oated w1th m1gmat1tes; the various constituent parts of
magmas are formed. Hutton (1795) believed that partial
m1gmatltes are dealt with first, then the divers1ty 1n outcrop
melt1ng changed pelit1c sed1ments and crystalline sch1sts
appearance as a function of deformation, melt fract1on. and
1nto gne1sses. Lyell ( 1855) went a step further and consid-
parent rock-type are descnbed. The terms necessary for
ered that granites form where the part1al-meltmg process
the study and descript1on of m1gmat1tes are defined; text
was stronger and more complete. However, the present
1S shown in bold type to 1ntroduce a term where 1t is first
terminology d1d not start to develop until later. One of
defined, whereas text in italics is used to ind1cate a new the first terms specific to crustal melting is diatexis, intro-
definition. Next, the processes that control the morpholog-
duced by Gurich (1905) to describe cases where "partial"
ICal d1vers1ty of migmatites are considered. so as to denve
melting is complete, or where 1t has occurred throughout a
a class1ficat1on scheme that 1s useful as a mapp1ng tool, and
rock, to lead to the format1on of granite. Sederholm ( 1907)
as a means for understand1ng why migmat1tes have a par-
made the obv1ous comment that 1n most cases where a
ticular morphology. A two-t1ered scheme of class1ficat1on term is requwed to explain the process of mak1ng gran1te.
1s proposed. All parts of migmatites and types of m1gma-
fus1on was not complete; he Introduced the term ana-
t1tes ment1oned sect1on 2 are systematically Illustrated 1n
texis, meamng melting, or remelting. of rocks, to cover the
sect1ons B. C. D, and E. The weight g1ven to the Impor-
ent1re range from 1nc1p1ent to complete melt1ng.
tance of metasomat1sm and the 1ngress of H 0-nch flu1ds
1n the format1on of m1gmat1tes has changed considerably In the late mneteenth and early twent1eth centuries. map-
s1nce m1gmat1tes were first defined; current results and ping in the Precambrian sh1elds of Fennoscandia and North
th1nk1ng are summanzed 1n sect1on 4. The interpretation of Amenca revealed many places where metasedimentary
microstructures has always been central to metamorphic rocks appeared to pass 1nto gran1te. These transitional
petrology and to the study of m1gmat1tes 1n part1cular. In zones attracted a great deal of mterest. Not surprisingly,
recent years, the repertoire of microstructures that can be there appeared 1n the literature many opinions as to what
used to identify a specific process has grown cons1derably, processes were involved; each hypothesis reflected an Indi-
and 1ncludes some microstructures derived from exper- vidual's own field experience.
Iments as well as from natural rocks; both are discussed
1n sect1on 5 and shown 1n sect1on F. Because the acqu1s1- One school of thought. wh1ch saw Intrusions of gran1t1c
t1on of chem1cal compositions of whole rocks and m1nerals magma as the source of heat for the transformations.
1s now a rout1ne part of reg1onal mappmg. a bnef d1scus- developed from work done at the edges of granite plu-
s1on of what to sample, and the use of geochem1cal data tons by Barro1s (1884). Lacroix (1898, 1900). M1chei-Levy
1n 1dentify1ng the processes contribut1ng to m1gmat1tes. are (1893), Greenly (1903), and Sederholm (1907. 1923,
g1ven 1n sect1on 6; however, th1s a gu1de and should not be 1926). Sederholm (1907) described the manner 1n whiCh
regarded as an exhaust1ve survey of what can be done with an older, foliated gran1te underwent "refus1on" and was
compos1t1onal data on rocks and mmerals. Some rock types "reborn" into 1ntrus1ve masses by the 1njection of the Hango
that are not formed by part1al melt1ng can resemble m1gma- (Finland) gran1te, which 1mparted what he called a "new
t1tes; thus, 1n section 7, I d1scuss rocks that are commonly eruptiv1ty" to it. Because he believed that the rocks 1n the
m1staken for migmatites; examples of these are shown Hango area were produced by a comb1nation of processes
1n section G . Finally, sections 8 and 9 deal with the prob- and not s1mply by partial melt1ng. Sederholm ( 1907) intro-
lems of mapp1ng of m1gmat1tes; top1cs range from what to duced the term migmatite to describe them. He defined
show on maps to the tncky matter of the interpretation of m1gmat1te as "the m1xture of two genet1cally d1fferent con-
"generat1ons" of leucosome. stituents .. . one 1s intrus1ve relat1ve to the other ... To

th1s group belongs the gneiss1c granit1c rocks wh1ch show
'net structure' charactenst1c of 1nc1p1ent meltmg. frequently
'blind-ending veins', breccia-like granites with innumera-
ble fragments of more-or-less completely d1ssolved older
rocks, and finally some stnped gran1tes 1n wh1ch only the
still preserved parallel structure ind1cates a fa1nt remnant
of the original properties of the rock." Sederholm ( 1907)
called the m1gmat1te-forming process palingenesis. and
although 1t spec1fically 1ncluded part1al melt1ng and d1ssolu-
t 1on, he also regarded magma inJection and its assoCiated
ve1ned and brecCiated rocks as fundamental to the process.
The ve1ned rocks were later def1ned by Sederholm (1923)
as arterite , and the brecCiated rocks as agmatite. In
subsequent work, Sederholm ( 1926) placed more empha-
sis on the roles of ass1milat1on and the act1ons of fluids, for
wh1ch he Introduced the term ichor, 1n the formation of
m1gmat1tes.
An alternative view of m1gmat1tes was developed by geol-
ogists work1ng 1n reg1onal metamorphic terranes. One of
them, Holmquist ( 1916). found h1gh-grade gneisses that
contain many small patches and ve1ns of granit1c material. As
there were no gran1tes nearby, he Interpreted the patches
and ve1ns to be the collect1on s1tes for part1al melt exuded
from the m1ca-rich parts of the host gneiss. Holmquist
gave these m1gmat1tes the name venite to emphas1ze
their 1nternal ong1n (Holmqu1st 1916. 1920. 1921) and to
distmgu1sh them from Sederholm's artentes. w1th thew
veins of InJected material. The absence of nearby granites
indicated to him that the heat source for the part1al melting
lay deeper 1n the Earth. like that 1nferred for reg1onal meta-
morphism 1n general. Thus, Holmquist (1916) Introduced
the term ultrametamorp hism 1n order to indicate the
h1gher-than-normal degree of metamorphism requ1red for
part1al melt1ng (i.e., anatexis).
The term metatexis was introduced later by Scheumann
( 1936) to mean the general process of partial melt1ng
1n the continental crust, and he Intended that it replace
Sederholm's terms anatex1s and m1gmat1te. However,
the ex1st1ng term "anatexis" was perfectly adequate, and
both metatex1s and d1atex1s disappeared from use. leaving
anatex1s to mean part1al melt1ng of the continental crust.
The dispute over the origin of gran1te (see the discuss1ons
by Read 1957) also Influenced thought on m1gmatites.
Bowen's ( 1928) demonstration that a gran1t1c magma IS
the product of the extreme fractional crystallization of
basaltiC magma, and the subsequent find1ng that there IS
far more gran1te than could poss1bly be made by th1s
mechan1sm, st1mulated new 1nterest in part1al melting of the
continental crust. However. the lack of a structural model
to expla1n how large volumes of gran1t1c magma move in
the crust led to the so-called "space problem" and to the
Ad,,, of 1\.t.gmanrc,
---------------------------------3
idea that bodies of granite form in situ. Debate then turned
to whether or not granite has a magmatic ong1n, and
among the nonmagmatic protagonists, to the "wet" versus
"dry" granitization d1spute. S1nce m1gmatites were com-
monly seen 1n the field 1n an Intermediate pos1tion between
reg1onal metamorphic rocks and granite, op1nion as to thew
origin also diverged. The legacy of that controversy was
the development of a nongenetlc descnpt1ve termmology
for m1gmatites. first by Dietnch and Mehnert (1960), and
finally by Mehnert (1968).
S1nce the publication of Mehnert's book 1n 1968. a very
large maJority of work done po1nts to the fundamental role
of partial melting in the formation of migmat1tes. There are
few studies of subsolidus processes in m1gmat1tes, but they
show that the leucocrat1c subsolidus segregat1ons present
1n the m1gmat1tes had formed prior to the onset of par-
tial melting (e.g.. Blom 1988). Other authors have shown
that metasomatism 1s not a significant factor in the forma-
tion of m1gmat1tes. although the 1nflux of aqueous flu1ds
into rocks that are close to the1r solidus temperatures may
provoke partial melting and the format1on of m1gmat1tes
(e.g.. Patt1son 1991, Harns et al. 2003, Johnson et al. 2003).
Thus. the modern view of migmatites corresponds closely
to Holmquist's concept of ultrametamorph1sm, and to
Sederholm's concept of anatex1s, but IS far from the concept
of palingenes1s, or the vanous metasomatiC and subsoli-
dus processes proposed dunng the granit1zation debate.
In modern usage. m1gmat1te IS synonymous w1th anatex1te.
Consequently, 1t IS now h1ghly debatable whether a general
defin1t1on of m1gmat1te needs to be nongenet1c; 1n th1s book.
I use a genetic. partial-melting-based definition and descnp-
tlve term1nology for m1gmat1tes. Any defin1t1on of m1gmat1te
should certa1nly 1nclude reference to basic characteris-
tics 1n the field, the most important of wh1ch are that ( I)
migmatites occur only in the h1gh-grade parts of reg1onal
metamorphic terranes (upper amphibolite and granulite
fac1es) and contact aureoles (pyroxene and san1din1te horn-
fels facies), and (2) because migmatites contain parts where
melt1ng occurred, parts where melt was extracted. parts
through wh1ch melt m1grated. parts where melt collected,
and parts that d1d not melt at all. they are morphologically
complex rocks at almost every scale of observat1on. from
the m1croscop1c to the macroscop1c.
2.2 A definition of migmatite
Mehnert (1968) defined a m1gmat1te as"... a megascop1cally
compos1te rock cons1sting of two or more petrographically
different parts, one of which IS the country rock generally 1n
a more or less metamorph1c stage. the other 1s of pegma-
titiC, aplit1c, granitic or generally pluton1c appearance." For
 I NTROD U CTION
4 -------------------------------

a nongenet1c defin1t1on, the use of the terms "pegmatitic", the terminology used to differentiate the old (nonpartially
"aplit1c", and "gran1t1c" was unfortunate, as the three carry melted) from the newly created (t.e .. part1ally melted) parts
unmistakable genetic implications. A second problem 1s in migmatites 1s discussed. and then the terms that are used
the 1mprecise refe rence to metamorphic grade. Ashworth to describe the features and variat1ons withtn these broad
( 1985) rectified both of these problems in his defin1t1on of d ivisions at a smaller scale are outlined. This level of ter-
migmatite as "a rock fo und in medium-grade to high-grade minology is, therefore. applicable to the fine-scale, detailed
metamorphic areas, that is pervasively inhomogeneous description of migmatites in a small outcrop (less than
2
on a macroscop1c scale , one part be1ng pale-coloured and several m ), or large hand-samples.

consistently of quartzofeldspath1c or feldspath1c compo-

Sition." Unfortunately, th1s nongenet1c definit1on does not
exclude Sederholm's agmatites, rocks that Brown (1973)
2.3 Descriptive terms and
had already argued are intrus1on brewas and not m1gma-
definitions for the principal
t1tes. There is further advantage to be ga1ned by exclud1ng parts of a migmatite
agmat1tes. The phrase "... two genetically different constitu- lmag1ne that one 1s able to compare a large outcrop
ents ..." 1n Sederholm's ( 1907) defin1t1on of m1gmatite becomes (say 400 m') of m1gmatite w1th the rocks that ex1sted 1n
Irrelevant 1f agmat1tes are excluded because for part1al the same outcrop before partial melt1ng occurred. Some
melt1ng (and 1ndeed subsolidus segregation and metasoma- rocks. because they have su1table bulk compositions, will
tism), the newly generated parts of a m1gmatlte ought to be have been affected by the part1al melt1ng. whereas oth-
petrogenetically related. Hence, the following revised definition ers, of unsuitable compositions. will not. Those rocks newly
is proposed. formed by part1al melting are called neosome, meaning
"new rock"; the term IS defined as follows.
Migmatite: a rock found tn med1um and high-grade
metamorphic areas that can be heterogeneous at the miCro- Neosome: the parts of a migmat1te newly formed by, or
scopic to macroscopic scale and that cons1sts of two. or more, reconstituted by, partial melting. The neosome may, or may not.
petrographically different parts. One of these parts must have have undergone segregation tn wh1ch the melt and solid frac-
formed by partial melting and contam rocks that are petro- tions are separated.
genetically related to each other (called the neosome) and
to the1r protolrth through partial melt1ng or segregauon of A general charactenst1c of neosome IS that 1t has a coarser
the melt from the solid fraction. The partially melted part gra1n-s1ze (e.g., F1gs. Bl B4) than the rest of the m1gma-
typ1cally contams pale-colored rocks that are quartzo- t1te. Furthermore. the structure (e.g.. foltat1on, folds.
feldspathic, or feldspathlc, in compos1t1on. and dark-colored layenng) and microstructure (shape. s1ze, and onentat1on
rocks that are ennched 1n ferromagneslan m1nerals. However. of gra1ns) that ex1sted pnor to part1al melt1ng are progres-
the partially melted part may simply have changed mmeralogy, sively degraded as the degree and extent of part1al melting
microstructure, and grain s1ze without developmg separate l1ght 1ncrease. and eventually replaced by a new microstructure
or dark parts. created by the neosome-form1ng processes. A neosome
displays a wide range of morphology; as the examples in
Note that the proportions are not spec1fied and that some, section B of th1s book show. the melt and sol1d fractions
but not necessarily all, of the light-colored parts have to be have segregated in some (F1gs. BS B14). but not 1n others
petrogenet1cally related to the other parts. There are four (F1gs. BI5-B25). The neosome 1n many m1gmat1tes 1s 1n Situ
bas1c parts to a m1gmat1te, although not all may be found 1n (e.g.. the spat1ally focused neosome described by Wh1te et
any part1cular m1gmatite, especially 1f the outcrop exam1ned al. 2004). but 1n migmat1tes where the melt fract1on was
1s small (less than several m ); scale IS an 1mportant factor h1gh. the neosome may have moved. If the port1ons (e.g..
1n the study of m1gmat1tes. There are parts where part1al beds or compos1t1onal layers) of the rock from wh1ch the
meltmg has occurred, parts from wh1ch the melt fract1on neosome formed can be 1dent1fied 1n the pre-m1gmat1te
has been removed, parts where the melt fract1on has state. then these parts are called the protolith (Johannes
collected. accumulated. or been InJected. and of course. 1985), or the pa rent rock (Ashworth 1985). Th1s means.
there are parts that d1d not melt at all. Each of these parts of course, that the protolith cannot be present in a mlgma-
has 1ts own w1de range of morpholog1es (or structure). tite; it will have been converted to neosome.
m1neral assemblage, bulk compos1t1on. and microstructure
(also called texture) ; consequently, there 1s a term1nology to Naming of the non-neosome parts of a migmatite has been
define and describe each. In the next section. I deal with the confused by the Inconsistent use of terms, and by the use
definitions for the constituent parts of a migmat1te; these of inappropnate terms. Mehnert ( 1968) used the term
are illustrated in section B ofth1s book (F1gs. Bl B54). First. "paleosome," mean1ng "old rock" throughout the text of h1s

book for the non-neosome part of a migmatite, but th1s
usage is 1ncons1stent w1th the definition ("parent rock of a
migmatite") given 1n the append1x of h1s book. To Ashworth
(1985), such a defin1tlon means that paleosome cannot be
present 1n a migmatite: 1t must all have been converted to
neosome by defin1t1on. Some authors (e.g., johannes and
Gupta 1982) have used the term "mesosome" for the
non-neosome part of a migmatite, but that IS problemati-
cal too, as the non-neosome part need not be mesocratic,
and moreover, 1n many cases, the neosome has mesocratic
parts. The root of the problem IS that there IS no clear
opinion on which "o ld rock" IS the relevant one. If it IS the
"old rock" of the pre-partial- melt1ng state. then paleosome
refers to the litholog1es that will become neosome, but
this usage is redundant. as adequate terms, i.e .. protolith or
parent rock. already ex1st for that part.
The alternative. that "old rock" refers to that part of the
m1gmat1te not affected by part1al melt1ng and whiCh. there-
fore. contains only structures that pre-date the part1al
melt1ng. IS far more useful. Hence, the follow1ng defin1t1on
1s proposed.
Paleosom e: the non-neosome part of a m1gmat1te that was
not affected by part1ol melting, and m wh1ch structures (such
as foliations, folds. layenng) older than the partial meltmg ore
preserved. The microstructure (s1ze. form, and onentatlon
of grams) IS e1ther unchanged, or only slightly coarsened,
compared to that m s1milor rocks JUSt outs1de the reg1on affected
by anatexiS.
Paleosome ex1sts because its compos1t1on was such that 1t
did not partially melt and did not become neosome (Olsen
1985); however, as some of the photographs 1n the atlas
show, 1t 1s not always easy to decide what has melted and
what has not. Further subd1v1S10n of the paleosome may be
possible. and even useful. 1n mapp1ng some m1gmatites. If. in
companng the pre- and post-partial-melt1ng states. certa1n
litholog1es pers1st unchanged 1nto the h1ghest-grade parts
of the migmat1te. then these paleosome lithologies can be
called resisters (Read 1957) or r efractory. Layers of
calc-silicate. quartzite, and metamaf1c rocks are common
resister lithologies 1n migmatite terranes. The neosome
and paleosome parts of m1gmatites are shown specifi-
cally 1n Figs. Bl B4 of section B, but as the other figures 1n
sect1on B show, there IS no "typiCal" or "class1c" mor-
phology to e1ther the neosome or the paleosome part of
migmatites; their morphology is h1ghly varied.
Terms specific to the neosome
The nongenet1c terminology of Mehnert (1968) IS based
on changes in the relative proportions of light- to dark-col-
ored m1nerals that occur as a m1gmat1te forms. Because
Ada .. of MlgmcHitC'
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 5
the development of leucocratic and melanocrat1c rocks
1n a neosome IS nearly always the result of well -defined
petrological processes (e.g.. part1al melt1ng, segregation of
the melt from the solid fraction, and fr act1onal crystallization)
that have combined to create migmatites. this nomencla-
ture has proven to be very useful and IS easily transferred
to a genet1c scheme. The onset of partial melting changes
a one-phase (solid) protolith to a two-phase (melt + solid)
neosome. The melt fraction has a lower VISCOSity and
density than the residual solid. and consequently, the two
parts of a neosome can become separated. or segregated.
The part of a m1gmatite from which the melt fraction has
been removed can be defined as follows.
Residuum : the part of the neosome that is predominantly
the sol1d fracuon left after partial meltmg and the extraction
of some, or all, of the melt fraction. Microstructures md1cotmg
partial meltmg may be present.
Residuum is a general term; there is no particular refer-
ence to rock color or to m1neral assemblage. For some bulk
compositions. the res1duum may be dom1nated by light-
colored m1nerals. such as feldspar or quartz; typically,
because these m1nerals were so abundant 1n the protolith.
they dominate the residuum as excess phases with respect
to the melt-producing reaction. However, part1al melt1ng of
the common crustal rock-types typically generates residua
1n which ferromagnes1an minerals are maJor constituents.
Consequently. res1dua are most commonly melanocrat1c.
and these are g1ven the special term melanoso me.
Melanoso me: the darker-colored port of the neosome
m a m1gmat1te that 1s nch 1n dark mmerals such as b1ot1te,
garnet. cord1ente. orthopyroxene. hornblende, clmopyroxene,
and even oliVine. The melanosome 1s the solid, res1duol fractiOn
(1.e.. residuum ) left after some. or all, of the melt fraction has
been extracted. Microstructures md1cotmg port1ol meltmg may
be present.
The complement to res1duum is, of course, derived from
the anatectic melt. and th1s part of a neosome IS called the
leucosom e.
Leucosom e: the l1ghter-colored port of the neosome m a
m1gmat1te. cons1stmg dommontly of feldspar and quartz. The
leucosome 1s that part of the m1gmot1te denved from segre-
gated partial melt; 1t may cont01n microstructures that ind1cote
crystallization from a melt. or a magma Leucosome may not
necessarily hove the composition ofon anatectiC melt; fractional
crystallization and separation of the fractionated melt may
hove occurred.
The size. physical form. onentation. and grain s1ze are not
factors 1n determ1n1ng what IS res1duum. leucosome, or
 INTRODUCT ION
6 --- -------- -------- ------ ------ -- - -
melanosome, and the photographs in sect1on B show some
of the range of d1versity present 1n m1gmatites. However,
these parameters should all be recorded. as they may be
important in fully descnb1ng all the types of leucosome and
of melanosome (or res1dua) 1n a migmat1te. and could be
of s1gn1ficance 1n determ1n1ng exactly how each rock 1n a
migmatite formed.
The sol1d, res1dual fract1on of a neosome can, 1n most
orcumstances , be regarded as being in place (i.e., tn s1tu),
but the melt phase is potentially mob1le, a fact recogn1zed
1n the older literature by use of the term "mobilizate" for
the melt-derived parts of a m1gmatite. Therefore, a set of
terms that convey how far the fract1on of anatectic melt has
moved from where 1t formed to where 1t crystallized are
useful 1n mak1ng a more complete field-based description
of the 1ndiv1dual products of melt1ng in a m1gmat1te. and
for the subsequent understand1ng of the petrogenetiC rela-
tionships between the melt products and the rocks around
them. The following terms are proposed and adopted
throughout the book.
In situ leucosome: the product of crystallization of on ana-
tectic melt, or port of on anatectic melt that has segregated
(rom 1ts res1duum, but has rem01ned at the Site where the
melt formed.
In-source leucosome: the product of crystallization of on
anatectic melt, or port of on anatectiC melt, that has m1grated
away (rom the place where 1t formed, but IS still w1thm the
confines of 1ts source foyer.
Leucocratic vein or dike: the product of crystallization
of on anatectic melt, or port of on anatecuc melt, that has
m1grated out of 1ts source foyer and has been tnjected mto
another rock, wh1ch maybe nearby, or farther away, but IS still
m the reg1on affected by the anatectic event.
Granite (or granodiorite , tonalite, etc.) dike or sill :
the product of crystallization of a (efs1c melt that has m1grated
out of 1ts source reg1on completely, and IS InJected mto host
rocks of lower metamorphic grade or mto nonmetomorphosed
rocks.
Each of the four can be recogn1zed by a comb1nat1on of
morpholog1cal and geochemical charactenst1cs, and by the
petrogenetiC relationsh1p between the melt-denved part
and 1ts host. In s1tu leucosome 1s n contact w1th 1ts own
res1duum, wh1ch typ1cally forms a melanosome around
it (see, for example, Figs. BS and Btl). Contacts between
the leucosome and melanosome are generally diffuse on
a m1llimeter to cent1meter scale. The composition of an m
s1tu leucosome corresponds to an in1tial anatectic liqu1d or,
if some melt was lost after crystallization had started, to
a cumulate composit ion denved from an in1t1al melt. The
petrogenetic relat1onship between the leucosome and host
1s qu1te specific; the leucosome is denved from the ana-
tectic melt with respect to which the melanosome is the
res1duum. However. if some loss of melt has occurred, an
excess of res1duum relative to leucosome can be expected.
An in-source leucosome IS derived from melt that has
moved and, therefore, may be d1scordant and have sharp
borders w1th 1ts host (e.g., Fig. B27); many occurrences,
however, are stromatiC (i.e., layered; see below) , and have
some d1ffuse and some sharp contacts. An 1n-source leu-
cosome may have a composition corresponding to an
1nitial anatectic melt, a cumulate or a fractionated anatectic
melt. Because 1t IS denved from a melt that has moved, an
1n-source leucosome 1s detached from its own residuum,
but as 1t remains 1n 1ts source layer; 1t IS hosted by another.
s1m1lar res1duum (melanosome) that was formed from
the same source layer. Thus, there IS a petrogenetic con-
nection between the leucosome and 1ts host (e.g., similar
Mg-number, mineral assemblage, or ISOtopic compos1t1ons).
but they are not exact complements. The res1dual host may,
for example, have formed from a slightly lower. or h1gher.
degree of part1al melting, or may have expenenced a h1gher,
or lower, degree of melt loss.
Leucocrat1c ve1ns or dikes typ1cally have sharp contacts.
1rrespect1ve of whether they are discordant or concordant
to the structure 1n their host (e.g., Fig. B28). There IS no
dwect petrogenetiC relat1onsh1p between the leucocratic
vein or dike and 1ts host rock; the age of crystall1zat1on 1n
the former should be cons1stent with the metamorphic age
1n the latter. however. Leucocrat1c vems or dikes generally
have compositions that ind1cate derivat1on from a fractionated
anatectiC melt, but some have compositions of 1nitial melts.
and others, compositions of cumulates.
Gran1te d1kes typically have sharp contacts w1th the1r host
and. because they were InJected 1nto cool hosts, may
have fine-grained border zones (chilled marg1ns). There is
no petrogenetic relat1onsh1p between a gran1te dike and
1ts country rock. The dike may be a product of crustal ana-
texis, or 1t may be denved from the crystallization of a felsic.
1ntermed1ate. or even mafic magma. Gran1t1c dikes com-
monly have a compos1t1on consistent w1th crystallization
from a fract1onated melt.
Well-defined bands of leucosome are very common in
migmat1tes, but as the photographs 1n the book show. a
leucosome may also be poorly defined and may form some-
what nebulous patches. Furthermore. 1t 1s qu1te common
for several different forms of leucosome to be present 1n
the same outcrop of migmatlte (e.g.. Oliver and Barr 1997).
Most outcrops are relatively small, and on these. 1t may not

be possible to trace leucocratic veins, or dikes, back to t heir
source layers and to examine t heir relationship with 1n situ
leucosome. However, the root zones of leucocratic veins
and dikes can be fou nd in some larger outcrops (see Figs.
B43-B48), and these show a characterist ic petrological
continuity from in situ leucosome t hrough in-source leuco-
some to the leucocratic dikes and, commonly, with a strong
structural cont rol (i.e., by shear zones or folds) on the ini-
tial locat ion of the dikes.
The best-known form that the residual part of a migmatite
can take is the melanosome that occurs along the margin
of 1n situ leucosome (e.g., Figs. BS-BI4) . Far less att ention
has been paid to t he other, and far more common, mor-
phologies that the melanosome can adopt in migmatit es; it
may occur as patches, as continuous layers, and in some
cases, as irregularly shaped bodies (e.g., Kenah and Hollister
1983, Sawyer 2001, Wh ite et al. 2004). Some residual
rocks formed in migmatites in granulit e-facies terranes
are not particularly melanocratic, although they are very
w1despread (e.g., Guernina and Sawyer 2003).
The neosome in many migmatites has segregated into
clearly defined leucosome and melanosome. However, if
the melt and residual solid fractions do not separate, leuco-
some and melanosome do not form, or are far less evident.
For these nonsegregated examples, t he term "neosome",
used alone, suffices. Examples of a neosome that has not
developed leucosome and melanosome parts through
segregat ion are shown in Figs. B15- B26.
The recogn ition of neosome and it s leucosome and
melanosome part s is, generally, a simple matter in migma-
tites developed from mesocratic or melanocratic protoliths
(e.g., metagreywackes, metapelites, metadiorites, and meta-
mafic rocks). It may be a much more difficult matter if
the protolith is leucocratic (e.g., some granites, tonalites,
trondhjemit es, and metapsammites); the dilution of the
mafic minerals by feldspar and quartz means that subse-
quent changes in modal proportions produce only subtle
changes in color, which may be difficult to detect in the
field. For such rocks, distinguishing the neosome from
the paleosome in the field may best be accomplished by
using changes in microstructure, such as fabric or grain size,
rather than changes in mineral modes or color. Examples
of this approach will be found in the atlas (e.g., Figs. BIS
and Bl6).
Two furthe r terms specific t o the neosome remain to
be defi ned.
Melt: a silicate liqwd without crystals.
Aria> of Migmatites
- -- -- - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - 7
Magma: a s11icate liquid that contains crystals, wh1ch might
hove crystallized from the melt (llqwdus phases), be the
solid products of the melting reaction (also called peritectic
products by some authors), or be minerals in excess.
Terms for the other parts
of a migmatite
In morphologically complex migmatites, t here are, inevitably,
some part s that are neit her leucocratic nor melanocratic.
Mesosome has been used as a descriptive term for these,
but its usefulness in any genet ic sense is very limit ed . In part,
t his is because of inconsistent usage in the past. For Henkes
and Johannes ( 198 1), mesosome corresponded to the
protolith, whereas for Ashworth (1985) , it was the
paleosome. A far more serious problem is that mesocratic
rocks can occur in either the neosome or the paleosome;
hence, the petrogenetic significance of mesosome is
inherently less precise than that attached to leucosome
or melanosome, wh ich are, by definition, par ts of the
neosome. For this reason, I suggest that mesosome should
not be used. Because mesocratic rocks can occur in the
neosome or paleosome (or both), it is necessary to record
where the particular mesocratic rock is located in the
migmatite (e.g., in the paleosome, or in the neosome) .
If the melt and solid fractions do not separate in a neosome.
it will not develop leucosome and melanosome, and overall,
the neosome wil l be mesocrat ic. However, in such cases, a
coarser grain-size and a more isotropic fabric will typically
have replaced the microstructure and fabric t hat pre-dated
anatexis, and w ill aid in ident ifying what is neosome.
As more work is done on migmatites, it is becoming clear
that some example of 1n situ and in-source leucosome and
many leucocratic dikes, or veins, in migmatite terranes
are separated from their host rocks by a narrow rim that
is compositionally, mineralogical ly, and microst ruct urally
different from the host (see Figs. B49-B54). These com-
positional rims are not the residuum left after extraction
of anatectic melt; therefore, the term used for them is
se lvedge. Field observations from many migmatite
terranes indicate that selvedges are most commonly devel-
oped around leucocratic veins and dikes; the injected melt
thus does not seem to have been in chemical equilibrium
wit h its host. Consequently, three main mechanisms have
been proposed for the formation of selvedges: (I) reaction
between the host rock and an aqueous nuid exsolved as
the melt that produced the leucosome or leucocratic dike
crystallized, (2) reaction between minerals in the adjacent
wallrock and the injected anatectic melt, and (3) diffusional
exchange of components between the anatect ic melt (or
the crystallized leucosome or leucocratic dike) and its host
in response to activity gradients.
 INTRODUCTION
8 ---------------------------------
Selvedges can be leucocrat1c, mesocrat1c, or melanocrat1c.
However, a very common type cons1sts of a th1n (mm-
wlde) b1otite-nch (or hornblende-nch 1n metamafic rocks)
melanocrat1c nm adjacent to leucocrat1c dikes and some
cases of in-source leucosome; these are called m afic
selvedges. Mafic selvedges are also common at the margin
of granitic dikes and sills intruded into low-grade coun-
try rocks; mafic selvedges are. therefore. not found only
1n m1gmat1tes.
3.
MI GMATITES: THE PROCESSES
AND MORPHOLOGIES
The next step IS to introduce the terms that describe the
overall appearance of a migmat1te at a scale larger than
a small outcrop. Mehnert ( 1968) introduced 13 morpho-
logical terms (agmatitic. diktyon1t1c. schollen, stromatic,
surre1tic. folded, ptygmatic, veined, ophthalmitic, stictolit hic,
schlieren, nebulitic, and homophaneous) for th1s purpose.
His scheme was not explained 1n terms of petrological
processes, and so, overall, it has proved unsatisfactory for
three mam reasons. Fwst, this scheme does not prov1de a
way of understand1ng how one morphology of a migma-
tite is related to another. Second, 1t does not prov1de any
1ns1ght 1nto the petrolog1cal processes that contributed to
the format1on of m1gmat1tes. Consequently, the scheme has
turned out to have little pract1cal use 1n making a map of a
migmatite terrane. Th1rd, the terms were designed to be
nongenet1c, but 1n pract1ce most of the morpholog1es are
h1ghly ongin-specific, i.e., they occur exclus1vely as a result
of partial melt1ng.
The overall morphology of migmatites will be considered
next, with the intention of determining wh1ch factors con-
trol their appearance at the scale of a large outcrop. Th1s
approach leads to a much clearer p1cture of how differ-
ent morpholog1es of m1gmat1te form and are related to
one another, 1n addit1on to prov1ding a workable bas1s for
mapping migmatites.
3.1 The first.. order morphological
division of migmatites
Field stud1es from a great many anatect1c terranes (Breaks
et al. 1978, Brown 1979, Jamieson 1984, Weber et al. 1985,
Sawyer and Barnes 1988, W1ckham 1987a, Bea 1991, Obata
et al. 1994, Sawyer 1998, Oliver et al. 1999, Solar and Brown
2001, Johnson et al. 2001a, White et al. 2005) reveal a similar
change in migmat1te morphology with 1ncreas1ng metamor-
phic grade. Examples from several m1gmat1te terranes are
shown in sect1on C of th1s book. In the lower-grade parts
of anatect1c terranes, paleosome IS dominant 1n the mig-
matlte (i.e., the proport1on of neosome to paleosome 1s
low), and old, pre-partial-melt1ng structures such as bed-
ding, compositional layering, foliat1on, and folds are widely
preserved 1n it. The neosome part 1s charactenzed by nar-
row bodies of leucosome of various orientations, bordered
by melanosome, with its residual mineralogy and bulk com-
position. From a rheolog1cal aspect. the bulk behavior of
these m1gmatites d1ffers little from solid rocks that are not
partially molten, although the rocks are weaker.
Toward the h1gher-grade parts of anatect1c terranes, there 1s
a change 1n m1gmat1te morphology; neosome becomes the
dom1nant feature. It is s1gn1ficant that 1n many of these high-
er-grade m1gmat1tes. leucosome IS far more abundant than
res1dual matenal. The latter typ1cally occurs as schlieren of
mafic m1nerals 1n the leucosome, together w1th schollen or
rafts of paleosome and melanosome. Overall, paleosome
1s not abundant 1n h1gher-grade m1gmat1tes, and may even
be absent. Charactenst1cally, pre-part1al-melt1ng structures
are absent (except where they are preserved as schollen
or rafts); they were destroyed during neosome forma-
tion and replaced by syn-anatectic structures, typically a
magmatiC or submagmatic-foliation, or a flow banding. In
terms of rheology, the neosome 1n those m1gmatites was
magma-like.
The trans1t1on from one morphology to the other IS grad-
ual 1n some m1gmat1te terranes. The progress1ve change 1n
the morphology from the lower-grade to the h1gher-grade
parts of m1gmat1te terranes is systematically covered in sec-
tion D of the book. However, the passage from one to
the other is abrupt 1n many terranes, and commonly tec-
tonic, as 1t coinodes w1th doma1ns of h1gh shear strain (e.g.,
Brown and Solar 1998a, Solar and Brown 2001). The abrupt
nature of the many contacts suggests that some type
of threshold behav1or may be controlling the changeover.
Exactly the same change in the morphology of migmatites
occurs between the outer and 1nner parts of contact aure-
oles affected by part1al melt1ng (Flood and Vernon 1978,
Pattison and Harte 1988. Grant and Frost 1990, Hobson et
al. 1998, Barnes et al. 2002, Johnson et al. 2003) .
Th1s two-fold morpholog1cal diVISion of migmat1tes read-
ily falls 1nto the old scheme of metatex1s and diatexis.
The paleosome-dominated types were regarded as
having formed from low degrees of part1al melt1ng.
and were called metatexites, whereas the neosome-
dominated ones were Interpreted to be the result of nearly
complete fus1on, and called diatexites (e.g., Mehnert 1968,
Brown 1973, Ashworth 1985). The reasons why only these
two basic types of m1gmatites (usefully called metatexite
and diatexite) form needs to be understood before the
terms can be properly defined. To do th1s, 1t 1s necessary

to examine the results from recent petrolog1cal stud1es of
migmatites and from studies of the physical properties of
partially molten rock.
3.2 Temperature, degree of partial
melting, and fraction of melt
Est1mates of the metamorphic temperature reached in
d1atex1te m1gmat1tes (Brown 1979. 1995; Weber et al.
1985; Perc1val 1991 ; Guern1na and Sawyer 2003; Sawyer
1998; Solar and Brown 200 1; Obata et al. 1994; Ol1ver and
Barr 1997; Johnson and Brown 2004) are typically between
750 and 900°C. These temperatures are commonly a little
h1gher than 1n nearby metatexites (Grant and Frost 1990;
Obata et al. 1994, fig. II; Oliver et al. 1999, fig. I). In some
terranes, however, there is no s1gn1ficant difference 1n the
metamorphic t emperatures recorded in metatexite and
diatex1te migmat1tes. In some cases, the transition from
metatex1te to d1atex1te m1gmat1te may be due to the influx
of hydrous flu1ds, wh1ch promoted more melt1ng, where the
d1atex1te migmat1tes subsequently formed (e.g., White et al.
2005) . The temperatures reached in diatexite m1gmat1tes
are clearly much lower than requ1red for complete fus1on
(e.g., 1150- 1250°C. V1elzeuf and Holloway 1988). At com-
plete fus1on, the composition of the anatect1c melt must,
necessarily, be the same as that of 1ts protolith. The com-
position of some diatexite migmatites does indeed co1ncide
w1th that of the protolith, but th1s IS Invariably because the
anatectiC melt d1d not separate from 1ts res1duum (Sawyer
and Barnes 1988; Sawyer 1996, 1998; Milord et al. 2001;
Solar and Brown 200 I) , and not because of complete fusion.
Petrological and geochemical modeling indicates that dia-
texlte m1gmat1tes can form w1th as little as 16% part1al
melt1ng, but that more commonly, 30 60% part1al melt-
Ing occurred (Sawyer 1998, Milord et al. 2001, Johnson et
al. 2001b). S1milar studies on leucosome- melanosome pairs
show that the degree of part1al melt1ng (F) 1n metatex1te
m1gmatltes IS generally less than 20 30% (Sawyer 1987,
1991; Barbey et al. 1990, 1996). H1gher degrees of part1al
melting (60-70%) found 1n certa1n layers in some meta-
texlte migmat1tes have been attributed to the local influx of
aqueous fluids, or to "wet" melt1ng (Weber et al. 1985).
Petrolog1cal (Brown 1979, Johnson et al. 2001b) and geo-
chemical (Sawyer 1998, Milord et al. 200 I, Solar and Brown
200 I) studies show that there is a considerable variation
1n the fraction of melt (M ) 1nferred to have been pres-
1
ent within diatex1te m1gmat1tes. Some parts contained a
h1gh fraction (up to 100 vol.%) of anatectic melt (or a melt
denved from 1t by fract1onal crystallization), whereas other
parts, typically those that are richer 1n res1dual m1nerals.
contamed very little melt (<5 vol.%); yet other parts of d1a-
tex1te m1gmat1tes are nch 1n the m1nerals that crystallized
Atla, of Mtgm<Httc'
- - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - - -- - - -- - - ----9
from the anatectiC melt, most commonly plagioclase. The
proport1on of leucosome in metatexite migmatites is typi-
cally less than 20 vol.% (Weber et al. 1985, Symmes and
Ferry 1995, Barbey et al. 1996, Kohn et al. 1997, Johnson
et al. 200 Ia, Solar and Brown 200 I. Guermna and Sawyer
2003) and may 1nd1cate that metatexite m1gmatltes
cont a1ned a lower fraction of melt than d1atexite migmatites.
Caution must be exerosed, as the leucosome commonly
does not have the composition of an 1nit1al anatectiC melt
(see below, sect1on 6.2). Outcrops of metatexite m1gmatite
with greater t han 20 vol.% leucosome have been described,
and are attributed to veining by granitic melt (Pattison and
Harte 1988, Symmes and Ferry 1995, Guern1na and Sawyer
2003) or to the early crystall1zat1on of feldspar 1n places
where large volumes of melt have passed through the crust
(Brown 2004).
A large discrepancy between the degree of part1al melt1ng
(F) and the fract1on of melt (M,) ex1sts for some metatex-
lte and d1atex1te m1gmat1tes, where M. < F indicates a net
loss of melt, and where M. > F 1nd1cates a net gain of melt.
Discrepancies indicate that melt was redistnbuted w ithin
m1gmat1tes during anatex1s (Sawyer and Barnes 1988,
Barbey et al. 1990). Because the degree of part1al melt1ng
1n d1atex1tes 1s typ1cally less than 60 vol.%, a redistribution
of melt 1s the most likely mechan1sm by which the diatex-
ites that are close to I 00 vol.% melt, or mostly leucosome,
may have formed (Weber et al. 1985; Sawyer 1996, 1998;
Brown and Rushmer 1997).
3.3 The partial..melting process
Where the input of heat has caused the temperature to rise
sufficiently that melt1ng starts, small 1solated pockets and
tubes of melt fo rm at the JUnctions between the reactant
phases (Mehnert et al. 1973). The addit ion of more heat
causes further melting, and where the tubes and pockets of
melt have grown sufficiently to link and form an Int ercon-
nected network, the rock becomes permeable (Waff and
Bulau 1979). Melt can then move out of (i.e., segregation of
the melt can beg1n), int o or through, the solid framework.
This Important step was called the permeability thresh-
old by Maal0e ( 1982), and the liqu1d percolation threshold
(LPT) by Vigneresse et al. (1996). Less than 2 vol.% melt
is needed to ensure that suffioent gra1n-boundanes con-
tain melt, so that fels1c systems become permeable (e.g.,
Deii'Angelo and Tullis 1988, Laporte et al. 1997, Lupulescu
and Watson 1999); Rosenberg and Handy (2005) sug-
gested that almost all of the gra1n boundaries w ill conta1n
melt where the fract1on of melt reaches 0.07. Fo r the seg-
regation of melt to actually occur, there has to be both a
driving force and a dilatant sit e (s1nk) in which the melt can
collect (Sawyer 1994).
 IN T RODUC TI ON
10 -----------------------------
The greater v1scos1ty of fels1c melts means that grav1tat1onal
forces are far less effect1ve at dnv1ng large-scale segregation
of melt in the continental crust (Wickham 1987b) than they
are m segregating basaltic melt from the mantle (McKenz1e
1984) . Most part1al melting in the continental crust was
synchronous with tectonic deformation; therefore, seg-
regation and migration of the melt fraction in migmatites
were probably driven by differential stress (Mclellan
1988; Barbey et al. 1990; Brown 1994; Sawyer 1991, 1994;
Brown et al. 1995; Rutter 1997; Brown and Rushmer 1997;
Vanderhaeghe 1999; Marchildon and Brown 2001) . Part1al
melt1ng under conditions of lithostatic stress 1n wh1ch grav1ty is collects in nearby low-pressure s1tes. Further deformation
the only dnv1ng force for melt segregation IS probably very
rare m the continental crust. Nevertheless. it represents an
end-member case to be cons1dered first.
3.4 A special case: melting
under lithostatic stress conditions
(so .. called "static melting")
At low melt fractions, near the onset o f part1al melting
and under conditions of purely lithostat1c stress. gravity
1s 1nsuffic1ent to drive the v1scous gran1tic melt out of the
framework of solids 1n which it formed over the period of
a typ1cal anatectiC event, say 30 40 My (e.g., Rubatto et
al. 200 I). Consequently, the anatect1c melt and res1dual
solids remam together, the neosome 1s 1sotrop1c and
w1thout leucosome or melanosome. The distribution of
neosome 1n the m1gmat1te depends on how much melt1ng
occurred, and whether melt1ng occurred at spec1fic s1tes.
or was pervasive. As more melting occurs. the fraction
of melt eventually becomes sufficiently large that the con-
tacts between all the solid gra1ns disappear; th1s marks the
onset of a magma-like (very weak) rheology. For a matnx
1nitially consisting of uniform, ngid spheres, th1s occurs at
about 26 vol.% melt (MacGregor and Wilson 1939, Arzi
1978). Under perfectly lithostatic conditions, little hap-
pens as the volume of melt reaches and then exceeds th1s
value, wh1ch was referred to as the melt-escape threshold
(MET) by Vigneresse et al. ( 1996) and the solid-to-liqu1d
trans1t1on (SLT) by Rosenberg and Handy (2005); the melt The second stage marks the onset of a reg1me of flow
and res1dual solids rema1n Interspersed. Holness ( 1999)
reported that m the absence of deviatonc stresses. the melt
and solid fract1ons d1d not separate from each other 1n
the shallow contact-aureole of the Rum Igneous Complex,
even though the melt fract1on locally reached 0.95. Typ1cally,
a new, coarser, 1sotropic fabnc develops 1n the neosome
once the melt fraction crystallizes; m1gmat1tes that
display these characteristics occur 1n some deeper contact- bedding planes and interboudin partitions. The channeled-
aureoles, but very rarely in regional metamorphic terranes
(see below, Figs. AI, Bl7, and B19). However, if gravity- consisting of various dilatant structures, the exact type
induced separation of dense minerals or convect1on could
occur (a matter of some contention; see Scaillet et al.
1998). then some separation and onentation of m1nerals
may occur.
3.5 The general case: melting
under differential stress
(so .. called "dynamic melting")
Crustal rocks are an1sotrop1c; therefore, dunng tectonic
processes, they deform heterogeneously, and dilatant struc-
tures form in the more competent layers. Furthermore,
local differences in differential stress create pressure gradi-
ents (Rob1n 1979). Once sufficient melt has been produced
that permeability IS ach1eved 1n the matnx. any additional
melt generated moves down the pressure grad1ents and
produces more dilat1on and increases the pressure gradi-
ents, and together these dnve more movement of melt.
Where the crust melts under d1fferent1al stress, the fraction
of melt at the s1te of melt1ng should not normally exceed
that required for permeab1lity to be ma1ntained, because
any excess would move away to nearby low-pressure sites
(Sawyer 1994). In many reg1onally developed migmatite
terranes, the cont1nuous segregatiOn of melt from its resid -
uum appears to be a relatively nondestructive process. For
example, some granulite-fac1es m1gmatites that now con-
sist largely of strongly melt-depleted rocks still contain
well-preserved sedimentary structures (Waters and
Whales 1984, Guemna and Sawyer 2003) .
The movement of melt 1n m1gmat1tes can be d1v1ded
1nto three stages (e.g., Petford 1995. fig. 5: Rutter 1997;
Vanderhaeghe 2001). F1rst. 1t may move a short d1stance,
up to several tens of centimeters. by porous flow. The melt
moves from where 1t formed on gra1n boundanes. through
an Interconnected network cons1st1ng of m1croscop1c,
melt-filled tubes located along gra1n edges and melt-filled
grain boundanes and 1nt o small-scale (mm to perhaps em)
low-pressure s1tes nearby. These may be dilatant fo liation
and bedding planes, shear bands, 1nterboudin partitions, or
ductile fractures. The porous flow stage moves melt away
from its immed1ate po1nt of ong1n, and concentrates it in
various small-scale s1tes still with1n the confines of the origi-
nal source.
1n clearly defined channels. In the 1n1t1al phase of chan-
neled flow, the melt moves tens of cent1meters through
a mesoscop1c network of linked channels. Thus, the melt
has moved farther away from 1ts po1nt of generat1on and
has accumulated 1n larger (em ·m scale). more stable low-
pressure s1tes, but st1ll w1thin 1ts source. The s1tes 1n wh1ch
the melt accumulates are commonly dilatant foliat1on or
flow network is made up of em-scale linked segment s
and orientation of wh1ch depend on local circumstances,
such as the distnbut1on of rock types and the style of

deformation. The melt rema1ns trapped 1n these dilatant
sites until 1t IS forced to move aga1n. Upon crystallization,
this part of the channel network w ill become an array of
1n-source leucosome.
The last phase of the channeled-flow reg1me is called
the t ransfer stage. It occurs once the melt t hat accumu-
lated in the second-stage mesoscopic network migrates
out of 1ts source ent1rely. The flow of melt IS through a
tert1ary network of a few commonly discordant, macro-
scopic channels (fractures, veins, or dikes) over distances of
tens to hundreds of meters. Th1s segment of the channeled-
flow reg1me produces leucocrat1c ve1ns or dikes, and 1f the
transfer d1stances are sufficiently large, gran1t1c dikes.
Thus, many of the bodies of leucosome seen 1n migmat1tes
mark e1ther the channels through wh1ch melt flowed, or the
sites in which anatectic melt collected. Examples of flow-
path geometries are given by Brown et al. ( 1999), Sawyer
(2000, 2001), Guern1na and Sawyer (2003), March1ldon
and Brown (2003), and Brown (2004).
Although some melt-filled sinks and channels may be long-
lived, others are trans1ent. S1mak1n and Talbot (2001a, b)
used a numencal model of an 1sotrop1c protolith to show
that melt-rich "ve1ns" can grow or atrophy, depending upon
their onentation relat1ve to the max1mum and min1mum
pnnopal stresses. Sawyer (200 I) argued that melt channels
would collapse and d1sappear 1f the supply of melt stopped
before crystallization began . S1milarly, the direction of melt
flow may change. Simak1n and Talbot (2001a, b) found
that 1f a ve1n array IS reonented, or the onentat1on of the
stress field changes, the direct1on of melt flow may reverse:
change of melt-flow direct1on has also been demonstrated
from field studies (Sawyer et al. 1999).
Rob1n ( 1979) cons1dered the m1grat1on of melt during layer-
parallel extension and found that low-pressure s1tes develop
perpendicular to the extens1on dwect1on 1n the most
v1scous (1.e., competent) layer, wh1ch attracts melt from the
nearby less viscous layers. The most viscous layers are most
commonly paleosome, but if the res1duum develops to the
extent that 1t conta1ns a large modal proport1on of strong
minerals, such as garnet or pyroxene, then the res1dual
layers (melanosome) could start to attract melt, rather than
lose 1t. Th1s model has been applied to m1gmatites (Patt1son
and Harte 1988, Brown et al. 1995) and relates princ1pally
to the segregation of melt into the space between baud-
Ins 1n competent layers and the growth of some stromat1c
m1gmat1tes.
From the discussion above, 1t IS relatively easy to under-
stand how metatexite migmat1tes form dunng melt1ng of
a heterogeneous continental crust under differential stress.
In contrast, 1t is not clear how d1atexite migmat1tes can
Ad.t, of 1\.ttgmautc,
II
form. Two 1mportant top1cs that are central to the for-
mation of diatex1te m1gmatites need to be cons1dered
next: (I) the replacement of pre-anatectic structures 1n
m1gmatites by syn-anatect1c flow-structures, and (2) the gen-
eration of large-doma1ns that contain h1gh fractions of melt
in m1gmat1tes.
Rosenberg and Handy (2005) have re-exammed data from
deformation expenments conducted on part1ally melted
crustal rocks. They found that the maJor (90%) decrease 1n
strength occurs where t he fraction of melt reaches about
0.07. Rosenberg and Handy called th1s drop 1n strength
the "melt connect1v1ty trans1t1on" (MCT) and suggested
that 1t occurs at the po1nt at wh1ch wtually all of the grain
boundaries 1n the part1ally molten rock become melt-
beanng. The deformation mechan1sms that operate at the
high stra1n-rates 1n experimental stud1es 1nclude 1nter- and
intra-granular cracking, rigid rotation of grains, and sliding
along pockets of melt (Rosenberg and Handy 2005). At the
slower stra1n-rates of natural deformatiOn, other mecha-
nisms, such as grain-boundary sliding accommodated by
diffus1on, intracrystalline plastic1ty, and the dissolution of
gram gra1n contacts 1nto the melt (e.g., H1rth and Kohlstedt
1995: Park and Means 1996, 1997; Rosenberg and Handy
2000) may operate. Alt hough the flow rates ach1eved by
shear stresses at low fract1ons of melt (ca. 0.07) may be
lower than those attainable 1n a magma (suspens1on of
crystals in a melt), the macroscopic effect 1s, nevertheless,
similar. The pre-partial-melt1ng structures 1n the rock are
progressively destroyed as a new flow-1nduced structure
develops, w1th the result that the neosome created IS a dia-
texlte m1gmatite. Sawyer ( 1996, 1998) has suggested that
1n some instances, a diatexite m1gmatite that resu lted from
low degrees of partial melt1ng and conta1ned low fract1ons
of melt (M <0.2) may have formed 1n th1s way.
Stevenson ( 1989) developed a model for the m1grat1on
of melt dunng layer-parallel compreSSIOn. In h1s model,
decreases 1n pressure 1n the least competent layers (i.e.,
t he layers conta1n1ng most melt) create a pressure gradi-
ent that brings more melt 1n from the surrounding, more
competent layers. Thus, a melt-nch layer grows by a s1mple
feedback-type mechan1sm. Stevenson's model IS partiCU-
larly interest1ng because it IS a way of concentrat1ng melt
in vanous layers to achieve melt fract1ons well above the
liqu1d-percolat1on threshold (LPT) in the general case of
melt1ng under differential stress.
High fract1ons of melt may also be ach1eved 1n a m1gmat1te
1f melt IS produced at a rate greater than the rate at wh1ch
1t m1grates away (Sawyer 1994). One mechanism for trig-
genng such rapid melting could be the influx of an aqueous
flu1d (e.g., Wh1te et al. 2005). Whether the high fract1on
of melt 1n a m1gmat1te undergoing synchronous melt1ng
and deformat1on arises from rapid melting, or from melt
 I NTRODUCTION
12--------------------------------
m1grat1on as outlined by Stevenson ( 1989), the effects on
the morphology of the m1gmatlte are essentially the same.
Once melt has accumulated to the po1nt that suffic1ent
gra1n-to-gra1n contacts 1n the matnx have disappeared, the
partially molten rock becomes a suspens1on of crystals 1n a
melt. i.e., a magma, which will then flow in response to the
shear stresses imposed on it by local or far-field tectonic
forces. Where magma flow occurs, the pre-partial-melting
structures in the matrix are destroyed and are replaced
by magmat1c flow structures, thus forming a diatex1te mig-
matlte. Many examples of diatexite m1gmatite, especially
those that have bulk compos1t1ons 1nd1cating that they
contained a h1gh. or very h1gh. fract1on of melt. formed 1n
th1s way (Sawyer 1998, Milord et al. 2001). Est1mat1ng the
fract1on of melt requ1red to change from a rock-dom1nated
to melt-dom1nated rheology has attracted a great deal of
attent1on. Th1s transition has been termed the rheolog1cal
critical-melt percentage (RCMP) by Arz1 (1978). the cnt1cal
melt fraction ( CM F) by van der Molen and Paterson ( 1979),
and the melt-extraction threshold (MET) by Vigneresse
et al. ( 1996) . Recently, Rosenberg and Handy (2005) have
called it the solid-to-liquid transition (SLT). but they and
others (Takeda and O bata 2003) have suggested that this
rheolog1cal threshold 1s much less important than pre-
viously considered. Estimates place th1s threshold at melt
fract1ons between 0.26 and 0.4.
Studies of the microstructures 1n d1atex1te m1gmat1tes
clearly 1ndicate that many flowed as suspens1ons of crystals
1n a melt. and some acqu1red the1r microstructures 1n a sub-
magmatic state as the melt crystallized. Nevertheless, some
d1atex1te m1gmat1tes may have lost the1r pre-anatectiC struc-
tures and developed flow fohat1on at far lower fractions of
melt (<0.2) through the other mechan1sms of deforma-
tion outlined above. Thus. from the comb1nation of how a
high fract1on of melt was ach1eved and the poss1ble mecha-
nism of flow involved, there are five end-member ways of
forming a diatexite migmatite. (I) In a closed system where
F, and hence M,, are well below the sohd-to-hquid transi-
tion, by gra1n-boundary sliding, melt-enhanced diffus1on
and d1ssolut1on processes, leading to bulk flow (1.e .. flow of
a solid conta1ning a small volume of melt). (2) In a closed
system, by an increase in temperature (or possibly a drop
1n pressure), so that F, and hence M , nse above the sohd-
to-hquld trans1tion, leading to the creat1on of a suspens1on
of crystals 1n an anatectiC melt, and hence magma flow. (3)
In a locally open system (the system could be closed on
a terrane scale, however), by the movement of anatectiC
melt w1thin the migmatite, so that M is locally increased
above the solid-to-liquid trans1tion, and magma flow can
occur. (4) In an open system, by t he intrusion of an exter-
nal granitic magma into the migmatite, which augments the
locally derived anatectic fract1on so that the net M1 rises
above the solid-to-hqu1d trans1t1on and enables magma
flow to occur. Th1s external magma m1ght be denved from
deeper in the same source. or 1t m1ght be denved from
a completely different source-volume. (5) In an open sys-
tem, by the add1tion of an aqueous fluid into rocks already
at a high temperature, which enables rapid fluid-present
part ial melting to occur, so that Fand M 1are locally increased
to above the solid-to-liquid trans1t1on. and magma flow can
occur. In outcrop, the diatex1tes may look very similar, but
petrological (1ncluding microstructural) and geochemical
studies generally allow a spec1fic process to be determ1ned.
In the closed systems, M, corresponds to F determined
petrographically or geochem1cally from the rocks; these
could be called primary diatexite migmatites.
However, in the open systems, F determ1ned from the
rocks 1n the m1gmat1tes would not correspond to M ; these
could be called secondary diatexite migmatites.
3.6 Definitions of
metatexite and diatexite
For the same protolith compos1t1on, metatexite migmatites
generally form at lower temperatures than diatexite mig-
matites; therefore, the passage from metatexite to diatexite
could be v1ewed as one of 1ncreas1ng degree of partial melt-
Ing w1th temperature, but th1s IS an 1ncomplete v1ew. F1eld,
petrolog1cal, and geochem1cal results from migmatites,
and the theoretical cons1derat1on of melt flow in partly
molten rocks d1scussed above, suggest that movement of
melt is also a s1gn1ficant mechan1sm 1n leading to elevated
fract1ons of melt 1n m1gmat1tes where melt1ng and tectonic
deformat1on were synchronous. The fract1on of melt (M.)
may be 1ncreased to I, or decreased to the liqu1d-percolat1on
threshold, by m1gration of the melt. even 1f the degree
of partial melting (F) was relat1vely low, as Sederholm
=
noted. Only in a closed system does M1 F. Therefore, the
first-order morphological div1sion in migmatites is best con-
sidered in terms of fraction of melt rather than the degree
of part1al melting. Th1s represents a change in empha-
SIS, from the degree of part1al melting to the fraction of
melt present, and a d1vergence from the orig1nal reason
that the terms "diatex1te" and "metatex1te" were Int ro-
duced. However, both terms are too well established and
too useful to be d1scarded. Accordingly, the defin1t1ons of
diatex1te and metatex1te are changed slightly from those
g1ven by Mehnert (1968). Brown (1973). and Ashworth
(1985), and go somewhat beyond the etymological roots
of their anginal definit1on g1ven by Gunch (1905) and
Scheumann ( 1936).
Metate xite : a m1gmat1te that is heterogeneous at the
outcrop scale. and m wh1ch coherent pre-partial-melting
structures ore w1dely preserved m the poleosome (where
 13

8 URS ,----~------------.
Meta- Fig. I . Classification scheme for migmatites. (a) The
texite 1 ....
Diatexite fi rst-order division of migmatites into metatex itc and dia-
1 Transitional ............
NU P+---~~----~--~----~----~ tcxite migmatites is considered a funct ion of the fraction of
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 melt and the properties of the solid grains in the partial ly
Fraction of Melt melted rock. The passage from metatex ite to d iatcxite mig-
0.2
b Q)
c
0
patch !
0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 matite occurs abruptly at a fraction of melt eq ual to 0.26
nebulites if the solid crystals arc treated as un iform , rigid sphe res
z
0 _...,--···-~---····r·····-·····..······..········..···:··-··············-·······-·········
(URS model). However, for a model in which the solid
c
·~
t)
...J
~
0
dUata1t I c/ ' d;ate,;te
particles arc nonun iform in size and shape ( UP model),
there is a tra nsition zone between mctatcx itc and diatcx-
()
2 ite migmatites that may extend from 0.16 to 0.6 in terms
-~ 1
~ net li ~i of fraction of melt. (b) The second-order morphologies of
2ro Q) I

c
1:l
0 !:<? metatcx ite and diatcx ite migmatites arc shown on a plotofsyn-

st<am~t;c I<!'
ro ~
a natcctic strain versus fraction of melt. The diaoram is
c>- shaded for the U RS model, but the vertical dash;d lines
(/) .t:.
0> indicate where the bounda ries arc for the transitional
f diatexite
... possible limit of ••
I
zone in a U P model. The terms shown, except diatexitc,
should be used as a prefix to either mctatexitc or diatcxite
as appropriate (e.g., patch mctatexitc migmatitc or schollc n
transitional zone
d iatcxitc migmatitc).

the microstructure appears unchanged) and. poss1bly 1n the suggested by Lejeune and R1chet (1995) and Renner et al.
melanosome (res1duum) part of the neosome. where the frac- (2000). extending tn terms of fractton of melt from about
tion of melt was low. The neosome part IS generally segregated 0.16 to approxtmately 0.6 between the metatexite and
tnto leucosome and melanosome. but neosome 1n wh1ch melt diatexite fields.
and res1duum d1d not segregate may also occur.

Diatex ite: o m1gmat1te tn wh1ch neosome IS dommant, and
melt was pervas1vely d1stnbuted throughout. Pre-part1al· melttng
structures are absent from the neosome, and are commonly
replaced by syn-anatect1c-{Jow structures (e.g.. magmatic or
submagmat1c foliations. schl1eren). or by 1sotrop1c neosome.
The neosome IS vonable tn appearance. reflecttng a large range
in the fraction of melt. and 1t can range from predommantly
/eucocrat1c to predommantly mesocratlc (e.g.. unsegregated
melt and res1duum) to predommantly melanocrat1c. Paleosome
occurs as rafts or schollen. but may be absent.
The t ransition from metatexite to diatextte ts abt·upt 1n
some terranes and transttional in others. The first-order
morphologtcal dtvtslon of mtgmat1tes tnto metatextte and
diatex1te is represented on Fig. Io as a funct1on of the frac-
tton of melt (abscissa) and the charactensttcs of the solid
part1cles (ordinate). The upper part of the diagram shows
the change from metatextte to d1atex1te at a fraction of
melt of 0.26. based on the model that the solid particles
in the rock undergotng partial melttng are un1form. ng1d
spheres (URS) . In rocks. the crystals are uniform ne1ther in
s1ze nor aspect ratio; a transttlon therefore exists between
the loss of soltd solid contacts at the local scale and the
w1despread loss of solid- solid contacts 1n the bulk sam-
ple. Thus. the lower part of the d1agram IS for the general
case tn wh1ch the rock undergotng parttal melting contatns
a range of part1cle stzes and shapes. In such a nonun1form
parttcle model (NUP). there ts a trans1t1onal reg1on. as
3.7 The second.. order morphological
divisions in migmatites
In this section, I describe the morphologies of migmatites
at scales 1nvolvtng 1nd1v1dual leucosome and melanosome
on the one hand. and the overall scale at whtch metatex-
ite and diatex1te morphologies are determ1ned on the
other. All the morpholog1es d1scussed below are shown
1n sect1on D of the book in the same order as here 1n
the text. The morphology of a m1gmatite nght at the
onset of partial melting ts likely to be controlled by the
physicochemical factors that determ1ne the exact place
where the first melt and. therefore, tn s1tu neosome are
formed. Thts early morphology is probably best conserved tn
envtronments where dtfferential stresses are least. e.g.. con-
tact aureoles. However. dtfferential stresses act1ng as the 1n
s1tu neosome grows wtll cause the melt fraction to mtgrate
to dilatant structures 1n the m1gmatite. Consequently.
further changes in the outcrop-scale morphology of mig-
matites are not solely due to the petrologtcal process of
part1al melt ing; they resu lt fro m the tnterplay of two fac-
tors. (I) The proportion of melt 1n d1fferent parts of the
m1gmat1te. Melt w1ll be redistributed 1n response to differ-
ential stresses; thus. the amount of melt present may range
from zero to 100 vol.%. (2) The way the rocks respond
to d1fferenttal stress while melt 1s present. The locatton of
di latant sttes is controlled by the distribution of the compe-
tent layers and by the way tn wh1ch stra1n occurred. Part of
 INTROD U CTI ON
14 ------------------------------
th1s response will be 1nfluenced by the 1n1t1al. pre-anatectic
distnbut1on of competent and Incompetent litholog1es, but
1t w1ll also be controlled by the structures that form dur-
Ing deformat1on and by the locus of melt collection. As the
melt fract1on increases, stra1n is increas1ngly partitioned 1nto
the melt-bearing parts (Vigneresse and Tikoff 2000) of the
migmat1te. Consequently, the morphology of migma-
tites may be very heterogeneous: a migmatite v1ewed on a
1-m outcrop m1ght not be described in the same way when
seen on a I 0 OOO-m 2 outcrop.
F1gure I b shows how the second-order morpholog1es,
wh1ch w1ll be described below, are related to the first-order
metatex1te-diatex1te subdiv1s1on of m1gmat1te, and to each
other by vanation 1n relat1ve syn-anatect1c "stra1n." Stra1n is
not used 1n a quant1tat1ve manner: it IS s1mply used qualita-
tively to differentiate relatively more deformed rocks from
less deformed rocks.
Most of the morpholog1cal divers1ty 1n metatex1te migma-
tites denves from the anisotropy inherent in the paleosome
(and protolith), rather than the magnitude of the
syn-anatect ic strain or fraction of melt present. High strain
generally results 1n simpler morpholog1es, because all parts
of the migmatites are strongly attenuated or transposed,
and paleosome, leucosome, and neosome tend to become
parallel, and the overall morphology IS stromatiC, or layered.
Thus, the cnteria that are wholly stra1n-related, such as
the lateral cont1nuity of leucosome, do not prov1de a good
bas1s on wh1ch to define metatex1te m1gmat1tes, or on
which to distingu1sh metatex1te from d1atex1te m1gmat1tes.
In contrast, the morpholog1cal vanat1ons that occur w1th1n
d1atex1te migmat1tes are almost wholly a funct1on of the
fract1on of melt present; more melt necessarily means less
paleosome and more neosome. The effect of syn-anatect1c
strain on the morphology of diatexite m1gmat1tes is subtle.
Because magmas are weak, flow structures and foliations
are 1n1tiated in them at comparatively low shear stresses:
h1gher shear strain simply results 1n better preferred onen-
tatlons for the enclaves and m1nerals (lldefonse et al. 1992,
Arbaret et al. 1997). not 1n a s1gn1ficant change 1n the mor-
phology. The second-order morpholog1cal terms should
be used as a prefix to the first-order one. e.g.. stromat1c
metatex1te m1gmat1te and schollen (see below) d1atex1te
m1gmat1te.
F1gure lb 1nd1cates that most of the second-order mor-
phologieS are charactenst1c of relat1vely low-"stra1n" rocks.
However. recent results from numerical models (e.g.,
Beaumont et al. 2004. ]am1eson et al. 2004) 1ndicate that
many m1gmatite terranes exhumed from the deep parts
of orogens are likely to have expenenced very high syn-
anatectic stra1n. The weakening that crustal rocks undergo
as they part1ally melt results 1n the partit1on of stra1n 1nto,
and the flow of matenal through. an orogen along discrete
zones or channels located 1n the m1ddle and lower part of
the crust. The m1gmatites from reg1ons where this type of
crustal-scale channel flow has occurred are likely to have
strongly layered morpholog1es, but there may still be small
domains where other morphologies can be recognized (see
below, Figs. A2. A3, 023. and 024) .
Morphologies characteristic of
metatexite migmatites
Very low fract1ons of melt and low-stra1n condit1ons. near
the ongin 1n Fig. lb. corresponds to the onset of melt1ng:
m1gmatites that have lost melt could also be near the on-
gin. Although the very low fract1on of melt precludes any
eye-catch1ng morphologies from develop1ng (e.g., Figs.
01-04). the rocks formed at the onset of melt1ng are very
important. as they mark the lower-grade lim1t to areas of
migmatlte format1on. The field ev1dence for the onset of
partial melting IS commonly overlooked because the first
signs of partial melt1ng 1n outcrops are subtle. Reactant
minerals become slightly rounded where melting has begun,
and a sugary texture can develop 1n lithologies not too
rich in mica. If the melting react1on produces a distinctive
solid product, that m1neral m1ght be recogn1zable. The first
evidence of part1al melt1ng 1n some m1gmat1tes is the devel-
opment of fine-gra1ned. quartzofeldspath1c films. which
weather white. along some gra1n boundanes: the films
represent crystallized melt (Holness and Clemens 1999.
Sawyer 1999, Holness and Watt 2002). A pmk colorat1on
at the edge of muscovite gra1ns was found by Holness and
Watt (2002) to mark the onset of part1al melt1ng 1n pelit1c
rocks in a contact aureole 1n Scotland.
Patch migmatites are formed where slightly higher
fractions of melt have been generated, and melt1ng has
occurred at d1screte s1tes. so that small, scattered patches
of nonfoliated 1n situ neosome develop (Fig. I b). Examples
of patch metatexite migmatites can be seen in F1gs. 07- 0 I 0
and also 1n F1gs. Bl. B2. BIS. and B30. Paleosome 1s domi-
nant, and the patches of neosome are generally round
or oval 1n shape. Such neosome was called "bhnd end-
Ing" by Sederholm (1907) and "bhnd patches" by Platten
( 1983). and IS charactenst1c of the 1nc1p1ent stages of partial
melt1ng 1n the1r hosts (Weber and Barbey 1986, Mclellan
1988. Grant and Frost 1990. Hobson et al. 1998, Sawyer
1991. Timmermann et al. 2002, Slagstad et al. 2005).
Consequently, the first appearance of patchy neosome 1n
migmat1te terranes IS useful1n locat1ng the "melt-in" 1sograd
for the lithology m wh1ch 1t occurs. However. it may be
difficult to 1dentify the neosome if the paleosome IS a
coarse-grained. nonfoliated, fels1c plutonic rock. Oriented,
tabular bodies of neosome can arise if melting is confined to
thin layers. or to certain planes. At higher degrees of partial

melting, the neosome grows, or 1t becomes more plent1ful;
lobed shapes can develop by coalescence. If coalescence
results 1n the creat1on of large patches of neosome that
have diffuse borders, then the term ne bulite can be used
(see Figs. 011 and 012).
Typically. in patch m1gmatites, the melanocrat1c and
leucocratic parts are uniformly distributed throughout
the neosome because the melt and res1duum have not
separated; hence. overall the neosome IS commonly meso-
cratiC. However; vanat1ons result 1f the melt and residuum
do segregate. In one case, the leucosome may be sur-
rounded by a rim of melanosome, whereas in another case
a leucocratiC nm. or moat, may surround a melanocrat1c
core, wh1ch 1s commonly a single crystal (Weber and Barbey
1986). Th1s latter type of patch neosome (e.g.. F1gs. B30,
D I 0) occurs in the granulite-facies parts of some migmatite
terranes (Waters and Whales 1984. StOwe and Powell 1989,
Powell and Downes 1990, Sawyer et al. 1999, Waters 200 I,
White et al. 2004); mass-balance est1mates for these patches
show that many have lost a considerable volume of melt
(M 1 < F). White et al. (2004) described patches of neosome
that occur in metapelitic rocks from the upper-amphibolite-
facies to granulite-fac1es trans1t1on and that 1nvolve garnet
produced by an 1ncongruent melt1ng react1on involving the
breakdown of b1ot1te and sillimanite. The 1nability of garnet
to eas1ly form nucle1 1n these rocks has meant that the loca-
tion of the melt1ng react1on 1tself and of the other products
of react1on was determ1ned by the locus of nucleat1on of
t he garnet. Th1s s1tuat1on results 1n a m1gmat1te that con-
tains patches of m situ neosome cons1st1ng of a large garnet
porphyroblast surrounded by the other solid products of
react1on (e.g.. K-feldspar) and the melt.
Patch m1gmatltes are best preserved where syn-anatect1c
strain IS low. Such environments 1nclude inc1p1ent melt1ng
where rocks are stronger, and layers are competent (e.g..
Slagstad et al. 2005). Hence, the patch m1gmat1tes extend
to greater stra1n than nebulltic m1gmat1tes on F1g. lb. The
ex1stence of even a small differential stress deforms patch
m1gmat1tes into h1gh-aspect-rat1o shapes (Timmermann et
al. 2002), and dnves the segregation of melt. As the m s1tu
patches of neosome 1n the migmat1tes described by Wh1te
et al. (2004) become larger and more abundant. d1fferen-
t 1al stresses cause the melt and solid fractions to separate
as the melt moves into dilatant structures. Consequently,
the morphology of the migmatites changes from patch
t o net-structured, or stromatiC. Thus, even low syn-
unatectlc stra1n results 1n the loss ofsome. or most. of the melt
fraction, and the m s1tu patches of neosome are dominated
by res1dual minerals. At higher syn-anatectic stra1n, patch
m1gmatites no longer exist, and net, or stromatiC (also
called layered) morpholog1es form 1nstead.
Atht~ of Migm a cth.'~
IS
Net. dilat1onal, and stromatic descnbe three metatex1te
migmat1te morpholog1es in which the distribution and form
of the neosome (the leucosome 1n part1cular) reflect differ-
ent ways 1n wh1ch the an1sotropy due to the layenng 1n the
protolith responded to strain dunng part1al melt1ng; some
examples are shown 1n F1g. 2. S1nce these morpholog1es
are defined w1th reference to thew pre-melting structures,
they are divis1ons of metatexite m1gmatites. The order of
the three types along the "stra1n" ax1s of Fig. lb IS some-
what arbitrary; all may form at low and 1ntermed1ate strains.
However, at high stra1ns, the leucosome 1n dilat1onal and
net types tends to become parallel, 1n which case the term
"stromatiC" or "layered metatex1te m1gmatite" IS more
appropriate.
Di lation-structured migmatite s (surre1t1c struc-
ture of Mehnert 1968) are dist1nct1ve, as can be seen in
F1gs. D 13 022. The leucosome 1s located in dilatant (1.e.,
low-pressure) structural sites. such as the spaces between
boudins. 1n pressure shadows. or 1n fractures (F1g. 2) 1n
the more competent layers of the m1gmatite. Typically.
the dilat1onal sites are comparat1vely short and restricted
to part1cular layers and do not form an outcrop-scale net
structure. This morphology 1mplies the ex1stence of a
competency contrast between the vanous layers 1n the
migmat1te wh1le layer-parallel extens1on occurred. Typ1cally,
t he competent layers are the less fertile (e.g.. greywacke
1n a pelite). or the resister l1tholog1es (e.g., calc-s11icates.
quartz1te. metamafic rocks. or pegmat1tes). but they could
also be newly formed res1dual layers nch 1n strong miner-
als, such as garnet or pyroxene. Dilat1onal structures may
also form owing to strain incompatibilities across the folia-
tion planes (Platt and V1ssers 1980), as 1n the m1gmat1tes
of southern Bntanny (Jones and Brown 1990, Brown and
Dallmeyer 1996, Brown 2004) and northwestern Australia
(Oliver and Barr 1997). Other types of dilational s1tes can
develop in, and around, the hinges of folds developed 1n
rocks with a strong planar an1sotropy (e.g., Coll1ns and
Sawyer 1996).
Net-structure d migmatites (diktyon1t1c structure
of Mehnert 1968) are a very common type of metatex-
lte m1gmatite, and Sederholm ( 1907) cons1dered the1r
development to be an 1nd1cator of part1al [Y)elt1ng; exam-
ples are shown 1n Figs. 023 030. The essential feature of
this morphology 1s that the leucosome occurs 1n two or
more systematic sets. such that the1r intersection creates a
net-like pattern outlining lozenge-shaped, or polygonal
blocks of darker rock. At the early stages of melt1ng. the leu-
cosome IS narrow w1th a h1gh aspect-rat1o and IS bordered
by melanosome; the centers of the lozenges are paleosome.
The net-like pattern is very commonly the result of one or
more sets of extens1onal shear bands 1n which the leuco-
some IS located. It IS 1dent1fied by curvat ure of the foliat1on
from the host to, or some way into, the leucosome. The
 INTRODUCTION
16 ------------------------------

d
---
----
---- ---~; ' / ..........
----
Fig. 2. Schematic representation of some of the structural sites in which the leucosome in Jilational metatexite migmatites
ca n be expected to occur. Solid areas anJ lines represent leucosome, whereas the dasheJ black lines are the traces of bed-
Jing or foliation. (a) Leucosome in inrerboudin partitions that develop in the competent layers of migmatites; t hese layers
may be paleosome resisters, or even melano ome. Some boudins contain sma ller intern al boudins. (b) Leucosome located
in extensional shear bands; both synthetic and antithetic examples are shown. (c) Leucosome located in an asymmetri-
cal fol iation boudin. (d) Stromatic leucosome orienLed parallel to the principal plane of ani otropy, which may be either
bedding or foliation. (e) Leucosome located in a reverse shear, cutting the short limb of an asymmetrical fold. (f) Leucosome
associated with parallel folds; leucosome in the fold hinges is located in the space between dilated bedding planes; shorter
Jomain s of leucosome arc locateJ in cx tcn ional fractures developed on the outside of the foiJed competent layers
and are not ax ial-planar, but tend to be radially d ispo ed. Leucosome that is located parallel to a fold's axial plane occurs in
the less competent layers.

anatectiC melt thus seems to have m1grated a short dis- Oliver and Barr \997) . The rock 1n the lozenge between
tance by porous flow from the host 1nto the shear bands leucosome bands progressively becomes neosome, and is
as the bulk rock underwent layer-parallel extens1on (e.g.. generally composed of melanocrat1c residuum . However. 1f
Mclellan \988; Sawyer \991; Brown \994, 2004; Oliver melt is injected into these layers, then the lozenge may be
et a\. \999). Deformation experiments on part1ally mol- mesocratic in color. With increased fract1on of melt, net-
ten analogue materials confirm th1s (Rosenberg and Handy structured migmat1tes pass, v1a a transitional stage, into raft
2000); the onset of partial melting causes deformation to or schollen diatex1te m1gmatites (F1g. \b).
become concentrated 1nto shear bands, and the melt then
Stromat ic or laye r-st ructured migmatites have
m1grates to the shear bands. M1grat1on of melt 1nto shear
numerous thm and laterally persistent bands of leucosome
bands, or expuls1on from them. depends on whether the
that are oriented parallel to the major plane of an1sotropy
shear band 1s shortemng or lengthening (Mancktelow
1n the paleosome. Examples are shown 1n Figs. 031-040. A
2002). A set of leucosome bands commonly IS onented
s1ngle layer IS called a stroma (plural stromata). The planar
parallel to the compos1t1onal layering or foliat1on. The
anisotropy IS, typ1cally, the compos1t1onal layenng (bed-
onentat1on of all sets of leucosome bands, fohat1ons, and
ding or 1gneous layenng), or a foliat1on. Generally, a band of
shear zones together w1th the1r direct1ons of movement,
leucosome has melanosome on both s1des; 1n some cases.
should be recorded 1n the field so as to determine the local
however, the melanosome 1S only on one s1de. and 1n yet
k1nematics of the syn-anatect1c deformation.
others. there is no melanosome.
W1th further partial melting, the paleosome is changed to
Because of the large number of leucosome domains and
a gneiss 1n which folia of res1dual m1nerals alternate with
the regularity of the1r spaong, stromatic migmatites have
quartzofeldspathic layers, and the leucosome bands no
attracted a lot of attent1on. M1chei-Levy ( 1893) suggested
longer have obvious melanosome around them (e.g..

that they are the result of repeated InJections of magma
between the layers, or foliation planes: hence, he Intro-
duced the term Itt par lit to describe this morphology. The
find1ng 1n certa1n layered m1gmatites that (I) seem1ngly
layer-parallel bands of leucosome actually cross-cut the
layenng locally, stepp1ng from one plane of an1sotropy to
the next if traced out across large outcrops (e.g., Sawyer
et al. 1999), and (2) adJacent melanocratic bands do not
have appropnate res1dual compos1t1ons (Jung et al. 1999),
support the melt-InJection ong1n. Many invest1gators have
proposed an m s1tu origin; Holmqu1st (1916) and Brown
et al. (1995) have suggested that the segregations of melt
are denved from adJacent rocks. In contrast, Johannes
(1983o) and Johannes et al. (1995) have argued that the
layered structure results from the part1al melt1ng of only
those layers w1th su1table bulk compos1t1ons (i.e., the fertile
layers): the separation of biotite 1nto narrow zones between
the layers created the melanosome. Petrographic and geo-
chemical studies have demonstrated that 1n some layered
m1gmat1tes, the melanocratic part is the residuum left after
the extract1on of a partial melt, which corresponds to
the composition of the adjacent leucosome (Sawyer 1991,
Oliver and Barr 1997), which supports an orig1n by m Situ
part1al melt1ng. The InJeCtion and m s1tu layered m1gmatites
can form in the same port1on of the fract1on of melt -
stra1n space (Fig. I b) as net and dilatant types.
Transposition and the morphology of
metatexite migmatites
Park ( 1983) considered that stram dunng part1al melt1ng
could generate a layered structure (see Figs. D35 040)
in m1gmat1tes by transpos1t1on. T1mmermann et al. (2002)
and Slagstad et al. (2005) descnbed a m1gmat1te from the
Grenville Prov1nce 1n wh1ch stra1n part1t1on1ng resulted 1n
the preservation of small, equant bodies of leucosome 1n a
competent host, but transposed them to form layered (high
aspect-ratio) leucosome in adJacent, less competent rocks.
The competent porphyroblasts of garnet w1th short (a few
m1ll1meters to centimeters 1n length), but elongate doma1ns
of leucosome 1n the1r pressure shadows (e.g., Williams et al.
1995, Brown et al. 1999) and hence grow1ng parallel to the
foliation, prov1de another example.
Some m1gmat1tes show a curvature of the structural
fabncs (such as foliat1on or compos1t1onal layering) and low-
aspect-ratio leucosome into a part that exhibits stromatic
leucosome and a more regular, and finer-scale compos1 -
t1onal banding than the adJacent nonlayered m1gmat1tes.
The layered structure 1n these m1gmatites formed by the
attenuation and transposition of ong1nally more equant-
shaped accumulations of melt, or partially crystallized
1eucosome, in outcrop-scale syn-anatect1c shear zones. At
a much larger scale, metatex1te m1gmat1tes that develop
17
w1th1n crustal-scale shear zones (includ1ng zones of channel
flow in the continental crust) typ1cally have a pronounced
layered, or stromatiC, morphology due to transpos1t1on and
progress1ve deformation, most ev1dent by abundant, paral-
lel and laterally pers1stent bod1es of leucosome (F1gs. A2,
A3) . The layered structure may be so strong as to obscure
any previous morphology that the metatexite migmatite
may have had; 1n th1s case, the name "layered metatex1te
m1gmat1te" should be suffioent. Although all pre-anatectic
structures 1n these m1gmatites may have been destroyed
(by transposition, for example), they should not be called
diatex1te migmatites (unless a high fract1on of melt can
be demonstrated to have ex1sted 1n them): they should
be v1ewed pnmanly as tecton1tes. However, leucosome
generally is present, and more rarely neosome (i.e., leuco-
some + melanosome), which postdate the ma1n layered
structure, and these may have any of the morphologies typ-
ical of the lower-stra1n part of Fig. Ib. Ev1dently, a layered
or stromat1c morphology m metatex1te m1gmat1tes can
form in several d1fferent ways, and over a wide range of
conditions of syn-anatectic stra1n.
Morphologies characteristic of
diatexite migmatites
At low syn-melting stra1ns, a fract1on of melt above about
0.26 eliminates the contiguous crystal-based framework,
and the whole m1gmat1te becomes nonfohated (i.e., isotropic)
and unsegregated neosome; for th1s stage, the term "nebu-
litiC diatexite migmat1te" should be used (F1g. lb). However,
under rare circumstances, nebuht1c migmatites may also
form at much lower fractions of melt instead of a patch
metatexite migmat1te. This will occur 1f the part1al melt1ng
occurred, or spread, throughout the whole volume of the
protohth, rather than at a few d1screte s1tes. Pervas1ve melt-
ing leads to the widespread development of neosome 1n
which the residual and remaining solid minerals can undergo
extensive recrystall1zat1on and gra1n growth because of the
presence of melt along the grain boundanes.
Nebulit1c migmat1tes are preserved only 1n places where the
syn-anatectic stra1n was very low. A partially molten rock
contain1ng a melt fract1on of more than 0.26 IS very weak,
and 1n general. differential stress creates shear stresses,
and flow of the magma readily occurs. Consequently, the
nebulitic migmat1te develops a fol1at1on due to flow, and
then another of the morphological terms shown on Fig. I b
becomes appropriate.
Schollen or raft-structured migmatites are charac-
terized by the raft-like form of the remnants of paleosome,
resister litholog1es. or melanosome displayed 1n the
neosome. Th1s type of migmatite is common at the tran-
sition from metatexite to diatex1te migmatites (e.g., Solar
and Brown 2001), as well as 1n the lower-melt-fract1on
 INTRODUCTION
18 ------------------------------
part of diatex1te m1gmat1tes (Fig. Ib). Examples of schollen
diatex1te m1gmatites from the transition can be seen 1n
Figs. 041-046. The proport1on of paleosome, melano-
some, and res1ster litholog1es IS h1ghest at the start of the
trans1t1on zone, where the lateral cont1nu1ty of these starts
to become disrupted. The layers and rafts (also called schol-
len) of paleosome are large and have high aspect-ratios,
and some show rounding at the ends, but there is gener-
ally httle rotat1on of the rafts. Farther into the trans1t1on
zone, and toward the diatexite doma1n, there IS a progres-
Sive decrease in the s1ze, aspect-rat1o, and number of rafts
or schollen (F1gs. 047-052) . Typ1cally, the rafts are more
rounded, rotated, and d1spersed 1n leucocrat1c neosome.
The leucocratiC portions generally have a now fohatlon
defined by the onentat1on of platy minerals, such as the
feldspars and m1cas. T he m1gmat1tes called inhomogeneous
d1atex1tes (Mehnert 1968, Brown 1979), or heterogeneous
d1atex1tes (Solar and Brown 2001), have schollen struc-
tures and are typical of the transit1on from metatex1te
to diatexite.
Schl ieric m igmatites have well-developed flow-1nduced
structures indicated by trains of platy or elongate miner-
als, most commonly biotite, but also s1lliman1te. plagioclase,
orthopyroxene, and amph1bole, that are called schlieren
(the s1ngular 1s sch/iere). The microstructure of schlieren
is shown later, in section F, Figs. F97 FIOO. Rafts or schol-
len of paleosome, resister litholog1es. and melanosome may
be present. but they are far less abundant than 1n schollen
m1gmat1tes, as can be seen 1n Figs. 053 056. The passage
from schollen m1gmatite to schlienc m1gmat1te IS ach1eved
by an 1ncrease 1n the melt fract1on, or neosome:paleosome
rat10 (Fig. I b); stra1n has little effect.
Small outcrops of schollen and schlienc migmatites tend to
show a parallelism between success1ve bands of leucosome,
schlieren, and raft-rich layers. However, larger outcrops
invanably show reg1ons where the foliation and composi-
tional banding or layering are truncated at a low angle by
groups of s1milar-looking, although generally slightly more
leucocratlc layers; Mehnert (1968) referred to these as
interpenetrating forms. These structures are ev1dence of
syn-magmatic shear zones, or now discont1nu1t1es 1n the
part1ally molten rock, and are probably due to the parti-
tioning of stra1n 1nto the zones w1th the highest fract1on of
melt. Folds may develop 1n these shear zones. 1n wh1ch case
they typ1cally have a sheath-like geometry.
Diatexite migmatites, 1n Fig. lb. occupy the h1gh fraction-
of-melt part of the fraction of melt versus strain plot; thus,
they are dominated by neosome (F1gs. 057 062), and rel-
ics of paleosome are rare, or absent. Pre-partial-melt1ng
structures, such as foliation, folds, and bedding, occur only
in the scattered schollen of paleosome. However, a folia-
tion defined by the onentat1on of platy or tabular m1nerals.
most commonly plag1oclase and m1ca, acqu1red dunng now
1n a magmatic or submagmat1c state, IS v1rtually ubiqu1tous
1n the neosome. A now band1ng due to layers of different
mineralogy, grain size, or microstructure also may be pres-
ent. and schlieren may be present but are scarce. Oiatex1te
migmatites are gradational from schollen and schlieric mig-
matites through an 1ncrease 1n melt fraction (or neosome:
paleosome rat1o), and from nebulites through an increase
1n syn-anatect1c strain (F1g. lb). wh1ch account for the1r
char actenstiC now-Induced foliation and banding. As diatex-
lte m1gmat1tes tend to show subdued, or subtle. variat1ons
1n outcrop, the term "homogeneous diatex1te" has been
applied to them (Mehnert 1968, Brown 1979, Solar and
Brown 2001). Unfortunately, 1t IS not always the same prop-
erty that is be1ng described as homogeneous. For Mehnert,
homogeneous meant lack1ng a foliat1on, and he coined to
term "homophaneous" spec1fically for these diatexites.
Brown ( 1979) also used homogeneous in a structural sense,
w hereas Solar and Brown (2001) used it in more of a mor-
phological context to mean lacking schollen and schlieren.
O ther investigators have found significant petrological
diversity within, and among, d1atex1te m1gmatites in indi-
vidual anatectic terranes and have, accordingly, chosen to
subdiv1de d1atex1te migmatites on a petrolog1cal basis, e.g.,
the melt-nch and res1dual diatex1tes of Sawyer ( 1998) and
the leucocrat1c, mesocratic and melanocrat1c d1atex1te m1g-
mat1tes of Milord et al. (2001).
Almost all d1atex1te migmatites. includ1ng the schollen and
schlienc vaneties, conta1n leucocrat1c patches and ve1ns.
cons1st1ng of quartz, K-feldspar. and plag1oclase that appear
to postdate the magmatiC foliation and now structures in
thew host. In all the cases where the compos1t1on of these
veins and patches has been 1nvest1gated, the leucosome
represents a fractionated melt (also called residual melt) .
01atexite m1gmatites contain sufficient melt that as they cool
and crystall1ze under applied differential stress. the crystals
1n them become aligned, g1v1ng the rock a foliat1on (see sec-
tion 5.3) . A framework oftouch1ng crystals develops where
crystallization reduces the fraction of melt below about 0.4.
If deformat1on cont1nues. the framework then deforms het-
erogeneously, and this creates dilatant structures to wh1ch
the evolved (fractionated) melt. located 1n the 1nterst1ces
of the enclos1ng framework of crystals. m1grates; analo-
gous structures are well known from crystallizing gran1tes
(e.g.. Cuney et al. 1990, Pons et al. 1995, John and Stunitz
1997). Geometncally, therefore, these masses of leucosome
resemble those 1n metatexite m1gmatites and those shown
in Fig. 2. but they differ 1n morphology in that the melt -
depleted halos around them are not generally melanocratic,
because they are dominated by feldspars.

High strain and the morphology of
diatexite migmatites
H1gh shear stram tends to generate better alignments of
m1nerals, rafts (or schollen) of paleosome matenal and of
the schlieren 1n d1atex1te m1gmat1tes. Deformation dunng
crystallization can lead to the segregation of the residual
melt and to transposition (e.g., Figs. 063 and 064); the
resulting alignments commonly produce well-developed
parallel planes of fol1at1on or compos1t1onal band1ng.
3.8 Migmatite morphologies outside
the metatexite-diatexite division
Two of the migmat1te structures defined by Mehnert
(1968), vein and folded, are different from the other types
described so far because they occur 1n both metatexite and
d1atex1te m1gmat1tes. The pnnc1pal control on the morphol-
ogy of fold structures 1n m1gmat1tes IS the mechan1sm by
which the folds formed, and this 1s linked to the fract1on of
melt present, and to the form, or geometry, of the anisot-
ropy present 1n t he migmatite. In metatexite migmat1tes,
where paleosome dominates, folds might form by pro-
cesses such as buckling, but 1n d1atex1te m1gmatites, where
neosome dom1nates. the folds may form because of flow
nstabilit1es (i.e .. pass1ve flow folds). Ve1n m1gmat1tes. how-
ever, are s1ngular; thew morphology IS not controlled by
melt fract1on. but by the ability of the1r host to fracture,
e1ther by brittle or by ductile fracture, and by the t iming
of the vein1ng process relative to the rest of the anatectic
h1story.
Fold-structured migmatites, which develop at low
fract1ons of melt, 1n the early stages of anatex1s, generally
have morpholog1es that are controlled by the relat1ve differ-
ence in competency between the layers in the paleosome.
In relatively Incompetent rocks, the folds in the paleosome
are s1milar types, but if there are more competent lay-
ers, buckle (parallel) folds may develop (see Figs. EI-E8) .
Dunng folding, some of the melt 1n a migmat1te m1grates
nto dilatant sites that develop as the folds grow, result-
ng 1n leucosome 1n the fold h1nges and parallel to and
between the folded layering, 1n ax1al planar shears, or 1n
shears developed on the fold limbs. If competent layers are
present, then the melt will also occupy the array of rad1al
fractures that may develop around the fold h1nges 1n these
layers (Coll1ns and Sawyer 1996). At th1s stage, then, the
control on the d1stnbut1on of leucosome IS s1m1lar to the
dilatant metatex1te m1gmat1tes discussed above. Several
1nvest1gators (e.g., Allibone and Norns 1992, Coll1ns and
Sawyer 1996) have noted that there IS generally more leu-
cosome in the fold hinges than on the fold limbs; this find1ng
19
could Indicate that limbs are regions of net loss of melt, and
the h1nges. of net ga1n of melt, wh1ch IS confirmed by the
analogue expenments of Barraud et al. (2004).
Metatex1te m1gmat1tes 1n wh1ch bodies of leucosome are
oriented parallel to the axial planes of syn-anatect1c folds
appear to be very common (e.g., Edelman 1973, Hand and
Dwks 1992, Brown 1994, Vernon and Paterson 2001), but
they are quite diverse 1n appearance. In the maJonty of the
examples that have been described, the bod1es of leuco-
some are thin, have smooth marg1ns and h1gh aspect-rat1os.
However, 1n some cases, the leucosome accumulation
IS thicker and more equant, with irregular outlines; these
are typically also coarser gra1ned. Melanosome IS evident
around the leucosome 1n some cases, but absent in oth-
ers. In some migmat1tes. the leucosome 1n the axial plane is
K-feldspar-nch compared to the leucosome elsewhere (e.g.,
jam1eson 1984). Such K-nch leucosome presumably was
derived from anatect1c melts w1t h evolved compos1t1ons
ow1ng to fractional crystallization. Why concentrations of
leucosome should be located in axial surfaces has long been
a controversial point amongst structural geologists work-
Ing on migmatites; Brown and Rushmer (1997) and Vernon
and Paterson (200 I) d1scussed th1s matter. Skelton ( 1996)
suggested that the flow of melt on the limbs of a fold 1s
parallel to the layenng and not across 1t; thus, the melt
from both flanks necessanly accumulates at the nearest
fold-h1nge, where layer-parallel flow IS no longer possible.
Consequently, the melt e1ther accumulates in the hinge, or
else must escape across the layering, that IS, 1n a direction
necessarily subparallel to the axial plane of the fold. Where
exam1ned closely 1n the field, many bod1es of leucosome
descnbed as ax1al planar are, 1n fact, not so; they are on-
ented so as to cross both fold limbs.
Some Investigators (e.g., Edelman 1949, Kranck 1953,
Wynne-Edwards 1963, Mclellan 1984) have noted that
where the fract1on of melt reaches and exceeds the melt-
escape threshold (0.26 0.4), there is a progression from
planar, cylindncal folds to noncylindrical, nonplanar dis-
harmonic and convoluted types of folds, with decollement
surfaces between some layers. However, h1nge directions
commonly rema1n systematiC, and subparallel to the flow
lineation; sheath-fold geometries commonly develop.
It is important that a study of the microstructures be made
to determ1ne whether the folding occurred when the rocks
contained a h1gh fract1on of melt, or whether 1t occurred
later, at lower fract1ons of melt when the rocks were crys-
tallizing, or whether folding occurred ent1rely 1n the solid
state, after all the melt had crystallized. The latter, of course,
are folded migmatites and not fold -structured migmat1tes.
 IN T RO D UCT IO N
20 -----------------------------
Ve in-structured migmatites (Figs. E9 E14) conta1n
one or more generations of d1scordant. leucocratic ve1ns
(of gran1tic, granodiont1c, or tonalit1c compos1t1on), wh1ch
are typ1cally supenmposed on an earlier metatexite or dia-
texlte m1gmatite morphology. All of the sets of ve1ns, or
only one of t hem, may be deformed, but commonly the
youngest set consist s of undeformed planar fracture-fill1ngs
that postdate the peak of anatexis and the peak production
of a melt fraction 1n thew host. lnterest1ng microstructural
relationships have been reported from ve1n migmatites.
Some ve1ns contain trains of mafic m1nerals onented
parallel to thew walls, whereas others have hehc1t1cally pre-
served structures from the1r wallrocks. Collect1vely, these
microstructures may indicate inJeCtion mto part1ally molten
wallrocks and eros1on of the ve1n walls as the melt flowed
1n the ve1n (Brown 1994, Sawyer et al. 1999, Solar and
Brown 200 I). W1de borders w1th res1dual compositions
are rarely developed around d1scordant leucocrat1c ve1ns.
On the other hand, narrow mafic selvedges at the edges of
the veins are very common features, and these may have
formed as a result of a react ion between the wall rocks and
the injected melt. or with an aqueous flu1d derived from
the melt. The lack of a mass balance between the volume
of melt in the vein and the volume of matenal 1n the adJa-
cent mafic selvedge (or residual border) IS ev1dence that
the melt was not denved from 1ts immediate host. but was
InJected. It is important to determ1ne that the melt 1n the
ve1ns belongs to the same anatectiC event as the m1gma-
t1tes; 1f the ve1ns belong to a younger event. then the term
"vein-structured m1gmat1te" does not apply; 1t 1S a ve1ned
migmat1te.
3.9 D escriptive terms that
should be abandoned
Be dde d migmatite was used by Greenfield et al. (1996)
and White et al. (2003) to describe migmatites 1n wh1ch
the neosome, and the leucosome 1n particular, are con-
fined to certa1n layers of a part1cular bulk compos1t1on,
generally metapelite; examples are shown 1n Figs. AI, Bl7,
and Bl8. The examples descnbed 1n the literature d1splay
a considerable range in proport1ons and morphology of
the neosome, and espeoally the leucosome. Some exam-
ples 1n wh1ch the proport1on of neosome 1s relat1vely small
have leucosome matenal located 1n dllatant structures
(e.g., between boud1ns) or onented parallel to the layenng
and foliat1on, and assoc1ated w1th prom1nent melanosome.
However, 1n others the layer has been ent1rely converted
to neosome in which the melt and the res1duum, typ1cally.
have not segregated. Nevertheless, for both of these, an
1n Situ, closed-system origin for the neosome is plausible
in which melting occurred in only those layers that were
fertile; these are, therefore, exactly analogous to the origin
of stromatic metatex1te migmat1tes descnbed by johannes
and Gupta (1982). johannes (1983a). and johannes et
al. (1995).
In contrast. some of the layers have a very high propor-
tion of leucosome, which suggests that melt was added. i.e..
open-system behavior, unless perhaps the bulk composi-
tion was optimal for a very high fraction of melt to form.
For these examples with a h1gh fraction of melt. the bed or
layer may have acted as a dilatant s1nk 1nto which melt from
the outs1de has moved. At a sufficiently high fract1on of
melt. magmat1c flow can occur in the layer 1f 1t is deformed
(e.g., Sawyer 1996). At Mount Stafford, 1n Australia, shear
stresses were low and ne1ther flow nor segregation of the
melt from the solid fract1on occurred (Greenfield et al.
1996, White et al. 2003); consequently. the neosome has
an 1sotrop1c appearance (e.g., F1g. B17).
The term "bedded m1gmat1te" is 1nappropnate, as it does
not refer to any process act1ve during the format1on of
these migmatites. Furthermore, structures such as bedding
or compositional layering that are older than the partial
melting are still preserved in a coherent fashion; therefore,
these are, necessarily, metatexite migmatites. Consequently.
the term "bedded migmat1te" ought to be abandoned.
Agmatite was defined by Sederholm (1923) as a rock
w1th "fragments of older rock cemented by gran1te", and
was regarded by h1m to be a type of m1gmatlte. However,
rocks match1ng th1s descnpt1on can be found around Igne-
ous 1ntrus1ve bodies 1n low-grade or unmetamorphosed
country-rocks. Brown ( 1973) argued that agmatites are
not m1gmat1tes. and should be called 1ntrus1on brecc1as.
Consequently, the term "agmat1te" ought to be abandoned.
Ptygmatic migmatites. The format1on of ptygmat1c
folds reflects a particular combination of ve1n and host-rock
properties and strain conditions that are not specific to
migmat1tes. Moreover, it is common that not all the bands
of leucosome in a particular outcrop d1splay ptygmat1c fold-
Ing. Therefore, the term "ptygmat1c" should be reserved
to describe the style of folding displayed by some bands of
leucosome. and not used to descnbe the overall morphol-
ogy of a m1gmatite.
Ophthalmite mig m at it es, as defined by Mehnert
(1968). are charactenzed by the presence of augen. or
lent1cular aggregates of newly formed m1nerals. Many of
the augen would now be called porphyroclasts. and the
lenticular aggregates v1ewed as d1srupted. coarse-gra1ned
quartzofeldspathic layers. In addition, the rocks typically
have a strong planar fabric and, 1n some cases, oblique
subsidiary foliat1ons. which, taken together, are geometri-
cally equ1valent to ·c planes. ·s·planes, and shear bands,

respectively. Thus. the structure of ophthalmite migmatites
closely resembles that found 1n many coarsely crystalline
rocks deformed to h1gh stra1ns under h1gh. but subsolidus.
temperatures and that have subsequently undergone some
recrystall1zat10n. Therefore, the ophthalm1te struct ure com-
monly reflects post-anatectic, not syn-anatectic, processes.
Consequently, ophthalm1tes are not migmatites, although
their protolith may have been a m1gmat1te. and they are
better called augen gneisses or blastomylon1tes.
4.
METASOMATISM AND MIGMATITES
In the first half of the twentieth century. three lines of rea-
soning contributed to the 1dea that flu1ds are fundamental
to the generat1on of granites and migmat1tes. First. the
op1n1on of Bowen (1915, 1928) that gran1t1c magma could
only be formed at the final stages of the fractional crystal-
lization of a basaltiC magma influenced many geologists to
believe that the gran1t1c rocks found abundantly in shield
areas may not be magmatic. Second, observations from
many terranes appeared to show gradat1onal contacts
between metamorphic rocks and gran1tes, and were Inter-
preted as indicating an m s1tu. nonmagmatic transformation.
The v1ew that granites were formed by an 1n Situ transfor-
mation was strengthened by the find1ng of fragments and
screens of metasedimentary rocks in gran1tes that still
retained the onentat1on of the rocks outside the granite
(Misch 1949, P1tcher 1952). Third, whole-rock geochemi-
cal data appeared to show a systematic 1ncrease of gran1t1c
components w1th 1ncreas1ng depth (Lapadu-Hargues 1945)
and the existence of compos1t1onal fronts 1n the meta-
morphic rocks and migmatites around gran1tes; this was
1nterpreted as evidence of the movement of granite-making
matenal (and of gran1t1zation) in the crust. One school (e.g.,
Pernn and Roubault 1937, 1939) argued that the move-
ment of matenal occurred by diffus1on 1n the solid (dry)
state, whereas the other (e.g., Sederholm 1926, Backlund
946, M1sch 1949) argued that aqueous flu1ds moved the
matenal. More recently, Korzhinsk1 ( 1971) called these two
alternatives diffusio n m etasomatism and infiltratio n
met asomatism, respectively.
Subsequent systematiC study of the whole-rock compo-
Sitions of metasedimentary rocks rang1ng from low grade
to h1gh grade (e.g., Shaw 1954, 1956: Haack et al. 1984:
Sawyer 1986) has shown that crustal metamorphism
IS close to be1ng ISOchemical, except for the loss of H 10
and C02. Consequently, neither diffusion nor infiltration
Ada.., of ~11gma t 1tc..,
----~------------------------ 21
metasomatism is now cons1dered to be an 1mportant, ub1q-
u1tous, or necessary process 1n crustal anatex1s, although
there are other v1ews (e.g.. L1tvonovsky and Podladch1kov
1993). Nevertheless, there are some m1gmat1tes where
1nfiltrat1on metasomat1sm has played a sign1ficant role, and
these fall into two broad groups: (I) the ingress of aqueous
fluid into hot rocks and (2) metasomatism prior to anatexis
that changed (improved) rock fertility.
4.1 Influx of aqueous fluid into
hot rocks causing partial melting
Large .. scale influx of fluid
The extensive development of migmatites with a high pro-
portion of leucosome denved from leucocrat1c tonalit1c,
trondhjem1t1c, granod1ontlc or granitic protoliths IS com-
mon 1n many Archean and Proterozoic sh1eld areas. These
m1gmat1tes are problematical. The absence of muscovite
and the small amount of b1otite or hornblende (or both)
in these rocks preclude the generation of a large fraction
by dehydration melting. Consider the hornblende-free
m1gmatites first; five modal percent biotite y1elds about
8 vol.% granit1c melt. Furthermore, the general absence
of cordiente, garnet and orthopyroxene from these m1g-
mat1tes also precludes volatile-phase-absent Incongruent
melt1ng of b1ot1te. Consequently, the high fract1on of melt
1n these migmat1tes is generally attributed to an influx of
H 20 close to, or just above, the solidus temperature, which
enabled H 20-saturated (congruent) melt1ng of quartz +
sodic plag1oclase + K-feldspar to occur (e.g., Kenah and
Hollister 1983, Mclellan 1988, Nedelec et al. 1993, Sawyer
1998). Many of the m1gmat1tes denved from fels1c, plutomc
protoliths conta1n hornblende 1n the melanosome; th1s
could be a product of melt1ng reactions 1nvolv1ng the break-
down of biot1te. Recent expenmental studies (Gard1en et
al. 2000) indicate that the formation of product (res1dual)
hornblende from the breakdown of biotite requ1res the
addit1on of H,O, and hence volatile-phase-present melt-
ing. In some cases, the abundance of the large-1on lithophile
elements (LILE) IS greater than can be attributed to the
protolith, such that they may have been Introduced with
the flu1d, generating potass1um-rich m1gmat ites from rather
potass1um-poor protoliths.
The source of the flu1d. or how it enters the rock, IS not
understood, but the protoliths of most of these m1gmatite
terranes were calc-alkaline rocks formed 1n pluton1c arcs
(although the anatexiS may have occurred many m1ll1ons of
years later: e.g., Slagstad et al. 2005). and both the associ-
ated subducted material and the underly1ng metasomatized
mantle wedge are possible sources for the flu1d and the
 I N T RODUCT IO N
22 -------------------------------
LILE. A s1milar process seems to occur presently in act1ve
island arcs: H 10 entenng the base of the arc fluxes par-
tial melt1ng of hot. mantle-denved mafic rocks there, and
generates the more fels1c magmas found at h1gher lev-
els (e.g., Hansen et al. 2002). Part1al melt1ng fluxed by the
large-scale influx of H20 into hot rocks has been suggested
for the generat1on of upper-amphiboltte-faCtes migmat1tes
(Yardley and Barber 1991, Johnson et al. 2001b, White et al.
2005) and for lower-granulite-faCies metatex1te and diatex-
lte m1gmat1tes (Otamendi and Pat1f\o Douce 200 I) derived
from pelttes and aluminous metagreywackes, respect1vely.
The aqueous flu1ds that fluxed melttng were probably
released by prograde metamorphic dehydrat1on-type reac-
tions occurnng 1n adJacent rocks, wh1ch. because of the1r
bulk compos1t1ons. had slightly h1gher soltdus temperatures
(Fornelli et al. 2002, Wh1te et al. 2005) .
Castro (2004) has proposed that K-nch granodiontic mag-
mas are generated from older tonalit1c cont1nental crust
where H 20-nch intermediate (e.g., andes1tic, ferrodiont1c or
monzodioritic) magma generated from the hybndized parts
of a mantle wedge, suitably modified by flu1ds released
from subduct1on zones, are inJected into the lower crust.
The H, 0 liberated from the crystallization of the Interme-
diate magma comes into contact with the adjacent hot. dry
tonaltte and promotes flu1d-present part1al melt1ng. The
result1ng anatectic melts are ennched 1n K and Rb (and
possibly the other LILE) transported from the Intermediate
magmas 1n the hydrous fluid. The CaO content of the ana-
tectic melt IS increased to levels typ1cal of granod1orite by
the dissolution of m1crogranular enclaves cons1sting of the
Intermediate magma. Therefore, these m1gmat1tes show
not only the usual paleosome neosome relationships. but
also ev1dence of the interaction between anatectic melt
and the intermediate magma, such as mtllimeter- to cen-
timeter-scale lobate interface structures and m1crogranular
enclaves, and of the synchronous intrust on of dikes of 1nter-
med1ate composition tnto the protoltth.
SmaU.. scale influx of fluid
Results from studtes on a hand-sample scale, us1ng many
different techn1ques 1ncluding neosome protolith mass
balance (Olsen 1982. 1984. 1985: Olsen and Grant 1991:
Patt1son 1991), whole-rock composttions (Weber and
Barbey 1986), flu1d tnclustons (Olsen 1987. Whttney and
lrvtng 1994), reactton progress (Symmes and Ferry 1995).
and constderation of melttng react1ons (Johnson et al.
200 Ib), have establtshed that some m1gmat1tes formed
when a local tnflux of H 20 enabled already hot rocks to
partially melt. The whole-rock and mass-balance methods
commonly show that the fluid also introduced K. Rb, and
other elements tnto the rocks.
One common scenano IS the Intrusion of anatectic magma
1nto the parts of a m1gmatite terrane where metamorph1c
temperatures were above the soltdus, yet Insufficient for
stgntficant dehydratton melttng of b1ot1te to have occurred
in the muscovite-free rocks. Aqueous fluids (and heat)
re leased by the crystalltzatton of the tntrustve body tnfil-
trates into the hot country-rocks and enables H20-present
melting to occur, generattng what Finger and Clemens
(1995) have called secondary m igmatites.
Several investigators (e.g.. Symmes and Ferry 1995, Harris
et al. 2003, Johnson et al. 2003) have shown that fluids
generated by dehydratton reacttons in the outer part the
contact aureoles have m1grated 1nward. up the tempera-
ture grad1ent. and enabled H 0-present melt1ng to occur
close to the intrustve body: H 0-absent parttal melt1ng
occurs still closer to the 1ntrus1ve contact. In some tnstances,
the flu1ds have transported trace elements, such as B. Ba,
and Li, which serve to reduce the temperatures required
for part1al melttng to start (e.g.. Wh1te et al. 2003). The
breakdown of tourmal1ne dunng upper-amphibolite-facies
anatexis may also lead to a boron-rich melt and a boron-
depleted, restdual crust (Kawakami 200 I, Kawakami and
Ikeda 2003).
Instead of, or tn addttton to, local-scale flutd tnfiltratton,
Butck et al. (2004) suggested that more extens1ve parttal
melttng may occur at relat1vely low temperatures 1n contact
aureoles tf the flu1d from the low-grade protolith rematns
tn the system once part1al melt1ng starts (i.e., the system is
closed to loss of volatiles). Th1s scenano IS plausible dunng
raptd heattng 1n the innermost parts of h1gh-temperature
contact-aureoles and, tn effect. renders the protolith more
ferttle than 1f heat1ng had been slower and if the flutd had
had suffiCient t1me to mtgrate away. Buttner et al. (2005)
proposed that a stmdar process may have occurred 1n
regionally metamorphosed rocks 1n Argent1na. There, fluids
generated by prograde dehydration-type reactions tn the
greenschtst and amphiboltte faCies rematned tn the rocks
and fluxed htgher degrees of parttal melttng in granultte-
faCtes rocks.
4.2 Metasomatism and changes
in the fertility of rocks
If the bulk compos1t1on. and hence the fertility, n parts of
a metamorphtc terrane are changed as a result of Infiltra-
tion metasomatism that occurred before anatexis, then the
d1stribut1on of anatectiC m1gmatites will reflect th1s. Sawyer
( 1991) noted that the first stgn of anatexts and m1gmatites
in mafic protoliths was tn strongly foliated metamafic rocks,
and not in the masstve equtvalents. The foliated metamafic
-
rocks represented an earlier, pre- to syn-partial-melting
shear zone that had been hydrated by a flUid that tntro-
duced H 0, K 0, Rb, Ba, and Cs. Thus, the shear-zone
rocks were made more ferttle than the adJacent masstve
metamafic untts. and so melted first.
4.3 Morphology of
migmatites affected by
infiltration metasomatism
Where the tnflux of flutd has caused partial melttng, the
resulttng mtgmatttes could have any of the morpholo-
gtes characteristic of metatexite and dtatextte migmatites.
However, there are two additional factors to consider,
which could affect the appearance of the migmatites that
form in outcrop. (I) Melttng occurred where the aqueous
fluid was present. and hence the overall morphology of the
migmattte should m~rror the path taken by the tnfiltrated
fluid. In many cases. the fluid tnfiltration was along folia-
tton planes or lithologtcal layenng, and thts ts reflected by
the stromattc (layered) or bedding-confined morphologtes
of the resulting migmatites. However, net geometries can
also be generated (e.g.. Pattison 1991) tf flutd tngress was
through a network of fractures (Ftgs. B31, B32). Dilatancy
pumptng tn shear zones (Barr 1985. johnson et al. 2001b)
can move aqueous flutds tnto hot rocks, and the geometry
of the resulttng anatecttc leucosome should be related to
the pattern of dilatant structures that formed, and hence to
shear-zone kmemattcs; thus the morphology of the migma-
tite could be qutte vaned. (2) The degree of parttal melting
ts a function of how much flutd was avatlable tn a gtven vol-
ume of rock. Furthermore, permeability may differ from
layer to layer. Thus, on a local scale, there can be greater
variatton tn the degree of partial melting from place to
place, and correspondtngly in migmatite morphology, than
is generally the case for dehydratton melttng. The layers
that generated much melt could become enttrely neosome.
whereas adjacent layers may not have melted at all, etther
because of refractory bulk composttions, or because they
were impermeable.
Ada-. nf ~i•gmatttc!<.
----~------------------------23
5.
MICROSTRUCTURES IN MIGMAT IT ES
In recent years, there has been a constderable advance tn
understanding how mtcrostructures form in solid and par-
tially molten rocks. In thts sectton, I identify some of the
key mtcrostructures and quantttattve analyttcal techntques
that may be used to tdentify the processes that have con-
tnbuted to the formation of mtgmatttes. Most of the
mtcrostructures discussed tndtcate the former presence of
melt, and hence constttute petrographtc cntena for dtsttn-
gutshtng migmatites from the migmattte-like rocks formed
by subsolidus segregatton or other processes (see section
8) . Photomicrographs that tllustrate the mtcrostructures
dtscussed here are shown tn sectton F of the book, and are
arranged m the same order.
In order to fully understand the mtcrostructures. the mtn-
eral parageneses have to be tdentified, and the sequence
of overprinting parageneses must be determtned. Once
thts has been accomplished, the petrogenests may be tnter-
preted by reference to quantttattve petrogenetic gnds. In
recent years. the tnstght that can be gatned from mtneral
parageneses has been greatly tncreased through equt-
libnum thermodynamtc modeling of the spectfic bulk
compostttons of the samples betng tnvestigated. Thts has
become possible because Internally consistent thermo-
dynamic datasets are now reasonably comprehenstve
(e.g., Holland and Powell 1998), and models for the acttv-
tty composttton relattonshtps for the minerals of 1nterest
1n anatexts have been improved (e.g.. Holland and Powell
2001, NCKASH; Wh1te et al. 200 1, NCK FMASH; Tinkham
et al. 2001, MnNCKFMASH). In addit1on. software such as
Thermocalc (Powell and Holland 1988, Holland and Powell
1998) enables equilibrium phase-diagrams for the spe-
etflc composition of the bulk rock, or equilibnum domatn,
of tnterest to be constructed as a so-called pseudosect1on
or as a chemical potent1al diagram. Thts book does not con-
tam any general phase-d1agrams for part1al melt1ng for th1s
reason.
5.1 Mineral paragenesis
The approach 1s the same as that used by metamorphtc
petrolog1sts 1n general. All mtnerals are 1dent1fied. and
the way in whtch they are spatially related IS documented
(i.e., whether m1nerals only occur as tnclusions 1n others,
whether grains are corroded or not, whether all m1nerals
are tn mutual contact somewhere in the rock, etc.) . This
tnformation is gathered systematically across the migmatite
terrane to det erm1ne the sequence of mtneral parageneses.
 INTRO DU CTI O N
24 -----------------------------
Generally, th1s informat1on is arranged 1n order of 1ncreas-
1ng metamorph1c grade, together w1th 1nformat1on on
the bulk-rock compositions in wh1ch they occur. Then, a
petrogenetiC grid or an appropnate pseudosect1on is used
to identify a sequence of metamorphic react1ons that
may account for the mineral parageneses found, and the
measured modal abundances of the minerals.
In most cases, the greatest d1versity of m1neral parageneses
and microstructures 1S to be found in the res1dual rocks and
paleosome. Res1ster lithologies are commonly competent,
and along with stra1n shadows, should not be 1gnored: they
may conta1n m1nerals and microstructures that could reveal
the earlier part of the P-T-t h1story destroyed 1n rocks
where stra1n was h1gher. Some recent examples of the use
of m1neral parageneses and microstructures to reconstruct
the sequence of melting react1ons are prov1ded by Hartel
and Pattison (1996), Ra1th and Harley (1998), Greenfield
et al. ( 1996), Fitzsimons ( 1996), Cesare (2000), White et
al. (2003) , and Johnson et al. (2003) . These 1nvest1gators
show that the careful examination of the microstructural
or textural relationships among minerals in migmatites
rema1ns an extremely important part 1n understanding
their development.
In the past. the conditions of part1al melt1ng were e1ther
calculated us1ng suitable geothermometers and geobarom-
eters. or est1mated from a petrogenetic gnd (e.g.. Grant
1985. Vielzeuf and Holloway 1988, Grant and Frost 1990,
Spear et al. 1999). As more stud1es of partial melting have
been done, the range of bulk compos1t1ons and react1ons
1nvest1gated has expanded and now 1ncludes metapelites
(Vielzeuf and Holloway 1988, le Breton and Thompson
1988, Pat1no Douce and Johnston 1991, Carnngton and
Watt 1995, Patlfio Douce and Hams 1998. P1ckenng and
Johnston 1998, Koester et al. 2002, Sp1cer et al. 2004),
metagreywackes (Conrad et al. 1988: Vielzeuf and Mantel
1994: Gardien et al. 1995, 2000: Pat1no Douce and Beard
1995, 1996: Stevens et al. 1997: Mantel and V1elzeuf 1997:
Castro et al. 1999: Nair and Chacko 2002: Grant 2004).
amph1bolites (Rushmer 1991: Rapp and Watson 1995: Wolf
and Wyllie 1991, 1994: Spnnger and Seck 1997: Skjerhe and
Pat1no Douce 2002: Selbekk and Skjerlie 2002). tonalite
(Rutter and Wyllie 1988: Skjerhe and Johnston 1992, 1996:
Smgh and Johannes 1996a, b: Pat1no Douce 2005). trond-
hJemite (Johnston and Wyll1e 1988), gran1te (Holtz and
Johannes 1991, Castro et al. 2000, l1tv1novsky et al. 2000,
Acosta-V1gil et al. 2006), and fels1c to Intermediate volca-
nic rocks (Conrad et al. 1988). The cond1t1ons of melting
1n migmatites are now commonly deduced by d1rect com-
parison with the experimental results done on similar bulk
compositions.
The development of a thermodynamiC model for Silicate
melts (Holland and Powell 200 I, Wh1te et al. 200 I) has
made 1t poss1ble to calculate petrogenetiC grids and pseudo-
sections for 1nd1v1dual rocks 1n the reg1on of P T-X space
where part1al melting occurs, and to adjust thew bulk com -
positions for the loss of some, or of all, of the granitic melt
(White and Powell 2002). This powerful new approach is
being applied to part1al melting: the consequences of melt
extraction on mineral assemblages, m1neral modes, and
mineral compositions 1n pelit1c. sem1pelitic, and psammitK
rocks may now be invest1gated 1n a quantitative manner.
Recent examples of th1s apphcat1on are g1ven by White
and Powell (2002). Wh1te et al. (2003 2005), Johnson et al.
(2003), and Johnson and Brown (2004).
5.2 Quantitative analysis
All methods of quant1tat1ve analys1s have the potential
problem that the microstructure preserved 1n the rock
might not be that wh1ch developed when anatectiC melt
was present. The possibility that the microstructure has
been partially, or wholly, modified subsequently must be
carefully evaluated. Deformation tends to reduce the grain
size and to produce changes 1n gra1n shape and grain ori-
entation. Recrystallization tends to increase grain size, to
eliminate the small grains, and to produce more equant
gra1ns (1.e., to reduce the total area of gra1n boundanes).
In addition. retrograde metamorph1sm may Introduce new
m1nerals. Fortunately, the gra1n-scale petrographic features
result1ng from deformat1on. recovery, and recrystallization
are well documented (N1colas and Po1ner 1976, Wh1te
1977, Vernon 1981 ), and are easily 1dentified 1n th1n sect1on,
so that later microstructural modificat1on can be recog-
nized in most cases. The papers by Berger and Kalt ( 1999)
and Berger and Roselle (200 I) offer introductions to this
theme, as well as to quantitative analytical methods.
The grain,contact method
This method IS based on the assumption that rocks that
crystallized from a melt under cond1tions of hydrostatic
stress should develop a random spatial d1stnbut1on of the
constituent mineral spec1es. Rocks that crystallized 1n the
solid state. or from now1ng magma. or rocks subsequently
deformed penetrat1vely. all have mineral d1stnbut1ons that
depart from randomness. Contacts between like m1nerals
can be e1ther more (aggregate distnbut1on) or less (dis-
persed distribution) common than 1n the random case.
The gra1n-contact method, descnbed by Ashworth (1976).
Mclellan (1983), and Ashworth and Mclellan (1985),
involves determ1n1ng the frequency of contacts between
the various mineral species in a rock, and then conduct-
ing a statistical test on 1ts randomness. Symmes and Ferry
(1995) applied the techn1que to doma1ns of leucosome 1n
 At!." nf M 1gma t1tes
----------- ----------- --------- 25

Fig. 3. Change in the gra in size of metamorphic miner-

a Quartz als versus grade Juring 3.5 kbar regional metamorphi m in
the Quctico Subprovince, Canada; (a) quartz and (b) pla-
gioclase. There is a ystcmatic increase in the grai n size
E from the greenschi t facies to the sta rt of melting in the
.s
Q)
upper amphibolite facies. The grain size in the mctatcx-
N ite migmatites increases at about the amc rate as in rocks
(j)
c below the "melt-in" i ograd. A very marked increase in the
"(ij
(3 0. 1 grain izc of both quartz and plagioclase coincides with the
appearance of diatcx itc migmatite and affects both the
residual rocks in mctatcxite migmatites and the diatcx-
ite migmatites. However, it does not affect the paleo omc
and resister lithologies (triangles), which did not melt, and
0.01 which occur as schollcn in the diatcxitc migmatitc. The
0 5 10 increase in grain size for these rocks follows the same sub-
Metamorphic Grade (distance in km)
solidus, grain-growth trend as that defined by the unmcltcd
greenschist- and amphibolite-facies rocks. Data a rc pro-
b P lag ioclas e vided for metagrcywackc (plagioclase + biotite + quartz
psammitcs) and mctapclitic rock . Symbols, circles and
~quarcs: open, rocks from the greensch ist and a mphibolite
-
facies; half-filled, residual part of mctatexite migmatites;
E filled, diatexite migmatites. Triangles, unmelted, massive
.s
Q) EtfiD 0
psammitic, palcosomc lit hologies forming schollen in the
N
(j) diatcxitc migmatites.
-~ 0.1 0 -
(3 I:ID 0 8:J
0

0.01
0 5 10
Metamorphic Grade (distance in km)

the aureole of the Onawa Pluton 1n Maine. They found that
leucosome from the sillimanite zone had dispersed distri-
butlons but that leucosome from the 1nnermost zone had
random distributions. The former were Interpreted as of
subsolidus ong1n, and the latter, as of anatect1c ong1n.
Crystal~size distributions
The study of crystal-s1ze distnbut1ons (CSD) has the poten-
tial to reveal 1nformat1on about the crystallization h1story
(nucleat1on and gra1n growth) of rock-form1ng miner-
als. The technique is most commonly used to investigate
rap1dly cooled volcan1c rocks, where subsolidus modi-
fications to the gra1n s1ze and shape are believed to be
m1n1mal; the result1ng s1ze-dlstribut1on patterns thus largely
reflect cryst allizatiOn from the magma. In slowly cooled
rocks (e.g., plutons and metamorphic terranes). processes
such as surface-energy-driven and stra1n-energy-driven
gra1n-boundary migration tend to produce rather umform
gra1n-s1zes, and the crystal -s1ze d1stnbution is peaked. More
complex histones of Simultaneous coarsening, nucleation,
and growth lead to a reduction 1n the number of small
grains and an increase 111 the number of larger grains (e.g..
Higgins 1998). Berger and Roselle (2001) found a vanety of
crystal-s1ze distributions 111 the Bayerische Wald migmatites.
Euhedral cord1ente from diatexite migmatites exhib1ts a lin-
ear crystal-s1ze distribution cons1stent with crystallization
111 a melt. In contrast. samples of leucosome show more
complex patterns. The K-feldspar from quartz K-feld-
spar leucosome has a concave-upward pattern, indicating
an overproduction of large gra1ns, wh1ch could be due to
the latent heat of crystallization. or to homogeneous nucle-
ation. Plagioclase crystals from nearby areas of leucosome
have linear crystal-size distributions, but with a defic1ency
of small grains, attributed to heterogeneous nucleation or
gra1n coarsening. Berger and Roselle (200 I) illustrated the
potent1al range of problems that can be addressed 111 stud -
Ies of crystal-s1ze d1stribut1on applied to m1gmat1tes. and
1dent1fied some of the problems 111 apply1ng the techn1que
to these rocks.
Studies of grain size, aspect ratio,
and orientation
Most quantitative stud1es (e.g., Ashworth 1976, Johannes
and Gupta 1982, Mclellan 1983) have shown that grain
s1ze increases more abruptly after melting begins (see Fig. 3);
th1s IS attributed to the fact that the melt phase w1ll a1d
 INTRODUCTION
26 ------------------------------
diffus1on. and hence Ostwald npemng. Furthermore.
a systematically smaller gra1n-s1ze from leucosome to
melanosome to paleosome IS typ1cal, although grain s1ze
in each generally 1ncreases w1th metamorphic grade.
However, reg1ons where melt has been extracted can
show a decrease in grain s1ze (Dougan 1983). Berger and
Kalt ( 1999) found that differences between the extent of
latt1ce-preferred orientation and shape-preferred orien-
tation of b1ot1te, cord1erite, and plagioclase are related to
whether the rocks were melt-nch (leucosome), or melt-
poor (melanosome and paleosome), and whether they
have expenenced melt segregation, and hence either sub-
magmatiC or solid-state deformation.
M1lord and Sawyer (2003) compared residual gra1ns of
b1ot1te 1n schlieren w1th those 1n the host diatex1te and
anatectiC granite. They found that nakes of biOtite In the
schlieren are generally larger, have greater aspect-rat1os.
show a marked absence of the small grains. are better
onented, and d1splay a slightly narrower range of composi-
tions, with marginally higher Mg number and Ti0 2 contents,
than biotite from the host. They attributed these features
to recrystallization of the biotite after 1t had been concen-
trated 1nto the schlieren.
5.3 Diagnostic microstructures
in migmatites
Because m1gmatites conta1n parts where melt1ng occurred,
parts from wh1ch melt was removed, parts through wh1ch
melt has passed, parts where melt has collected, and
1ndeed parts that did not melt. the type of microstructures
(and also m1neral assemblage and bulk compos1t1on) pre-
served in each may be qu1te d1fferent. The melanosome
should be dom1nated by microstructures 1nvolv1ng miner-
als that were present at the t1me of melt1ng, e1ther those
in excess or the solid products of Incongruent melt1ng
react1ons. In contrast, the leucosome, and other melt-nch
m1gmatites (e.g., diatexites), are dom1nated by m1nerals
and microstructures that result from the crystallization of
the anatect1c melt or magma. The microstructure of the
paleosome should refiect h1gh-temperature solid-state
metamorph1sm. The presence of glass is generally consid-
ered suffic1ent ev1dence for the former presence of a melt.
or melts, 1n a rock. The problem in slowly cooled m1g-
mat1tes IS that the melt would normally have crystallized,
and not quenched to glass. Fortunately. there are micro-
structural cntena that can be used to 1nfer the former
presence of melt; in some cases, 1t IS possible to determ1ne
whether the microstructures formed during melt1ng, or
later, as the melt fraction crystallized. The microstructures
produced in quenched melting experiments (e.g., section F
1n the book, Figs. FI- F4) serve as a good start1ng po1nt for
an interpretation of the microstructures 1n m1gmat1tes. and
will be outlined first.
Microstructures produced in
partial.. melting experiments
AnatectiC melt first forms a th1n film along grain boundar-
Ies and edges, and small triangular and tetrahedral, cuspate
pockets at the corners among the reactant minerals (e.g.,
Mehnert et al. 1973). The reactant m1nerals become pro-
gressively more corroded, or embayed, as the fraction of
melt increases, and commonly form small, rounded inclu-
sions in the melt (e.g., Busch et al. 1974, Holyoke and
Rushmer 2002, Acosta-Vigil et al. 2006) . The products from
the 1ncongruent melt1ng of ferromagnes1an minerals, e.g.,
orthopyroxene from the breakdown of biotite, can occur
as needles 1n the melt close to the reactant m1neral. The
melt tends to form pools 1n many expenments: jurew1cz
and Watson (1984) showed that pools of melt form during
part1al melt1ng and that the pools have triangular, cuspate
margins w1th concave edges because the reactant miner-
als adjacent to the pool of melt become rounded as they
dissolve 1nto the melt phase. In contrast. when a pool
of melt crystallizes, the shape of 1ts marg1n changes: 1t
becomes more rectangular, or blocky, in outline because
the crystals grow into the pool of melt and have crystal
faces (Jurewicz and Watson 1985, Wolf and Wyllie 1991).
In some cases, these crystals grew ent1rely from the melt,
and 1n others they are s1mply overgrowths on former reac-
tant phases (Acosta-Vigil et al. 2006). A common feature of
the quenched part1al-melting expenments IS that the crys-
tals that grew 1n the melt have crystal faces agamst the glass
(e.g.. Gard1en et al. 1995). However. the aocular hab1ts and
skeletal morphology of some crystals may be due to the
rap1d rate of cooling imposed on the expenment.
Virtually all deformation-melting expenments were per-
formed at confin1ng pressure and stra1n-rate condit1ons
such that intergranular and intragranular fractures and
shear zones developed and accommodated most of the
deformation. In these expenments, much of the melt that
was generated IS located 1n shear zones and fractures that
develop in the sample (e.g., Rushmer 1995, Rutter and
Neumann 1995, Holyoke and Rushmer 2002). Such con-
ditions may not be applicable to anatex1s deep 1n the
continental crust. although they may apply to part1al melt-
Ing in some shallow contact-aureoles.
In summary, the follow1ng key microstructures develop as
part1al melt forms in experiments: (I) convex, tnangular or
tetrahedral, cuspate patches of melt develop at the corners
where the grains of the assemblage of reactant mmer-
als touch, (2) narrow, cusp-shaped films of melt penetrate
along the gra1n boundanes 1nto the host away from pockets
or pools of melt, (3) reactant m1nerals have corroded and
em bayed shapes. (4) pools or pockets of melt in the matrix
have a rounded, cuspate outline, (5) the solid products of
reaction (also called pentect1c) have crystal faces where
they grew 1nto melt. and ( 6) if cracks or shears form in the
-
part1ally molten material, then they are occup1ed by melt.
The follow1ng key microstructures form dunng the crystal-
lizatiOn of the melt: (I) the m1nerals that crystallize from
the melt tend to be euhedral, (2) the m1neral products of
the part1al-melt1ng react1on (1.e., the pentect1c phases) that
grew part1ally. or wholly, 1n the melt commonly develop
faces, (3) the pools or patches of melt have a blocky out-
line, (4) an overgrowth develops on the reactant minerals,
and (5) an alignment of tabular or pnsmat1c crystals 1s
developed 1n the places where now of the melt occurred.
Microstructures in the residual rocks, and
evidence for partial melting
Generally, the melt fraction that forms 1n a migmat 1te 1S
segregated into s1tes that become patches of leucosome.
However, some melt (a few percent) remams 1n the resid-
uum, where 1t occup1es grain corners, or forms films along
gra1n faces. Moreover, the residual parts of migmat1tes con-
tain the ev1dence with wh1ch to 1dentify the melt-produong
react1ons and to deduce the conditions of metamorphism;
thus, they are the best place to start a study of migmat1tes.
There 1s a progressive change 1n the microstructure of m1g-
mat1tes from very shallow contact-metamorphism through
deeper contact-aureoles to reg1onal metamorph1c ter-
ranes that renects the systemat1c increase in the durat1on
of the part1al-melt1ng event, and a decrease 1n the cooling
rate. Fast cooling near the surface results 1n supercooling
of the melt and a quench to glass, but as the degree of
undercooling decreases with depth, there is a change from
fine-gra1ned to coarse-gra1ned granophyre 1n progressively
deeper contact-aureoles to coarse-gra1ned, polycrystalline
aggregates 1n the migmatites formed 1n regional metamor-
phic terranes.
The microstructures found in rap1dly cooled part1al melts
formed in subsurface contact-metamorphism (e.g., Knopf
1938, Wyllie 1961, Frankel 1950, Kaczor et al. 1988, Knesel
and Dav1dson 1999, Holness et al. 2005) are essent1ally
1dent1ca. to those found 1n quenched part1al-melt1ng expen-
ments (see Figs. F5 and F6) . Planar and cuspate, 1ntragranular
f ms of glass, more extens1ve patches of glass, and even
ve1ns of glass are commonly reported . Typ1cally, vanet1es of
glass of several different colors and compos1t1ons are found
with1n ind1v1dual samples. The glass conta1ns corroded
rel1cs of reactant quartz and feldspar (e.g., F1g. F5), together
w1th newly grown prismatic tridym1te. 13-quartz, orthopy-
roxene (e.g., Fig. F6), cord1ente. and magnet1te. Glass also
IS found in some pelit1c and fels1c plutonic rocks that were
partially melted at mid-crust depths (5 7 kbar), but then
brought rap1dly to the surface as xenoliths 1n erupting lavas
(Le Ma1tre 1974, Bacon 1992, Cesare et al. 1997, Cesare
and Ma1nen 1999). Some of the microstructures 1n these
:\tl;>- of :1,1ogmatlte'
----------------- -------------- 27
xenoliths (see Figs. F7 Fl 0) are like those produced 1n
many part1al-melt1ng experiments. As an example, Fig. FlO
shows corroded gra1ns of b1otite 1n wh1ch euhedral sp1nel
(a react1on product) IS located in the embayments and is
separated from the reactant b1otite by a film of brown glass
(Grapes 1986, Cesare 2000).
Platten (1982) found very fine-grained granophyre
1n partially melted quartz1te from a shallow (0.5 kbar)
contact-aureole. The granophyre forms small cuspate
patches between rounded reactant phases. and some
patches conta1n corroded quartz and feldspar. Thus, the
microstructures in slightly deeper aureoles (Holness and
Watt 2002, Holness and Isherwood 2003), and 1n some
xenoliths (Bouloton and Gasquet 1995), where cooling
was a little slower, are also s1milar to those found 1n melt-
ing expenments, except that the melt has crystallized to
granophyre (see Figs. Fll and F12). Cracks that were filled
with melt are a common feature 1n the part1ally melted
rocks from shallow contact-aureoles (e.g., Figs. Fl3 Fl5),
and commonly develop 1n relict K-feldspar and quartz that
were adjacent to grains of reactant muscovite.
Ne1ther glass nor granophyre occurs 1n deeper and more
slowly cooled contact aureoles. Part1ally melted rocks
1n the contact aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex
formed at a pressure between 1.5 and 2 kbar, and con-
tain a w1de range of microstructures (e.g., Figs. Fl7 F28).
Granophyre occurs 1n some ver y quartz-rich rocks of the
Biwabik Formation (e.g., Fig. F21 ), but not in the metapelitic
rocks. Metapeht1c rocks from the aureole contain small
(0.1 20 mm), Isolated, ell1pso1dal leucocrat1c patches of
neosome (e.g., Figs. F17 F20) in add1t1on to small veinlike
accumulations of leucosome (<5 mm w1de). The leucocratic
patches have a cuspate outline because the adjacent matnx
quartz, feldspar, and b1ot1te gra1ns are corroded. Moreover,
the patches comprise a few large anhedral gra1ns of quartz
and alkali feldspar or plag1oclase, wh1ch conta1n rounded
inclus1ons of quartz, b1ot1te. and plag1oclase and tiny euhe-
dral 1nclus1ons of plag1oclase, cordierite. and orthopyroxene.
The m1crostructure suggests that the patches of neosome
were sites where b10t1te melted Incongruently; then,
during slow cooling, the melt crystal lized to g1ve small
prismatiC crystals f1rst, and then, as the temperature neared
the sol1dus. coarse-gra1ned quartz and feldspar (Sawyer
2001). Sim1lar microstructures are found 1n the metapelitic
rocks of the 3 kbar aureole around the Ballachulish Igneous
Complex (Pattison and Harte 1988. Harte et al. 1991),
and 1n the aureole of the Onawa pluton (Marchildon and
Brown 200 I, 2002). Thus, the charactenst1c shape of the
pools of melt (F1g. F29), and the corroded form of the
reactant minerals (Fig. F30), still rema1n in many deeper
contact-aureoles, but the former melt 1s now represented
by early-crystallized euhedral grams set 1n coarse-gra1ned
 I NTRODUCTION
28 ------------------------------

quartz, plagtoclase, and K-feldspar that crystallized later. 1996, Sawyer 2001). Key mtcrostructures are (I) small
Unfortunately, the mtcrostructural evtdence for the for- strings of connected gra1ns of quartz, plagioclase, and 1n
mer presence of melt ts easily overlooked tf the amount some cases, K-feldspar, along the gratn boundaries of larger
of melt present was small, or where the protoltth ts a quartz- gratns in the matrix (t.e., the "stnng of beads" miCrostruc-
ite. Holness and Clemens (1999) were able to establish ture descnbed by Holness and Clemens 1999), (2) the
that small amounts of melt existed tn the Appin quartz- presence of monomtneralic films of these minerals on the
ite up to 500 m from the Ballachulish Igneous Complex by matrix grains, and (3) small, cuspate gratns of these miner-
using several microstructures (see Figs. F31 and F32), such als between large grains in the matrix (e.g., Fig. F32) .
as (I) feldspar grains with cuspate extensions along quartz
Figures F39 F46 show examples of the more typical
quartz contacts, (2) narrow tratns of feldspar blebs along
microstructure found tn many restdual rocks. Most have
quartz-quartz contacts, and (3) fine-gratned quartz. albtte,
undergone a constderable degree of recrystallization that
and K-feldspar along the gratn boundanes.
has greatly modified the ong1nal stze and shape of the
The general belief (e.g., Hibbard 1987, Ashworth 1985) gra1ns. Thus, the ev1dence for the former presence of melt,
that the combtned effects of deformation, recrystallization such as cuspate-shaped pore space that was filled with melt
(gratn growth), and retrograde metamorphtsm would have (pools of melt), ts largely erased.
elimtnated the mtcrostructures generated dunng parttal
melting tn slowly cooled, regtonal metamorphtc terranes ts Microstructures in the melt,rich parts of
provtng to be incorrect. For example, microstructures (Figs. migmatites; evidence for crystallization of
F33-F36) that resemble those produced 1n parttal-melttng the melt
experiments have survived tn melt-depleted rocks in the The melt-rich parts of mtgmatites are the most likely to
Ashuanipi Subprovince, a regional granulite-facies (6 kbar, contain microstructural evtdence for the crystallization of
875°C) terrane in northern Quebec (Sawyer 1999, 200 I: the anatectic melt; Figs. F47 F58 show typical examples
Guernina and Sawyer 2003). Metagreywacke rocks there from the leucosome domains, and Figs. F59 F65 illustrate
contain small domains (0.5 mm across) tn which large trreg- the microstructures from dtatextte migmatttes. Plagtoclase
ularly shaped grains of K-feldspar (mostly), quartz. and and K-feldspar are the most volum1nous products of crys-
plagioclase have cuspate extenstons that penetrate along tallization of felstc anatectiC melts. and tn most cases,
the gratn boundaries between the adJacent smaller. equant plagioclase starts to crystallize before quartz and K-feldspar.
gratns tn the matnx. These large tnterstit1al crystals conta1n Consequently, most mtcrostructures used for the identifi-
small, rounded, or em bayed tnclus1ons of quartz, plagtoclase, cation of crystallized melts 1n m1gmat1tes tnvolve etther the
and btot1te, tn addition to large gra1ns of orthopyroxene. feldspars, or the shape of crystals.
whtch have crystal faces (Ftgs. F33, F34). These domatns
are tnterpreted to be s1tes where btotite, plag1oclase, and Platten ( 1983) studied part1ally melted semi pelitic schists
quartz reacted to produce orthopyroxene and melt; thus. close to the Barnamuc tntrustve complex in Scotland. He
some of the mtcrostructure that formed at the peak meta- noted two features that are essentially tgneous in cross-
morphtc temperature is actually preserved in these rocks. cutting pink leucosome: (I) the plagioclase and K-feldspar
Most (>80%) of the melt produced drained away. leaving have crystal faces where tn contact with interstitial quartz,
a small amount (<3 vol.%) that became the coarse-grained and (2) small gratns of quartz. plagioclase, biotite, and
K-feldspar, quartz, and plagioclase. cordiente located tn patches of granophyre, and in the
coarse-gratned parts of the leucosome, are commonly
Kenah and Hollister ( 1983) showed stmtlar microstruc- euhedral. These featu res 1ndtcate that the leucosome crys-
tures preserved around small, remnant pockets of melt tallized from an anatecttc melt. or from a magma (see F1gs.
left after most of the melt that was generated had been F47 and F48). Stmtlar criteria for tdent1fy1ng mtnerals that
expelled from partially melted Terttary plutonic rocks crystalltzed from a melt were proposed by Cuney and
tn Bnt1sh Columbia. Very s1milar microstructures (F1gs. Barbey ( 1982) and later by Pattison and Harte ( 1988) and
F37, F38) have also been reported tn mtgmat1tes devel- Vernon and Collins (1988).
oped from pluton1c protoliths 1n Archean (Sawyer 2001),
Mesoproterozoic (Ttmmermann et al. 2002, Slagstad et Some patches of leucosome, many of the narrow vetns
al. 2005), and Phanerozotc (Brown 2002) regtonal anate- of leucosome, and doma1ns the diatexite migmatites tn
ctic terranes. In some cases, the former presence of melt the contact aureole around the Duluth Igneous Complex
can still be inferred from the distribution of small gra1ns consist of large (I 2 mm), anhedral grains of unstrained
of quartz, plagioclase, or K-feldspar in the matrix of larger quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar that contain inclusions of
residual grains, even after some later re-equilibratton of the much smaller euhedral plagtoclase. cordiente, and orthopy-
gra1n boundaries has occurred (e.g., Hartel and Pattison roxene cryst als (see Figs. F23 F27) . Moreover, as shown
-
1n Figs. F28 and F52. the pnsmatic 1nclus1ons are com-
monly strongly aligned (Sawyer 200 I). Together, these
microstructures 1ndicate that the small pnsmatic grams
crystallized 1n. or from. a melt. and were aligned by now
of that magma (melt + entra1ned crystals). before the melt
finally crystallized.
The microstructures in leucosome and the melt-rich mig-
matites from reg1onal metamorphic terranes are different
from those 1n contact aureoles. The gram s1ze IS consider-
ably larger and more un1form, and far fewer of the minerals
have crystal faces. N evertheless, the presence of euhe-
dral crystals of feldspar 1n leucosome (Figs. F56, F57) and
1n diatexite m1gmatites (Figs. F59, F64) that have crystal
faces against later-crystallizing minerals, such as quartz or
K-feldspar. IS the most widely used microstructure for infer-
nng the former presence of a melt, or of magma, 1n reg1onal
m1gmat1tes. Euhedral, or 1dioblast1c, unzoned ferromagne-
Sian mmerals that have few 1nclus1ons have also been used
to 1nfer crystallization in the presence of a melt (StOwe
and Powell 1989, Florence et al. 1995, Braun et al. 1996,
Barbey et al. 1999, Berger and Kalt 1999, Sawyer et al. 1999,
Alcock and Muller 2000, Berger and Roselle 2001, Johnson
et al. 2001a). However, other cntena are needed to deter-
mine whether the m1neral is the product of an mcongruent
melt1ng react1on (1.e., a peritectiC phase) and developed
crystal faces because it grew 1n a melt, or whether the min-
eral crystallized from the melt (i.e., l1qu1dus phase). The
presence of euhedral accessory phases, such as zircon, in
leucosome and diatexites also has been used as evidence
for crystallization from a melt (e.g., Barbey et al. 1995).
A zonal d1stnbut1on of m1nerals w1th1n a leucosome that IS
s1m1lar to that expected from 1n s1tu fract1onal crystallization
of felsiC melt has also been used to 1nfer crystallization from
a melt or magma (Sawyer 1987, Kohn et al. 1997). In par-
ticular, Kohn et al. ( 1997) noted that myrmekite occurs only
at the edges of the leucosome they studied, and muscov1te,
only 1n the center: they interpreted th1s as the progress1ve
1nward crystallization of a melt 1n wh1ch the last volume of
melt 1n the center finally became sufficiently hydrous to
crystallize muscovite.
Magmatic and submagmatic foliations
Platy or tabular crystals suspended 1n a magma become
aligned dunng now of the magma, and form a foliat1on. It
•s 1mportant to 1dent1fy such magmatiC foliations 1n mlgma-
'tes. espec1ally 1n the field. but the problem 1s to d1st1ngu1sh
them from tecton1c foliations formed 1n the solid state.
Critena for 1dent1fying magmatiC foliations have been
developed (Blumenfeld and Bouchez 1988, Paterson et
al. 1989, Arbaret et al. 1996). In essence, these methods
compare the degree of intracrystalline deformation in the
foliat1on -def1n1ng m1nerals w1th that 1n the large doma1ns
Atl." of Mtgmarue'
----------------- --------------29
of 1nterst1t1al quartz that represent the places where the
last melt crystall1zed. There are three reg1mes, based on
fract1on of melt present. that are of interest; the magmatic
(M > 0.45), the submagmat1c (0 < M < 0.45), and the
=
subsolidus (M, 0): the submagmat1c reg1me has been sub-
divided still further (Vigneresse et al. 1996, Rosenberg 200 I).
In the magmat1c state, platy or tabular m1nerals are suffi-
Ciently widely spaced to rotate passively as the magma 1s
deformed and to become aligned; local1nteract1on between
rotat1ng crystals can occur, but 1s not s1gn1ficant (Paterson
et al. 1989). There are microstructural cnteria w1th wh1ch
to 1dent1fy magmatiC foliations: the m1nerals that crystall1zed
from , or were in the magma, must have a preferred onen-
tation, and the quartz crystals and domains in the matnx
around them should be equant, and there should be no
Intracrystalline deformatiOn or recrystallization (e.g., undu-
lose extinction, deformation bands, polygonal subgrams,
kinks, bent cleavage-planes, or ev1dence of gra1n-boundary
m1grat1on. such as lobate boundanes) in e1ther the foliation-
defining minerals, or in the 1nterst1t1al quartz. Examples of
the microstructure developed during the flow of magma in
diatex1te migmatites are shown in Figs. F66- F69.
As the fraction of melt decreases, 1nteract1ons between
rotat1ng crystals becomes progressively more common,
and th1s forms clusters of 1mbncated or "tiled" gra1ns
(Blumenfeld and Bouchez 1988; lldefonse et al. 1992, 1997;
Arbaret et al. 1996, 1997) and the submagmat1c regime
begins. A framework of crystals develops, and once formed,
the framework may become deformed (Bouchez et al.
1992). A submagmatic foliation is one 1n wh1ch a framework
of aligned crystals formed and may have become deformed
before the interstitial magma crystallized. Hence, the micro-
structural critena for ldent1fy1ng a submagmat1c foliat1on
are the presence of Intracrystalline deformation-Induced
features in the foliation-defining and framework-forming
m1nerals, but not in the interstitial domains of quartz, which
rema1n equant 1n shape.
Intracrystalline deformat1on in both the foliation-
definmg m1nerals and the quartz domams, wh1ch may have
become elongate, 1nd1cates deformat1on in the solid state.
Deformation 1n the solid state is generally characterized
by a decrease in grain s1ze, and at high stra1ns, by the
development of mylon1te. Unfortunately, microstructures
formed 1n either the magmat1c or submagmat1c states are
eas1ly destroyed 1f deformation cont1nues 1nto the subsoli-
dus reg1me.
Melt inclusions
Melt can be trapped as inclusions in the minerals that grew
1n, or crystallized from, a melt: examples are shown 1n Figs.
F70 F73. Therefore, t he 1dent1ficat1on of melt 1nclus1ons
 INTRODU CTI O N
30 ------------------------------
1n m1nerals 1n the neosome IS clear ev1dence for the pres-
ence of melt. Rap1d cooling, as occurs 1n rap1dly exhumed,
partially melted crustal xenoliths (Cesare et al. 2003), will
quench melt inclusions to glass. Melt 1nclus1ons that have
quenched to glass may conta1n structures due to shnnkage,
wh1ch resemble bubbles (Lowenstern 1995). Glass Inclu-
Sions are 1mportant, as they may enable the composition
of natural anatectic melt s to be determ1ned. However, with
slower cooling, the melt crystallizes, and the former melt
1nclus1ons may be m1staken for solid m1neral 1nclus1ons and
be overlooked. The homogemzat1on temperature at wh1ch
the crystals 1n former melt 1nclusions d1sappear 1nto a s1ngle
phase (i.e., melt) has been used to infer the temperatures
at wh1ch the magmas were trapped as 1nclus1ons 1n their
hosts. Most notably, th1s approach has been applied to the
study of volcanic and shallow pluton1c rocks.
Cordierite-, garnet-, and orthopyroxene-
quartz intergrowth microstructures
The 1ntergrowth in large poikiloblasts of garnet and, to a
lesser extent. of cordierite and orthopyroxene, w1th quartz
and surrounded by feldspar, is a very common microstruc-
ture 1n neosome (Powell and Downes 1990: Tracy and
Rob1nson 1983: Brown 1983: Waters and Whales 1984:
Waters 1988, 2001: Barbey et al. 1990: Braun et al. 1996:
Fitzs1mons et al. 1996: Sawyer et al. 1999: Oliver et al.
1999: Alcock and Muller 2000: Wh1te et al. 2004). Field
observations (see examples 1n F1gs. B20 B25) indicate
that th1s microstructure (F1gs. F74 F77) does not occur in
the neosome developed from H 0-saturated melt1ng, or
muscov1te-breakdown reactions (Tracy and Rob1nson
1983), but that 1t IS charactenst1c of the biot1te-dehydra-
t1on-melt1ng reactions that occur 1n the h1gher-grade parts
of m1gmatite terranes. The deta1ls of this microstructure
are remarkably similar for all reported occurrences. (I) The
doma1ns of neosome have a rather d1ffuse margin w1thout
a melanosome. (2) The neosome tends to be leucocrat1c
rather than mesocratic 1n appearance, probably because the
melanocrat1c minerals are concentrated into po1kiloblasts,
and do not 1nclude b10t1te. (3) Domains of neosome have a
patch, or more commonly a net-like morphology composed
of Irregularly shaped (Tracy and Robinson 1983. Wh1te et
al. 2004), or planar and regularly spaced segments (Braun
et al. 1996). (4) Host and neosome have d1fferent m1neral
parageneses: hosts contain plag1oclase. b10t1te. and quartz,
with or w·thout sillimanite, whereas the neosome conta1ns
plag1oclase, K-feldspar, quartz and one or more of cord1er-
1te, garnet or orthopyroxene, and ilmen1te or magnet1te.
B1ot1te IS generally absent. but 1t may occur as a replace-
ment of garnet. cord1erite, or orthopyroxene. The absence
of b1ot1te in the neosome suggests an Incongruent b10t1te-
dehydrat1on-melting reaction 1n wh1ch cordiente, garnet.
and orthopyroxene are the solid products of reaction.
(5) The bulk composition of the neosome IS commonly the
same as the host. a result suggesting m s1tu format1on of
the neosome 1n a closed system (e.g., Braun et al. 1996),
which 1s the reason 1t IS not truly leucocrat1c. However, 1n
some cases the neosome has an excess of ferromagnes1an
components that IS readily expla1ned by the loss of some,
or virtually all, of the melt (Fitzs1mons 1996, Sawyer et al.
1999, Waters 2001, Wh1te et al. 2004): such neosome is
melanocrat1c. (6) The ferromagnes1an poikiloblasts or
porphyroblasts are 1ntergrown with blebs, patches (see
F1gs. F74 and F75), and lamellae of quartz (e.g., Waters
2001, Wh1te et al. 2004) and, more rarely, with feldspar
(Barbey et al. 1999) also. In rare cases, the poikiloblasts
have a dist1nct core that conta1ns sillimanite Inclusions, but
no quartz blebs. Vernon and Collins ( 1988) Interpreted
such s1lliman1te-beanng cores to be pre-neosome rel-
ics. Powell and Downes (1990) and Wh1te et al. (2004), 1n
contrast. suggested that the cores too could have grown
dunng the melt1ng reaction. (7) In many cases, the leuco-
cratic part of the neosome 1s zoned. The ferromagnes1an
core 1s surrounded by an inner leucocrat1c annulus rich 1n
K-feldspar, which IS interpreted to be the solid product of
the incongruent melt1ng react1on. The outer zone consists
of quartz, K-feldspar, and quartz: 1t IS Interpreted to have
been derived from the anatect1c melt. (8) Generally, the
quartz 1n the po1kiloblasts connects to a th1n mantle (called
a moat by some authors) of quartz that surrounds the
po1kiloblasts and separates it from feldspar 1n the neosome
(see F1gs. F76 and F77) .
Models proposed for the format1on of these Intergrowths
are based on k1net1cs. pnnopally the difficulty of nucleat-
ing and grow1ng the solid assemblage produced, or on
the slow diffus1on of Si and AI 1n melts. StUwe and Powell
(1989), Powell and Downes (1990) , and Wh1te et al. (2004)
regarded the locat1on of the neosome as controlled by the
location of the nuclei of ferromagnesian m1neral produced
(garnet 1n thew examples) , wh1ch expla1ns the lack of a nm
of melanosome. Barbey et al. ( 1999) proposed that the dis-
solution of b1ot1te 1nto the melt to make cordierite resulted
1n a local deficit 1n AI, wh1ch was compensated for by the
1ncongruent d1ssolution 1nto the melt of nearby feldspar,
the resu 1t1ng quartz be1ng 1ntergrown w1th the cordiente.
Waters (200 I) suggested that the microstructures result
from the k1net1c control 1mposed by S1 and Ai, the most
slowly d1ffus1ng spec1es: the growth of garnet results 1n a
local excess of S1 at 1ts edge and 1n the incorporation of
quartz. Brown (2004) suggested that local s1tes of lower
stress may control the 1n1tial nucleation of the product
m1nerals and the accumulation of melt that 1s produced.
Importantly, all the models and petrolog1cal observat1ons
mdicate that th1s type of microstructure can be used to
infer b1ot1te dehydration melt1ng.

Hornblende dehydration melting in mafic protoliths may
produce neosome w1th similar types of microstructures:
dark cores consisting of pyroxene and garnet surrounded
by a leucocratic mantle, or moat, of plagioclase and quartz.
However, more work is required on migmatites derived
from mafic protolit hs.
Symplectitic intergrowths of quartz and
plagioclase with mica
On cooling, there is the potential that minerals in a mig-
matlte will react with the remaining melt. There are two
types of react ion: (I) fina l melt reacting w ith the resid-
ual solid and (2) aqueous fluid reacting with residual
solid. Both involve the formation of new hydrous miner-
als. Reactions between the final increments of melt left in
the rock and the residual solid necessarily occur at tem-
perat ures at or above the solidus, and so are of interest
here. One objective of this section is to identify the micro-
structures associated with this type of reaction. The flu id
for solid - aqueous fluid reactions can be derived from the
crystallization of the anatectic magma in which case the
reactions are a near-solidus phenomenon. As an alterna-
tive, the fluid could come from an external source, and the
process could take place at subsolidus temperatures, which
could extend down through the amphibolite to the green-
schist facies : these low-temperature reactions will not be
cons1dered further.
Thompson ( 1983) and Powell ( 1983) argued that the pres-
ervation of low-a(H 20) mineral assemblages in high-grade
rocks is due to the formation and subsequent escape of
anatect1c melt. The removal of H20 with the melt lim1ts
the extent to which rehydrat1on react1ons can take place
(Spear et al. 1999, Brown 2002) as the migmatite terrane
cools and the melt crystallizes. Although large volumes of
melt can be generated 1n anatectic terranes, not all that
melt is extracted from the source to make plutons at
h1gher levels in the crust: small amounts of melt remain 1n
pockets and along the boundaries between the m1nerals in
the residual rocks (Guernina and Sawyer 2003), and a small
amount of melt also remains in the leucosome (Cagg1anelli
et al. 1991). Th1s minor amount of res1dual melt reacts with
the residual minerals during the final stages of crystallization
and produces new microstructures in both the residual and
melt-nch parts of the m1gmatite.
Although of minor abundance generally, the microstructures
(F1gs. F45 F48) are a characteristic symplectite-like inter-
growth of skeletal or th1nly bladed biotite with quartz or
plagioclase (Ashworth 1976, jones and Brown 1990, Brown
and Raith 1996, Raith and Harley 1998, Kriegsman and
Hensen 1998, Sawyer 1999, Guernina and Sawyer 2003),
quartz and K-feldspar (Nyman et al. 1995), or alkali feld-
spar and plagioclase (Waters 2001): the intergrowth locally
Atlas of Migmatites
------------------------------31
replaces small amounts of garnet, cord1erite, or orthopy-
roxene. Because these are replacement microstructures,
and as the product assemblage is essentially the same
as the reactant assemblage in some prograde biotite-
dehydration reactions, many authors have interpreted
them as resulting from the reaction of anhydrous solid min-
erals with the remaining anatectic melt. Commonly cited
reactions are Grt ± Crd + Kfs + melt = Bt + PI + Qtz ± Sil
and Opx + melt = Bt + PI + Qtz. However, Waters (200 I)
expressed a different opinion, and proposed that this par-
ticular microstructu re should be considered together with
other: less obvious microstructures (e.g., Fig. F82) in the
rocks that involve biotite and sill iman1te (see examples in
Buttner et al. 2005) . These cases suggest that a more com-
plex overall reaction occurred as the melt was crystalliz1ng
in the rock, although the melt was not directly involved in
creating any particular microstructure.
Many low-grade migmatites in which melting occurred
through the breakdown of muscovite contain analogous
late-stage microstructures in which K-feldspar is replaced
by an intergrowth of skeletal muscovite and quartz, gen -
erally associated with myrmekite (Ashworth 1972, Brown
1979, Ashworth and Mclellan 1985, Weber et al. 1985).
The symplectite-like microstructure is generally interpreted
to be the result of the slow d1ffusion of Si and AI, and hence
the AI:Si rat io of the reactant IS inherited by the products
and controls the nucleation of the product assemblage.
Ashworth (1972) proposed a reaction between melt and
K-feldspar, such as Kfs + melt + Sil + PI = Ms + Qtz + PI"
to account for the microstructures [the superscripts indi-
cate reactant () and product (2) plag1oclase, respectively].
Symplectite-like microstructures between the m1cas and
quartz seem to indicate the reaction of res1dual miner-
als with melt: the extent to which these microstructures
have developed depends upon how much melt was pres-
ent. Therefore, mapping the d istribution of microstructures
produced at late stages of crystallization and those micro-
structures formed under high-temperature subsolidus
conditions may enable the loci of net loss of melt to be
distinguished from those where melt has accumulated (or
was injected): the former should exh1bit a predominance
of microstructures indicative of reaction between the
res1dual melt and solid, whereas the latter should contain
more extensive evidence of rehydration involving reac-
tion between the residual solids and an aqueous fluid (e.g.,
Spear et al. 1999, Brown 2002, White et al. 2005).
Composition and zoning
of plagioclase
Bowen ( 1913) showed that during the melting of plagio-
clase, the albite component fractionates 1nto t he melt, and
the remaining plagioclase 1s more calcic. Consequently, the
 I NTROD U CTI ON
32 ------------------------------
compos1t1on of plag1oclase was proposed as a test for the
ong1n of the leucosome 1n m1gmat1tes (e.g., Yardley 1978).
The leucosome generated by part1al melt1ng should have pla-
gioclase more sodic than that 1n the assoc1ated melanosome
and protolith. Some investigators found the plagioclase in
the leucosome to be systematically more sodic than those
in the melanosome (e.g., W eber et a\. \985. Weber and
Barbey \986, Alcock and Muller 2000) . More commonly,
the compositions of plagioclase 1n the leucosome and 1n the
melanosome were found to be very s1mdar (e.g., Harme
1962, Dougan 1979, Henkes and Johannes 1981. Gupta and
Johannes 1982. Kenah and Hollister \983). even 1n leuco-
some where other cnteria po1nt to an anatectic ong1n. The
euhedral crystals of plag1oclase 1n d1atex1te migmatites that
represent the accumulat1on of plag1oclase crystallized from
the "1nlt1al" anatectiC melt 1n the Ashuanip1 and Opatica
subprov1nces of Quebec are more calc1c (around An, )
than the euhedral crystals of plagioclase (around An,.) that
occur in K-feldspar-nch diatexite m1gmatites that formed
from evolved diatexite magmas. Similarly, large euhedral
crystals of plagioclase that are part of the framework (e.g.,
Figs. F59 F64) of early-crystallized minerals in diatexite
migmatites (and in some examples of leucosome. e.g., Fig.
F56) are more calcic than the interstitial plag1oclase that
crystallized later.
Johannes (1978, 1980, 1983b) and Acosta-Vig1l eta\. (2006)
have shown that the kinetiCS of d1ssolut1on of Intermediate
plag1oclase at the temperature (<800°C) at wh1ch gra-
nitic melts start to form are very slow 1ndeed. This leads to
metastable melting. and the plag1oclase 1n the leucosome
and 1n the melanosome need not have d1fferent compos1-
t1ons. Th1s effect may be 1mportant 1f melt separates rap1dly
from 1ts res1duum. Thus, the composition of plag1oclase
IS not now considered a reliable cntenon to evaluate the
origin of leucosome in migmatites. However. plagioclase
is st ill a crucial mineral in the interpretation of m1gmatites,
but emphas1s now rests on its morphology, the micro-
structures of wh1ch it is a part, and on the nature of 1ts
compos1t1onal zoning.
Plagioclase from most m1gmatites shows rather weak and
1rregular (nonconcentnc) compos1t1onal zoning: both nor-
mal and reverse trends have been described. The strongest
compos1t1ona\ zon1ng 1s generally found 1n plag1oclase from
the melanocrat1c res1dual rocks, particularly 1f the protolith
was a mafic rock. The pattern of compos1t1onal zon1ng 1n
res1dual plag1oclase IS strongly dependent on whether other
Ca-bearing phases were present 1n the residuum, and
the stage at which they grew (Skjerlie and Johnston \996,
Patino Douce and Beard 1996) .
Strongly developed concentric zon1ng that parallels the
outline of a plag1oclase crystal IS generally cons1dered as
ev1dence of magmatiC growth. However. the presence of
oscillatory zon1ng. truncated growth-zon~ng, and complex
1nternal boxlike, skeletal, or honeycomb structures in pla-
gioclase IS regarded as evidence of d1sequdibnum during
growth (Wiebe 1968. Hibbard 1981), and as characteristic
of regimes where magma m1xing occurred. Plag1oclase crys-
tals containing disequilibrium structures are wel l known
from granites (e.g., Barbarin \990, Grogan and Reavy 2002).
Petrographic studies of the Vanscan pera\um1nous anatectic
complexes in Spa1n have revealed the presence of plagio-
clase crystals conta1n1ng d1sequ1hbnum microstructures in
some of the m1gmatite bodies 1n these complexes.
Plag1oclase crystals w1th s1milar complex patterns of inter-
nal zoning are also found 1n leucosome from the m1gmat1tes
of the Glen Elg reg1on of southeastern Austral1a (see Fig.
F83) . Expenmental work by Castro (2001) has shown
that complex patterns of 1nternal zon1ng can result from
the 1nteract1on of a mantle-denved mafic magma and a
crust-denved fels1c magma. Thus. detailed study of the zon-
ing and internal morphology of plagioclase may be a very
useful way of d1stingu1shing migmatites that are wholly
crust al material from those with an admixed component of
mantle-derived magma (e.g., Miller and Wooden 1994).
Biotite composition and microstructures
Biotite-dehydration react1ons occur over a tempera-
ture 1nterva\ that can exceed I 00°C because of vanous
solid solut1ons 1n the b1otite (Monte\ and Vielzeuf 1997).
Experimental stud1es show that bes1des the well-known
1ncrease 1n T10 1 (Robert 1976), Mg number and fluonne
content also 1ncrease across the react1on 1nterval (Stevens
et a\. 1997: Pat1no Douce and Harns \998: Pat1no Douce
and Beard \995, \996; Patliio Douce and Johnston 1991:
Pickering and Johnston 1998) and extend the stability field
of biotite to more than I 000°C. The AI content of bio-
tite tends to decrease relat1ve to the starting composit1on
of the biotite 1n bulk compos1t1ons lacking an aluminosili-
cate mineral. and to 1ncrease 1n those where one is present.
Thus, there are several compos1t1onal trends 1n biotite that
can be used to determ1ne metamorphic condit1ons (e.g..
Patino Douce eta\. 1994).
On the bas1s of morpholog1cal and microstructural dif-
ferences. several d1fferent populat1ons. or generat1ons, of
b1ot1te have been 1dent1fied 1n many migmatites. In some
cases. there is no compos1t1onal difference between the
morpholog1cal types (e.g.. Solar and Brown 200 I) . However;
in others. there are compos1t1onal differences that can be
used to explore the metamorphic history of the m1gma-
tite. For example, in m1gmat1tes that underwent biotite
dehydration melting, the residual b1otite. with the highest
Mg number. T10 2, and F contents, commonly occurs as small,
rounded, reddish 1nclus1ons in other phases, whereas the

larger crystals of biotite 1n the matrix of these rocks have
lower Ti0 2 contents and lower Mg numbers (e.g., Braun et
al. 1996, Fitzsimons 1996, Barbey et al. 1990, Perc1val 1991),
1nd1catlng that they formed, or re-equ1librated, at lower
temperatures. In contrast, the largest, bladed crystals of
b1ot1te 1n migmatites, where b1otite dehydrat1on melt1ng
was incipient, have the highest Mg number and are resid-
ual (Brown 1979, Milord et al. 2001), and the smaller grains,
w1th much lower Mg numbers (around 20) and TiO con-
tents, grew from the anatectic melt (Sawyer 1998, M1lord
et al. 200 I, Milord and Sawyer 2003) . Large po1kilitic crys-
tals of biotite in leucosome from the lower-crust migmatites
of southern Italy have the same morphology and Mg num-
ber as b1otite in the melanosome, and were interpreted by
Fornelli et al. (2002) as residual. In contrast, small grams of
b1ot1te 1n the leucosome are less magnes1an and Interpreted
as possibly crystallized from the anatectic melt. Kenah and
Hollister ( 1983) found that b1ot1te (and hornblende) from
leucosome have lower Mg numbers than those from adja-
cent melanosome, probably renect1ng a greater proport1on
of magma-grown biot1te in the leucosome they exam1ned.
Contact between leucosome and
melanosome in metatexite migmatites
Observations made 1n the field on the nature of the contacts
between a leucosome and its melanosome are extremely
1mportant in determ1n1ng whether the leucosome IS m s1tu,
1n source, or s1mply a leucocrat1c ve1n. Cnt1cal details are
whether the contacts are sharp or diffuse, concordant or
discordant, and whether there IS a nm of biot1te between
the two. In spite of the great s1gnificance attached to the
contacts for the Interpretation of leucosome, very little has
been reported on thew microstructure.
The contacts 1n part1ally melted quartz1tes from rap1dly
quenched contact-aureoles show a petrological continu1ty
of either glass (Platten 1982) or granophyre (Fig. F84) from
the leucosome 1nto the residuum. Th1n films of glass, or
granophyre, extend along the gra1n boundanes of the
quartz grains from the leucosome 1nto the res1duum for
a distance of several gra1n-diameters (Fig. F84), which
supports an in s1tu interpretation for the leucosome.
The contacts between leucosome and melanosome in
metapelit1c rocks from rap1dly cooled contact-aureoles
are more complex than 1n the essentially monom1neralic
metaquartzites, but are also irregular at the scale of sev-
eral grain-diameters (Figs. F85 F87). The outline of the
large crystals 1n the m s1tu leucosome suggests that melt
d1d extend 1nto the res1duum along gra1n boundanes and
that lobes of melt may have almost completely surrounded
p1eces of the residuum (e.g., F1g. F85) . At a larger scale,
cont1nuity of microstructure 1n the leucosome from a seg-
ment w1th one onentat1on to a segment w1th another (e.g.,
AtJ.l.., of Magmatltc'
----------- ----------- -------- 33
Fig. F88) can be used to 1nfer that all segments of a leu-
cosome contained melt at the same time. Alteration of
ferromagnesian minerals (e.g., cordiente in Fig. F88) 1n the
residuum close to the leucosome may 1ndicate that H, 0
was exsolved from the melt as 1t crystallized.
Highly Irregular contacts are commonly preserved between
leucosome and melanosome components of m s1tu patches
of neosome formed at the start of part1al melt1ng 1n reg1onal
granulite-faCies metamafic (F1gs. F89 F92) and metapelitiC
(F1gs. F93, F94) rocks. However, recrystallization in slowly
cooled rocks generally eliminates the evidence for for-
mer films of melt. Gra1n s1ze typ1cally mcreases through a
melanosome toward 1ts contact w1th leucosome, but the
concentration of stra1n (wh1ch reduces gra1n s1ze), or the
abundance of sill1man1te (which 1nhib1ts grain growth) near
the interface, can result in a smaller gra1n-size and straighter
contacts (Figs. F95, F96).
Microstructure of schlieren in
diatexite migmatites
Schlieren are planar aggregates of platy, tabular, or acicu-
lar m1nerals and are common 1n many d1atex1te migmatites.
The presence or absence of schlieren 1s part of the nomen-
clature for nam1ng the subtypes of diatex1te m1gmat1te, but
very little IS known about their microstructure or how they
developed. All the examples shown 1n th1s book (F1gs. F97-
FIOO) are of the common biot1te schlieren, but schlieren
composed ma1nly of plag1oclase, hornblende, orthopyrox-
ene or silliman1te also occur in m1gmat1tes. The crystals of
biotite that comprise the schlieren (see Figs. F97 FI 00) are
typ1cally strongly Imbricated, or tiled, in the same sense as
the 1mbncat1on of the tabular m1nerals (1.e., feldspar) that
define the magmat1c foliat1on 1n the host diatex1te. Thus,
schlieren were formed during the now of the d1atex1te.
Schlieren range in width from less than the length (<2 mm)
of a component crystal of b1ot1te (e.g., Figs. F97, F98). to
aggregates (>IS mm) tens of crystals wide (e.g.. F1g. FIOO,
and examples 1n Milord and Sawyer 2003). In most cases,
the crystals of b1ot1te 1n the schlieren are larger, have a
greater aspect-ratio and a stronger preferred onentation
than biot1te 1n the host, a feature that Milord and Sawyer
(2003) attnbuted to the ease of recrystallization 1n the
essentially monom1neralic schl1eren. Many schlieren are s1g-
n1ficantly enriched 1n accessory m1nerals such as apat1te and
zwcon, but where these minerals occur 1n the schlieren and
how they came to be concentrated there rema1n unknown.
Microstructure of biotite~ rich selvedges
in migmatites
B1ot1te-rich selvedges that develop around leucocratic veins
and gran1t1c dikes are another common feature 1n m1gma-
t1tes for whiCh the conditions and mechamsms of formation
 IN TRO DU CTI O N
34 -----------------------------
are poorly understood. Typically. they occur as narrow
(<5 mm) zones 1n the host rock that form at the contact
with a leucocratic vein, or gran1tic dike. In most cases, bio-
tite selvedges show a rap1d gradation 1n microstructure and
m1neral proport1ons from the country rock: the proportion
of quartz and plagioclase decreases, and there IS a con-
comitant increase in the modal proportion and grain size of
b1otite (Figs. FIOI-FI04) toward the contact. The 1ncrease
in gra1n s1ze of biotite 1s probably facilitated by easier dif-
fusion 1n the essent1ally monom1neralic selvedge. Generally,
the crystals of biotite 1n the selvedge are onented parallel
to the contact w1th the ve1n or dike. However, the onenta-
tlon of b1otite 1n many selvedges around leucocrat1c ve1ns
has been locally modified by the bulbous growth of crys-
tals of quartz and plag1oclase outward from the leucocrat1c
ve1n (e.g.. Fig. FI02). which may be interpreted as evidence
for gra1n growth after the leucocratic vein has solid1fied.
6.
W H O LE-ROCK G EOCH EMISTRY
IN MIGMATITE STU D IES
Most m1gmat1tes can be recognized simply by the1r dis-
tinctive morphologies. These morpholog1es are. to some
degree. the result of deformation that occurred during
anatex1s. However, the underlying processes that change a
protolith 1nto a m1gmat1te are petrological, not structural.
Therefore, the bas1c requ1rement in understanding mig-
matlte formation 1s the 1dent1fication of these petrologiCal in the melt1ng rock is segregated and collects elsewhere.
processes, and one way that this can be done is by exam-
Ining whole-rock compositions. Th1s book IS not the place
for an exhaustive discussion of the geochemistry of migma-
tites. Nevertheless, some cons1derat1on of how whole-rock
geochem1stry can be used to understand these processes
1s useful. From a practical po1nt of v1ew. this summary
also serves to outline which rocks should be sampled for
follow-up geochem1cal study wh1le mapp1ng m1gmat1tes.
Whole-rock composition 1s commonly used to class1fy
rocks. and as a means of discnm1nating between the tec- of partial melting was substantial (typ1cally 30 60%), and
tonic sett1ngs 1n wh1ch rocks such as greywacke. basalt and
gran1te formed . Ne1ther use has much application to m1g- forms at the s1te where the segregated melt accumulates:
mat1tes. M1gmat1tes are class1fied by morphology. and they
1nherit thew compos1t1onal traits from the1r protoliths. The
protoliths may have become m1gmat1tes 1n a completely
d1fferent tecton1c sett1ng to that 1n wh1ch they formed.
Whole-rock geochemistry is used pnnc1pally to 1nvest1gate
the processes that occurred during the formation of mig- loss of melt at the onset of permeability (lowest fraction
matites. to define the compositions of the protolith and the
various parts of the neosome, and to ident1fy the reg1ons of
matenal loss or material gam.
6.1 A possible sequence
of processes and some
relevant questions
A migmatite represents the sum of many processes. How far
each process has been able to progress and the sequence
1n which they occur are major factors in determining the
characteristiCS of a part1cular migmat1te. The sequence of
processes that make m1gmatites and gran1tes 1n three dif-
ferent scenanos of part1al meltmg IS shown on Fig. 4.
In the first (Fig. 4a), partial melt1ng occurs under the special
condit1ons of lithostatic stress ("stat1c melting": see sec-
tion 3.4) only, and melt forms and later crystallizes without
segregation from 1ts complementary solid fract1on. In th1s
scenano, anatexis occurs 1n a closed system, and the degree
of part1al melting (F) 1s, therefore. equal to the fraction of
melt (M.) in the rock. These condit1ons are most likely to
occur 1n contact aureoles. If only a small amount of partial
melting (dashed line 1n F1g. 4a) occurs, either because the
protolith was not very fert1le, or the metamorphiC temper-
atures were not very high. then a patch migmatite is formed.
However, 1f a larger degree of partial melt1ng occurs (black
line in Fig 4a), then a nebulit1c diatex1te m1gmatite forms:
since anatex1s takes place 1n a closed system. th1s 1s a
primary d1atex1te.
In the general case of anatex1s 1n the crust (Fig. 4b), par-
tial melt1ng occurs under condit1ons of d1fferent1al stress
("dynamiC melt1ng") . Any melt fract1on generated 1n excess
of that requ1red to establish permeability (generally <5%)
1.e., the part1ally molten rock is dra1ned, and anatex1s 1s an
open-system process. at least on the scale of a hand sam-
ple and an outcrop. Overall, the m1gmat1tes formed under
these conditions develop by a four-step process. The first is
the onset of part1al melt1ng. Once the part1ally melted rocks
become permeable. this step is followed by a second one,
the extraction of the excess melt and its accumulation else-
where. Th1s process generates two rock types. A res1dual
metatex1te migmat1te develops at the site of part1al melt1ng:
1t conta1ns a low fract1on of melt. even 1f the total degree
has a melt-depleted bulk compos1t1on. A diatex1te magma
because the fract1on of melt there is h1gh (much greater
than the degree of partial melt1ng) and IS not m situ, this
can be called a secondary diatex1te magma. Four lines are
shown 1n Fig. 4b connecting the residual metatex1te to the
secondary d1atex1te m1gmatite: the first corresponds to
of melt), and the others show segregat1on after some accu-
mulation of melt in the metatex1te. The thwd step affects
the diatexite magma dunng anatex1s and 1nvolves flow of
 Atla~ of ~h g m atltc..,
----------- ----------- --------- 35

a Fraction of Melt c Fraction of Melt

l protolith 02 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

partial meltmg

en part1al melting
a> u
solidification ·x
E
a> f""d;;'r~r·~··.--".,..---:"-:---::---r;;;~;i~-~~;;;,~·;·;~i1
-ro i!!'.~~:!~~~~
i= c
<(
~?.r.~:!~!~.~~!.'~~--j
b Fraction of Melt
magma flow and segregallon
residual solids melt fract1on
protolith 02 0.4 06 0.8 1.0

partial melting

fract1onal crystallisation
crystals/ 'melt
en
·x
2t1l
c
Ill ftl®it*dll l
<( a>
flow of magma and segregallon E
i=
res1dual sohds - I
me~

c
o~
·- Cl
-t1l ·-c
en ~
:..= Cl)
ro t>
-.,
en-o
~~­
u ~

Fig. 4. Diagrams to illustrate the relationship between physical processes and the generation of migmatites (metatexitc
a nd diatex ite) and granite during a natexis in three different scena rios. (a) The special case of partial melting under condi -
tions of lithostatic stress (so-called "sratic melting"). These conditions arc most likely to occur in contact aureoles. (b) The
genera l case of partial melting under differential stress (so-ca lled "dyna mic melting"), which applies to regional a natexis in
orogenic settings, such as melt-depleted gra nulite terranes and their associated gra ni tes. (c) A hybrid scenario in which melt
acc umu lates in the source before the processes that sepa rate the melt from the solid fraction become active, i.e., a n atexis
begins under condit ions of hydrostatic stress, but ends in a differenti al stress regime. This scena rio b most likely to apply to
regional anatectic settings where la rge volumes of melt were able to form rapidly. Legend: pa le grey, mctatexite migmat itc;
dark grey, diatexite magma I diatexi tc migmatitc; coarse dotted pattern, diatex ite magma I migmatite with a very high frac-
t ion of melt fraction that may resemble granite in terms of composition and microstructure; grey, c ross hachured patte rn,
fractionated gra nitic magma that, generally, crystalli:es an igneous microstructure.

the diatex1te magma. Th1s generates a magmat1c foliat1on
and creates schlieren as well as some separation of the
melt from the solid. The final step occurs after anatex1s
and IS dominated by fract1onal crystallizat1on of the second-
ary diatex1te magma, wh1ch generates cumulate diatex1te
and melt-ennched diatex1te, each w1th 1ts own d1st1nct1ve
composition and microstructure. Granitic magma is a prod-
uct of these processes. Th1s scenano applies to reg1onal
anatex1s 1n orogen1c settings, notably the generat1on of
melt-depleted granulite terranes and the1r associated gran-
Ites, e .g., the Ashuan1pi Subprovince 1n Canada.
Figure 4c dep1cts a hybnd scenano 111 wh1ch the melt frac-
tion IS able to accumulate at the s1te of part1al melting
before the differential stress reg1me starts; th1s scenano
IS equivalent to "stat1c melting" followed by "dynamic
melt1ng." Consequently, as the degree of part1al melt1ng
progressively Increases, the anatectiC rocks pass through
a metatexite migmatite stage before becom1ng a dlatex-
ite magma. The diatex1te magma 111 th1s case formed m
s1tu. 111 a closed system: therefore, 1t IS called a primary dia-
texite magma. The fract1on of melt at wh1ch the d1atex1te
magma IS formed depends on the mechanism by wh1ch
flow occurred. Assuming magmatic flow (i.e., a suspen-
sion of crystals 111 an anatect iC melt), then a melt fract 1on
 INTRODUC TI ON
36 ------------------------------

1n excess of 0.16 (NUP model) or 0.26 (URS model) 1s
requ1red; the upper lim1t of the diatex1te field 1s the degree
of part1al melting atta1nable 1n reg1onal metamorphism;
th1s is not normally more than 70%. Under certain circum-
stances, the diatexite field m1ght extend beyond the usual
0.26 0.70 range in terms of fraction of melt. Other mecha-
nisms of deformation that produce bulk flow (see section
3.5) could generate diatexite migmatites at fractions of melt
as low as 0.07; this potential extension of the d1atexite field
1s labeled "deform mechan1sm" on Fig. 4c. In some circum-
stances, such as ultra-high-temperature metamorphism,
or H,O-fluxed melting, the degree of part1al melt1ng may
approach I 00% and extend the d1atex1te field to h1gh frac-
tions of melt. Flow of the diatex1te magma 1n response to
shear stresses leads to the development of schlieren and
magmatiC foliations, as well as some separat1on of the melt
from the material entra1ned 1n 1t, to form res1dual d1atexite
and melt-nch diatexite magma. The th1rd, and final step, 1s
fract1onal crystallization of the melt-nch d1atexite; th1s gen-
erates a fractionated magma of granitiC composition that
commonly develops a granitic microstructure on crystalli-
zation and cumulate rocks. This third scenario is most likely
to apply to regional anatectic settings where large volumes
of melt were able to form rap1dly.
Some petrolog1cal quest1ons, but by no means all, relevant
to the processes that form migmatites are outlined next.
The first process is partial melt1ng of the protolith, and some
relevant questions are as follows. (I) What was the proto-
lith compos1t1on? (2) Are the migmat1tes the result of an
open system or of closed-system (commonly called rn s1tu)
processes? (3) What 1s the compos1t1on of the neosome,
and of 1ts const1tuent parts? (4) Wh1ch react1on generated
the melt, what was the degree of part1al melt1ng (F), and
how does it compare to the fraction of melt (M,) that the
migmatite contained, which may possibly be denved from
an estimate of the fraction of leucosome 1n the outcrop?
The next process is porous flow of the melt out of the
source, i.e., melt segregat1on; here, the quest1ons may
1nclude the follow1ng. (I) D1d the melt segregate from
the res1duum. and 1f so, what proport1on of the melt
remained 1n the res1duum? (2) How much res1duum was
entra1ned 1n the melt? (3) How variable IS the compos1t1on
of the res1duum and what caused th1s vanation (d1fferent
protol1ths. different melt1ng react1ons. d1fferent F. differ-
ent degrees of segregat1on of the melt)? (4) Over what
distance was the porous flow act1ve. over centimeters or
tens of centimeters?
The third step is transport and flow of the melt. or magma,
in channels; questions relevant to th1s stage include the fol-
lowing. (I) Are there compositional vanations that can be
attributed to processes occurnng dunng flow. such as the
separation of suspended crystals? (2) Do the leucosome.
ve1ns. or d1atex1te m1gmat1tes that represent the bodies of
former melt. or magma, that flowed in channels have com-
positions that are different compared to those of bodies of
melt that rema1ned in Situ? (3) D1d the wallrock contami-
nate the magma dunng flow?
The fourth step is crystallization, and it can, of course. begin
at any time after partial melt1ng has started. Cooling may be
so rapid that separat1on of melt from its residuum before
complete crystall1zat1on may not be possible 1n some con-
tact aureoles. Some pnncipal quest1ons are as follows.
(I) D1d fract1onal crystallization occur. 1n other words. does
the leucosome. or diatex1te. have the compos1t1on of an ana-
tectic melt? (2) Did the entra1ned res1duum separate before
or dunng crystallization? (3) Where d1d the separat1on of
the entra1ned residuum take place? Finally. post-anatectic
processes. such as retrograde metamorph1sm. rehydrat1on.
and vein1ng can change the bulk compos1t1on of a migma-
tite, or its parts. Therefore. 1t is 1mportant that any altered
samples be identified
The following sections pertain to two factors that seriously
affect the way in which whole-rock compositions can be
used to investigate m1gmatites. First. in order to interpret
the trends in whole-rock compos1t1on that arise from a
petrogenetic process. some reference po1nts are essential;
the most commonly used are the protolith and neosome
compositions (ideally both the melt and the res1duum, but
most commonly JUSt the melt). How well these parameters
can be constra1ned determ1nes what kmds of petrological
questions can be addressed. and what types of quant1ta-
t1ve modeling can be applied. Secondly. it IS generally very
difficult to find samples affected by JUSt one process. The
investigation of any Individual process requ1res finding ways
to isolate its geochemical s1gnature from the rest. Typically.
this entails selecting specific combinations or ratios of
elements.
6.2 Reference..point compositions
Morpholog1cal and compos1t1onal heterogeneity IS typ1cal of
m1gmat1tes; hence. all 1ts parts should be sampled, and the
spat1al and temporal relationships among samples should be
recorded. Compos1t1onal gradients are another common
problem w1th migmat1tes. espec1ally 1n the rocks denved
from melt-nch port1ons of m1gmatites and 1n the res1dual
rocks. Care should be made to sample the full w1dth of
bod1es of leucosome and melanosome so as to 1nclude the
entire compositional gradient; th1s IS especially important if
detailed mass-balance calculations are contemplated. It is
common practice to separate the melanosome from t he
leucosome for analysis. but 1t must not be forgotten that
-
At!"' o f hf&gmatl t<'
------------ ------ ------------ --- 37
Quartz Quartz

a b

.
• . -.• t• ..•
,. • •
..... .. .~ .' ·"'···(..) •• •
... :....... .••••••••
• :1. ,... ' ,..
·.::..~·
• .. . , •
..,• •. i',·--
t • w
.. .
• • ••
"...• . . .·•·.. .
• '* • ......
•
-· ,
•

3a • 3b ~· 5

7" s·

Alkali Feldspar Plagioclase Albite Orthoclase

Fig. 5. Compositio n of l33 samples of leucosome from mctatexitc migma tites. (a) Quartz - alkali
feldspa r - plagio-
clase mcsonorm plot with fields after Srreckeiscn (1976). (b) Qua rtz- albite - orthoclase mcsonorm
plot. Symbols: dot ,
leucosomcs from metapclitic and metapsamm itic (plagioclase + biotite + quartz) protoliths; squares,
eight samples of leu -
cosome from a single outcrop, mctapclitic protolith; tri angles, leucosome from mctama fic protol iths.
The leucosome from
metapclitic and mctapsamm itic protoliths ranges in composition from syenogranite ro tonalite, although
most samples a rc
monzograni tic or granodioriti c in composition. In contrast, leucosome derived from mctamafic
rocks range in composi-
tion from monzodiori te to ton alite, but most arc ronalitic. The leucosome collected from a single
outcrop of metapelite
show essentially the same range of composition as the entire set of leucosome samples from mctapelitic
a nd metapsamm itic
protoliths. The variability in composition of the leucosome thus is not simply a function of the
bulk composition of the
prorolith ami the P- T conditions at which anate xis occurred; processes that occur during c rystallizatio
n of the melt also
may be imporra m.

such a methodology results In the loss of tnformatton on
the composttton and compostttonal gradients at. and close
to, the contact. Some problems speofic to protolith, melt,
and residuum are dtscussed next.
D etermini ng protolith compositions
(the starting material)
At the tnoptent stage of parttal melttng, the rock between
scattered patches of neosome tn a fertile layer could be
constdered as betng very close to the protolith composttion.
It may also be posstble to trace a parttcular parttally melted
layer, or sequence of layers, laterally to lower metamorphic
grades and to sample them JUSt below the "melt-tn" tsograd
that marks the onset of parttal melting.
Determtntng what the protoltth was ts a challenge tn the
htghest-grade parts of anatecttc terranes where virtually
all the rocks are parttally melted and neosome abounds.
It is an error to use the rematntng paleosome (nonmelted
and typtcally mesocrattc) relics to represent the protolith
composttton. These mesocrattc layers of paleosome are
preserved specifically because they have infertile bulk com-
posttions. and so escaped parttal meltmg. There are three
potential opttons in obtaining an esttmate of the protolith
composttion. (I) Collect a very large bulk sample of the
whole neosome; thts works well if the mtgmattte formed
in a closed system. and where the segregatton dtstance was
small, as in some contact aureoles. (2) Find, and sample,
stmilar rocks tn an adJacent part of the terrane not affected
by parttal melting. The problem then becomes whtch rocks
to sample. Hydrous rocks progressively devolatilize dur-
tng prograde metamorphtsm, and could stmultaneously
lose some major and trace elements. Thus, sampling the
htghest-grade nonmelted rocks could provtde a better
approxtmat ton of the protoltth composttton tn a regional
metamorphic terrane. Contact aureoles. and some reg1onal
metamorphic terranes 111 wh1ch low-grade country rocks
were rapidly heated and melted, may be an exception if
the nutds and any trace elements released by prograde
devolat11izat1on rema1n 111 the rocks and were tncorporated
wholesale 1nto the m1gmatites. (3) The least satisfactory
opt1on, best cons1dered as a last resort, IS to adopt a com-
piled average composition (e.g., average upper continental
crust) for the protohth; these averages 1nvanably 1nclude
bot h ferttle and tnfertile rock types, and so preclude any
mean1ngful mass-balance modeling.
D ete rmining the "melt" composition
Melt compos1t1on here refers to that generated at par-
tial melt1ng. Because this melt composition serves as the
start1ng point 111 1nterpret1ng leucosome and diatex1te
petrogenes is, 1t IS in some cases called the "init ial" anatectic
 IN T RO DU CT ION

38 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

wh1ch the leuco-

"prim ary melt" is crystallization of the anatectic melt from
melt composition (note that the term
the mantle). The some was derived.
generally reserved for partial melts of
ctic leucosome.
most w1dely used method to 1dent1fy anate An est1mate of the maJor-element conte
nt of "1nitial" ana-
al" melts is to
or diatex1te m1gmatites, that may be "1n1ti tectic melts from more complex systems
can be obta1ned
of the cotec tics for haplogra- start1ng materials
compare its position to that from partial-melt1ng expenments that use
Ab An- Or plots. Typically. hth, and per-
nltiC melts on Ab Or- Qtz or with compos1t1ons s1mila r to the 1nfer red proto
s or weigh t-per-
CIPW norms are used, but mesonorm formed at P- T-a(H 20) condi t1ons close to those at which
e 1961, Brow n
cent plots also have been used (e.g., Wylli the natural melt1ng occurred. The expe nmen tally produ ced
nes 1986, Barbe y
1979, Johannes 1983b. Gupta and Johan melts show rathe r lim1ted vanat 1ons in T i0 1
, FeO. and
tad et al. 2005).
et al. 1990, Symmes and Ferry 1995. Slags MgO contents, but the vanat1on 1n CaO,
Na 20, and KL O
the cotect1c 1n
A composition that plots on. or close to. contents may be large and are related to
the proto lith com-
Or- Qtz H 0,
the systems Ab Or- Qtz H 0 or Ab An- position, press ure, and temp eratu re of partia l melt1ng, and
0) at wh1ch the natu-
corresponding to the P- T a(H 2 whet her melt1ng occurred with, or witho
ut. an H L 0 fluid
w1th the samp le be1ng an onents, par-
ral melts formed, IS consistent present. The ability to meas ure volati le comp
"initial" anatectic melt. expe rimen tal glasse s is another
ticularly Na 20, correctly in
ate of the comp os1t1on
was haplogra- factor that seriously affects any est1m
Th1s approach is satisfactory 1f the melt Notw 1thsta nd1n g the
a close d syste m of smaller s1ze of initial anatectic melts (Grant 2004).
nltic and crystallized 1n g the1r comp osi-
do not sat1sf y these con- possible analyt1cal prob lems in determin1n
than the sample. For rocks that comp os1t1 on of
n Or plots should be tions, I present in Fig. 6 a compilation of the
ditions, the Ab - Or- Qtz and Ab-A part1al-me lt1ng
chang e the meltglasses (i.e., quenched melts) obta1ned from
used w1th caut1on. Addit1onal components ucted on a vane ty of start1 ng composi-
the cotec experiments cond
tic lines
composition, and hence the pos1t1on of in to expe nmen ts w1tho ut H 20
ermo re, tions. Figures 6a e perta
a posi-
(e.g., Mann1ng and P1chavant 1983). Furth melti ng" expe nmen ts), and
sarily exclude a added (so-called "dehydration
tion far from the cotectic does not neces nmen ts carrie d out with
xite migmat1tes F1gs. 6( and 6g pertain to expe
magmatic ong1n for leucosome (or diate e, although not
it proba bly exclu des an "1n1t1al" H 20 added to the expenmental charg
for that matter). although resulting melt (so-
iona l crys talliz ation ,necessarily w1th enough to saturate the
melt compos1t1on. During fract of leucosome or
sepa rated from t he called "H,O -fluxe d" melt1ng). Samples
the phases that have crystallized are nal field as appro-
" melt. Samples d1atex1te plott1ng 1n the same compositio
remaining "frac tiona ted" or "evo lved compositions of
-form ed pnate experimental glasses may represent
crystals,
that represent accumulations of the early
plagioclase apex, "1nit1al" melt.
for example. plagioclase, plot nearer to the
and Barbey 1982,
or to the plagioclase quartz jo1n (Cuney Once potential samples of "in1t1al" anate
ctiC melt have
the samp les of "frac tiona ted" melt ents should be
Sawyer 1987), whereas been identified, their trace -element cont
1n th1s exam ple, towa rd the s of contam-
plot 1n the oppos1te dwect1on. investigated for confirmat ion. The poss1b1lit1e
JOin, or the ortho clase crystallization
quartz apex, the quartz- orthoclase ination with the res1duum and of fract1onal
ns of K-feld spar
apex. Leucosome that conta1ns accumulatio should be invest1gated. Fract1onal crystall1zat1
on results 1n
z crysta ls also are possi ble. Furth ermo re, con- of the trace elem ents com-
or quart
s, an enrichment 1n the cu mulate
the 1n1t1al anate ct1c melt by res1d ual phase accum ulated m1nerals,
tamination of patible with the early-crystallized and
and plag1 oclase for these part1 cular plots. of the trace
notably quar tz
The and an enrichment in the fractionated melts
that plot away from a cotec t1c. Thus, the sig-
can result 1n samples elements Incompatible w1th these m1nerals.
1ns of leuco some are show n that it shoul d lie
compos1t1ons of some doma nature of a "1n1t1al" melt compos1t1on IS
feldsp ar plagio clase and field
1n Fig. 5, on quartz - alkali between the cumulate field and the fract1
onated melt
osition of the
Ab-Q tz-O r mesonorm plots. The comp on bivanant plots of an 1ncom pat1b le cons tituent versus a
some denv ed from meta pelitic and metap samm1tic pro- s Na 0 or Rb versus Sr), or
leuco compat1ble one (e.g.. K 0 versu 2
exten ds from gran1 te to tonal ite. and from tonalite diagra ms (e.g .. Sawy er 1987) .
toliths on rare-earth element (REE)
te for leuco some deriv ed from metama- and the othe r REEs
to monz odion
is where Eu 1s the compatible element
ver. the comp ositio n of a leuco some al posit ion arises
fic protoliths. Howe are Incompatible (see F1g. 7). Th1s centr
bulk comp ositio n of the proto lit h tal to the
not related simply to the because the "1nitial" anatectic melt is
p aren
melti ng occu rred. A range More
or the P- T conditions at which crystal-nch cumulate and to the fractionate
d melt.
found w 1th1n sin -
of leucosome compositions IS commonly Importantly, the comp os1t1ons of the cumu late and fraction-
es 1n F1gs. Sa and Sb
gle outcrops; for example, the squar ated melt show the same relationship to
the "1n1t1al" melt
sent leuco some comp ositio ns from a s1ngle outcr op melt forme d as an equ11ibnum
repre 1rrespect1ve of whether the
deriv ed from a metap elit1c proto lith. They equil ibnum melt, or
of migmatite melt. a trace-element-undersatura ted
from gran1 te to tonal ite. Th1s w1de vanation um melt1 ng produ ces
show a range a disequilibrium melt. If disequilibn
of leuco some IS attrib uted to fract1 onal
1n the compos1t1on
 Aria' of Mtgmatltc'
------- ------- ------- ----------39

Quartz Quartz
a Pelite Greywacke
b

\ ..: :~ :,.\
,.
• o.. .
...
,.~~~ ·.. o•
•

Albite Orthoclase Albite Orthoclase

Quartz Quartz
c Felsic rocks d Mafic rocks
Dehydration melting Dehydration melting

6
•

0
0

Albite Orthoclase Albite Orthoclase

Fig. 6. Composition of glass (quenched partial mel ts) obtained from partial-meltin g experiments shown as a function
of composition of starting material (protolith) and the type of melting. (a) Part ial melting of pelitic protolit hs with -
out H ,O added (i.e., dehydration melting). ote the wide range of compositions. (b) Partial melting of greywacke
(psam~itic) protoliths without H ,O added; note the tight cluster of compositions corresponding to monzogran-
ite. (c) Pa rtial mel ting of felsic pr~tolith s (granite, tonalite, etc. ) withou t added H ,O; the composit ional range is
similar to greywackes. (d) Partial melting of mafic protoliths without H ,O added; ;,,ost compositions of glass fall
on the qua rtz-albite join, but some a re granodioritic. (e) Glass compositions for H ,O-added partial-mel ting exper-
iments of pelitic, greywackc, felsic, and mafic protolit hs, shown on a quartz- albite- orthoclase plot. (j) All the
glass compositions from a to d shown on a quartz - alkali feldspar - plagioclase mesonorm plot, shown with the
fie lds from Streckeiscn (1976). The glass compositions range from syenogranite to tonalite, but most arc monzo-
granite. (g) Glass compositions for H ,O-added (i.e., H ,O-fluxed) partial-melting experim en ts on pelitic, greywacke,
felsic, and mafic protoliths, shown o~ a quartz - alkaii feldspar - plagioclase mesonorm plot, along with the fields
of St reckeisen ( 1976). The glass compositions range from syenogranite to tonalite, but most lie in the granodior-
ite field. Legend: squares, P < 3.5 kbar; circles, P 4- 10 kbar; diamonds, P 10- 16 kbar; triangles, P > 20 kbar; filled
symbols, T < 925°C; open symbols, T > 925°C. Data sources: metapelites (Vielzeuf and Holloway 1988, Lc Breton
a nd Thompson 1988, Patino Douce and Joh nston 1991, Pati no Douce and Harris 1998, Pickering and Johnston
1998, Koester et a!. 2002); mctagreywackcs (Conrad et a!. I 988; Viclzeuf and Monte! 1994; Gardien et a!. 1995,
2000; Patino Douce and Beard 1995, 1996; Stevens eta!. l 997; Monte! and Viel:euf l 997; Cast ro et al. 1999; Grant
2004); felsic rocks (Castro eta!. 2000; Conrad eta!. I 988; Johnston and Wyllie 1988; Litvinovsky eta!. 2000; Rutter
and Wyll ie 1988; Skjerlie and Joh nston 1992, 1996; Singh and Johan nes 1996a, b); mafic rocks (Rushmer 1991;
Rapp and Watson 1995; Wolf and Wyllie 1991 , 1994; Springer and Seck 1997; Skjerlie and Patino Douce 2002;
Selbekk a nd Skjerlie 2002).
 INTRODUCTION
40 --------------------------------

Quartz
Quartz
All rock types
e
All rock types f

..
Alkali Feldspar Plagioclase
Albite Orthoclase

Quartz
All rock types
g H,O-added melting

3a

Fig. 6
1'
•

Alkali Feldspar Plagioclase

have different compos1t1ons because the composit1on of

an "1nit1al" melt with very low concentrations of Incompat-
ible elements, then fractional crystallization of that melt will
yield a cumulate with still lower levels.
If no "mitial" anatectic melts can be identified from the
m1gmat1te samples collected, then a glass compos1t1on
from an appropriate expenmental study [same or Simi-
lar starting composit1on and P T o(H 0) cond1t1ons as
the m1gmat1tes] could be used as a reference-po1nt com -
position. However, us1ng the compos1t1ons of glasses from
partial-melt1ng expenments has the disadvantage that
trace-element contents have generally not been reported
for them, although recent advances in analyt1cal techn1ques
w1ll enable the trace-element contents of experimental
glasses to be determined rout1nely.
A unique composit1on of "1n1t1al" anatectic melt may only
exist at the very start of anatexis, when the first rock par-
tially melts, or if the proto lith was homogeneous. Success1ve
Increments of anatectiC melt derived from a s1ngle source
the source has changed, and the temperature of partial
melt1ng has 1ncreased. AnatectiC melts of diverse compo-
sit ions start to appear as soon as part1al melting beg1ns in
other rocks or layers of different bulk composition. Thus, it
IS not a s1mple task to determ1ne the composition of the
"1nitial'' anatectic melt from which a part1cular batch of leu-
cosome, or diatexite m1gmatite. was denved.
Residual rocks
Rocks that conta1n the res1duum left after part1al melt1ng
can occur in many forms 1n m1gmatites and 1n assoCiated
autochthonous gran1tes (see. for example, Bar.bey 1991).
In the lowest-grade parts of migmat1te terra-~es. the resid-
ual rocks are commonly, but not exclus1vely. found 1n the
melanocratic zones around bod1es of leucosome. Care
should be taken to distinguish melanosome (i.e., melt-
depleted residuum) from mafic selvedges formed by reac-
tion between a leucosome, or ve1n, and its wallrocks. The
 Atla> of M 1gmat1tc;
- - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - 41

1000 1000
QU ETI CO LEUCOSOMES W ULUMALEUCOSOM ES
Pelitic protolith Pelitic and semi-pelitic protol iths
~ 100 2
-oc ·.:::
'0
c 100
0 0
r. r.
0 0
10
<ll <ll
a. a.
E E 10
ro ro
(/) (/)

a b
0.1
La Ce Nd SmEu Tb Yb Lu La Ce Nd SmEu Tb Yb Lu
10 100
MOU NT HAY LEUCOSOMES

2
·.::: 2
·.:::
'0
c '0 10
0 c
r. 0
r.
0 0
<ll <ll
a. 0.1 a.
E E
ro ro
(/) GRE NVI LLE FRO NT (/)
LE UCOSOMES
c Mafic protolith d
0.01 0.1
La Ce Nd SmEu Tb Yb Lu La Ce Nd SmEu Tb Yb Lu

Fig. 7. Chondrite-no rmalized ra re-ea rth eleme nt (REE) pa tterns fo r le ucosome in fou r migma titc te rra nes. (a ) U ppe r-
am phibolite -facies a natexis, T 700-800°C, P 3-4 kba r. (b) G ranulite -facies a n atex is, T 825-875°C, P 6-7 kba r. (c)
U ppe r-amphibolite- to lowe r-gra nulite-facies an atexis, T 800-850°C, P 8- 10 kbar. (d) G ranu lite-facies an atexis
T 825-875°C, P ca. 5 kba r. All the le ucosome samples a re from me tatexi te migmati tes. Al th o ugh they fo nned from
diffe re nt pro to liths tha t unde rwe nt a na texis at diffe re nt pressures a nd te mpera tu res, the overall REE c h aracter-
istics o f the le ucosome suites are very simila r. T he re a re three types o f REE pa tte rns wit hin the le ucosome d ata.
(1 ) Most samp les o f le ucosome have a REE pattern with a strong, positive Eu anoma ly, bu t lowe r abu ndances o f the
total REE compa red to the other pa tterns. (2) A few samples of le ucosome have REE patterns with a negative Eu
a no ma ly, and in gen e ral, the high est abunda nces of t he REE. (3) A few samples of le ucosome (shown as bo ld lines)
h ave inte rmedia te- leve l REE a bund a nces and a smooth pa tte rn wi th o ut Eu a nom aly. The prese nce o f the t h ree types
of REE pa tterns within each of the leucosome suites is inte rpre ted as strong evid e nce t ha t fraction al crystallizatio n
played a majo r ro le in the evolutio n of th e a na tectic melt from which the le ucosome in a migma tite te rrane was
deri ved. The leucosome samples wit h a smooth pa tte rn are inte rpre ted to h ave crystallized from me lts that h ad com -
positio ns close to th at of the ini tial a na tectic melt; le ucosome samples with a positive Eu anomaly are inte rp reted to
he feldspa r accumula tion s de ri ved fro m prima ry me lts, a nd the le ucosome sa mp les with a n ega ti ve Eu a no maly a re
in te rpreted to have c rystallized from evolved a na tectic melts tha t had alread y cry ta llized substa ntial amo unts of feld -
spa r, p rincipally plagioclase.

latter are generally narrow and composed largely of biotite reveal a deficit of res1duum, i.e., a surplus of anatectiC melt
or hornblende. In h1gher-grade metatex1te migmatites, such (e.g., Obata et al. 1994).
as those found 1n melt-depleted, granul1te-faoes terranes
(Guern1na and Sawyer 2003), conspicuously melanocrat1c Mineral compositions
rocks are rare, but v1rtually all the rocks are melt-depleted,
Many of the processes of 1nterest 1n m1gmatites can be
and hence residual 1n bulk compos1t1on (Barbey and Cuney
modeled as the addition of one or more minerals to a
1982, Maccarrone et al. 1983, Caggianelli et al. 1991). In
particular start1ng composition, or thew subtract1on from
places where d1atex1te m1gmat1tes are abundant, res1dual
that start1ng compos1t1on. Therefore, the compos1t1ons of
rocks may be rare, and a deta1led geochem1cal study may
 INTRODUCTION
42 ------------------------------
m1nerals present 1n migmat1tes are a very useful add1t1on to
whole-rock geochemical diagrams because they may Indi-
cate the vectors of compos1t1onal change associated w1th
the processes that occur in migmat1tes (e.g.. contamination
of anatectic melt by residual biotite). W1th the 1ncreas1ng
availability of ion probe and laser-ablat1on techniques, con-
tents of major and trace elements are becoming routinely
available for the main minerals in migmatites. These data
may prove useful in identifying the provenance of residual
minerals in leucosome and diatexite m1gmat1tes. as well
as 1n providing further constraints on models of petroge-
netic processes in migmatites, such as part1al melting, melt
extraction, and fract1onal crystallization.
6.3 Diagrammatic representation
Most geological processes yield suites of samples that
define trends, or fields, on compos1t1onal d1agrams. because
the process has advanced farther in some samples than in
others. To interpret such trends, the composition of the
st arting (i.e., pre-process) material, and either the end-
product composition, or the changes in mineral assemblage
and modal proportions that are involved in the process,
are required. Useful quantitat1ve modeling can only be
done w1th this information. Changes in composit1on are
best shown 1n diagrams that d1splay the greatest d1spersion
of the product rock types about the start1ng compos1tion.
Bivariant d1agrams in which an element that characterizes
one of the products of the process cons1dered (e.g .. resid-
uum) 1s plotted against an element that charactenzes the
other (e.g.. anatectic melt) are generally suffic1ent. Both the
maJor elements and trace elements should be treated.
Res1dual rocks are most commonly ennched 1n Fe Mg
silicate minerals relative to the protolith, but they may also
be enriched in accessory minerals, plagioclase, K-feldspar,
and even quartz, depending on the particular composition
of the protolith. The Fe-Mg s1licate fraction is commonly
represented by the sum (FeOr + MgO + T10). where
FeO represents all the 1ron expressed as FeO, but 1n some
Circumstances that cho1ce of components IS Inappropriate.
If T10 1s pnncipally in m1nerals other than an Fe Mg sili-
cate (e.g.. rutile. rather than b1ot1te). it may be better to
cons1der 1t separately from (FeO + MgO). because mmer-
als that form very small gra1ns could be segregated w1th the
melt. much like inherited zircon, for example. The presence
of Fe ox1de and Fe sulfide m1nerals 1n the protolith means
that some, and poss1bly most, of the Fe IS not 1n the silicate
m1nerals. In that circumstance, MgO alone may be the best
way of depicting the ferromagnes1an silicate fraction in the
residuum Alternatively. the whole-rock FeO content may
be corrected by subtracting the amount of Fe in the sul-
fide and Fe oxide minerals, using a combination of modal
abundance and m1neral compositions determ1ned with an
electron-microprobe analyzer. Trace elements that can
be used to represent the Fe Mg silicate m1nerals fract1on
include Sc and Co; Cr, N1, and V may be used where sulfide
and Fe oxide minerals are absent. The b1ot1te component
of the residuum could, for example. be represented by Rb.
Residua rich in sillimanite, cordierite, or spinel could be rep-
resented by Al 20 3• Similarly, CaO may be used for residua
rich in hornblende, clinopyroxene, and plagioclase; Sr may
also be used for 1nvestigat1ons of plagioclase-rich residua.
Many investigators have shown that a large part of the total
budget of some trace elements, 1nclud1ng the REE, Y. Th,
U, Hf. Zr, Nb. and Ta, IS located 1n accessory m1nerals, and
the behav1or of these m1nerals dunng partial melt1ng largely
controls the way trace elements are distributed between
the anatectic melt and the res1duum (Sawka 1988; Bea
1991, 1996a. b; Bea et al. 1994; Watt and Harley 1993). In
some Circumstances, the accessory m1nerals dissolve com-
pletely into the melt. resulting 1n a res1duum depleted in
the trace elements assoCiated with those particular acces-
sory phases, but in others. the accessory minerals were
either in excess, or did not dissolve (e.g.. not enough time),
or could not dissolve (e.g.. armored by other phases) into
the melt, and an enrichment of the associated trace ele-
ments in the res1duum results. However, recent results
from ultra-h1gh-temperature (UHT) metamorphic terranes
suggest that accessory phases may control less of the trace-
element budget in very-h1gh-temperature anatex1s. Hokada
and Harley (2004) and Cond1e et al. (2004) found that the
major phases 1n rocks formed at ultra-h1gh temperatures
can contain significant amounts of h1gh-field-strength ele-
ments, such as Zr and the REE, 1n sufficient amounts that
the major phases. because of their h1gh modal abundance,
can control the budget for many of these trace elements in
the whole rock.
The bulk compositions of some protoliths result in residua
that are very rich 1n K-feldspar. or in quartz; K20 and Si02,
respectively, may be an appropriate way to differentiate
rocks denved from such res1dua from those derived from
the melt fract1on.
Anatectic melts generally range from gran1te to tonalite
trondhJemite in compos1tion (see Figs. 5 and 6). although
potass1c anatect1c melts of syenogran1te compos1t1on
may form from protoliths such as plag1oclase-poor pehtes
(Pickenng and Johnston 1998. Grant 2004). Generally, the
anatectiC melts are ennched 1n K20, Na,O, and S102 rela-
tive to their protoliths. The trace elements Cs, Ba. and Li
are partitioned int o the melt under most circumstances
of partial melting in the continental crust (Icenhower and
London 1995. 1996). Hence, these major ox1des and t race
 _A_tl_"_''_'f_M~ig_rn_a'-"-"-'--------------------------------- 43

elements are commonly used to represent the anatectiC Matched samples collected from different parts of 1ndi-
melt, or melt-denved rocks. in b1vanant plots. v1dual bod1es of leucosome could be used to investigate
fract1onal cryst allization, or the unmixing of t he melt frac-
Plagioclase is generally one of the first minerals to start to
tion from the residuum. The problem can also be inverted
crystallize from melts of granitic compos1t1on, and 1n the
to 1nvest1gate the extent to which contam1nat1on by the
early part of the crystallization h1story, 1t may be the most
wallrocks has occurred dunng the formation of the leuco-
voluminous product. Thus, a plagioclase cumulate formed
some, for example, by the movement of melt through the
by fract1onal crystallization may be represented by Na ,0.
network of channels that dra1ned melt from 1ts source (see
CaO, or Sr. The rema1n1ng evolved melt is ennched 1n the
Fig. 4b, for example). Mult1-element vanat1on diagrams (the
components 1ncompat1ble w1th plag1oclase; the rocks crys-
so-called "spidergrams") in wh1ch the products are normal-
tallized from such a melt could be represented by Si0 • KzO.
2 ized to the starting composition are a good way of showing
Cs. Ba, L1, Pb, Sn, and even U. The crystalltzat1on of acces-
compos1t1onal vanations with1n matched sets of samples.
sory phases. e.g., z1rcon, monaz1te. xenot1me. and apat1te,
from anatectic melts common ly controls the high-field-
strength elements (H FSE) and REE contents of the rocks
General sets of samples
(e.g., leucosome and some diatex1te m1gmatites) denved In many migmatites, particularly if the proport1on of
from the anatectiC melt (Miller and M1ttlefehldt 1982, neosome 1s h1gh, or 1f the melt fract1on has moved long
Sawka 1988, Wark and Miller 1993. Bea et al. 1994) and (meter-scale) distances, it 1s 1mpossible to be certain that
should be Investigated. The papers by Bea (1991, 1996o, b) the leucosome sampled is genet1cally related to it s adjacent.
and Bea et al. ( 1994) are 1mportant resources for the trace- or even the nearest. melanosome; moreover, determ1n1ng
element contents of both accessory and maJOr phases, and what was the protolith may be Impossible, whtch precludes
are useful for those wishi ng to model partial-melt1ng and sampling it. Although these general sets of samples are not
crystallization processes. suited for studies of the kinds of problem outlined in the
prevtous sectton, they are. if a large numbe~ of samples are
Comb1nat1ons of elements may generally be found to collected, 1deal to examtne the complete range of petro-
produce a w ide d1spersion of the sample points in the logical processes that occur in making mtgmatites; recent
compos1t1onal space of peltt1c, greywacke. and mafic bulk examples of th1s approach were provided by Sawyer ( 1998,
compos1t1ons. However, 1n cases where the compos1t1on of 1999). Sawyer et al. (1999), Mtlord et al. 2001, Solar and
the protolith and the anatectic melt are s1m1lar (e.g., part1al Brown (200 I). Villaseca et al. (200 I). Fornelli et al. (2002).
melting of granite, arkoses, and some psammites), compo- and Guernina and Sawyer (2003).
Sitional changes can be very small and, consequently, are
very d1fficult to illustrate diagrammatically. Two types of diagram are parttcularly useful (Fig. 8). The
first. MgO or (FeO~ + MgO) versus Kp or Si0 • can be
2
used to examtne partial melttng and the unmixing of melt
Matched triplet sets of samples
from the restduum. The second, CaO or (CaO + Na 0)
Sample sets 1n wh1ch a part1cular protolith and the "1n1t1al"
versus K,O or StO,. ts useful where plagtoclase 1s a maJOr
anatectiC melt (leucosome) and residuum (melanosome)
residual phase; with it, one can investigate the processes
derived from it have been systematically sampled are few.
that occurred dunng the crystallization of the anatectiC
Because of the known relat1onsh1p among the samples,
melt. such as fractional crystallization 1n whtch an early-
these tnplet sets of samples offer unique opportuntt1es
crystalltzed mtneral. typtcally plagioclase, but 1n some cases
to study the details of the processes that occurred in mig-
K-feldspar, accumulates in one part of the system, and the
matites. They can be used for mass-balance techniques,
complementary fractionated melt crystallizes elsewhere.
such as the 1socon method of Grant (1986; but see also
Cumulate plagtoclase could be represented by CaO or
Baumgartner and Olsen 1995), to investigate whether melt-
(CaO + Na20) , K,O could represent e1ther the K-nch
Ing occurred 1n an open or a closed system, and to calculate
fractionated melt or cumulate K-feldspar. and SiO, could
the volume and compos1t1on of the matenal that was added.
be used to represent the fracttonated melt. In order to
or lost (e.g .. Olsen et al. 2004). The degree of part1al melt-
1nterpret the scatter and trends that a large set of general
Ing (F) can also be constrained, and the vanous conceptual
samples from a mtgmatite terrane generally show tn com -
models for partial melting (e.g.. equilibnum batch-melt-
posttton space. some reference po1nts and trends need to
Ing, fractional melting, disequiltbnum melt1ng. etc.) can be
be establtshed. Ideally, these are the compos1t1ons of the
tested by try1ng to repltcate the measured compos1t1ons of
sampled protolith and the anatectic melt (or melts). If the
the leucosome considered to represent the "1n1tial" melt,
compositton of the melt (from the leucosome) is unavail-
although selecting which distribution coefficients to use 1s
able. then a suitable composition of an expenmental melt
qutte another problem (see comments by Icenhower and
(;.e.. glass) 1s the next best opt1on. The compositional
London 1995), and one outs1de the scope of thts book.
range of fels1c anatectic melts obtained from a parttcular
 INTROD U CTION
44 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -

type of prot olith (e.g., greywacke, pel ite, or felsic) in partial-
melting expenmen ts below 900°C and at pressures below
I0 kbar is relatively small (F1gs. 6a-c); major dive rsity 1n the
compos1t1on of anatectiC melts starts after the hydrous
phases have disappeared. From a knowledg e of the melt-
Ing react1ons and P- T a(H,O) cond1t1ons unde r which the
migmatite s fo rmed, and the type of prot oilth involved (e.g.,
pelite, greywacke, mafic, gran1te, or tonalite), glass com-
posit ions can be obta1ned from the literat ure with wh1ch
to define a "field of anatectiC melt." The compos1t1ons of
both nat ural melt (from leucosome ) and expenme ntal melt
are shown in Fig. 8 for compariso n. Any samples of leuco-
some, or d1atexite migmat1te. that lie 1n (or close to) the
expenmen tal melt field may be "initial" melts, and should
be fu rther Investigated us1ng the1r trace-elem ent (1.e.,
REE) contents; these samples could be useful in defin1ng
the trace-elem ent characten st1cs of the melt. The leuco-
some compos1tions from metatexit e migmatites derived
from mafic protoliths (Figs. 8a, b) plot closer to expen men-
tal glasses (W) that were generated by H,O-adde d partial
melting, than to the glasses (D) obtained from expen-
ments w1th no H 20 added. This may mean that melting 1n
these m1gmat1tes was 1n fact H20-fluxed. Leucosom e com-
positions from the Quetico (Ontario) m1gmatite terrane
(Figs. 8c, d) partially overlap the compositional field for
expenmen tal glasses generated from dehydrati on melt1ng
(i.e., w1thout H,O added). Fo r samples of diatex1te m1g-
mat1tes (F1gs. 8e-j), the appropna te experimen tal glass
compositi ons from partial melt 1ng w ithout H20 added
1nvanably co1ncide w1th those samples of d1atex1te w1th the
lowest MgO, (FeOT + MgO) and CaO contents, but w1th
h1gh K, 0 and Si02 contents, which from thew petrograp hic
charact eristics were essentially anatectic melt.
W 1th the trend between melt and protoilth compos1t1ons
established, the melt-depl eted or residual rocks (e.g., mel-
anosome and some diatex1te m1gmat1tes) are 1dent1fied
by their position along this trend on t he opposite s1de of
the protolith to t he melt (F1g. 8). However, F1g. 8 shows
that the compositi onal fie ld of t he prot olith is much larger
than the compos1t1onal field of the "in1t1al" anatectic melts
(i.e., excluding leucosom e that is t he prod uct of fract1onal
crystallization) 1n most m1gmat1te terranes; consequently,
the compositi onal field of the res1dual rocks IS large r still.
Neverthel ess, assum1ng a representa tive sampling of mel-
anosome, 1t could be argued that a t1e line from the densest
cluster of melanoso me samples to the melt compos1t1on
should pass through the most abundant composit1on of

tion of general sets of samples

Fig. 8. Examples of plots of compatible versus incompati ble elements used in the interpreta
migmatites from the Grenville Front
from migmatite terranes. (a) (FeOT + MgO) versus SiO! and (b) CaO versus iO z for
n of hornblend e and the for-
near Ch ibougamau, Quebec; anatexis at T 800-850°C, P 8- 10 kbar, involving the breakdow
SiO z and (d) (CaO + azO) versus
mation of a tonalitic melt with clinopyroxene and garnet. (c) (FeOT + MgO) versus
anatcxi> at T 700-800° C, P 3-4 kbar, involving the brea k-
Si0 2 for migmatites from the Q uetico Subprov ince, Ontario;
Note that some am pies of di atexitc plor in the
down of biotite and sillimani te and the formation of melt plus cordieritc.
fields, and that the palcosomc (resister) lith-
protolith field, whereas others lie between the protolith and anatectic melt
and ([) (CaO + Nap) versus Kp
ologies have compositions t hat fall outside the protolith field. (e) MgO versus Kp
P 5-7 kbar, principally via the H 10-
fo r migmatites from the Opatica Subprov ince, O ntario: anatexis at T 750-800° C,
versus K!O for migmatites from
prcsenr melting of quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar. (g) MgO versus K20 and (h) CaO
the Ashuanip i Subprov ince, Q uebec: anatexis at T 825-875°C , P 6-7 kbar, through biotite
+ quart: + plagiocla>c = melt +
the melt had composit ions of about
orthopyroxene + ilmenite or magnetite . The plagioclase that initially crystallized from
melt and is approxima tely A n 10 . Many samples plot a long
A n 10, whereas the last plagioclase crystalli zed from more evolved
however, that trend also coincides
the trend of melt + residuum (composed of pl agioclase + orthopyroxene). On this plot,
with the accumu lations of plagioclase cry tallizcd from the anatectic melt. (i) (FcOT
+ MgO) versus Kp and (j) CaO
involving the breakdown of mus-
versus SiO! for migmati tes from Saint-Malo, France; anatex is at a T of 750°C, P 4- 7 kbar,
arc explained on the figures)
cm•ite, a nd with biotite genera lly stable. \XIhole-rock data arc shown as points (the symbols
), which arc located at the tips
and arc combined wit h mi neral composit ions (determi ned by electron-microprobe analysi
to the resid uum and a re drawn
of the arrow (sec text for further explanatio n). Solid arrows pertain to minerals belonging
The dotted arrows indicate the composition of the miner-
radiating out from a representative composit ion of the protolith.
from a representa tive in iti al compositio n of the anatectic
als that crystallize d from the anatectic melt, and they arc drawn
, protolith , residuum, plagioclase accu-
melt. The positions of anatect ic melt (al so marked AM where space is restricted)
trend for melts contamin ated with
mulations, and fractionat ed melts arc labeled on the diagrams. Labeled arrows: CA M,
residuu m; A P, trend for plagioclase accumulat ion; FM, trend for fractionat ed melts.
0 represents glass compositions from
xcd experiments.
dehydratio n-melting experimen ts, and \XI represents glass composition from HzO-flu
 A ri a., o f MJgmatitc"
--------- --------- --------- ---- 45

25

..
e Melanosome
TT Metatexite migmatites
0 In situ leucosome
25 Grenville Front
() Neosome T
unsegregated 20 mafic protolith
~

~
0 T Palaeosome
20
~ • Leucocratic vem
~15
0 + Protohth <ft. trend for melt
~ 15 X Experiment glass "'+-+
~ contaminated
...1-j!;;;,.,_~protolith restdual jwith residuum
+
t- trend for anatectic
010
(I] () PI An4o; __ D
~ 10 melt contaminated 0
u... Metatexite migmatites to garnet ~-~X W
. . . . .cf.:.c:_xe.._
' · by residuum melt-product ~ ........::···.....(A
5
Grenville Front
mafic protolith
ox>xx··.Q;> 0 5 PI An30 j ,.
···.X anatectic
trend for accumulation
a W • melts
b of plagioclase
anatectic
melts
0 0
40 50 60 70 80 40 50 60 70 80
Si02 (wt %) Si02 (wt %)
25 8
to melt-product
Metatexite migmatites
to • 7 \ ...... plagioclase An20
Grt Quetico subprovince
20 residuum pelitic protolith ·o accumulation
~
0
0 ~
6
•• +
0
c8~ 0
\ ...of plagioclase

~ 15 I 5
o ~ ..~·Ar:,r><··..........
0 0
Ol
:a N
(I] 4 ~
........
+ 10
z ./ X 0 to
t- + ./ X
0 0(I]
3 #..· X X Qtz
<1>
u... 0
2 to • ++
to K-feldspar
X
X
5 Crd
+ Metatexite migmatites
FM Quetico subprovince
d pelitic protolith
0 0
55 60 65 70 75 80 55 60 65 70 75 80
Si02 (wt %) Si02 (wt %)

1.7 11
Diatexite migmatites loBI D Diatex1te, melt-rich to
• D1atex1te, Diatexite migmatites
Opatica subprovince 10
res1duum-nch Opatica subprovince
leucotonalite
~ D1atex1te leucotonalite protolith
protolith () Patch metatexite 9
~
0
• Anatectic granite
j 8
~ I X ~ loB~
0
N 7
(I]
0 z
~ ti+~otolith
Ol
:a +
6
residuu$ X 0(I]
~
......
~
n.~-CAM
/
___rj,
/
fractionated melts
+
• 0
5
() ·-·t:Jo ...o/" • •
to Qtz ~ ~ ············' ·0.··············•····*·····~-
8 ~ P_!... ··· ····· ............ ··· x~~:~d~c • •• ~rs
4
.·
Xx ~--
f fractionated melts·.,
toQtz X
0 3
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 4 5 6 7
K20 (wt %) K20 (wt %)
 INTRO DUCT I O N
46
7
6 res1dual PI An33
toOpx ~ Diatex ite migmatites

5
Diatexite migmatites
Ashuanipi subprovince
6 Ashuanipi subprovince
psammitic protolith
•
• • psammitic protolith
5
4 ~

0~
~
0
residuum
~ Undifferentiated 4
I
diatexite 1
3 ~~ + Anatectic granite
~ 3
~
0
Ol ~7)1t....rf#A~~ u
:::!!
2 • Ia ~~~ "
CA~ !41
4j to 8t 2
e

0
0
9 "~-~--~~~1'"
~~~--~--~~~~~~-
2 3 4 5
-~--~
6 7 8
0
0
h
2 3 4
K20 (wt %)
5 6 7 8
K20 (wt %)

Diatexi te migmatites
to Diatexite migmatites
20 8t
St. Malo St. Malo
pelitic protolith • pelitic protolith
0 Undifferentiated 2
<F. 15 diatexite ~
0

I + Anatectic
I
granite
0
Ol
to Crd 0
C1l
:::!! 10 u
+
1-
0 +
C1>
u..
5 toQtz 0 .~0
•
~ El ~
& Pt
AP 0 0 0
.. .........t@. ....Q .....0.
AM)('P~ +X .. ... .O• FM •• •
Kfs
0~...... .........
--~ 0
0 ~--~--~--~--~~~~~~ 40 50 60 70 80
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Si02 (wt %)
K20 (wt %)
Fig. 8

melt-
t1on of However, the residuum trend for b10t1te dehydrat1on
protoli th for the m1gmat1te terrane. The onenta yroxen e,
trend IS contro lled by wh1ch m1nera ls Ing must lie 1n the direct1on of e1ther the orthop
the melt-res1duum , and
residuu m, and this is a functio n of cordie rite, or garnet vect ors, plus plag1oclase. quartz
are abundant in the le, the res1du um
re- K-feldspar, 1f they are presen t. For examp
both the compos1t 1on of the protoli th and the pressu e ± b1otite ±
part1al melt1n g took place. compos1t1ons (plag1o clase + orthop yroxen
tempe rature cond1t 1ons at wh1ch the Ashuan 1p1
quartz ) for the granulite-faci es m1gma tites 1n
pro-
A set of vector s (solid arrows ) can be drawn for each plagio-
these vector s Subprovince lie betwe en the orthop yroxen e and
tolith compos1tion to each res1dual mineral; e-nch res1dua
d from clase vector s on Figs. Bg and h. Orthop yroxen
should contain the residuum compos1t1on denve and
For the sake of clanty, Fig. 8 only shows the can comm only be dist1ngu1shed from cord1ente-
that protol ith.
res1dua l m1nera ls from one typ1cal proto- garnet-nch ones.
vector s to the
mineral
lith composition. The t1p of the arrow rests on the If the proto lith field IS well defined, 1n addit1on to
the posi-
1t1on is not at the arrow
compos1t1on; 1fthe m1neral compos relative to the protol ith,
labeled tion of the res1duum and melt
(e.g.. 1t lies off the plot), however, then the arrow 1s ied,
then open- or closed -system behav1 or can be identif
d from a
"to." The melanocratic parts of the m1gmatite denve and this 1s part1cularly useful 1n 1nterpret1ng the proces
ses
deplet ed in
metamafic protol1th shown in F1gs. Sa and b are (e.g., the
that occurr ed 1n m1gmat1tes. Samples of neosome
relat1ve
plagioclase, but are enriched 1n garnet and diops1de patch
unsegregated neosome on F1gs. Sa and b, and the
to the protoli th, wh1ch
the
IS consis
Sa1nt-M
tent
alo
with
m1gma
a res1dua
t1tes 1s
l ong1n.
elonga te metate xlte on Figs. Be and n
that plot Within the field of
The protol ith field for t he1r respective protoli ths may have formed 1n a closed sys-
y along the musco vite vector . but
1n a directi on approximatel should
b1ot1te tem, and are most probably generated in sttu, which
the samples of res1duum from Sa1nt-Malo fol low the at the time of sampli ng.
break- be determ1ned by field observation
trend (F1gs. 81, J), because anatex1s resulte d from the e
Be and (defin
m1nera l. In contra st. the d1atexite m1gmatites in Figs.
down of muscov1te, and b1ot1te remained a stable
 Atl.t.., of ~ltgmatttc"
--------- --------- --------- ----47

a field that 1s far larger than that of the proto lith, a feature cases, leucosome (e.g.. Figs. 8d 0 and d1atex1te m1gmat1tes
that may 1nd1cate open-system behav1or. In part1cular. some (Figs. 8g j) have compos1t1ons cons1stent w1th crystalliza-
of the d1atexite samples plot outside the protolith and In, t ion from a fract1onated melt. Figure 8 shows that most of
or close. to t he field of anatectic melt, whereas others the small leucocrat1c ve1ns or dikes and small bodies of ana-
plot beyond the protollth on the s1de oppos1te that of the tectic gran1te that are a common. although not necessarily
anatectiC melt; these two groups of d1atex1te samples are abundant. component of m1gmat1te terranes, have com-
interpreted to have gained melt (i.e.. they are melt-rich dia- positions indicating that they crystallized from an evolved
texlt es) and to have lost melt (i.e .. they are residuum-nch anatectiC melt.
diatex1tes). respect1vely. In contrast. the patch metatex-
ltes and some of the d1atexite m1gmat1tes from the same
migmatite terrane (Figs. Be, 0 plot within the protolith
field and can, therefore. be Interpreted to have ne1ther
lost. nor ga1ned, anatectiC melt. 1.e., to have formed 1n a
7.
closed system. M IG MAT ITE-LIK E ROCKS
The pos1t1on of m1gmat1te samples relat1ve to the res1duum. M1gmat1tes are produced by part1al meltmg, and th1s IS why
protollth. and melt fields has also been used to 1dent1fy they have complex structures and striking appearances. The
samples Infiltrated (Sawyer et al. 1999) or ve1ned (Guern1na anatectic melt has a lower viscosity t han nonmelted rock,
and Sawyer 2003) by leucocratic melt. A position to and th1s enables the melt to segregate from 1ts res1duum
the K"O-ennched s1de of the melt protolith t1e-line could and to collect 1n low-pressure s1tes dunng deformation. Th1s
1ndicate that the InJected melt was a fract1onated one. separat1on creates the light-colored (leucosome) and dark-
colored (residuum) parts of migmatites. The differences
The vanous processes such as contamination and frac-
in the fraction of melt from place to place 1n a migmat1te
tional crystallization that affect the anatectiC melt can also
results 1n a w1de range in rock strength (or competency).
be investigated on these diagrams. Some trends or vectors
Consequently, m1gmat ites deform heterogeneously and
useful in Identifying processes are shown as dotted arrows
develop complex morphologies. as shown in the Illus-
emanat1ng from a s1ngle "typ1cal" 1n1t1al compos1tion of ana-
trations of th1s book. The presence of the segregated
tectic melt in F1g. 8; 1t should not be forgotten that s1milar
leucocratiC doma1ns 1n the darker. more mafic-lookmg host
vectors apply for all the compos1t1ons of anatectic melt.
accounts for the etymolog1cal root of migmat 1te, mean1ng
Using the melt-protolith res1duum tie-line as a reference.
"mixed rock."
melt-denved rocks, such as diatex1te migmat1tes and leuco-
some, that have become contaminated by the res1duum. or However. there are processes other than part1al melt1ng
perhaps by part1cular residual phases, can be distingu1shed that can produce rocks that have light-colored patches. lay-
by a trend (CAM) toward the res1duum. e.g.. in Figs. 8a. b. ers, and ve1ns 1n a darker host and complex morpholog1es.
and g. One 1S subsolidus segregat1on 1n wh1ch the mobile (gener-
ally fels1c) components are separated from the less mobile
Plag1oclase 1s one of the first m1nerals to crystal lize abun-
(generally mafic) ones in a rock, and another is the 1nject1on
dantly from a gran1t1c magma. and Fig. 8 conta1ns a vector
of ve1ns of fels1c magma into a host of another composi-
from the compos1t1on of a representative melt to the pla-
tion. as occurs 1n syntectonic plutons and ve1n complexes.
gioclase that crystallized from 1t. Samples that lie along th1s
Unfortunately. some 1nvest1gators have focused only on the
trend (AP) may represent accumulat 1ons of plag1oclase.
"mixed rock" aspect of light-colored ve1ns in a darker host
Note that the plag1oclase 1n the res1duum and the cumu-
when call1ng thew rocks m1gmat1tes rather than cons1der
late plag1oclase 1n the melt-denved rocks do not. generally.
the other requ1rements, that m1gmat1tes are produced by
have the same compos1t1on. Many of the doma1ns of leu-
part1al melting and are. therefore, found (only) in medium-
cosome (Fig. 8d, but see also F1gs. 5 and 6) and d1atexite
and h1gh-grade metamorphic areas. Consequently, some
migmatites (F1gs. 8g j) 1n migmat1te terranes are accumula-
rocks have been called m1gmat1te that are not. Therefore.
tions of plag1oclase that crystallized from the anatectiC melt.
as an a1d to the 1dent1ficat1on of migmatites. some of the
If the plagioclase that crystallized first IS separated, then
rocks that are commonly m1staken for migmat1tes and
the remain1ng melt has a more evolved. or fractionated,
some cnteria by wh1ch they can be d1st1ngu1shed from m1g-
bulk composition relat1ve to that of the 1n1tial melt. Rocks
mat1tes. are descnbed 1n th1s sect1on. Examples of rocks
that crystallized from evolved melts are typ1cally ennched
that can be mistaken for m1gmat1tes are illustrated in sec-
in K-feldspar and quartz. and lie along a fractionated melt
tion G of the book.
trend (FM) that lies between these two m1nerals. In some
 INTROD UCTION
48 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- -

7.1 Rocks formed by

subsolidus segregation
Metam orphic differe ntiatio n IS the general term, not
speofic to any grade of metamo rphism. used to describe
the moveme nt of matenal 1n a rock dunng metamo rphism;
the process, or process es, whereb y the materia l is mobi-
lized 1s not spec1fied . For Holmqu1st (1920) and Eskola
(1932). metamo rphic differentiation was accomplished
by the move ment of anatectiC me lt 1n h1gh-grade rocks,
wherea s Turner (1941) argued that 1n low-grade chlo-
rite schists, it was achieved by the movem ent of material
through an 1ntergranular pore-flu id. Subsol idus segreg a-
tion , or subsoli dus differe ntiatio n. refers specifically to
the movem ent o f material in met amorph ic rocks by pro-
cesses not 1nvolv1ng a part1al melt.
Many investigators (e.g.. Eskola 1939, Turner 1941. Ramber g
1952, Williams 1972. Rob1n 1979) have noted t he close
assooat1on in low-gra de metamo rphic rocks of light-
colored , quartz-n ch segregat1ons w1th dark-colored. mica-
rich bands. Virtually all investigators show that planar
subsolidus segrega tions grew dunng penods of penetra tive
deforma tion (e.g.. Barr 1985; Mclellan 1983. 1984. 1989;
Sawyer and Robin 1986). wh1ch suggests that they result
from a stress-d nven phenom enon.
7.2 Models for the process
of subsolidus segregation
There have been many 1nvestlgat1ons (e.g.. Stromga rd 1973;
Rutter 1976; Rob1n 1978. 1979; Fletcher 1982; van der
Molen 1985; Wheele r 1987 ) of stress-Induced chem1ca l
transfer that address the mechan1sm of subsolidus segrega-
tion 1n rocks. Some investigators cons1der gra1n aggregates
of one m1neral speoes, wherea s others cons1der layers of
different compos1t1ons.
In an aggregate of grains subject to a d1fferent1al stress.
these d1fferences 1n stress exist along grain interfaces
because of the vanat1on 1n the onentat1 on of the gra1n
bounda nes relat1ve to the pnncipal directio n of compre s-
sive stress. Such vanation establishes chem1cal potent1al
grad1ents that dnve the "d1ssolut1on" of "soluble" matenal
from the po1nts of highest stress. and its movem ent to the
low-stress Interfaces. where 1t "prec1p1tates" and leads to
the growth of a new mineral or m1nerals. In polym1neralic
rocks. quartz, the feldspars. and carbona te are generally
more susceptible to stress-In duced chemiCal transfer, and
hence are more "mobile" or "soluble," than the micas.
amphiboles, and accesso ry phases. wh1ch are regarde d
as "1nsoluble."
Rob1n (1979) develop ed a model for subsolidus segrega-
tion bet ween layers of d1fferent rat1o of mica to quartz,
•
and hence of different compet ency or viscos1ty. The model
IS equ1valent to a sequenc e containing beds of differ-
ent modal m1neralogy. Dunng deformation. differences 1n
mean stresses betwee n layers set up gradien ts 1n chemical
potent1al, wh1ch drive the movem ent of the more "mobile"
matenal (quartz and feldspar) to the most compet ent lay-
ers (richest in strong minerals, e.g.. quartz and fe ldspar). 1n
a process that accentu ates the 1n1t1al contras ts 1n compe- •
tency inhente d from sedimen tary depositi on (Sawye r and
Rob1n 1986).
The gram and the layer models show that a driv1ng force for
d1ssolut1on and movem ent of matenal ex1sts 1f the gra1ns
are subject to differential stress, but there are different
mechan1sms of transpo rt by wh1ch the "mobile" matenal
can move from s1tes of h1gh to low stress (Walthe r and
Wood 1983). From slowest to fastest, these are ( I) diffu-
Sion through m1neral grains, (2) diffus1on along dry gra1n
boundar ies. (3) d1ffus1on through a flu1d film along a gra1n
boundary, (4) solut1on 1n, and diffus1on through , a stat1c
pore-flu1d, and (5) solut1on 1nto an 1ntergranular pore-fluid
that IS advecting.
Models have also been develop ed for the formatio n of
subsolidus segregations under cond1t1ons of hydrostatiC
stress (e.g.. Fisher 1973. 1978; joesten 1977) to describe
the diffusion -control led growth of reaction-rim microstruc-
tures and the growth of concret1ons. The dnv1ng forces
1n these 1sobanc and isothermal models are the chemical
potential gradients result1ng from small-scale vanat1ons 1n
the m1neral assemblages.
7.3 P-T conditions at which
subsolidus segregation occurs
Subsolidus segregations form at low metamo rphic grades
and are commo nly reporte d from metased imentar y rocks
1n greensch1st-fac1es metamo rphic terrane s (e.g.. Turner
1941, Vidale 1974, Sawyer and Rob1n 1986). The condi-
tions of maximum grade of metamo rphism at which they
form are well constra1ned 1n several reg1onal metamo r-
phic terrane s. The subsolidus segregations that g1ve nse to
stromatic, m1gmatite-like sch1sts 1n central Massachusetts
formed at tempera tures betwee n 550 and 625°C (Tracy
1985). In northea stern Scotland . the highest-grade subsoli-
dus segregations occur between the kyan1te and sillimanite
1sograds. which corresp onds to tempera tures betwee n
550 and 600°C and a pressur e of 6 kbar (Mclellan 1989);
Barr (1985) est1mated that the tempera tures were a lit
tie h1gher. 580-64 0°C. but still subsolidus. In the Quetico
Subprovince of Canada, the h1ghest-grade subsolidus segre-
gations formed 1n rocks that reached tempera tures close to

• 650°C and pressures of 3-4 kbar (Sawyer and Rob1n 1986).
very close to where the first scattered, anatectic neosome
starts to appear 1n metapelitic rocks. Blom ( 1988) studied
amphibolite- and granulite-fac1es rocks 1n F1nland. and found
that the processes of subsolidus segregation operated only
1n the amphibolite-fac1es part of the reg1on's metamorphic
history, between 500 and 640°C (at about 5 kbar); above
the amphibolite fac1es. they were simply heated up to about
800°C w1thout any further growth.
The max1mum temperatures at wh1ch subsolidus seg-
regations formed by diffusion-controlled processes in
a hydrostatic stress reg1me are not as well constra1ned.
Trumbull ( 1988) reported that small. equant, subsolidus
segregat1ons 1n b1ot1te and b1ot1te + hornblende gne1sses
formed at a temperature between 600 and 700°C. L1ndh
et al. (1984) reported temperatures of 550-600°C for
almost identical. equant, diffusion-controlled segregations.
7.4 The relationship between
subsolidus segregation
and migmatites
All the data presently ava1lable 1ndicate that stress-dnven
subsolidus segregations grow 1n the low- and med1um-grade
parts of metamorphic terranes, and not in the h1gh-grade
parts. Therefore, rocks formed by stress-driven subsolidus
segregat1on do not fall w1thin Ashworth's (1985) defin1t1on
of m1gmat1te, and because they are not formed by partial
melt1ng, they do not fall w1th1n the defin1t1on of m1gmat1te
proposed 1n th1s book; consequently, they are not consid-
ered to be m1gmat1tes.
Subsolidus segregations cons1st1ng of quartz-nch veins and
pods surrounded by melanocrat1c selvedges (see next
sect1on for a fuller descnption) may be found 1n many mlg-
matite terranes. What then is the relationship between the
process of subsolidus segregat1on and m1gmat1tes? Blom
( 1988) suggested that subsolidus segregations are not
expected 1n m1gmat1tes and should, therefore, be regarded
as part of the pre-anatectic history of the rock, i.e., they are
part of the paleosome. Why should subsolidus segregations
seem to stop growing when stress gradients still ex1st? An
analogy with deformation-mechan1sm maps may prov1de an
1ns1ght. Space on the maps (e.g., Ashby 1972, Po1ner 1985)
IS d1v1ded on the bas1s of the fastest, that 1s, dominant, but
not exclus1ve, mechan1sm of deformation, because it con-
trols the rate at wh1ch bulk deformat1on can proceed. For
processes occurring 1n high-grade metamorphic rocks. the
1mportant parameter may be rate of transport; 1t controls
the rate of petrolog1cal change. Once part1al melt1ng beg1ns,
the melt offers by far the fastest rate of transport by which
petrologiCal changes can be accomplished, because diffu -
sion 1n a melt 1s faster than 1n a solid. Moreover, melt is
Atl.h of ~1•gmatite'
----------- ----------- --------- 49
eas1ly advected. The process of subsolidus segregat1on
may not cease, but it IS simply too slow to contribute to
the petrological changes that occur once melt1ng starts.
Poss1bly. subsolidus segregat1on could occur 1n those layers
not undergo1ng part1al melt1ng, but if these layers become
fiUid-absent because of melting nearby, then transport 1n
them will be greatly 1nhib1ted, and only short-range diffu-
sion-induced segregat1on of the type described by Fisher
(1973. 1978) and Trumbull (1988) may operate, produong
small. scattered leucocrat1c patches called flecks.
Because the process of subsolidus segregation separates the
"mobile" quartz and feldspar from the "1mmobile" m1cas, 1t
can produce rocks that resemble m1gmat1tes. Furthermore,
s1nce subsol1dus segregations that formed at lower meta-
morphic grades are commonly preserved 1n the paleosome
parts of migmatites, 1t is clearly desirable that subsolidus
segregations be distinguished from neosome 1n m1gma-
tite. In the next sect1on, I outline the pnnc1pal features of
subsolidus segregations that enable th1s to be done.
7.5 Small.. scale features of
subsolidus segregations
The mineralogical, microstructural. and morpholog1cal char-
acteristics of subsolidus segregations are best known for
those developed from metapelitic and metagreywacke pro-
toliths. Consequently. these will serve as the type example.
The constituent parts
Two bas1c types of 1nternal structure have been described
for subsolidus segregations developed 1n metapelite and
metagreywacke protoliths. The most common type IS
formed by stress-1nduced chem1cal transfer; they are th1n.
laterally extens1ve, h1gh-aspect-ratio segregations. They
have an 1nner leucocratic part that is bordered by an
outer melanocratic nm, beyond wh1ch IS the country rock
(Mclellan 1983, 1989; Sawyer and Rob1n 1986; Blom 1988).
In most cases, the central, leucocrat1c part IS compara-
tively homogeneous and dom1nated by quartz, but others
are compositionally zoned (typically a quartz-rich core and
a more feldspathic outer part) ow1ng to the accret1on of
successive Increments of d1fferent composition dur·ng pro-
grade metamorphism. The dark-colored borders, called
melanocrat1c selvedges, are rarely un1form; typ1cally, there
IS a progressive decrease in the proportion of quartz and
plag1oclase that produces a progress1ve darken1ng toward
the leucocrat1c core. The second type 1s much rarer and
IS formed without differential stresses. These diffusion-
controlled subsolidus segregations are typ1cally small (<20 mm)
and pod-shaped; they have a melanocrat1c core surrounded
by a leucocrat1c mantle, w1th the envelop1ng country- rock
beyond that (Lindh et al. 1984, Trumbull 1988).
 INTRODUC TION
50 ------------------------------
The rat1o of leucocrat1c to melanocrat1c parts 1n the stress-
Induced segregat1ons 1s a funct1on of volume fraction of
"mobile" m1nerals. A protolith with more quartz and feld-
spar will have a greater ratio of leucocrat1c to melanocrat1c
parts in the segregation than a protolith with a smaller vol-
ume fraction of "mobile" m1nerals. For diffus1on-controlled
segregations formed under hydrostatic conditions. the
ratio is fixed by the overall reaction (e.g.. Lindh et al. 1984,
Trumbull 1988).
Mineralogy of subsolidus segregation
Ve1ns formed by subsolidus segregat1on 1n the lowest-
grade clastiC metasedimentary rocks cons1st almost entirely
of quartz. but the plagioclase to quartz rat1o 1n the vems
increases systematically w1th metamorphic grade from the
lower greenschist to the m1ddle amphibolite fac1es (V1dale
1974, Sawyer and Robin 1986). Furthermore. Sawyer and
Rob1n ( 1986) noted an increase 1n the plag1oclase to quartz
ratio 1n success1ve increments of matenal added to Indi-
vidual segregations as they grew dunng conditions of ris1ng
metamorphic temperature. The changing plagioclase to
quartz ratio might be due to the depletion of quartz near
the segregation, which increases the transport distance
of quartz and so reduces its effect1ve "mobility." or to an
1ncrease in the solubility of plagioclase faster than that of
quartz as metamorphic temperature nses.
Most 1nvest1gators have found the same m1neral paragen-
eses 1n each part of the segregation as 1n the protolith;
the modal proportions d1ffer greatly, however. In general.
there 1s very little vanat1on in the composit1on of minerals
from the vanous parts of the segregat1on and the adJacent
protolith. Th1s property contrasts with part1al melting,
where melanosome and leucosome 1n m1gmat1tes com-
monly have different assemblages of m1nerals. In the
majority of subsolidus segregations. the leucocratic parts
conta1n mostly quartz + plagioclase, some cons1st of quartz
+ K-feldspar; consequently, they tend to plot far from the
cotect1c l1nes 1n the system Ab An Or Qtz H.O on
CIPW norm d1agrams. The melanocratiC borders are char-
acterized by an ennchment of "msoluble" m1nerals. typ1cally
b1ot1te and the accessory m1nerals. relat1ve to the protohth.
Garnet. staurolite, hornblende. magnet1te, andalus1te. kya-
nJte. and sillimamte also may occur 1n the mafic selvedges.
Orthopyroxene has not been reported from subsolidus
segregations.
D1fferent assemblages of m1nerals can develop 1n the leuco-
cratlc and melanocratic parts of the subsolidus segregat1ons
1f the melanocratic part becomes depleted 1n one of the
"mobile" minerals, generally quartz. Different assemblages
can also develop if a metamorphic dehydration-type reac-
tion occurs as the segregation grows and the "1mmob1le"
phases produced rema1n 1n the melanocrat1c part. but the
"mob1le" phase produced appears 1n the part that IS leuco-
cratic. Curiously, all the reported cases (L1ndh et al. 1984,
Sawyer and Rob1n 1986, Trumbull 1988) seem to 1nvolve
the same basic reaction: Fe-nch b10t1te == magnetite +
K-feldspar + fluid, although 1n some cases. hornblende also
is a product phase.
Results from mass-balance studies, whether based on
modal analyses or on whole-rock compositions, show that
subsolidus segregations generally form m s1tu by an essen-
tially 1sochemical process (Sawyer and Rob1n 1986, Sawyer
and Barnes 1988, Mcl ellan 1989, Blom 1988, Trumbull
1988). Relat1ve to the protolith. the melanocrat1c selvedge
represents the in Situ res1due of 1nsoluble or 1mmob11e
matenal from which the soluble or mobile components
that compnse the leucocrat1c part were extracted.
Microstructure
The leucocratic parts are coarser gra1ned than the
melanocratic domains, and they are coarser than the pro-
tolith, unless reduced by later mylonitization or cataclasis.
Although the leucocrat1c parts are coarse-gra1ned, their
microstructure IS metamorphic and dominated by equant
grams; they do not conta1n pegmat1te. or other 1gneous
textures and microstructures (Mclellan 1983). Minerals
1n the melanocrat1c selvedges generally have a strong pre-
ferred onentat1on; quartz and plag1oclase have tabular
shapes controlled by the preferred onentat1on of the more
abundant b1otlte. The overall microstructure IS, therefore,
lepidoblast1c or nematoblastic. and IS progressively more
strongly developed toward the melanocrat1c part of the
segregat1on, 1.e., w1th progress1ve loss of mobile mmerals
(mostly quartz) .
7.6 Outcrop ..scale morphology
The morphology of subsolidus segregat1ons is cont rolled by
the1r bulk rheology. which rema1ns that of solid rock. Th1s
represents the major difference bet ween rocks formed
by subsolidus segregation and m1gmat1tes. Structures due
to magmat1c flow thus do not develop. and older struc-
tures are w1dely preserved. Furthermore, because of their
quartz-nch m1neralogy. the leucocrat1c parts of subsoli-
dus segregations are the most competent part of the rock;
consequently, they commonly become boud1naged dunng
growth, 1n contrast to the leucosome 1n m1gmat1tes.
Stromatic, or laye red, subsolidus segregations are
charactenzed by th1n (mm em wide) but laterally exten -
sive segregations (meters or more) located 1n the plane of
mechanical anisotropy 1n the host, e1ther the foliation planes
or the compositional layering (see Figs. G I and G2) . The

segregat1ons compnse of two parts: a quartz-nch, ve1nlike
core and an outer melanocratic border. The segregations
are concordant to host-rock foliat1on or bedding, and not
discordant (Yardley 1978; Barr 1985; Mclellan 1983, 1984;
Sawyer and Barnes 1988). S1ngle-layer segregat1ons are
common, but the most strik1ng layered structure devel-
ops when numerous th1n, parallel segregat ions develop
1n protoliths that e1ther were orig1nally thinly bedded or
else conta1n a closely spaced cleavage or fol1at1on. Layered
subsolidus segregat1ons generally do not form 1n th1ck
sequences of homogeneous rocks. The overall appearance
of the outcrops, therefore, depends on the distribut1on of
layers of a suitable protolith.
Dilatant structures, such as 1nterboud1n part1t1ons. can
be favorable places for subsolidus segregations to develop.
Typically, the "mobile" quartzofeldspathic constituents
m1grate to the interboudin part1t1on, leav1ng the "immobile"
m1nerals to form a melanocratlc border 1n the adJacent
wallrock. Hence, the leucocrat1c parts can be d1scordant
to the foliat1on 1n the host, but are quite short. The for-
mation of this type of segregat ion is analogous to pressure
shadows (Stri:imgard 1973). The appearance of outcrops
conta1n1ng subsohdus segregat1ons and of metatex1te m1g-
mat1tes 1n wh1ch leucosome IS located in dilatant structures
can be s1milar; they can be d1st1ngu1shed by differences in
the microstructure and mineral assemblages.
Fleck structures are small, round subsolidus segrega-
tions (F1gs. G3, G4) that commonly have a melanocratic
core surrounded by a leucocrat1c nm, or mantle (L1ndh et
al. 1984, Trumbull 1988). Trumbull (1988) suggested that
flecks only develop 1n protoliths of certain bulk composi-
tions (notably K-ennched), and are randomly distributed 1n
the1r host. Thew locat1on 1s not d1rectly controlled by planes
of mechanical an1sotropy, such as fol1at1on. The equant
shape of the flecks and the lack of a penetrative fol1ation in
some hosts suggested to L1ndh et al. (1984) that the fleck
structure IS an example of diffus1on-controlled subsol1dus
segregation formed 1n the absence of differential stress;
hence, they resemble patch-type m1gmatites. Past use of
the term fleck has been reserved for segregations of sub-
solidus orig1n; this practice should be continued.
7.7 Rocks formed in syntectonic
plutons and plutonic complexes
The InJeCtion of one magma 1nto another of d1fferent com-
position can produce a wide variety of magma-mingling and
magma-m1xing structures that have been reported from
a large number of pluton1c complexes (e.g., Mason 1985,
Barbarin 1988). Some of these rocks can be m1staken for
Atl<.1.., of M1gmar1tc~
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 51
diatex1te m1gmat1tes 1f the lobate and cuspate boundanes
to the enclaves are not found; commonly, they may be lost
as a result of high stra1n. The inJeCtiOn of one magma 1nto
another of different composition that has already crystal-
lized sufficiently (but not completely) that 1t will fracture
dunng Intrusion of the second can produce net-ve1n arrays
(e.g., Morogan and S0rensen 1994) that may resemble
some net-structured metatexite m1gmat1tes.
The w1dest range of m1gmat1te-like 1gneous rocks are
found where magmas of fels1c or intermediate compo-
Sition were either InJected into, or crystallized in, places
of act1ve penetrative deformation. These correspond to
reg1mes of syntectonic emplacement and syntectonic crys-
tallization of magma. The s1m1lanty 1n appearance between
1gneous rocks produced under these circumstances and
migmatites is not surpnsing. A crystall1z1ng pluton IS a two-
phase system (melt + solid) like a m1gmat1te, and the melt
fract1on can separate from the solid 1f there IS an applied
stress. Once the magma has crystallized sufficiently
(M < 0.4) that a ng1d skeleton of crystals is formed, sub-
sequent deformation of the magma produces structures
(see Figs. G5-G8) that resemble those that develop where
partially melted rocks are deformed dunng anatex1s (e.g.,
Fig. 2). The po1nt at wh1ch a ng1d framework of crystals
is formed as magma crystallizes IS referred to as the ngid
percolation threshold (RPT) by Vigneresse et al. (1996). In
m1gmat1tes, the part1cular geometry and morphology of
the leucosome are controlled by the planar an1sotropy of
the protolith and the paleosome, wh1ch may be of pnmary
(e.g., bedd1ng) or tectonic orig1n, and by stra1n. The loca-
tion of fels1c ve1ns in syntectonic plutons is also controlled
by the anisotropy of the host and stra1n, but in th1s case.
the an1sotropy is generally a foliat1on acqu1red by sheanng
in the submagmatic state.
Syntectonic injection of magma
Subparallel bands of l1ghter- and darker-colored rocks that
resemble stromatiC m1gmat1tes can form where magmas of
different compos1t1ons are 1njected 1nto zones of h1gh shear
stra1n in plutons. Neves and Vauchez ( 1995) reported that a
stromatic-like alternation of rocks of different compos1t1ons
and microstructures developed only where a synmagmat1c
shear zone traverses the plutomc complex they studied 1n
Braz1l. They attnbuted the stromatiC layenng to the attenu-
ation and disruption of successive, compositionally d1fferent
batches of magma as they were 1ntruded into the shear
zone.
Rocks that resemble stromatiC m1gmat1tes can also form by
the repeated dik1ng of a partially crystallized, darker mag-
matiC host-rock by a more felsic magma during noncoax1al
 INTROD U C TI O N
51 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -
deformat1on (see F1gs. G9 and GIO). Sheanng 1n the mag-
matic and submagmatic states orients the platy and tabular
mmerals 1n the darker magma. and th1s fabnc can then
control the onentat1on of subsequent dikes of the more
felsic magmas (e.g.. john and Stunitz 1997) to produce
compos1t1onally layered rocks that resemble stromatiC m1g-
mat1tes. In some examples, the fels1c magma is genetically
d1fferent from 1ts host. However. 1n others 1t IS the frac-
tionated. res1dual melt expelled from 1t s darker host by
shear-1nduced compaction of its crystal framework in the
submagmat1c state (Cuney et al. 1990, Pons et al. 1995).
If the shear zone rema1ned act1ve after complete crystalli-
zation, then the magmatiC and submagmat1c fabrics 1n the
darker host and the felsic dikes are overpnnted by solid-
state mylon1t1c fabncs. and all the felsic dikes show some
degree of rotation 1nto parallelism with the t rend of t he
shear zone. However, 1f the shear zone ceased to be act1ve
before complete crystall1zat1on occurred, then the darker
host and early light-colored felsic dikes preserve submag-
matlc fabncs. and the late d1kes cross-cut the earlier ones
and have more igneous microstructures (e.g., the Skagit
Gne1ss and rocks 1n the nearby Chelan area ofWash1ngton).
Babcock and M1sch (1989) showed a CIPW norm plot 1n
which the late. cross-cutting d1kes plot on the cotectic line,
whereas the lighter-colored. stromatiC layers plot nearby,
but are displaced slightly toward the albite apex. This rela-
tionship could be used to 1nfer that the lighter-colored
layers 1n the Skagit gne1ss are 1n fact magmatiC, and result
from the syntectonic crystallization of a magma that resem-
bled the late dikes from wh1ch a res1dual, evolved melt was
expelled after the RPT was reached, leav1ng behind light-
colored. plag1oclase-dom1nant fels1c dikes.
Syntecto nic crystallization of felsic
plutonic rocks
A vanety of nonstromatlc m1gmat1te-llke structures can
develop 1n compos1t1onally un1form gramtic plutons under-
going noncoaxial deformation during the final stages of
crystallization. For magmas of gran1t1c compos1tlon. most
crystall ization occurs over a relatively narrow Interval of
temperature. JUSt above the solidus. Consequently, the
fraction of melt decreases sharply near the solidus, and a
crystal framework containing the remaining melt in its inter-
stices forms (Bryon et al. 1994). At fract1ons of melt below
0.25, the crystal framework deforms, partly by crystal-
plastiC mechan1sms, and partly by fracture 1n response to
applied stresses. so that small (em-scale) dilatant structures
(shear bands. extens1on gashes. boudm) form in specific
onentat1ons relat1ve to the foliat1on and pnnopal stresses
(Pons et al. 1995, Sawyer 2000).
Fract1onated, res1dual melt that IS 1n the 1nterst1ces of the
crystal framework is forced out as poros1ty IS destroyed
and the crystal framework compacts. and m1grates 1nto
the dilatant low-pressure s1tes that are growmg nearby.
Hence. the segregation of residual melt can be an essen-
tially m Situ process. JUSt as tn many mtgmat1tes. The volume
of melt that ts segregated and forced to mtgrate out of the
framework of crystals by deformat1on must decrease as
crystallization progresses; therefore, the morphology of
the segregations of residual melt changes also. In the early
stages, when the local volume of res1dual melt that has
been squeezed out of the framework IS large, the domatns
of expelled melt closely resemble nebulites and diatexite
m1gmatltes (e.g., Figs. Gil Gl4). As the volume of restdual
melt declines. the orientation and morphology of the tndi-
vtdual structures that are filled wtth res1dual melt change
and are analogous t o some types of leucosome that form
tn metatexite mtgmat1tes at the beg1nntng of parttal melttng
(e.g.. Figs. G5 G8). If the melt-filled dtlatant sttes become
JOined, then the resulttng array of light-colored felsic vetns
can resemble the net and ddatant types of metatex-
ite migmatite. Locally. pooling of expelled restdual melt
may result tn the development of foliatton-parallel vetns
(Sawyer 2000).
7.8 Vein complexes
In some geologtcal settmgs. metasedimentary or plutonic
rocks have become vetned wtth felstc melts and magmas
denved from lower structural levels. These rocks can look
very much like some m1gmat1tes (Ftgs. G 15- G20), partiC-
ularly tf the lighter-colored, fels1c veins have narrow maf1c
selvedges, formed owtng to reactton of the wallrock wtth
the magma. or w1th an aqueous flutd evolved from 1t. and
are mistaken for melanosome. The felstc melts may be
denved by parttal melttng of much deeper rocks or by the
syntectontc expulsion of restdual melt from deeper crys-
tallizing plutons. However, because the felsiC melts and
magmas are not genet1cally related to their hosts, these
rocks do not meet the definttion of mtgmattte. Ustng the
same type of reason1ng as Brown (1973), these InJected
rocks should be called vein complexes. If the host rock was
a m1gmat1te, then the addttton of fels1c vetns or dikes would
make the term "vetned migmat1te" applicable.

7.9 Rocks formed in syntectonic
• plutonic and vein complexes
compared with migmatites
Similarities
Multiple injections of magma 1n syntectonic pluton1c com-
plexes can produce rocks with a number of m1gmat1te-like
charactenst1cs. (I) L1ght-colored ve1ns 1n a darker host can
resemble e1ther leucosome in a paleosome, or leucosome
and melanosome. (2) If the light-colored veins have mafic
selvedges formed by reaction with their wall rocks, then the
rocks could be m1staken for a migmat1te 1f these are Inter-
preted as leucosome and melanosome, respectively, and
the host rock IS treated as paleosome. (3) The alternation
of parallel and laterally pers1stent light and dark layers may
superficially resemble stromatic metatexite migmat ites.
(4) The attenuat1on of structures due to magma mingling
and the development of flow banding 1n zones of h1gh syn-
magmatic stra1n can resemble enclaves of paleosome. or
melanosome, 1n schlienc and schollen d1atex1te m1gmat1tes.
The segregation of fels1c res1dual melt by syntectonic defor-
mation at a late stage of pluton crystall1zat1on can be a local,
in Situ, process that generates 1solated. lighter-colored fels1c
ve1ns bordered by melt-deplet1on halos. or more extensive
arrays of linked light-colored fels1c ve1ns with1n a broader,
melt-depleted zone. Both are morphologiCally and geo-
metncally s1m1lar to leucosome located 1n dilatant and
net-structured metatexite m1gmatites.
Differences
The most obv1ous d1fference between the migmat1te-like
rocks from syntectonic plutons and true migmatites rests
w1th the genet1c relat1onsh1p between their const1tuent
parts. The defin1t1on of m1gmatite requ1res that there be
a genet1c connect1on through part1al melting. In metatex-
lte m1gmat1tes. the melanocrat1c rocks contain petrographic
ev1dence for a part1al-melt1ng react1on, and geochem1cal
and petrographic ev1dence to 1nd1cate that the leucosome
(or d1atexite migmatite) IS, or was, denved at least 1n part
from that anatectiC melt. In contrast, the darker-colored
rocks from m1gmat1te-like rocks 1n syntectonic pluton1c
complexes do not conta1n petrographic ev1dence for partial -
melting reactions, and although the light-colored. fels1c
rocks m1ght be genet1cally related to the darker rocks, 1t is
not through partial melting. In most cases, the fels1c rocks
have compositions that lie at the far end of the fractional
crystallization trend of the assooated darker-colored rocks,
compatible w1th an ong1n as expelled res1dual melt. not as
a part1al melt. In other cases of syntectonic diking, the light
and dark parts are related by magma m1x1ng; 1n some, they
are not genet1cally related at all.
Atl'" of ~hgmatlt~'
------------ ------------ --------- 5)
Complexes hav1ng mult1ple syntectonic dikes have some
additional characteristics that are unl1ke stromatiC migma-
tites. (I) Most of the fels1c ve1ns are not surrounded by
zones of melanocratic melt-depleted rocks, or they have
melt-deplet1on halos that are far too small to be compati-
ble w1th 1n Situ segregation of melt. (2) Many felsic ve1ns are,
1n detail, cross-cutting. (3) The typical width of stromatic
fels1c ve1ns 1S much greater than the w1dth of the leuco-
some doma1ns 1n stromat1c m1gmatites. (4) A s1gn1ficant
proportion of the fels1c ve1ns 1n most complexes have true
pegmat1t1c textures. whereas a true pegmatit1c texture 1s
rare 1n migmatite leucosome. (5) Overall, many migmatlte-
like complexes of syntecton1c dikes have a far h1gher rat1o of
fels1c ve1ns to darker host than most migmat1tes. Together;
these critena 1nd1cate an ong1n by dik1ng rather than m s1tu
melt1ng and segregation processes.
8.
WORKING W ITH MIGMATITES
The final sect1on of th1s book deals with the problems of
work1ng w1th and mapp1ng m1gmat1tes, and these are
addressed 1n two parts. The first deals w1th the quest1on
of what divisions to depict on a map, and the second is
concerned with what should be noted at each outcrop dur-
Ing field work that is of use 1n later, follow-up work 1n the
laboratory. This matenal IS condensed and presented as a
checklist 1n Appendix 9.1.
Migmat1tes have been stud1ed for many reasons. In the
recent past. many studies were 1n some way or another
related to the petrological quest1ons of the ong1n of gran1t1c
magmas and the processes by wh1ch the continental crust
became compos1t1onally differentiated ; these questions
remain of great 1nterest. In geodynamiCS, there is presently
much Interest 1n the rheology of the cont1nental crust. and
the effect that weak layers 1n 1t have on the evolution of
orogens and on the morphology of mounta1n cha1ns and
plateaus. As zones of partially molten rocks are cand1dates
for weak layers 1n modern orogens, new stud1es on m1g-
mat1tes will no doubt focus on structural and rheolog1cal
aspects as a means to study the distnbution and geometry
of former weak layers and zones of so-called "channel flow"
in anoent. eroded orogens. N o matter what the purpose
IS for study1ng m1gmat1tes, some part of the work wdl likely
1nvolve exam1n1ng and mapp1ng them 1n the field.
The task IS to deode what IS cnt1cal to observe and map 1n
the field, what needs to be sampled, and which aspects of
the rocks that crop out at the surface should be portrayed
on a map. Not only does th1s enta1l showing the locat1on
 INTRODUCTION
54 -----------------------------

and dtstnbutton of the vanous mtgmatites and the adjacent
rocks. but also the tnternal features and relationshtps withtn
the mtgmatites. The chotce of what untts to show is crittcal
to the usefulness of the map. and although that depends to
a large extent on the size of the map area and the scale of
the final map, the principal ingredient to success ts a clear
understanding of what the purpose and objectives of the
study are before field work begins.
prefix to the mtgmattte type to g1ve map units such as pelittc
metatextte, pelitic diatexite: psamm1t1c metatextte. psam-
mttiC diatextte: granittc metatextte and granittc diatextte.
Some workers have disttngutshed the parts of mtgmatites
derived from cordtente-beanng melt from those derived
from garnet- and orthopyroxene-bearing melts (Johnson et
al. 200 Ib), or separated btottte diatexites from orthopyrox-
ene-bearing diatexites (Makttte 200 I).

Choosing map units on the basis of the percentage of leu-

8.1 First..level map units cosome and leucocrattc veins present ts not recommended
for first-level maps. because of the posstbtlity that some of
For regtonal-scale maps. the map untts are normally the
the '"leucosome" ts in fact later vetn matenal. superimposed
petrologtcally dtsttngutshable rock-types. For migmatites.
on some other m1gmatlte morphology. as dtscussed tn the
these should be the first-order morphologtcal divistons, t.e ..
sect1on on vetn-structured mtgmatttes. The disttnctton
metatexite and dtatextte wtth. tf necessary. a transitional
between metatextte and dtatextte. a dtvtston that already
mtgmattte untt between them. Other units that could be
tncorporates the fraction of melt present 1n the mtgmattte,
shown tnclude the protolith (or whatever IS on the low-
IS preferred.
grade stde of the mtgmatttes) and the nonmigmattte rocks
on the htgh-grade side, most commonly, plutontc rocks
of one sort or another. Paleosome, or resister. ltthologies 8.2 Second..level map units
could be differentiated and shown withtn the mtgmatites. if
This level of map untts ts intended to add a further level
scale permits. Resister lithologies can be an effective way
of detail to the metatextte and diatexite divisions already
of showing some types of pre-anatectic structures in mig-
made on the regional scale, but they could be the primary
matttes, notably folds, and how their geometry may have
dtvistons on a map legend under some Circumstances. For
changed from the non-anatectiC rocks to the mtgmatites
example. tn the detailed mapptng of smaller areas, the
and from low to high grade wtthtn the mtgmatttes. The first
sctentific objeCtives and the opportun1t1es are different
appearance of metatextte mtgmatttes and the passage from
compared to those tn regional mapptng. Small areas in mtg-
metatextte to diatexite are easily identtfied and mapped
matite terranes are typtcally mapped tn detail to examtne
ustng the definttions of both gtven earlier. Whether or not
some speCific petrological or structural problem. such as
these are parallel to tsograds tn the lower-grade rocks
how the local vanations tn morphology of mtgmatites are
may provtde cnttcal tnformatton tn determintng why melt-
spattally related to the structures (e.g.. Oliver and Barr 1997,
ing began or whether the metatextte dtatextte transttion
Brown and Solar 1998a. b). because deformatton appears
ts structurally controlled or not. However, the upper limit
to control the mtgratton and accumulatton of melt. The
of diatexite mtgmatttes can be dtfficult to define, espeCially
mapptng may be requtred as the basis for a petrogenetiC
if, as in many regional migmattte terranes. the dtatextte
or geochemtcal study in whtch case it should be concerned
mtgmatites tend to grade into anatecttc granttes that are
with obtaintng as much information as possible on how and
largely m sttu (autochthonous granite). PlaCing the boundary
where each individual sample collected fits into the overall
tn such cases ts subjective, and depends on the individual
mtgmatite. in other words. to provtde context.
mapper's tolerance to uniformtty 1n diatextte, or to hetero-
genetty in granites. The upper limit of diatextte mtgmatttes For mapping of areas where the variatton in migmattte
tn contact aureoles is commonly much easter to map. even morphology is related to anisotropy tn the protolith or the
where agatnst granite, because migmatites 1n contact aure- paleosome. or to deformat1on style and stratn tntenstty. as
oles generally have a much finer gra1n-size than the rocks well as to fraction of melt present. then the second-order
tn felstc plutons, or mtgmatites from reg1onal metamorphtc morphologtcal terms tn Fig. Ib (plus vetn-structured mtg-
terranes. matlte) are very useful. If used together wtth the systematiC
mapptng of regtonal structures. such as folds. shear zones,
In terranes where the protoltth ts compostttonally diverse.
and large boudins. the distnbutton of these mtgmattte mor-
further dtvtstons of both the protoltth and migmatites may
phologies ts a powerful ;ud tn understandtng the movement
be possible. If a parttcular protolith generates migmatttes
of melt wtthtn anatectic terranes and o rogenic belts: they
of sufficiently different appearance or mtneral assemblage
lead to the tdentificatton of the domatns where net loss of
that they can be dtstinguished and mapped separately, then
melt or net gain of anatectic melt occurred. Zones of rela-
that should also be shown on the map. The additional infor-
tively high syn-anatecttc strain may be disttnguished from
matton concerning the protohth type can be added as a

t
regions of lower-strain by the morphology of the migma-
tites present: for example, Brown and Solar ( 1998a, b)
found that stromattc mtgmatttes are charactensttc of regtons
of htgher stram. At these scales. vanatton 1n the proportton
of leucosome from outcrop to outcrop may be a very use-
ful parameter to show, although tt would be equally useful
to know whether this was the "initial" anatectic melt, an
evolved or fracttonated melt, or an accumulatton of early-
crystalltztng phases from the anatectic melt.
For the most detailed level of mapptng done at the scale of
tndivtdual outcrops, simple untts that are dtrectly related to
petrology, e.g., leucosome for melt product, melanosome
for residuum, and paleosome for nonparttally melted rocks
tn a migmatite, can be particularly effective in revealing
the spattal detatls of the processes that combtne to form
mtgmatttes (e.g., Oltver and Barr 1997; Sawyer et al. 1999;
Sawyer 2001: Guerntna and Sawyer 2003: Marchildon and
Brown 2002, 2003). In order to best understand how the
mtgmatttes formed, tt ts very tmportant that the spattal
relationship between these petrological features and the
tectonic structures tn the migmatites are shown.
8.3 Other considerations
in mapping migmatites
Determtmng the relattve chronology of events tn mtgma-
tttes is an tmportant first step in understandtng how they
formed . In most cases, the timing of events tn migmatites
is determined by the cross-cutting relattonshtps between
domatns of leucosome or more commonly by determtntng
the age (i.e., the generatton) of the structural element tn
whtch the leucosome ts located. These structures mtght be
foliation planes, axial surfaces, shear bands, or fold hinges. It
ts not surpristng, therefore, that the sequenttal nomencla-
ture used in structural geology (e.g., D, 0 2 . .. \ S2 •.. F
and F2, etc.) has influenced the way the formation of leuco-
some, and by extenston, regtonal parttal melting, have been
vtewed. The erectton of a chronology of sequenttal ''gener-
attons" of leucosome over a large area, because tt occuptes
a stmilar structural site withtn a mapped area. must be
done wtth constderable cautton; the formatton of leuco-
some might be diachronous from place to place or even of
completely different age between one structural level, or
domain, and another. Some investigators have gone as far
as to ascnbe each "generation" of leucosome tn a regional
anatecttc terrane to a separate melttng event. The common
observatton of one domatn of leucosome cutttng another,
and each located tn a different ''generatton" of structure tn
contact aureoles where there was only one anatectic event,
strongly suggests that thts approach may not the best way
to tnterpret the temporal informatton obtained from out-
crops tn regtonal migmattte terranes.
A ri,,, of ~Hgmarue'
----------------- --------------55
Conductton is the pnnctpal mechantsm of heat transfer
tn the conttnental crust. Because heat IS conducted very
slowly in rocks, the Earth's crust ts slow to heat up and
slow to cool. Virtually all the numencal models of crustal
heattng stnce that of England and Thompson (1984) show
slow cooling in the deep crust, except where tt has been
exhumed rapidly, e.g., tn metamorphtc core complexes.
The slow response-ttme of the continental crust means that
tt ts very unlikely that the complex timing deduced from the
relattonshtp between domatns of leucosome tn mtgmatttes
ts the result of the metamorphtc temperature repeatedly
cycling back and forth across the solidus to generate multi-
ple partial-melting events. Recent geochronologtcal studtes
from granulite-factes metamorphic terranes (e.g., Zaleskt et
al. 1999, Rubatto et al. 2001, Willigers et al. 2001) show
that metamorphic temperatures rematned above the gran-
tte solidus between 30 and SO My. This suggests that once
formed, anatecttc melt can extst tn the mtddle and lower
crust for a very long penod of ttme. Moreover, 30 SO My
IS much longer than most deformatton events tn orogens;
thus, tt is to be expected that during the period when the
middle and lower crust is hot and contains melt, the stress
onentattons and hence deformatton patterns will change.
The sequence tn whtch each "generatton'' of leucosome
forms could reflect each melttng reactton that occurred on
the prograde P-T path: for example, the first could have
formed by H 20-present melting, the next by muscovtte
dehydration melting, and a thtrd by a biotite-dehydration-
melting reaction. Melting could be further spread out in
time (and temperature) because each protolith layer has
a different composttion. However, the problem wtth thts
explanatton is that all "generattons" of leucosome coex-
tsted as anatecttc melt during t he prograde part of the P T
traJectory, and yet rematned tn thetr separate sttes; netther
does thts explanatton allow for commonly inferred differ-
ences tn competency between the different "generattons"
or domams of leucosome. An alternattve, and perhaps
more likely explanatton, ts t hat each successtve "generatton"
of leucosome stmply records the next of many eptsodes tn
which the melt fractton segregated from the solid fractton,
and these are brought about by changes tn the local pres-
sure gradients dunng progresstve deformatton.
The segregation of melt dunng the prograde part of the
metamorphtc htstory (T > solidus) tnvolves separattng
the melt fractton from the restduum and the subsequent
mtgratton of the anatectic melt down local pressure-
gradients with little or no crystallizatton; much of the
network of channels through whiCh the melt moved at
this stage may be lost (Sawyer 200 I). However, as the
melt starts to crystallize, it becomes a magma consisting
of fractionated melt + crystals; typtcally thts occurs once
 INTRODUCTION
56 --------------------------------

could have formed from a melt generated by H 0-present

temperature starts to decline. If at any t1me after cooling
partial melt1ng. and InJected 1nto country rocks that had
and crystallization have started. a new ep1sode of defor-
not yet melted. It pre-dates part1al melting 1n the hosts but
mation occurs (perhaps F1 folds start to form), both the
belongs to the same anatectiC event. hav1ng formed at a
distribution and magnitude of the pressure gradients will
very different t1me with1n it: the host melted later when
change, and new low-pressure s1tes are created 1n the mig-
the isotherms moved h1gher 1nto the crust. In this interpre-
matite. The melt fraction in the magma will then be dnven
tation, the felsic matenal forms leucocratic veins but not
to migrate again to the new, lowest-pressure sites and will
leucosome: 1t was competent and fine-grained because
leave the minerals that have already crystallized behind:
it crystallized in cool rocks before the m1gmatite formed.
they become the first "generation" of leucosome and mark
Examples of fine-gra1ned. layer-parallel, and discordant
the older, low-pressure sites. Not1ce that at this stage. melt
leucocratiC VeinS formed from a melt generated by nuid-
segregat1on IS not about separat1ng anatectic melt from
present part1al melting and 1njected 1nto the rocks JUSt
its res1duum: it 1s now the separation of the evolved melt
below, and JUSt above. the "melt-in" 1sograd occur at Saint-
fract1on from the solid fract1on that has crystallized from
Malo. France (Brown 1979, Weber et al. 1985. M1lord et al.
the parental anatectiC melt. Th1s segregation process does
two th1ngs. First. 1t 1ncreases the VISCOSity of the ex1St1ng
2001). and 1n the Quet1co Subprov1nce of Ontano. If the
"leucosome" has a melanocrat1c selvedge and 1s quartz-nch.
leucosome from that of a magma (crystals suspended 1n a
then it may be a subsolidus segregat1on. not anatectic 1n
melt) to that of a framework of crystals. s1mply by remov-
ongin. Alternatively, such early "leucosome" may be leuco-
Ing the evolved melt from 1t: the effect of th1s IS to create a
cratic ve1ns that do not belong to the anatectic event that
mechan1cally competent leucosome w1thout the tempera-
created the m1gmatite: 1n this case. they should be signifi-
ture having to go below the solidus. Secondly, the m1gration
cantly o lder than the leucosome 1n the m1gmatite.
of the expelled melt fraction to the new low-pressure site
creates a new leucosome there that is largely melt and.
therefore. of low viscosity: these new domains of leuco-
some may have a different onentat1on determ1ned by the
stresses that led to the new ep1sode of deformation, an F" 9.
fold 1n our example. Th1s segregat1on process dunng cool-
Ing and crystallization may be repeated several times: each
APPENDICES
subsequent deformat1on event creates a new low-pressure
site to wh1ch the melt m1grates to form the next "genera- 9.1 Checklist of observations
tion" of leucosome. and 1t makes the older "generations" of
for each outcrop of migmatites
leucosome st1ffer because of the loss of melt from them.
In th1s scheme. the oldest batches of leucosome should The purpose of the observat1ons outlined below 1s to prop-
be plag1oclase-nch (1.e .. they are accumulations of plagio- erly ident1fy and name the m1gmat1te, and to gather field
clase), and the youngest should have the most evolved. information crit1cal to Interpreting the petrological and
or fractionated, compositions. and th1s 1s generally what is geochemical data that will come from later stud1es 1n the
observed in m1gmatite terranes. In general, the network of laboratory.
leucosome in regional migmat1tes marks where melt was
crystalliZing as temperature decilned. However, the array of Observations on the neosome
leucosome in rapidly cooled contact-metamorphic aureoles and paleosome
may record the distnbut1on of melt that ex1sted at temper- (I) If both neosome and paleosome can be Jdent1fied. note
atures much closer to the peak. their relat1ve proportions. Dec1de whether 1t 1s a metatex-
Jte or diatex1te m1gmat1te: ;t IS a metatex1te if paleosome
The oldest "generation" of leucosome in many m1gmat1te
dom1nates and contiguous pre-anatectiC structures are
terranes 1s located parallel to the compositional layer-
present. but a diatex1te 1f neosome dom~nates and pre-partial-
Ing (commonly attenuated bedding). wh1ch IS itself parallel
melting structures are lost.
to the pnnopal foliat1on 1n the rock: together. these loo
are commonly described as a compos1te S /S band1ng. (2) For metatex1tes. (a) 1f the neosome has segregated.
Charactenst1cally, th1s "leucosome" 1s th1n. conta1ns few note the form, s1ze. location. and proport1ons of the leuco-
mafic m1nerals, and importantly. has a very fine graJn-s1ze some and the melanosome 1n the outcrop. and note any
that is much less than in the other domains of leucosome cross-cutting relationships between the doma1ns of leuco-
in the migmatite The Interpretation of th1s generation of some. Is there petrological continuity between doma1ns of
" leucosome" depends on its petrographic features. If it is leucosome? Decide what type of metatexite on the bas1s
plag1oclase-nch and does not have a melanosome. then it of the form of the domains of leucosome. The relat1onsh1p

between the host and former segregated melt is next: IS
the leucosome m sttu or 1n-source, or 1s 1t a leucocrat1c
ve1n or dike? Th1s information can be cntiCal to the inter-
pretation of geochem1cal data. (b) If the neosome has not
segregated, note how 1ts mineralogy, microstructure, and
gra1n s1ze compare with its host. Dec1de whether or not
this IS a patch metatexit e migmatite. (c) For the paleosome,
identify the rock types present, their mineralogy and micro-
structures. and 1dentify the structures that were present
before partial melting.
(3) For diatex1te m1gmatites, (a) 1f the neosome is unseg-
regated and nonfoliated, it is a nebulit1c d1atexite. (b) If
the neosome has now structures or a magmatic foliation,
exam1ne the form of the paleosome or melanocratic mate-
rial: dec1de if the diatexite m1gmatlte could be a schollen or
a schlieric type. (c) If possible, note whether the d1atex1te
is leucocratiC or melanocratic relat1ve to the "typ1cal" dia-
texlte: describe any leucocratic ve1ns 1n 1t. Dec1de whether
1t IS a melt-rich, residuum-nch, or cumulate-rich d1atex1te
migmat1te.
Petrological observations in the
study of migmatites
The mmeralogy, microstructure, and grain s1ze of each part
of the neosome and paleosome are extremely useful and
should be recorded: note anyvanat1ons between and with1n
the different doma1ns of leucosome and melanosome. Field
observations should a1m to allow one to deduce P T con-
ditions and melt1ng reactions, to 1dent1fy wh1ch parts of the
outcrop were melt, solid, and part1ally melted solid, and to
1dent1fy the reg1ons of melt loss (res1dual rocks) and of melt
ga1n (vein migmatites, some d1atex1tes). They will prov1de
a possible a1d 1n the later quant1ficat1on of M. to com-
pare with F. It 1s also important to 1dent1fy the parts of the
m1gmatite where no loss, or gain, of melt occurred, 1.e.,
where the format1on of migmat1te was essentially a closed-
system process.
Structural observations in the
study of migmatites
(I) Record, descnbe, and measure all the structural ele-
ments (foliations, lineations, folds, shear zones, d1splacement
senses. etc.), noting thew locat1on and their geometrical and
t1m1ng relationships w1th1n each part of the migmat1te. (2)
Identify the parts w1th magmatiC, or submagmat1c, foliat1ons
and structures. (3) ldent1fy wh1ch parts of the m1gmat1te
terrane represent low, relat1ve syn-anatect1c stra1n and
whiCh are h1gh, and those where there 1s sign1ficant trans-
position; the parts of h1gh relative stra1n or transposition
tend to be dom1nated by layered or stromatiC structures in
both metatex1te and diatexite m1gmatites. (4) Determine
Ada~ of 1\.figmatitc~
-------------------------------5?
differences 1n relat1ve competence between the different
"generations" of leucosome.
The purpose of these structural observations IS to diS-
tinguish pre-part1al-melt1ng from syn-partial-melting
structures and to compare the1r d1stnbut1on. ldent1fy the
structures that formed after partial melting. Distinguish
melt-rich rocks from melt-poor ones. Finally, interpret the
structural and tectonic history of the m1gmat1tes.
Way~up criteria in migmatites
Determ1mng the way-up d1rect1on, or the structural fac1ng
direct1on. 1n rocks 1s v1tal for understanding the structural
and tectonic h1story of deformed terranes. Unfortunately,
the structures used to determine these geometnc prop-
erties are progressively lost dunng part1al melt1ng.
Consequently, tecton1c reconstruction of m1gmat1te ter-
ranes is very difficult, espec1ally 1n d1atex1te m1gmat1tes.
Fortunately, structures that form during the movement
and crystallization of anatectiC melts and that can be used
to det ermine the paleovertical, and hence way-u p in mig-
matites, have been described by Burg and Vanderhaeghe
(1993) and Vanderhaeghe (1999, 2001). However, caution
may be required 1n us1ng some of the way-up cntena, as
the local pressure-grad1ents down wh1ch melt moved could
have been lateral, or even downward-directed. Branch1ng
arrays of leucosome indicate now direction, but the direc-
tion of now may not have been vertical.
Sampling of migmatites
The ObJeCtives of the study need to be clear before sam-
pling beg1ns 1n order to ensure that appropriate matenal 1s
collected. Res1dual matenal 1s taken for the determinat1on
of the P-T conditions, react1on h1story, react1on progress
(i.e., F), and for microstructural evidence of partial melting.
On the other hand, samples from the melt-denved rocks
(leucosome and diatex1te) are best for the study of pro-
cesses such as now of melt, fract1onal crystallization, and
crystal accumulation. Onented samples are required for
some types of quant1tat1ve microstructural analys1s.
GeochemiCal samples should be fresh and from parts of
the m1gmat1te that have been fully 1dent1fied 1n the field;
ideally. they should 1nclude some from the protolith. One
purpose of the samples is to define the key reference-
points (protolith, melt, and res1duum) that are necessary
for a geochemical 1nterpretat1on of the dataset. These are
also required for most quant1tat1ve modeling, such as est1-
mat1ng F, making mass-balance calculations, and 1nvest1gat1ng
the vanous petrogenetic processes. Well-constrained sam-
ples serve to gu1de the interpretation of samples from the
more difficult outcrops.
 INTROD UC T ION
59 -----------------------------

Dilation-structured migmatite: a type of metatex1te

9.2 Glossary m1gmatite in wh1ch the locat1on of the doma1ns of leu-
Anatexis: a general term used to descnbe part1al melt- cosome, or neosome, IS controlled by the d1stnbut1on of
Ing of the cont1nental crust (in th1s case) w1thout spec1fic dilat1onal structures that develop 1n the competent layers
reference to the degree of partial melting; hence, anatex1s as the migmat1te is deformed.
applies to all stages. from incipient part1al melt1ng right up
Dynamic melting: anatex1s under differential stress con-
to complete fusion . Crustal anatexis is generally accompa-
ditions. This is the general condition during anatexis of
nied by deformation, which enables many other processes
anisotropic rocks undergoing tectonic deformation (for the
to occur, such as segregation of the melt from the solid,
opposite, see Stat1c melt1ng).
m1grat1on of the melt (by porous flow and by channeled
flow), fract1onal crystallization, and magma flow. Evolved melt: the fraction of melt left dunng. or after,
the process of fract1onal crystallization. The evolved melt 1s
Anatexite: a rock formed by anatex1s and the assoCiated
depleted 1n the elements compatible w1th, and ennched 1n
processes; an under-used synonym for m1gmat1te.
the elements incompatible with, the crystall1zed and sepa-
Bedded migmatite : a term for the overall morphology rated mmerals. Synonym: fractionated melt.
of a m1gmat1te 1n wh1ch partial melt1ng and the formation of
Fold-structured migmatite : m1gmatlte that was folded
neosome are confined to certain beds, or layers. The term
while 1t conta1ned melt.
should be abandoned. See Layer-confined m1gmat1te.
Fraction of melt (M,): the fract1on of melt that was pres-
Degree of partial melting (F) : the we1ght fract1on of
ent in a migmatite, or part of a m1gmatite.
melt produced in a rock by melt-producing reactions.
Fractional crystallization : crystallization of a magma
Diatexis: defunct term meaning complete fus1on, now
in which the melt becomes separated from the m1nerals
replaced in common usage by the more useful term
that have crystal lized, result1ng in a change 1n composition
"anatex1s."
of the remaining melt (it becomes evolved). The separa-
Diatexite migmatite: a m1gmat1te 1n which neosome 1s tion of the melt fraction from the crystals may be brought
dom1nant and melt was pervasively d1stributed through- about by either growth of a certain m1neral at a spec1fic site
out. Pre-part1al-melting structures are absent from the (e.g.. growth of a m1neral on the walls of a dike) or the rel-
neosome. and are commonly replaced by syn-anatect1c ative movement of the crystals of a part1cular m1neral (or
flow structures (e.g., magmatiC or submagmatic folia- m1nerals) relative to the rema1n1ng melt (e.g.. the accumula-
tions. schlieren), or by 1sotropic neosome. The neosome 1s tion of plagioclase).
d1verse in appearance. reflecting a large range 1n the frac-
Granite (or granodiorite, tonalite , etc.) dike (or
tion of melt. It can range from predominantly leucocratic
sill ): the product of crystall1zat1on of a fels1c melt that
to predominantly mesocratic (e.g.. unsegregated melt and
has migrated out of 1ts source region completely, and is
res1duum) to predominantly melanocrat1c. Paleosome
injected into host rocks of lower metamorphic grade, or
occurs as rafts, schollen, and enclaves. but may be absent.
into unmetamorphosed rocks.
In certain Circumstances, it may be useful to d1v1de dia-
texltes 1nto two types. (I) Pnmary d1atexite: a diatexite Initial melt: an anatectic melt formed by a partial-melt1ng
m1gmat1te formed 1n a closed system, where the melt frac- reaction, w1thout modificat1on of 1ts compos1t1on by other
tiOn present is equal to the degree of part1al melt1ng. (2) processes such as fract1onal crystall1zat1on, contamination,
Secondary d1atex1te: a d1atexite m1gmatite in wh1ch the frac- or alteration.
tion of melt required to pass the solid-to-melt trans1t1on
was reached by the mgress of melt (i.e., in an open system
where the fract1on of melt present exceeds the degree of
part1al melt1ng).
 Atla' of Migm;Htrc"
------------ -------------------59

Layer-confined or bed-confined migmatite: term Magmatic foliation : preferred onentat1on of m1nerals 1n

for a migmatite 1n which partial melt1ng and the forma-
tion of neosome are confined to certain beds, or layers,
1n wh1ch the bulk compos1t1on was appropriate (fertile)
for part1al melt1ng. The term 1s scale-dependent. as 1t con-
Siders only indiv1dual fert1le layers 1n a m1gmatite; thus, 1ts
use cannot be recommended. The neosome v1ewed at
the scale of an individual layer may d1splay a w1de range
of morphologies (some layers reta 1n their pre-anatectic
structures, whereas 1n others they are completely over-
pnnted by syn-anatect1c structures and microstructures).
However, viewed at the appropriate scale, i.e., one that 1s
representative of the whole m1gmatite, layer-confined or
bed-confined m1gmat1tes are clearly metatex1te migmat1tes
because pre-anatectiC structures, such as layenng or bed-
ding, are preserved.
Leucosome: general term for the lighter-colored part
of the neosome 1n a m1gmat1te. cons1sting dom1nantly of
feldspar and quartz. The leucosome 1s that part of the mlg-
matite derived from segregated part1al melt; it may conta1n
microstructures that 1ndicate crystallization from a melt, or
a magma. Leucosome may not necessarily have the com-
position of an anatectiC melt; fract1onal crystallization and
separation of the fractionated melt may have occurred.
Because the anatectiC melt can be mobile 1n m1gmat1tes.
leucosome may or may not be found m s1tu; additional
terms are used to 1nd1cate how far the melt from wh1ch the
leucosome was denved moved w1th1n the m1gmat1te.
a rock derived from a magma, acquired during flow when
the crystals suspended 1n the magma were free to rotate
w1th no. or very little, 1nteract1on w1th nearby crystals, I.e.,
when the magma contamed less than 55% crystals. See
SubmagmatiC foliat1on.
Mafic selvedge: a part1cular variety of selvedge in which
mafic m1nerals, most commonly b1ot1te or hornblende,
predominate and form a thin rim (a few millimeters w1de)
around leucosome. leucocratic ve1n, or gran1te dike.
Melanosome : a residuum that is composed predomi-
nantly of dark-colored m1nerals. Definition of melanosome:
the darker-colored part of the neosome 1n a migmat1te that
IS nch 1n dark m1nerals such as b1ot1te. garnet. cord1ente.
orthopyroxene, hornblende, clinopyroxene, and even o liv-
ine. The melanosome IS the solid, res1dual fract1on (i.e., it
1s res1duum) left after some, or all, of the melt fract1on has
been extracted. MICrostructures 1ndicat1ng part1al melt1ng
may be present.
Melt: a silicate liqu1d w1thout crystals.
Mesosome: a part of a m1gmatite that 1s intermediate
1n color between leucosome and melanosome. Because
mesosome can occur 1n the neosome or 1n the paleosome,
it should be specified from which part of the migmatite the
mesosome ong1nates. Mesosome should be used only 1n a
descnpt1ve sense.

In situ leucosome: the product of crystallization of an Metatexis: defunct term for part1al melting 1n the con -
anatectic melt. or part of an anatectic melt, that has seg-
tinental crust; the term "anatexis" has precedence and
regated from 1ts residuum. but has remained at the s1te
should be used.
where 1t formed.
M etatexite migmatite: a m1gmat1te that IS hetero-
In-source leucosome : the product of crystallization of
geneous at the outcrop scale, and 1n wh1ch coherent
an anatectic melt. or part of an anatectic melt. that has
pre-partial-melting structures are w1dely preserved 1n the
migrated away from the place where it formed, but IS still
paleosome (where the microstructure appears unchanged),
with1n the confines of 1ts source layer.
and possibly 1n the melanosome (res1duum) part of
the neosome, where the fract1on of melt was low. The
Leucocratic vein or dike : the product of crystalliza-
neosome part IS generally segregated 1nto leucosome and
tion of an anatectic melt. or part of an anatectiC melt, that
melanosome, but neosome in which melt and res1duum did
has migrated out its source layer and been inJected into
not segregate may also occur.
another rock, wh1ch may be nearby. or farther away. but IS
st1l 1n the reg1on affected by the anatect1c event.
Microstructure : term used to describe the onentation,
d1stnbut1on (i.e., spat1al arrangement), relat1ve s1ze, and the
Magma: a sil1cate liquid that conta1ns crystals, which may
internal features of the gra1ns that comprise a rock.
have formed from the melt (liqu1dus phases). be the solid
products of the melt1ng react1on (so-called pentect1c prod-
ucts). or be m1nerals 1n excess.
 INTRODUCTION
60 - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -
Migmatite : a rock formed by part1al melt1ng; a syn-
onym 1s anatex1te. Defin1t1on of m1gmat1te: a rock found in
med1um- and high-grade metamorphic areas that can be
heterogeneous at the microscopic to macroscop1c scale,
wh1ch consists of two or more petrographically differ-
ent parts. O ne of t hese parts must have formed by part1al
melting and contains rocks that are petrogenetically related
to each other (called the neosome) and to their proto-
lith through partial melt1ng and the segregation of the melt
from the solid fraction. The partially melted part typically
conta1ns pale-colored rocks that are quartzofeldspathic, or
feldspath1c, 1n composition, and dark-colored rocks that are
ennched 1n ferromagnes1an m1nerals. However, the part1ally
melted part may simply have changed m1neralogy. micro-
structure, and gra1n s1ze w1thout develop1ng separate light
or dark parts. Migmatites are classified and described on
the bas1s of thew morphology us1ng a two-t1er system. The
pnmary-level divis1on leads us to metatex1te m1gmat1tes
and diatexite m1gmatites.
Nebulite migmatite: a type of m1gmatite in wh1ch the
neosome is diffuse and difficult to differentiate from the
paleosome.
Neosome : the parts of a migmat1te newly formed, or
reconstituted, by part1al melt1ng. The neosome may or may
not have undergone segregation in wh1ch the melt and
solid fract1ons are separated.
Net-structured migmatite: a type of metatex1te mig-
matite 1n wh1ch the neosome, or more commonly the
leucosome, or leucocrat1c vems, form a net-like pattern
enclos1ng paleosome or residuum. In some cases. th1s pat-
tern anses because the domains of leucosome or neosome
have very Irregular forms, but 1n most cases, 1t anses
because the doma1ns of neosome or leucosome follow two
or more systematic orientations.
Paleosome: term meaning "old rock" in a m1gmatite;
unfortunately, previous usage is not consistent on which
rocks these are. Here, paleosome IS defined as the non-
neosome part of a m1gmatite that was not affected by
part1al melting, and 1n wh1ch structures (such as foliat1ons,
folds. layenng) older than the part1al melt1ng are preserved.
The microstructure (s1ze. form, and onentat1on of gra1ns)
IS e1ther unchanged, or only slightly coarsened, compared
to that 1n s1m11ar rocks JUSt outs1de the region affected by
anatex1s.
Parent melt: the anatectiC melt from wh1ch the other
melts 1n a m1gmat1te were derived, most commonly by
fract1onal crystallization; generally, the parent melt is an im-
tial melt, although there are except1ons.
Parent rock: synonym for protolith.
Patch migmatite: a type of metatex1te migmatite 1n
which the neosome occurs tn SIW as small, discrete patches.
Although typ1cal of the onset of anatex1s, it also occurs in
many granulite-facies m1gmat1tes.
Protolith: the rock from wh1ch the neosome 1n a m1gma-
t1te was denved. Protolith cannot be present 1n a migmat1te
because 1t has been converted to neosome. Thus. proto-
lith can only ex1st 1n the lower-grade rocks that d1d not
undergo anatex1s. Synonym: parent rock.
Raft migmatite : synonym for schollen m1gmatite.
Residuum : the part of the neosome that 1s predominantly
t he solid fraction left after part1al melt 1ng and the extrac-
tion of some, or all, of the melt fraction . Microstructures
indicating partial melt1ng may be present. Some residua are
melanocratic; those rich 1n quartz or feldspar can be leuco-
cratiC or mesocrat1c. See also Melanosome.
Resisters: rocks, typ1cally competent ones, 1n the
paleosome that are especially res1stant to microstructural
change. Quartz1tes, calc-silicates, and metamafic rocks are
common res1sters.
Schliere: a th1n layer compns1ng aligned platy, tabular, or
pnsmatic m1nerals 1n a diatex1te m1gmat1te. Commonly, a
schl1ere cons1sts ma1nly of b1otlte. but examples nch 1n sll-
limanite, orthopyroxene. hornblende, or plag1oclase also
may occur. Schlieren is the plural.
Schlieric migmatite : a d1atex1te m1gmatite character-
IZed by the presence of schlieren, but few schollen, or rafts.
of paleosome matenal.
Schollen migmatite : a d1atex1te migmatite that conta1ns
enclaves (called schollen, or rafts) of paleosome matenal or,
more rarely, res1duum. In many terranes. the schollen show
a progress1on from blocky to rounded or elongate shapes.
and a progressively better alignment 1n the d1rect1on of a
higher fraction of melt and syn-anatect1c stra1n. Raft m1g-
mat1te is a synonym.
 At!," of Mogmatue'
----------------- --------------- 61

Secondary migmatites: a term used to describe migma-

tites formed around a pluton as a result of partial melt1ng
tnggered by the 1nflux of H20 from the crystallizing pluton
1nto the country rocks.

Segregation : term used to describe the overall process

1n which anatectic melt is separat ed from the residuum in
a neosome. However, not all examples of neosome have
undergone segregat1on of the melt.

Selvedge : general term for a nm, or border zone, that

1s not res1duum and is compositionally, m1neralog1cally, or
microstructurally different from the host and that occurs
around a component of a migmatite. Selvedges can be leu-
cocratic, mesocratic, or melanocratic; the most common
are mafic and are composed of b1ot1te; see Mafic selvedge.

Static melting: anatexis that occurs under conditions of

11thostat1c stress w1thout deviatonc stress; cond1t1ons that
approximate th1s state may occur 1n some contact aureoles,
or perhaps tn competent layers (see Dynamic melting).

Stromatic migmatite : a type of metatexite migmatite 1n

which the neosome (leucosome and melanosome), or just
the leucosome, occurs as laterally continuous, parallel layers
onented along the compositional layenng (e.g.. bedd1ng) or
fohat1on. Stromat1c m1gmat1tes are common 1n high-stra1n,
strongly transposed env1ronments, such as crust-scale shear
zones, but not restncted to t hem.

Submagmatic foliation : preferred onentat1on of min-

erals 1n a rock acqutred when the magma 1t formed from
conta1ned suffic1ent crystals that 1nteract1ons occurred
w1dely between them as they rotated 1n the flow, i.e., a foli-
ation formed when the fract1on of melt was greater than
zero, but less than 0.45. lnteract1ons between crystals ini-
t ially form a "t1l1 ng" microst ructure, then a framework of
crystals t hat may subsequent ly become deformed before
the magma sol1d1fied. See Magmat1c foltat1on.

Vein-structured migmatite: a metatex1te or d1atex1te

m1gmat1te 1n wh1ch leucocrat1c ve1ns are consp1cuous and
abundant.

Ultrametamorphism : term used to describe t he higher-

than-normal degree of metamorph1sm requtred for part1al
melting in t he cont1nental crust.
 INTRODUCTION
62 -----------------------------

BABCOCK, R.S. & M1srH, P. (1989): Ong1n of the Skag1t

10 m1gmatites, North Cascades Range. Washmgton State.

Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology I 0 I , 485-495.
REFERENCES BACKLUND, H .G. (1946): The gran1t1zation problem.

AcosTA-VIGIL, A., LoNDON, D . & MoRGAN, G .B., VI (2006) : Geological Magazine 83, lOS 117.
Expenment s on t he kinetics of partial melt1ng of a
BACON, C.R. ( 1992) : Part1ally melted granodiorite and
leucogr anite at 200 M Pa and 690 800°C: compositional
related rocks ejected from Crater Lake caldera , Oregon.
vanability of melts dur ing the onset of H 0-saturated
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 83, 27 47.
crustal anatex1s. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology
151 ' 539-557. BARBARIN, B. ( 1988): F1eld ev1dence for success1ve mix1ng and
m1ngling between the P1olard dionte and the Salnt-Julien-la-
ALCOO, J. & MuLLER, P. (2000): Anatex1s at 700 to 1000
Ventre monzogramte (Nord-Forez, Mass1f Central, France).
MPa 1n the aureole of the Marcy anorthos1te. Ad1rondack
Canadian journal of Earth Sciences 25, 49 59.
H1ghlands. N ew York. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 139, 643 654. BARBARIN, B. (1990): Plag1oclase xenocrysts and mafic mag-
matiC enclaves 1n some gran1t01ds of the S1erra Nevada
ALLIBONE. A.H . & N oRRIS, R.J. (1992): Segregat1on of
Batholith, California. journal of Geophysical Research 95 ,
leucogranite microplutons during synanatectic deformation :
17747-17756.
an example from the Taylor Valley, Antarct1ca. journal of
Metamorphic Geology I 0 , 589-600. BARBEY, P. ( 1991): Restites in m1gmat1tes and autochthonous
granites: the1r ma1n features and their genesis. In Enclaves
ARBARET, L., D 10T, H . & BoucHEZ, J.-L. (1996): Shape fabrics
and Gran1te Petrology (J. Did1er & B. Barbarin, B., eds.).
of particles in low concentration suspens1ons: 2D analog
Elsevier, Amsterdam, N etherlands (479-492) .
expenments and application to tiling 1n magma. journal of
Structural Geology 18, 941-950. BARBEY, P., ALLE, P., BROUAND, M . & ALBAREDE, F. (1995) :
Rare-earth patterns 1n z1rcons from the Manaslu gran -
ARBARET, L., DOT, H., BoucHEZ, j.-L., LESPINASSE, P. & DE
Ite and Tibetan Slab migmatites (Himalaya) : 1nsights in the
SAIN1-BLANQUAT, M . (1997): Analogue 3D s1mple shear
ong1n and evolut1on of a crustally-denved granite magma.
expenments of magmat1c b10t1te subfabncs. In Gran1te:
Chemical Geology, 125, I 17.
from Segregation of Melt to Emplacement Fabncs (J.-L.
Bouchez, D .H.W. Hutton & W .E. Stephens, eds.). Kluwer BARBEY, P., BRoUAND, M ., LE FoR, P. & PECHER, A. (1996):
Academ1c Publisher, Dordrecht. Netherlands ( 129 14 3). Gran1te-m1gmat1te genet1c link: example of the Manaslu
Granite and Tibetan slab m1gmatites 1n central Nepal. Lithos
ARZI. A.A. (1978) : Critical phenomena in the rheology of
38, 63- 79.
part1ally melted rocks. Tectonophysics 44 , 173 184.
BARBEY, P. & CuNEY, M . ( 1982): K, Rb, Sr, Ba, U and Th geo-
AsHBY, M.F. ( 1972) : A first report on deformatiOn-mecha-
chemistry of the Lapland granulites (Fennoscandia). LI LE
nism maps. Acta Metallurgica 20, 887 897.
fractionation controll1ng factors. Contributions to Mineralogy

ASHWORTH, J.R. (1972) : Myrmekites of exsolution and
replacement ong1n. Geological Magazine I 09, 45 62.
ASHWORTH, j.R. (1976): Petrogenesis of m1gmat1tes 1n the
Huntly Portsoy area, north-east Scotland. Mineralogical
Magazine 40, 661-682.
and Petrology 81 , 304 316.
BARBEY, P., MACAUDIERE. J. & NZENT:, J.P. (1990): High-pressure
dehydrat1on melt1ng of metapelites: ev1dence from m1g-
mat1tes of Yaounde (Cameroon) . journal of Petrology 31 ,
401-427.

AsHwORTH, J.R. (1985): lntroduct1on. In M1gmatites (J.R.

Ashworth, ed.). Black1e, Glasgow, U.K. (I 35).
AsHwORTH, J.R. & McLELLAN, E.L. (1985): Textures. In
M1gmat1tes (J.R. Ashworth, ed.). Black1e. Glasgow, U.K.
(180 203) .
BARBEY, P., MARIGNAI ' c.. MON El, J.-M ., MACAUDIERE, J.,
GASQUC D. & jABBOR•, J. (1999): Cordiente growth tex-
tures and the cond1t1ons of genes1s and emplacement of
crustal gran1t1c magmas: the Velay Gran1te Complex (Mass1f
Central, France). journal of Petrology 40 , 1425 1441.

BARNES, C.G., YOSHINOBU, A.S., PRESTVIK, T., NORDGULEN,0.,
KARLSSON, H.R. & SuNDVOLL, B. (2002): Mafic magma Intra-
plating: anatex1s and hybnd1zat1on 1n arc crust, B1ndal
Batholith, Norway. Journal of Petrology 43 , 2171-2190.
BARR, D . (1985): Migmatites in t he Mo1nes. In M igmatites
(J.R. Ashworth, ed.) . Blackie, Glasgow, U.K. (225-264).
BARRAUD, J., GARDIEN, V., A LLEMAND, P. & GRANDJEAN, P.
(2004): Analogue models of melt-flow networks 1n fold1ng
m1gmat1tes. Journal of Structural Geology 26, 307 324.
BARROIS, C. (1884): Le gran1te de Rostrenen, ses apophyses
et ses contacts. Annates Soc. geol. Nord 12, 1-119.
BAUMGARTNER, L.P. & O LSEN, S.N. (1995): A least-sq uares
approach to mass transport calculations us1ng the isocon
method. Economic Geology 90, 1261 1270.
BEA, F. (1991): Geochemical modeling of low melt-frac-
tion anatex1s 1n a peralum1nous system: the Pena Negra
Complex (central Spa1n). Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta
55, 1859 1874.
BEA, F. ( 1996a): Res1dence of REE, Y, Th and U 1n granites
and crustal protoliths: 1mphcat1ons for the chemistry of
crustal melts. Journal of Petrology 37. 521-552.
BEA, F. (1996b): Controls on the trace element composi-
tion of crustal melts. Transactions of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh 87, 33 42.
BEA, F., PEREIRA, M.D. & STROH, A. (1994): M1neral/leucosome
trace-element part1t1on1ng 1n a peralum1nous m1gmat1te
(a laser ablat1on ICP MS study). Chemical Geology 117,
291-312.
BEAUMONT, C., j AMIESON, R.A., N GUYEN, M .H . & MEDVEDEV, s.
(2004): Crustal channel flows. I. Numencal models w ith
appl1cat1ons to the tecton1cs of the H 1malayan Tibetan oro-
gen. Journal of Geophysical Research I 09, B06406, 29 p.
BERGER, A. & KA,-, A. ( 1999): Structures and melt fractions
as 1nd1cators of rheology 1n cordiente-bearing m1gmat1tes
of the Bayensche Wald (Variscan Belt, Germany) . Journal of
Petrology 40, 1699 1719.
BERGER, A. & RoSEL E, G. (200 I): Crystallization processes 1n
migmatites. American Mineralogist 86, 215 224.
BLOM, K.A. (1988): Subsolidus m1gmat1zat1on 1n high-
grade meta-tuffs (Kurk1)arvi, southwest Finland). Lithos 21 ,
263-278.
AttJ.., nf ~lagmatite..,
------------------ ---------------63
BLUMENFELD, P. & BouCHEZ, J.-L. ( 1988) : Shear cnteria in
gramte and migmatite deformed 1n the magmat1c and solid
states. Journal of Structural Geology I 0, 361-372.
BoucHEZ, J.-L., DELAS, C., GLEIZES, G., NEDELEC, A. & CuNEY,
M. (1992) : Submagmat1c microfractures 1n granites. Geology
20, 35 38.
BouLOTON, J. & GASQUET, D . (1995) : Melt1ng and under-
cooled crystallisation of fels1c xenoliths from m1nor
1ntrus1ons (Jebilet mass1f. Morocco). Lithos 35, 201-219.
BowEN, N.L. ( 19 13): The melt 1ng phenomena of the plagio-
clase feldspars. American Journal of Science 185 , 577 599.
BowEN, N.L. ( 1915): Crystallizat1on-d ifferentiat1on 1n silicate
hqu1ds. American journal of Science 189, 175 191.
BowEN, N.L. (1928): The Evolution of the Igneous Rocks.
Pnnceton University Press, Pnnceton, New Jersey.
BRAUN, 1., RAITH , M. & RAVINDRA KUMAR, G.R. (1996) :
Dehydrat1on-melting phenomena in leptynit1c gneisses
and the generation of leucogranites: a case study from the
Kerala Khondalite Belt, southern India. Journal of Petrology
37, 1285- 1305.
BREAKS, F.W., BoND, W.D. & S-oNE, D. ( 1978): Prelim1nary
geolog1cal synthes1s of the English R1ver Subprov1nce. north- •
western Ontario and its beanng on mineral exploration.
Ontario Geological Survey, Miscellaneous Paper 72.
BROWN, M. (1973): The defin1t1on of metatex1s, diatex1s
and m1gmatite. Proceedings of the Geologists! Association 84,
371 382.
BRowN, M. ( 1979): The petrogenesis of the St-Malo mig-
matite belt, Armoncan Massif. France, with particular
reference to the diatex1tes. Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie,
Abhandlungen 135, 48 74.
BROWN, M. (1983): The petrogenesis of some m1gmat1tes
from the Presqufile de Rhuys, southern Bnttany, France. In
M1gmat1tes, Melt1ng and Metamorphism ( M .P. Atherton &
C.D. Gnbble, eds.) . Sh1va, Nantw1ch, U.K. (174 200).
BROWN, M. (1994): The generation, segregation, ascent and
emplacement of gran1t1c magma: the migmatlte-to-crustal-
ly-denved gran1te connection in th1ckened orogens. Earth
Science Reviews 36, 83 - 130.
 I NTRODUCTION
64 ------------------------------
BROWN, M. (1995): Late-Precambnan geodynamic evolut1on
of the Armoncan segment of the Cadom1an Belt (France) :
d1stort1on of the act1ve cont1nental marg1n dunng south-
west directed convergence and subduction of a bathymetric
h1gh. Geologie de France 3, 3-22.
BROWN, M. (2002): Retrograde processes in migmat1tes
and granulites revisited. Journal of Metamorphic Geology 20,
25 40.
BRowN, M. (2004) : The mechan1sm of melt extract1on from
lower continental crust of orogens. Transactions of the Royal
Society of Edinburgh: Earth Sciences 95, 35 48.
BRowN, M., A vERKIN, Y.A., McLELLAN, E. & SAwYER, E.W.
( 1995): Melt segregation 1n m1gmatites. Journal of Geophysical
Research 100, 15,655 679.
BROWN, M.A., BROWN, M., CARLSON, W.O. & DENISON, c.
(1999): Topology of syntectonic meltflow networks 1n the
deep crust: inferences from three-d1mens1onal 1mages of
leucosome geometry in m1gmatites. American Mineralogist
84, 1793 1818.
BROWN, M . & DALLMEYER, R.D. (1996) : Rapid Variscan exhu-
mation and role of magma 1n core complex format1on :
Southern Bnttany metamorphic belt, France. Journal of
Metamorphic Geology 14, 361 379.
BRowN, M. & RAITH, M. (1996): First ev1dence of ultrahigh-
temperature decompression from the granul1te prov1nce of
southern lnd1a. Journal of the Geological Society of London
153, 819-822.
BRowN, M . & RusHMER, T. (1997): The role of deformation 1n
the movement of gran1t1c melt: v1ews from the laboratory
and the field. In Deformat1on-Enhanced Fluid Transport
in the Earthfs Crust and Mantle (M .B. Holness, ed.) . The
Mineralogical Society, Series 8. Chapman and Hall, London,
U.K. (1 11 - 144) .
BRowN, M. & SOLAR, G.S. (1998a) : Shear-zone systems and
melts: feedback relations and self-organ1sat1on m orogen1c
belts. Journal of Structural Geology 20, 211 227.
BRowN, M. & SOLAR, G.S. (1998b). Granite ascent and
emplacement dunng contractional deformat1on 1n conver-
gent orogens. Journal of Structural Geology 2 0 , 1365 1393.
BRYON, D.N .. kHERTON, M.P. & HuNTER, R.H. (1994): The
description of the pnmary textures of "Cordilleran" granitiC
rocks. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 117, 66 75.
BuiCK, I.S., STEVENS, G. & GIBSON, R.L. (2004): The role
of water retention 1n the anatexis of metapelites in the
Bushveld Complex aureole, South Africa: an experimental
study. Journal of Petrology 49, 1777 1797.
BuRG, J.-P. & VANDERHAEGHE, 0 . (1993): Structures and
way-up cntena 1n m1gmatltes. w1th appllcat1ons to the Velay
Dome (French Mass1f Central). Journal of Structural Geology
IS , 1293-1301.
BOSCH, W ., ScHNEIDER. G. & MEHNERT. K.R. (1974): Initial
melting at gram boundanes. II. Melt1ng 1n rocks of grano -
dioritic, quartzdiontic and tonallt1c compos1t1on. Neues
Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Monatshefte 1974, 345 370.
BOnNER, S.H., GLODNY, J., LucAsSEN, F., WEMMER, K.,
ERDMANN, S., HANDLER, R. & FRANZ. G. (2005): Ordovician
metamorphism and pluton1sm 1n the Sierra de Quilmes
metamorphic complex: implications for the tectonic setting
of the northern Sierras Pampeanas (NW Argentina). Lithos
83, 143-181.
CAGGIANEL. , A., D EL MoRO, A.. PAGUONICO, A. , PICCARRETA,
G., P1NARELU , L. & RoruRA, A. (1991): Lower crustal gran1te
genes1s connected with chem1cal fract1onat1on 1n the conti-
nental crust of Calabria (southern Italy). European Journal of
Mineralogy 3, 159 180.
CARRINGTON, D.P. & WAT , G.R. (1995): A geochem1cal and
expenmental study of the role of K-feldspar dunng water-
undersaturated melting of metapelites. Chemical Geology
122, 59- 76.
CASTRO, A. (2001) : Plagioclase morphologies in assimilation
experiments. Implications for disequilibrium melting in the
generat1on of granodionte rocks. Mineralogy and Petrology
71 , 3 1 49.
CASTRO, A. (2004) : The source of gran1tes: Inferences
from the Lew1sian complex. Scottish Journal of Geology 40,
49- 65.

CASTRO, A. CORRETGE, L.G .. EL-BIAD, M., EL-HMIDI, H ..
FERNANDEZ, C. & PATINO DoucE, A.E. (2000): Expenmental
constra1nts on Hercyn1an anatexis 1n the lbenan Mass1f.
Spa1n. journal of Petrology 41 , 1471 1488.
CASTRO, A, PATINO DoucE, A.E., CoRRETGE, L.G .. DE LA RosA.
J.D., EL-BIAD, M. & EL-HMIDI, H . ( 1999): Ong1n of peralumi-
nous granites and granodiorites, Iberian Massif. Spa1n: an
experimental test of granite petrogenesis. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 135, 255-276.
CESARE, B. (2000): Incongruent melting of b10t1te to sp1nel
1n a quartz-free restite at El Joyazo (SE Spa1n): textures and
react1on charactenzat1on. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 139, 273-284.
CESARE, B. & MAINERI, C. ( 1999): Flu1d-present anatex1s of
metapelites at El Joyazo (SE Spain): constramts from Raman
spectroscopy of graph1te. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 135, 41 52.
CESARE, B., MARCHESI, C., HERMANN, J. & G6MEZ-PUGNAIRE,
M .T (2003): Primary m elt inclusions in andalus1te from ana-
tectic graphitic metapelites: implications for the posit1on of
the AI ,Si05 tnple point. Geology 31 , 573 576.
CESAR[, B .. SALVIOU MARIANI, E. & VENTURELLI, G. (1997):
Crustal anatex1s and melt extract1on dunng deformation 1n
the restit1c xenoliths at El Joyazo (SE Spa1n). Mineralogical
Magazine 61 . 15-27.
COLLINS, W.J. & SAwYER, E.W. (1996): Pervas1ve granitoid
magma transfer through the lower-m1ddle crust dunng non-
coaxial compress1onal deformation. journal of Metamorphic
Geology 14. 565 579.
CoNDIE, K.C., Cox, J., O'REILLY, S.J., GRIFFIN, W .L. & KERRICH,
R. (2004): D1stribution of high field strength and rare earth
elements in mantle and lower crust xenoliths from the
southwestern United Stat es: t he role of gra1n boundary
phases. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 68, 3919 3942.
CoNRAD, W.K., N ICHOLLS, I.A. & WALL, V.J. (1988): Water-
saturated and -undersaturated melt1ng of metalum1nous
and peraluminous crustal compos1t1ons at I 0 kb: ev1dence
for the ong1n of s1lioc magmas in the Taupo Volcan1c Zone.
New Zealand, and other occurrences. journal of Petrology
29. 765 803.
CuNEY, M. & BARBEY, P. (1982) : Mise en evidence de pheno-
menes de cnstalhsat1on fract1onee dans les migmat1tes. C. R.
Acad. Sci. Paris 295, 37-42.
Atlas of M•gmarlle>
--------------------------------- 65
CuNEY, M .. FRIEDRICH, M .. BLUMENFELD, P.. BouRGUIGNON,
A, BoiRON, M.C., V1GNERESSE, J.-L. & PoTY, B. (1990):
Metallogenesis in the French part of the Vanscan orogen.
I. U-preconcentrat1ons 1n the pre-Vanscan formations a
comparison with Sn, W and Au. Tectonophysics 177, 39-57.
DELLANGELO, L.N. & TuLus, J. (1988): Experim ental defor-
mation of partially melted granitiC aggregates. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 6 , 495 516.
DIETRICH, RV & MEHNERT, K.R. (1960): Proposal for the
nomenclature of migmatites and assoc1ated rocks. In
Sympos1um on Migmat1te Nomenclature (H. S0rensen, ed.).
Int. Geol. Congress (Norden). XXI Sess., Part XXVI, Suppl.
Vol. Sect. 1- 21, 56 67.
D ouGAN, T.W. (1979): Compos1t1onal and modal relation-
ships and melting react1ons 1n some m1gmat1t1c metapelites
from New Hampshire and Maine. American journal of
Science 279, 897-935.
DouGAN, T.W. ( 1983): Textural relations in melanosomes
of selected specimens of migm atitic pelitic schists: implica-
tions for leucosome-generating processes. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 83, 82 98.
EDELMAN, N. (1949): Structural h1story of the eastern part
of the Gullkrona Bas1n, SW Finland. Bulletin de Ia Commision
geologique de Finlande 148.
EDELMAN, N. (1973): Tens1on cracks parallel with the axial
plane. Bulletin ofthe Geological Society of Finland 45,61-65.
ENGLAND, P.C. & THOMPSON, A.B. (1984): Pressure - tem-
perature - time paths of reg1onal metamorphism. I. Heat
transfer during the evolution of reg1ons of th1ckened conti-
nental crust. journal of Petrology 25, 894 928.
EsKOLA, P. (1932): On the principles of m etamorphic differ-
entiation. Compt. Rend. Soc. Geol. Finlande 5, 68-77.
EsKOLA, P. (1939): D1e metamorphen Geste1ne. In D1e
Enstehung der Gesteine (T.F.W. Barth, C.W. Correns & P.
Eskola, eds.). Springer; Berlin. Germany (263 407).
FINGER, F. & CLEMENS, J.D. (1995): M1gmat1zat1on and "sec-
ondary" gran1t1c magmas: effects of emplacement and
crystallization of "pnmary" gran1to1ds 1n southern Bohem1a,
Austna. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 120,
311 326.
 INTRODUCTI ON
66 -----------------------------
FISHER, G.W. (1973): NoneqUIIibnum thermodynamics as
a model for d1ffusion-controlled metamorphic processes.
American Journal of Science 2 73 , 897 924.
FISHER, G.W. ( 1978) : Rate laws 1n metamorph1sm. Geochimica
et Cosmochimica Acta 42 , 1035 1041 .
FITZSIMONS, I.C.W. ( 1996): Metapel1t1C migmatites from
Brattstrand Bluffs, East Antarctica metamorphism, melt-
Ing and exhumation of the m1d crust. Journal of Petrology 3 7,
395 414.
FLE-CHER, R.C. ( 1982): Coupling of diffus1onal mass trans-
port and deformation 1n a t1ght rock. Tectonophysics 83,
275-291 .
FLOOD, & VERNON, R.H. (1978): The Cooma
R.H.
Granod1onte, Australia: an example of in situ crustal ana-
texis? Geology 6 , 81 - 84.
FLORENCE, F.P., DARLING, R.S. & O RRELL, S.E. (1995): Moderate
pressure metamorphism and anateXIS due to anorthosite
intrusion, western Adirondack Highlands, New York.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 121 , 424 436.
FoRNELL, A. PICCARRETA, G .. DEL MoRo, A & AcouAFREDDA,
P. (2002): Multi-stage melt1ng 1n the lower crust of the
Serre (southern Italy). Journal of Petrology 43, 2191 2217.
FRANKEL, J.J . (1950) : A note on the v1tnficat1on of Karroo
sed1ment by dolerite 1ntrus1ons. Transactions of the Royal
Society of South Africa 32, 287 293.
GARDIEN, V., THOMPSON, A.B., GRUJIC, D. & ULMER, P. (1995):
Expenmental melt1ng of b1otite + plag1oclase + quartz ~
muscov1te assemblages and implications for crustal melting.
Journal of Geophysical Research I 00, 15581 15591 .
GARDIEN, V., THOMPSON, A.B. & ULMER, P. (2000): Melt1ng of
biotite+ plagioclase + quartz gneisses: the role of H "0 in
the stab1lity of amph1bole. Journal of Petrology 41 , 651 666.
GRANT, J.A. (1985): Phase equ11ibna 1n part1al melting of
pelit1c rocks. In M1gmat1tes (J.R. Ashworth, ed.) . Black1e,
Glasgow. U.K. (86-144).
GRAN , J.A. (1986): The 1socon diagram- a s1mple solut1on
to Gresens' equation for metasomatiC alterat1on. Economic
Geology 81 , 1976- 1982.
GRANT, J.A. (2004): L1qu1d compos1t1ons from low-pressure
expenmental melting of pelit1c rock from the Morton Pass,
Wyom1ng. USA Journal of Metamorphic Geology 22 . 65-78.
GRAW, J.A. & FRoST, B.R. (1990) : Contact metamorph1sm
and part1al melt1ng of peilt1c rocks 1n the aureole of the
Laramie Anorthos1t1c Complex. Morton Pass, Wyom1ng.
American Journal of Science 290, 425 472.
GRAPES, R.H (1986): Melting and thermal reconstitution of
pelitic xenoliths, Wehr Volcano, east Eifel. West Germany.
Journal of Petrology 27, 343 396.
GREENFIELD, J.E., CLARKE, G.L., BLAND, M. & CLARKE, D .L.
(1996): In situ migmatlte and hybnd d1atex1te at Mt.
Stafford, central Australia. Journal of Metamorphic Geology
14,413 426.
GREENLY, E. ( 1903) : The diffus1on of gran1te 1nto crystalline
sch1sts. Geological Magazine 10, 207-212.
GROGAN, S.E. & REAVY, R.J. (2002): D1sequ11ibnum textures
in the Le1nster Granite Complex, SE Ireland: evidence
for acid aCid magma m1x1ng. Mineralogical Magazine 66,
929-939.
GuERNINA, S. & SAwYER, E.W. (2003) : Large-scale melt-
depletion 1n granulite terranes: an example from the
Archaean Ashuan1p1 subprovince of Quebec. Journal of
Metamorphic Geology 21 , 18 1 20 I.
GuPTA, L.N. & jOHANNI s, W. (1982): Petrogenesis of a stro-
matic m1gmat1te (Neulag. southern Norway). Journal of
Petrology 23, 548 567.
GuPTA, L.N. & jOHANNES, W. (1986): Genet1c model for
the stromat1c m1gmat1tes of the Rantasalm1 Sulkava area,
F1nland. Journal of Petrology 27. 521 539.
GORICH. G. (1905): Gran1te und Gneis. Himmel Erde 17,
241-251.
HAACK, U., HEINRICHS, H .. BONEI3, M. & SCHNEIDER, A. (1984):
Loss of metals from pelites dunng regional metamorphism.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 85, 116-132.
HAND, M. & DIRKS, P.H.G.M. ( 1992): The 1nfluence of defor-
mation on the format1on of ax1al-planar leucosomes and
the segregat1on of small melt bod1es w1th1n the m1gmati-
t1c Napperby Gne1ss. central Australia. Journal of Structural
Geology 14. 591 604.
HANSEN. j .. s~ IERllr, K.P.. PEDERSON. R.B. & DE LA RosA. J.
(2002): Crustal melt1ng 1n the lower parts of 1sland arcs:
an example from the Bremanger Gran1to1d Complex. west
Norwegian Caledonides. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 143. 316 335.
l Atl.h of
l HARME, M. ( 1962) : An example of anatexiS. Bulletin de fa
Commision geologique de Finlande 204, 113 125.
HARRIS, N., Mc M AN, A, HOLNESS, M., u~ EN, R., WATKEYS.
M., RoGERS, N. & FALUCK, A (2003): Melt generat1on and
nuid now 1n the thermal aureole of the Bushveld complex.
journal of Petrology 44, I031-1054.
HARTE, B., PATTISON. D .R.M. & LINKLATER, C.M. (1991): Field
relations and petrography of partially melted pelite and
sem1-pelitic rocks. In Equ1libnum 1n Contact Metamorph1sm:
the Ballachuhsh Igneous Complex and its Aureole (G . Voll,
j., Topel, D.R.M. Patt1son & F Se1fert, eds.). Spnnger-Verlag,
He1delberg, Germany ( 181-209) .
HARTEL, T.H.D. & PATTISON, D.R.M. (1996) Genesis of the
Kapuskasing (Ontano) migmat1t1c mafic granulites by dehy-
dration melt1ng of amphibolite: the 1mportance of quartz
to react1on progress. journal of Metamorphic Geology 14,
591 611.
H ENKES, L. & jOHANNES, W . (1981): The petrology of a mig-
matite (Arvika, Varmland, western Sweden) . Neues
jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Abhandfungen 141 , 113- 133.
HIBBARD, M.J. (1981): The magma m1x1ng ong1n of mantled
feldspars. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 76,
158 170.
HIBBARD, M.J. (1987) : Deformation of Incompletely crystal-
lized magma systems : granitic gneisses and their implications.
journal of Geology 95 , 543 561.
HIGGINS, M.D. ( 1998): Ong1n of anorthosite by tex-
tural coarsen1ng: quant1tat1ve measurements 1n a natural
sequence of textural development. journal of Petrology 39,
1307 1323.
HIRTH, G . & KoHLSTEDT, D .L. (1995): Experimental con-
stramts on the dynam1cs of the part1ally molten upper
mantle. 2. Deformat1on 1n the dislocation creep reg1me.
journal of Geophysical Research I 00. 15441 15449.
HoBSON, A, BussY, F. & HERNANDEZ, J. (1998): Shallow-level
migmatizat1on of gabbros in a metamorphic contact aure-
ole, Fuerteventura basal complex, Canary Islands. journal of
Petrology 39, 1025 1037.
HoKADA, T. & HAR,.E), S. (2004): Z1rcon growth 1n UHT leu -
cosome: constraints from z1rcon -garnet rare earth element
(REE) relat1ons 1n Napier Complex, East Antarctica. journal
of Mineralogical and Petrological Sciences 99, 180 190.
~llgmatl!e'
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 67
HOLLAND, T.B.J. & PowEL , R. ( 1998): An Internally conSIStent
thermodynamic dataset for phases of petrolog1cal Interest.
journal of Metamorphic Geology 16, 309-343.
HOLLAND, T.B.J. & PowEL, R. (2001): Calculat1on of phase
relations 1nvolv1ng haplogranitic melts us1ng an internally
cons1stent thermodynamic dataset. journal of Petrology 42 ,
673 683.
HOLMQUIST, P.j. (1916): Swed1sh Archaean structures and
the1r mean1ng. Bulletin of the Geological Institute Upsala 15.
125 148.
HOLMQUIST, P.J. (1920): Om pegmat1tpalingenes och
ptygmatisk vecking. Geofogiska Fiireningens i Stockholm
Fiirhandlingar 42 , 191 213.
HOLMQUIST, P.J. (1921): Typen und nomenklatur der aderge-
steme. Geofogiska Fiireningens i Stockholm Fiirhandlingar 43 ,
612 631.
H oLNESS, M.B. (1999) Contact metamorphism and ana-
texiS ofTorridonian arkose by minor intrusions of the Rum
Igneous Complex, Inner Hebrides, Scotland. Geological
Magazine 136, 527 542.
Ho NESS, M. & CLEMENS, J.D. (1999): Part1al melt1ng of the
App1n quartz1te dnven by fracture-controlled H , 0 Infil-
tration in the aureole of the Ballachulish Igneous Complex,
Scottish Highlands. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology
136, 154 168.
HOI NESS, M.B., DANE, K., SIDES. R., RICHARDSON,c.
& CADDICY,
M. (2005): Melt1ng and melt segregat1on 1n the aureole of
the Glen more Plug, Ardnamurchan . Journal of Metamorphic
Geology 25. 29- 44.
HOLNESS, M.B. & ISHERWOOD, C.E. (2003): The aureole of the
Rum Tertiary Igneous Complex, Inner Hebrides, Scotland.
journal of the Geological Society of London 160, 15 27.
HC" NESS, M.B. & WA, . G.R. (2002): The aureole of the
Tra1gh Bhan na Sgurra sill, Isle of Mull: react1on-dnven micro-
cracking dunng pyrometamorph1sm. Journal of Petrology 43 ,
511 534.
HoLTZ, F. & joHANNES, W. (1991): Genesis of peraluminous
gran1tes. I. Experimental 1nvest1gat1on of melt composi-
tion at 3 and 5 kbar and vanous H "0 act1v1t1es. j ournal of
Petrology 32 , 935 958.
H OLYOKE, C.W., Ill & RuSHMER, T. (2002): An expenmental
study of grain scale melt segregation mechan1sms in two
common crustal rock types. journal of Metamorphic Geology
20, 493 512.
 INTRODUCTION
68 ------------------------------
HuTTON. j. (1795): Theory of the Earth with Proofs and
Illustrations {In two volumes). Edmburgh, U.K.
ICENHOWER, j. & LONDON, D . (1995): An expenmental study
of element partition1ng between b1ot1te, muscov1te and
coexisting peraluminous silicic melt at 200 MPa (H 20).
American Mineralogist 80, 1229 1251.
ICENHOWER, j . & LONDON, D . ( 1996): Expenmental par-
titioning of Rb, Cs. Sr and Ba between alkali feldspar and
peraluminous melt. American Mineralogist 81 , 719 734.
ILDEFONSE, B.. ARBARET, L. & D10T, H. (1997): R1g1d part1cles
1n s1mple shear flow: 1s their preferred onentat1on pen-
odic or steady state? In Gran1te: from Segregat1on of Melt
to Emplacement Fabncs (j.-L. Bouchez. D.H.W. Hutton
& W .E. Stephens, eds.). Kluwer. Dordrecht, Netherlands
(177-185).
ILDEFONSE, B., LAUNEAU, P., BOUCHEZ, j.-L. & FERNANDEZ, A.
( 1992): Effect of mechanical interactions on the develop-
ment of shape preferred orientat1ons : a two d1mensional
experimental approach. Journal of Structural Geology 14,
73 83.
jAMIESON, R.A. ( 1984): Low pressure cordiente-beanng mig-
matites from Kelly's Mountain, Nova Scot1a. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 86, 309 320.
jAMIESON, R.A., BEAUMONT, C., MEDVEDEV, s. & N GUYEN, M.H.
(2004): Crustal channel flows. 2. Numencal models w1th
applications for metamorphism 1n the H1malayan- Tibetan
orogen. Journal of Geophysical Research I 09, B06407, 24 p.
joESTEN, R. (1977): Evolution of m1neral assemblage zon-
Ing 1n diffusion metasomatism. Geochimica et Cosmochimica
Acta 41 , 649-670
joHANNES, W. (1978): Melting of plagioclase in the sys-
tem Ab-An-H 20 and Qz-Ab An-H,O at PH20 =
5 kbar.
an equilibnum problem. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 66, 295-303.
jOHANNES, W. (1980): Metastable melt1ng 1n the gran1te sys-
tem Qz Ab-Or An-H 0. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 72, 73- 80.
j OHANNES, W. (1983a): On the orig1n of layered m1gmat1tes.
In M1gmatites, Melting and Metamorphism (M.P. Atherton
& C.D. Gribble, eds.). Shiva, Nantw1ch, U.K. (234 248).
j oHANNES, W . ( 1983b): Metastable melt1ng 1n gran1te and
related systems. In Migmatites, Melting and Metamorphism
(M .P. Atherton & C.D. Gribble, eds.) . Sh1va. Nantwich, U.K.
(27 36).
jOHANNES, W. ( 1985): The s1gn1ficance of experimental
studies for the format1on of m1gmat1tes. In M1gmatites (j.R.
Ashworth, ed.). Black1e, Glasgow, U.K. (36 85).
jOHANNES, W . & GuPTA, L.N . (1982): Ongin and evolut1on
of a migmatite. Contributions to mineralogy and Petrology 79,
114-123.
jOHANNES, W., H oLTZ, F. & MOLLER, P. ( 1995): REE distn-
bution in some layered migmatites: constraints on their
petrogenesis. Lithos 35 , 139 152.
joHN, B.E. & STuNITZ, H. (1997): Magmat 1c fracturing and
small-scale melt segregation dunng pluton emplacement
ev1dence from the Adamello Mass1f (Italy). In Gran1te: from
Segregat1on of Melt to Emplacement Fabncs (j.-L. Bouchez,
D.H.W. Hutton & W.E. Stephens, eds.). Kluwer, Dordrecht,
Netherlands (55 74).
jOHNSON, T.E. & BROWN, M . (2004): Quant1tat1ve constraints
on metamorphism in the Variscides of Southern Brittany
- a complementary pseudosection approach. Journal of
Petrology 45 , 1237-1259.
jOHNSON, T.E., GIBSON, R.L., BROWN, M ., BUICK, I.S &
CARTWRIGHT, I. (2003): Part1al melting of metapelitic rocks
beneath the Bushveld Complex. South Africa. Journal of
Petrology 4 4, 789 813.
j oHNSON, T.E., HuDSON, N.F.C. & DROOP, G.T.R. (2001 a):
Melt segregat1on structures w1th1n the lnz1e Head gneisses
of the northeastern Dalrad1an. Scottish Journal of Geology
37, 59-72.
jOHNSON, T.E., H UDSON, N .F.C. & DROOP, G.T.R. (2001 b):
Partial melting 1n the lnz1e Head gneisses: the role of water
and a petrogenetic gnd in KFMASH appl1cable to anatec-
of Metamorphic Geology 19,
tic pelitic m1gmatites. Journal
99-118.
jOHNSTON, A.D. & WYLLIE, P.j. (1988): Constra1nts on the
ongin of Archean trondhjemites based on phase relat1on-
sh1ps of N uk gne1ss w1th H 0 at 15 kbar. Contributions to
L
Mineralogy and Petrology I 00, 35 46.
joNES, K.A. & BRowN, M. (1990): H1gh-temperature "clock-
Wise" P-T paths and melt1ng 1n the development of reg1onal
migmatites: an example from southern Bnttany, France.
Journal of Metamorphic Geology 8. 551-578.
juNG, S., HoERNES, S., MASBERG, P. & HOFFER, E. ( 1999) : The
petrogenesis of some m1gmat1tes and gran1tes (central
Damara Orogen, N am1bia): evidence for disequilibrium
melting, wall-rock contamination and crystal fractionation.
Journal of Petrology 4 0, 1241 1269.

JuREWICZ, S.R. & WATSON, E.B. (1984): Distribution of part1al
melt in a fels1c system: the importance of surface energy.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 85, 25 29.
JuREWICZ, S.R. & WATSON, E.B. (1985): The distnbution of
part1al melt 1n a granitic system: the application of liqu1d
phase sintering theory. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta
49, 1109-1121.
KACZOR, S.M., HANSON, G.N. & PETERMAN, Z .E. (1988):
D1sequilibnum melting of gran1te at the contact of a bas1c
plug: a geochem1cal and petrographic study. Journal of
Geology 96 , 61 78.
KAWAKAMI, T. (2001) : Boron deplet1on controlled by t he
breakdown of tour maline in the migmatlte zone of the
Aoyama area, Ryoke metamorphic belt, southwestern
Japan. Can. Mineral. 39, 1529-1546.
KAwAKAMI, T. & IKEDA, T. (2003): Boron in metapelites con-
trolled by the breakdown of tourmaline and retrograde
formation of borosi licates in the Yana1 area, Ryoke meta-
morphic belt, SW Japan. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 145, 131 ISO.
KENAH, C. & H OLLISTER, L.S. (1983): Anatex1s 1n the Central
Gneiss Complex, Bnt1sh Columb1a. In M1gmat1tes, Melt1ng
and Metamorph1sm (M.P. Atherton & C.D. Gnbble, eds.) .
Sh1va, Nantwich, U.K. (142- 162).
KNESEL, K.M. & DAVIDSON, J.P. (1999) : Sr isotope systematics
during melt generat1on by intrusion of basalt 1nto conti-
nental crust. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 136.
285-295.
KNOPF, A. (1938): Part1al fus1on of granodionte by intrus1ve
basalt, Owens Valley, California. American journal of Science
23 6 , 373 376.
KOESTER, E., PAWLEY, A.R., FERNANDES. L.A.D., PoRCHER,
C.C. & SoL,ANI, E., JR. (2002): Expenmental melt1ng of
cordiente gne1ss and the petrogeneSIS of syntranscurrent
peraluminous gran1tes 1n southern Braz1l. journal of Petrology
43 , 1595 1616.
KoHN, M.J., SPEAR, F.S. & VALLEY, J.W. ( 1997) : Dehydration-
melting and fluid recycling during metamorphism: Rangeley
Formation, New Hampsh1re, USA. journal of Petrology 38,
1255 1277.
KORZHINSKI, D.S. (1971): Theory of Metasomatic Zoning.
Oxford Un1vers1ty Press, Oxford, U.K.
KRANCK, E.H. ( 1953): Interpretation of gneiss structures
with special reference to Baffin Island. Proceedings of the
Geological Association of Canada 6 , 59 68.
A t1a .. t)f Mt1!matnc'
- -- -- - - -- - - - - - - - 69
KRIEGSMAN, L.M. & HENSEN, B.J. (1998) : Back reaction
between rest1te and melt: 1mplicat1ons for geothermo-
barometry and pressure temperature paths. Geology
2 6 , 1111 - 1114.
LACROIX, M.A. ( 1898): Le granite des Pyrenees et ses phe-
nomenes de contact. Bull. Serv. Carte geol. France 9 (64),
I 68 .
LACROIX, M.A. (1900): Le gran1te des Pyrenees et ses phe-
nomenes de contact. Bull. Serv. Carte geol. France II (71).
LAPADU-HARGUES, P. (1945): Sur l'ex1stence et Ia nature de
l'apport chimique dans certains series cnstallophylliennes.
Bull. Soc. Geol. France, Se ser., 15, 255-310.
LAPORTE, D ., RAPAILLE, C. & PRovosT, A. (1997): Wetting
angles, equ1libnum melt geometry, and the permeability
threshold of part1ally molten crustal protoliths. In Gran1te:
from Segregation of Melt to Emplacement Fabncs (J.-L.
Bouchez, D.H.W. Hutton & W.E. Stephens. eds.) . Kluwer
Academic Publisher, Dordrecht, Netherlands (31 54) .
LEBRETON, N. & THOMPSON, A.B. (1988): Flu1d-absent (dehy-
dration) melt1ng of b10t1te 1n metapelites 1n the early stages
of crustal anatexis. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology
99,226 237.
LEJEUNE, A.-M . & RICHET, P. (1995) : Rheology of crystal-bear-
Ing Silicate melts: an experimental study at h1gh viscos1t1es.
journal of Geophysical Research I 00, 4215-4230.
LE MA,TRE, R.W. (1974): Part1ally fused gran1te blocks from
Mt. Elephant, Victona, Australia. Journal of Petrology 15,
403 412.
LINDH, A., HoEFS, J. & MALMSTROM, L. (1984): Oxygen 1sotope
ratiOS in magnetite core-and-mantle structures. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 2 . 343 348.
LITVINOVSKY, B.A. & PoDLADCHIKOv, Yu.Yu. ( 1993): Crustal
anatex1s dunng the 1nflux of mantle volatiles. Lithos 30,
93 107.
L:TviNOVSKY, B.A., STEELE, I.M. & WICKHAM, S.M . (2000): Silicic
magma formation 1n overthickened crust: melt1ng of char-
nocklte and leucogranite at IS, 20 and 25 kbar. Journal of
Petrology 41 , 717-737.
LowENS~ERN, J.B. ( 1995): Applicat1ons of silicate melt 1nclu-
s1ons to the study of magmatic volatiles. In Magmas, Flu1d
and Ore Depos1ts (J.F.H. Thompson, ed.) . M1neralog1cal
AssoCiation of Canada, Short Course 23, 7 1 99.
 INTRODUCT ION
70 ------------------------------
LuPULESCu, A. & WATSON, E.B. (1999): Low melt fract1on
connect1v1ty of gran1t1c and tonalit1c melts 1n a mafic crustal
rock at 800°C and I GPa. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 134,202-2 16.
LYELL, C. (1855) : Manual of Elementary Geology (5' ed.) .
john Murray, London, U.K.
MAAL0E, S. (1982): Geochemical aspects of permeabil-
Ity controlled part1al melting and fract1onal crystallization.
Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 46 , 43 57.
MAccARRONE, E., PAGLIONico. A., P·cCARRETA, G. & Ro TuRA,
A. ( 1983): Granulite-amphibolite fac1es metasediments
from Serre (Calabna, southern Italy): the1r protoliths and
the processes controlling thew chemistry. Lithos 16, 95-111.
MA· GREGOR, M. & WiLSON. G. (1939): On gran1t1zat1on and
assoc1ated processes. Geological Magazine 16 , 193 215.
MAKITIE, H. (200 I): Eastern margin of the Vaasa M1gmatite
Complex, Kauhava, western Finland: preliminary petrog-
raphy and geochemistry of the diatex1tes. Bulletin of the
Geological Society of Finland 13, 35-46.
MANCKTELOW, N.S. (2002): Fin1te-element modelling of
shear zone development in v1scoelast1c matenals and 1ts
1mplicat1on for the localisation of part1al melt1ng. Journal
Structural Geology 24, 1045 1053.
MANNING, D.A.C. & PICHAVAW, M. (1983): The role of nu-
onne and boron 1n the generat1on of gran1t1c melts. In
M1gmatites, Melt1ng and Metamorphism (M.P. Atherton &
C.D. Gribble, eds.). Sh1va, Nantwich, U.K. (95 109).
MARCHILDON, N. & BRowN, M. (2001): Melt segregat1on 1n
late syn-tectonic anatectic migmatites: an example from
the Onawa contact aureole, Maine, U.S.A. Physics and
Chemistr y of the Earth A 26, 225-229
MARCHILDON, N. & BROWN, M. (2002): Gra1n-scale melt
d1stribut1on 1n two contact aureole rocks: 1mplicat1ons for
controls on melt localization and deformation. Journal
Metamorphic Geology 20, 381 - 396.
MARCHILDON, N. & BROWN, M. (2003): Spat1al d1stnbution
of melt-beanng structures in anatectiC rocks from southern
Bnttany, France: 1mplicat1ons for melt transfer at gra1n- to
orogen-scale. Tectonophysics 364 , 215 235.
MASON, G .H. (1985): The m1neralogy and textures of the
Coastal Batholith, Peru. In Magmat1sm at a Plate Edge: the
Peruv1an Andes (W.S. Pitcher, A.M. Atherton, E.J . Cobb1ng
& R.D. Beckinsale, eds.). Blackie, Glasgow, U .K. (156 166).
McKENZIE, D. (1984): The generat1on and compact1on of
part1ally molten rock. Journal of Petrology 25, 713-765.
McLELLAN, E.L. ( 1983): Contrasting textures 1n metamorphic
and anatectiC migmatites; an example from the Scottish
Caledonides. Journal of Metamorphic Geology I. 241 262.
McLELLAN , E.L. (1984) : Deformational behaviour of mig-
matites and problems of structural analysis in migmatite
terrains. Geological Magazine 121 , 339 345.
McLELLAN, E.L. (1988): M1gmatite structures in the Central
Gne1ss Complex, Boca De Quadra, Alaska . Journal of
Metamorphic Geology 6, 517 542.
McLEL•. AN, E.L. ( 1989): Sequential formation of subsolidus
and anatect1c m1gmat1tes 1n response to thermal evolut1on.
eastern Scotland. Journal of Geology 91, 165 182.
MEHNERT, K.R. (1968): Migmatites and the Origin of Granitic
Rocks. Elsev1er, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
MEHNERT, K.R., BoscH. W. & ScHNEIDER, G. (1973): Initial
melting at grain boundaries of quartz and feldspar in
gneisses and granulites. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie,
Monatshefte, 165 183.
MICHEL-LEVY, A. (1893): Contnbutlon a !'etude du granite
of de Flamanville et des gran1tes franc;ais en general. Bull. Serv.
Carte geol. France 5 (36). I 41.
MILLER, C. F. & M ~~ EFEHLD , D.W. ( 1982): Deplet1on of light
rare-earth elements in fels1c magmas. Geology 10, 129 133.
M•LLER, C.F. & WoODEN, J.L. (1994): AnatexiS, hybnd1zation
and the modification of anoent crust: Mesozo1c plutonism
in the Old Woman Mounta1ns area, California Lithos 32,
111-133
MILORD, I. & SAWYER, E.W. (2003): Schl1eren formation in
diatexite migmat1te : examples from the St. Malo m1gma-
t1te terrane, France, Journal of Metamorphic Geology 21 ,
347- 362.
of
MILORD, 1., SAwYER, E.W. & BROWN, M. (2001): Formation of
d1atex1te migmatite and granite magma dunng anatex1s of
sem1 -pelitic metasedimentary rocks: ar. example from St.
Malo, France. Journal of Petrology 42 , 487-505.
MISCH, P. (1949): MetasomatiC gran1t1zat1on of batholithiC
d1mens1ons. American Journal of Science 247, 209-245.
MoNTEL, J.-M . & V1E1 ZEUF, D. (1997): Part1al melting of
metagreywackes. II. Compos1tions of minerals and melts.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 128, 176- 196.
 Atltl"' of M1gmatirc-.
----------- ----------- -------- 71

MoROGAN, V. & S0RENSEN, H . (1994) : Net ve1ned complexes OLSEN, S.N. (1987) : The compos1t1on and role of the flu-
in the Oslo Rift, southeast N orway. Lithos 32 , 21 45.
1 Ids in m1gmatites: a fluid inclusion study of the Front
• NAIR, R. & CHACKO, T. (2002): Fluid-absent melting of high-
Range rocks. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 96 .
104 120.
grade sem1-pelites: P T constra1nts on orthopyroxene
format1on and 1mplicat1ons for granulite genes1s. journal of OLSEN, S.N. & GRANl, J.A. (1991): lsocon analys1s of m1g-
Petrology 43 , 2121 2 142. matizat1on in the Front Range, Colorado, USA. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 9, 151-164.
NEDELEC, A., MINYEM, D. & BARBEY, P. (1993) : High-P- high-T
anatex1s of Archaean tonalit1c grey gne1ss: the Eseka mJg- OLSEN, S.N., MARSH, B.D. & BAUMGARTNER, L. P. (2004):
matJtes, Cameroon. Precambrian Research 62 , 191 205. Modelling m1d-crustal m1gmat1te terra1ns as feeder zones
for granite plutons: the competing dynam1cs of melt trans-
N EVES, S.P. & VAUCHEZ, A. (1995): Successive m1xing and
fer by bulk versus porous flow. Transaction of the Royal
m1ngl1ng of magmas 1n a pluton1c complex of northeast
Society of Edinburgh 95, 49 58.
Brazil. Lithos 34, 275 299.
0TAMENDI, J.E. & PATINO DoucE, A.E. (2001): Part1al melt-
NICOLAS, A. & POIRIER, J.-P. (1976): Crystalline Plasticity and
Ing of alum1nous metagreywackes 1n the northern S1erra de
Solid State Flow in Metamorphic Rocks. Wiley lnterscience, Comechingones. central Argentina. journal of Petrology 42 ,
London. U.K.
1751 1772.
NYMAN, M .W ., PATTISON, D.R.M. & GHEW, E.D. (1995): Melt
PAR~.A.K. (1983): L1t-par-ht m1gmat1te fabrics 1n a metagab-
extraction dunng formation of K-feldspar + Sillimanite mig-
bro anorthosite complex, Sygnefjel l, Jotunheim, south
matites, west of Revelstoke, Bntish Columbia. journal of
N orway. In Migmatites, Melting and Metamorphism (M.P.
Petrology 36, 351 372. Atherton & C.D. Gnbble, eds.). Sh1va, Nantw1ch. U.K.

OBA1A, M .. YosHIMURA, Y., NAGAKAWA, K., OoAwARA, S. &

(296).
OSANAI, Y. ( 1994) : Crustal anatex1s and melt m1grat1ons
PARK, Y. & MEANS, W.O. (1996) : D1rect observat1on of defor-
1n the Higo metamorphic t errane, west-central Kyushu,
mation processes 1n crystal mushes. journal of Structural
Kumamoto, Japan. Lithos 32, 135 147.
Geology 18, 847 858.
0 JVlR, N.H.S. & BARR, T.D. (1997): The geometry and evo- PAR~, Y. & MEANS, W.O. (1997): Crystal rotation and
lutiOn of magma pathways through migmatites of the Halls
growth dunng gra1n flow in a deform1ng crystal mush. In
Creek Orogen, Western Australia. Mineralogical Magazine
Evolution of Geolog1cal Structures 1n M1cro- and Macro-
61. 3 14.
Scales (A. Sengupta, ed.). Chapman and Hall, London, U.K.
(245 258).
OL•VER, N .H .S., BOC'OPKOS, S, N~MCHIN, A.A., KlNNY, P.O.
& WAr, G.R. (1999): Relationships between zwcon U Pb PATERSON, S.R., VERNON, R.H. & TOBISCH, O.T. (1989) : A
SHRIMP ages and leucosome type 1n migmatites of the
review of critena for the 1dent1ficat1on of magmatic and
Halls Creek Orogen, Western Australia. Journal of Petrology
tecton1c foliations 1n gran1toids. journal of Structural Geology
40 , 1553- 1575.
II , 349 363.

0LStN, S.N . (1982): Open- and closed-system m1gmat1tes

1n the Front Range, Colorado. American journal of Science
282, 1596-1622.
0 s~N. S.N. (1984): Mass-balance and mass-transfer 1n mig-
matites from the Colorado Front Range. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 85, 30-44.
OLSEN. S.N . (1985): Mass balance 1n m1gmatites. In
M1gmat1tes (J.R. Ashworth, ed.). Black1e, Glasgow, U.K.
(145 179).
PA.INO DoucE, A. E. (2005) : Vapor-absent melt1ng of tonalite
at 15 32 kbar. journal of Petrology 46 , 275 290.
PATNO DoucE. A.E. & BEARD, J.S. (1995): Dehydration-
meltmg of b1ot1te gne1ss and quartz amph1bolite from 3 to
15 kbar. Journal of Petrology 36, 707 738.
PATINO DoucE, A.E. & BEARD, J.S. (1996): Effects of P,
f(O ) and Mg/Fe rat1o on dehydration melt1ng of model
metagreywackes. journal of Petrology 37, 999 I 024.
PATINO DoucE, A.E. & HARRIS, N. (1998): Expenmental
constraints on H1malayan anatex1s. journal of Petrology 39,
689 710.
 INTRODUC TION
72 -------------------------------
PATINO DoucE, A. E. & joHNs~oN, A.D. (1991): Phase equilib-
na and melt productivity 1n the pelit1c system: 1mplicat1ons
for the orig1n of peraluminous gran1to1ds and alum1nous
granulites. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology I 07,
202-218.
PATINO D oucE, A.E. , joHNSTON, A.D. & RICE, j.M . (1994) :
Octahedral excess mixing properties 1n biotite: a working
model with applications to geobarometry and geotherom-
etry. American Mineralogist 78, 113 13 1.
PAnsoN, D.R.M. (1991) : lnfiltrat1on-dnven dehydration
and anatex1s 1n granulite fac1es metagabbro, Grenv1lle
Prov1nce, Ontario, Canada. Journal of Metamorphic Geology
9. 315 332.
PA.~SON, D.R.M. & HARTE, B. (1988): Evolut1on of structur-
ally contrast1ng migmat1tes 1n the 3-kbar Ballachulish aureole,
Scotland. Journal of Metamorphic Geology 6, 475 494.
PERCIVAL, j .A. (199 1) : Granulite-fac1es metamorphism and
crustal magmat1sm in the Ashuanipi complex, Quebec-
Labrador, Canada. Journal of Petrology 3 2, 126 1 1297.
PERRIN, R. & ROUBAULT, M . ( 1937): Les reactions a l'etat
solide et Ia geologie. Bull. Serv. Carte geol. Algerie, SO ser.,
Petrographie I .
PERRIN, R. & RoUBAUL- , M. (1939): Le granite et les reac-
tions a l'etat solide. Bull. Serv. Carte geol. Algerie, s• ser.,
Petrographie 4.
PETFORD, N. (1995): Segregat1on of tonalitiC-trondhje-
mltlc melts 1n the continental crust: the mantle connect1on.
journal of Geophysical Research 100, 15735- 15744.
PICKERING, j .M. & jOHNSTON, A.D. (1998) : Fluid-absent melt-
ing behav1or of a two-m1ca metapelite: experimental
constraints on the orig1n of Black Hills granite. journal of
Petrology 39, 1787-1804.
P·TCHER, W.S. (1952): The m1gmat1t1c older granod1or-
1te of Thorr Distnct, Co. Donegal. Quarterly Journal of the
Geological Society of London I 08, 413 446.
PLAT~. j.P.
& V1sSERS, R.L.M. ( 1980): Extens1ona structures 1n
an1sotrop1c rocks. Journal of Structural Geology 2. 397 410.
PLATTEN, I.M. (1982): Partial melt1ng of feldspath1c quartz1te
around late Caledon1an m1nor intrusions in App1n, Scotland.
Geological Magazine 119,413 419.
PLATTEN, I.M. ( 1983); Partial meltmg of sem1pelite and the
development of marg1nal breccias around a late Caledonian
minor 1ntrus1on in the Gramp1an Highlands of Scotland.
Geological Magazine 120, 37- 49.
POIRIER, J.-P. ( 1985): Creep of Crystals. Cambndge Univers1ty
Press, Cambndge. U.K.
PoNs, j., BARBEY, P., DuPUIS, D. & LEGER, j .M. (1995) :
Mechan1sms of pluton emplacement and structural evo-
lution of 2.1 Ga juvenile continental crust: the B1rimian of
southwestern N iger. Precambrian Research 70,281-301 .
PowELL, R. ( 1983): Processes 1n granulite-facies metamor-
phism. In Migmatites, Melting and Metamorphism (M.P.
Atherton & C.D. Gnbble. eds.) . Shiva, N antwich, U.K.
( 127- 139).
PowELL, R. & DowNES, j. (1990): Garnet porphyroblast-
beanng leucosomes 1n metapelites: mechan1sms, phase
diagrams and an example from Broken Hill, Australia. In
H1gh Temperature Metamorphism and Crustal Anatex1s
(J.R. Ashworth & M. Brown, eds.). M1neralog1cal Society,
Ser. 2, Unw1n Hyman, London. U.K. (105 123).
PowELL, R. & HOLLAND, T.B.j. (1988): An internally consistent
thermodynamic dataset w1th uncertainties and correla-
t ions. 3. Applications to geobarometry, worked examples
and a computer program. journal of Metamorphic Geology
6, 173- 204.
RAITH, j.G. & HARLEY, S.L. (1998) ; Low-P/high-T metamor-
phism in the Ok1ep copper d1strict western Namaqualand,
South Afnca . Journal of Metamorphic Geology 16, 281 - 305.
RAMBERG, H . (1952): The Origin of Metamorphic and
Metasomatic Rocks. Un1versity of Ch1cago Press, Ch1cago.
IllinOIS.
RAPP, R.P. & WATSON, E.B. (1995): Dehydration melt1ng
of metabasalt at 8 32 kbar: 1mplicat1ons for continental
growth and crust mantle recycling. journal of Petrology 36,
891-931.
READ, H .H . (1957): The Granite Controversy. Thomas Murby
& Co., London, U.K.
RENNER, j., EvANS, B. & H1R~H. G. (2000): On the rheolog-
ICally cnt1cal melt fract1on. Earth and Planetary Science
Letters 181 , 585 594.
RoBERT, j .-L. ( 1976): T1tamum solub1lity 1n synthet1c phlogo-
pite solid solut1ons. Chemical Geology 17, 213 227.
RoBIN. P.-Y.F. ( 1978): Pressure solut1on at gra1n-to-grain con-
tacts. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 42. 1383-1389.
ROBIN, P.-Y.F. (1979): Theory of metamorphic segregation
and related processes. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 43,
1587 1600.

RoSENBERG, C. L. (200 I): Deformat1on of part1ally molten
granite: a rev1ew and companson of expenmental and nat-
ural case stud1es. International Journal of Earth Sciences 90,
60-76.
RosENBERG, C.L. & HANDY, M.R. (2000): Syntectonic melt
pathways dunng simple shearing of a partially molt en rock
analogue (norcamphor-benzamide). journal of Geophysical
Research lOS, 3135 3149.
RosENBERG, C.L. & HANDY, M.R. (2005): Expenmental defor-
mation of part1ally melted gran1te rev1s1ted: 1mplicat1ons for
the continental crust. journal of Metamorphic Geology 23,
19 28.
RuBATTO, D ., W ILLIAMS, I.S. & BuiCK, I.S. (2001): Zircon
and monaz1te response to prograde metamorphism in
the Reynolds Range, Central Australia. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 140, 458 468.
RusHMER, T. (1991) : Part1al melt1ng of two amph1bolites: con-
trasting expenmental result s under fiu1d-absent condit1ons.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology I 07, 4 1-59.
RusHMER, T. (1995) : An expenmental deformat1on study
of part1ally molten amph1bohte: application to low-melt
fract1on segregation. journal of Geophysical Research I 00.
15681 15695.
RuTTER, E.H. (1976): The kinet ics of rock deformat1on by
pressure solution. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London A283 , 203 2 19.
RuTTER, E.H. (1997): The 1nfiuence of deformation on the
extract1on of crustal melts: In Deformation-Enhanced Melt
Segregat1on and Metamorphic Flu1d Transport (M . H olness,
ed.) . Mineralogical Society, Series 8. Chapman and Hall,
London, U.K. (82 II 0).
RuTTER, E.H. & NEUMANN, D.H.K. (1995): Expenmental
deformatiOn of partially molten Westerly granite under nu-
ld -absent cond1t1ons. w1th 1mplicat1ons for the extraction
of gran1t1c magmas. Journal of Geophysical Research I 00,
15697- 15715.
RuTTER, M.J. & WYLLIE, P.J. ( 1988): Melting of vapour-absent
tonalite at I 0 kbar to simulate dehydrat1on melting in the
deep crust. Nature 33 1, 159- 160.
SAwKA, W . (1988): REE and trace element partit1oning in
accessory m1nerals and hornblende from the strongly
zoned McMurry Meadows Pluton, California. Transactions
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 79, 157 168.
Ada.., of M tgma t ite"
---------------- -------------- 73
SAWYER, E.W. (1 986): The influence of rock source type,
chem1cal weathenng and sort1ng on the geochemistry of
clast1c sediments from Quet1co Metasedimentary Belt,
Supenor Prov1nce. Canada. Chemical Geology SS, 77 95.
SAWYER, E.W. (1987): The role of part1al melt1ng and frac-
tional crystallization 1n determin1ng discordant migmatite
leucosome compos1t1ons. journal of Petrology 28, 4 45 473.
SAwYER, E.W. (1991): D1sequ11ibnum melting and the rate
of melt r es1duum separat1on dunng m1gmat1zat1on of mafic
rocks from the Grenv1lle Front. Quebec. journal of Petrology
32, 701 738.
SAWYER, E.W. ( 1994) : Melt segregatio n in the continental
crust. Geology 22 , 10 19 1022.
SAWYER, E.W. (1996) Melt-segregation and magma flow 1n
m1gmat1tes: 1mpl1cat1ons for the generation of gramte mag-
mas. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh: Earth
Sciences 87, 85- 94.
SAWYER, E.W. (1998) : Formation and evolution of granite
magmas during crustal rework1ng: the sign1ficance of dia-
texltes.Journal of Petrology 39. 1147- 1167.
SAWYER, E.W. (1999) : Critena for the recogmt1on of partial
melt1ng. Physics and Chemistry of the Earth A 24, 269 279.
SAWYER, E.W. (2000) : Gra1n-scale and outcrop-scale diS-
tribution and movement of melt in a crystallizing granite .
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh: Earth Sciences
91 ,73 85.
SAWYER, E.W. (200 I): Melt segregation in the continental
crust: d1stribut1on and movement of melt in anatectiC rocks.
journal of Metamorphic Geology 19, 291-309.
SAWYER, E.W. & BARNES, S.-J. ( 1988): Temporal and com -
positional differences between solidus and anatectic
m1gmat1te leucosomes from the Quet1co metasedimentary
belt. Canada. journal of Metamorphic Geology 6, 437 450.
SAWYER, E.W., DOMBROWSKI, c. & COLLINS, W.J. (1999):
Movement of melt dunng synchronous reg1onal deforma-
tion and granulite-facies anatexis, an example from the
Wuluma Hills, central Australia . In Understanding Gran1tes;
Integrating New and Class1cal Techn1ques (A. Castro, C.
Fernandez, & J.-L. V1gneresse, eds.). Geological Society,
Special Publication 168, 221 237.
SAWYER, E.W. & ROBIN , P.-Y.F. (1986): The subsohdus segre-
gation of layer-parallel quartz- feldspar veinS in greenschist
to upper amph1bolite facies metasediments. j ournal of
Metamorphic Geology 4, 237 260.
 INTRODUC TION
74
SCAI LET, B., HoLTZ, F. & PICHAVAW, M. (1998): Phase equi-
libnum constraints on the v1scos1ty of sil1c1c magmas. I.
Volcan1c pluton1c companson. Journal of Geophysical
Research I 03 , 27257-27266.
SCHEUMANN, K.H. ( 1936): Zur Nomenklatur migmat1tischer
und verwandter Gesteine. Tschermaks Mineral Petrogr. Mitt.
48, 297-302.
SEDERHOLM, j.j. ( 1907): Om graM och gne1s, deras uppkomst,
upptradande och utbredning 1nom urberget 1Fennoskand1a.
Bulletin de Ia Commission geologique de Finlande 23.
SEDERHOLM, j.J. (1923): On m1gmat1tes and assoCiated
Precambnan rocks of southwestern Finland. I. The Pelhnge
reg1on.Bulletin de Ia Commission geologique de Finlande 58 .
SEDERHOLM, j.j. (1926): On m1gmat1tes and assooated
Precambnan rocks of southwestern Finland. II. The reg1on
around the Barosundsf]ard west of Helsingfors and nelgh-
bounng areas. Bulletin de Ia Commission geologique de
Finlande 77.
SELBEKK, R.S . & SKJERUE, K.P. (2002): Petrogenesis of the
anorthosite dyke swarm ofTroms0. north Norway: experi-
mental ev1dence for hydrous anatexis of an alkaline mafic
complex. Journal of Petrology 43 , 943 962.
SHAW, D.M. (1954): Trace elements 1n pelit1c rocks.
Geological Society of America, Bulletin 65, 1151 1182.
SHAW, D.M. (1956): Geochemistry of pelitiC rocks. Ill. MaJor
elements and general geochemistry. Geological Society of
America, Bulletin 61,919-934.
SIMAKIN, A. & TALBOT. C. (2001 a): Tecton1c pump1ng of per-
vasive granitic melts. Tectonophysics 332, 387 402.
SIMAKIN, A. & TALBOT, C. (2001 b): Transfer of melt between
m1croscopic pores and macroscop1c veins in m1gmatites.
Physics and Chemistry of the Earth 26 , 363 367.
SINGH, j. & joHANNES, W. (1996a): DehydratiOn melt1ng 1n
tonahtes. I. Beg1nn1ng of melt1ng. Contributions to Mineralogy
and Petrology 125, 16-25.
S1NGH, j. & joHANNES, W. (1996b): Dehydrat1on melt1ng 1n
tonalites. II. Compos1t1on of melts and solids. Contributions
to Mineralogy and Petrology 125, 26 44.
SKELTON, A.D.L. (1996): The t1m1ng and d1rection of meta-
morphic fluid flow in Vermont. Contributions to Mineralogy
and Petrology 125, 75 84.
SKJERUE, K.P. & joHNSTON. A.D. (1992): Vapour-absent melt-
ing at I 0 kbar of a b1ot1te- and amphibole-beanng tonalitic
gne1ss: implicatiOns for the generation of A-type gran1tes.
Geology 20, 263-266.
SKJERUE, K.P. & joHNSTON, A.D. (1996) : Vapour-absent melt-
ing from I 0 to 20 kbar of crustal rocks that conta1n multiple
hydrous phases: implications for anatexis in the deep to
very deep cont1nental crust and active continental marg1ns.
Journal of Petrology 37, 661 691.
SKJERUE, K.P. & PAT NO DoucE, A. E. (2002): The flu1d-absent
part1al melt1ng of a zo1s1te-beanng quartz eclog1te from
1.0 to 3.2 GPa; implications for melt1ng 1n th1ckened conti-
nental crust and for subduct1on-zone processes. Journal of
Petrology 43 , 291 314.
SLAGSTAD, T., jAMIESON, R.A. & CuLSHAW, N.G. (2005):
Format1on, crystallisation and m1grat1on of melt 1n the mid-
orogeniC crust: Muskoka doma1n migmat1tes, Grenville
Province, Ontano. Journal of Petrology 46, 893-919.
SoLAR, G.S. & BROWN, M . (2001): Petrogenesis of migmatites
in Maine, USA: possible source of peralum inous leucogran-
ite in plutons? Journal of Petrology 42 , 789 823.
SPEAR, F.S., KoHN, M.j. & CHENEY, j.T. ( 1999): P T paths from
anatectiC pehtes. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology
134, 17-32.
SPICER, E.M., STEVENS, G. & B' 10, I.S. (2004): The low-pres-
sure partial-melt1ng behav1our of natural boron-beanng
metapelites from the Mt. Stafford area. central Australia.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 148, 160- 179.
SPRINGER, W. & SECK, H .A. (1997): Partial fus1on of bas1c
granulites at 5 to IS kbar: 1mphcat1ons for the origin of
TTG magmas. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 127,
30-45.
STEVENS, G., CLEMENS, J.D. & DROOP, G.T.R. ( 1997): Melt pro-
duction dunng granulite-fac1es anatex1s: experimental data
from "prim1tive" metasedimentary protol1ths. Contributions
to Mineralogy and Petrology 128. 352 370.
s~EVENSON, D.j. ( 1989): Spontaneous small-scale melt segre-
gatiOn 1n part1al melts undergo1ng deformat1on. Geophysical
Research Letters 16, I 067 I 070.
STRECKEISEN. A. (1976) : To each pluton1c rocks 1ts proper
name. Earth Science Reviews 12, I 33.
STROMGARD, K.-E. ( 1973): Stress distribut1on during forma-
tion of boudinage and pressure shadows. Tectonophysics 16,
215- 248.

STOWE, K. & PowELL, R. ( 1989) Metamorphic segregations
assoc1ated w1th garnet and orthopyroxene porphyroblast
growth: two examples from the Larsemann H1lls, East
Antartica. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology I 03,
523-530.
SYMMES, G .H . & FERRY, J.M. (1 995) : Metamorphism, flu1d-flow
and partial melting in pelit ic rocks from the O nawa con-
tact aureole, Central Maine, U SA. journal of Petrology 36,
587-612.
TAKEDA, Y.-T. & 0BATA, M. (2003): Some comments on the
rh eolog~eally cnt1cal melt percentage. journal of Structural
Geology 25. 813 818.
THOMPSON, AB. (1983) : Fluid-absent metamorphism. Journal
ofthe Geological Society, London 140. 533 547.
TIMMERMANN, H .. jAMIESON, R.A. PARRISI-i, R.R. & CULSHAW,
N .G . (2002): Coeval m1gmat1tes and granulites, Muskoka
doma1n, southwestern Grenville Province, Ontano.
Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 39, 239 258.
TINKHAM, D.K .. ZuLUGA, C.A & STOWELL, H.H. (2001):
Metapelite phase equ1libna modeling 1n MnNCKFMASH:
the effect of vanable AI,O and MgO I (MgO + FeO) on
m1neral stab1lity. Geological Materials Research 3. 1- 42.
TRACY, R.J. (1985): M1gmatite occurrences 1n N ew England.
In M igmatites (J .R. A shworth, ed.) . Black1e. Glasgow. U.K.
(204-224).
TRACY. R.J. & ROBINSON, P. (1983): Acadian m1gmatlte types
1n pelitiC rocks of central Massachusetts. In M1gmat1tes.
Melt1ng and Metamorph1sm (M.P Atherton & C.D. Gribble.
eds.) . Sh1va. Nantwich. U.K. (163 173).
TRUMBULL, R.B. (1988) : Petrology of flecked gneisses in the
northern W et Mountains, Fremont County, Colorado.
Geological Society of America, Bulletin I 00, 247 256.
TuRNER, F.J. (1941): The development of pseudo-stratifica-
tion by metamorphic d1fferent1at1on 1n the Otago sch1sts.
American journal of Science 239. I 16.
VANDERHAEGHE, 0. ( 1999): Pervasive melt m1gration from
migmat1tes to leucogranite in the Shuswap metamorph1c
core complex. Canada: control of reg1onal deformation.
Tectonophysics 3 12 , 35- 55.
VANDERHAEGHt:, 0. (2001): Melt segregat1on. pervas1ve melt
m1grat1on and magma mobil1ty in the continental crust:
the structural record from pores to orogens. Physics and
Chemistry ofthe Earth 26, 2 13- 223 .
--------------- ------------75
VANDER MoLEN, I. ( 1985): lnt erlayer material transport dur-
Ing layer-normal shorten1ng. I. The model. Tectonophysics
II 5. 275 295.
VAN DER MOLEN, I. & PATERSON, M.S. (1979) : Expenmental
deformation of part1ally-melted gran1te. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology 70, 299-3 18.
VERNON, R.H. ( 198 1): Opt1cal microstructure of partly
recrystallized calote 1n some naturally deformed marbles.
Tectonophysics 78, 601 612.
VERNON, R.H . & COLLINS, W .J. (1988): Igneous miCrostruc-
tures 1n m1gmatites. Geology 16, 11 26- 11 29.
VERNON, R. H. & PATERSON, S.R. (2001) : Ax1al-surface leu-
cosomes 1n anatectic m1gmatites. Tectonophysics 335 ,
183 192.
V1DALE, R.J . (1974) : Ve1n assemblages and metamorph1sm 1n
Dutchess County, New York. Geological Society of America,
Bulletin 85, 303-306.
V1ELZEUF, D . & HOLLOWAY J.R. (1988): Expenmental deter-
mination of the flu1d-absent melt1ng relat1ons 1n the
pelit1c system: consequences for crustal differentiation.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 98, 257 276.
V1ELZEUF, D . & MONTEL. J.-M. (1994): Part1al melting of
metagreywackes. I. Flu id-absent expenments and phase
relationships. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 117.
375 393.
V1GNERESSE, J.- L.. BARBEY, P. & CuNEY, M. (1996): Rheological
trans1t1ons dunng part1al melt1ng and crystallization w1th
application to fels1c magma segregat1on and transfer. journal
of Petrology 37, 1579 1600.
VIGNERESSE. J.- L. & TIKOFF, B. (2000): Stra1n partit ion-
Ing dunng partial melt1ng and crystallizing fels1c magmas.
Tectonophysics 31 2. 117 132.
V1LLASFCA, C.. RoMERA, C.M. & BAREBERO, L. (2001): Melts
and res1dua geochemistry 1n a low-to-m1d crustal sect1on
(central Spain). Physics and Chemistry of the Earth A 26.
273 280.
WAFF, H.S. & BuLAU, J.R. (1979): Equilibnum flu1d d1stnbu-
t1on 1n an ultramafic part1al melt under hydrostatic stress
conditions. journal of Geophysical Research 84. 6109 6114.
WAcTI-iER, J.V. & W ooD. B.j . ( 1983): Rate and mechan1sm 1n
prograde metamorphism. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 88. 246-259.
 INTRODUCTION
76 -------------------------------
WARK. D.A. & MILLER, C.F. (1993): Accessory m1neral
behav1or dur ing differentiation of a gran1t1c su1te: mona-
Zite, xenotime and zwcon in the Sweetwater Wash pluton,
southeastern Cal1fornia, U. S. A. Chemical Geology II 0,
49 67.
WATERS, D .J. (1988): Partial melting and the format1on of
granulite facies assemblages in N amaqualand, South Africa.
journal of Metamorphic Geology 6, 387 404.
WATERS, D.j. (2001) : The s1gn1ficance of prograde and ret-
rograde quartz-bearing mtergrowth microstructures 1n
part1ally melted granulite-faoes rocks. Lithos 56.97-110.
WATERS, D.j. & WHALES, C.j. (1984): Dehydration melt1ng
and the granulite trans1t1on 1n metapelites from southern
Namaqualand, S. Afnca. Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 88, 269-275.
WATT, G .R. & HARLEY, S.L. (1993): Accessory phase controls
on the geochemistry of cr ustal melts and restites produced
during water-undersaturated partial melt1ng. Contributions
to Mineralogy and Petrology 114, 550 566.
WEBER, C. & BARBEY, P. (1986): The role of water, m1x1ng pro -
cesses and metamorphic fabric in the genes1s of the Baume
m1gmat1tes (Ardeche, France). Contributions to Mineralogy
and Petrology 92 , 481-491.
WEBER, C.. BARBEY, P., CuNEY, M. & MAR~IN, H. (1985): Trace
element behaviour during m1gmat1zat1on. Ev1dence for a
complex melt - res1duum nu1d 1nteract1on 1n the St. Malo
m1gmat1t1C dome (France). Contributions to Mineralogy and
Petrology 90, 52- 62.
WHEELER, j. ( 1987): The s1gnificance of grain-scale stresses 1n
the k1netics of metamorphism. Contributions to Mineralogy
and Petrology 97, 397- 404.
WHITE, R.W. & PowELL, R. (2002): Melt loss and the pres-
ervation of granulite facies mineral assemblages. Journal of
Metamorphic Geology 20, 621 - 632.
WHITE, R.W., PowELL, R. & CLARKE, G.L. (2003): Prograde
metamorphic assemblage evolution dunng part1al melt1ng
of metasedimentary rocks at low pressures: m1gmat1tes
from Mt. Stafford, Central Australia. Journal of Petrology 44,
1937 1960.
WHn, R.W., PowEL . R. & HALPIN, J.A. (2004): Spatially-
focussed melt format1on 1n alum1nous metapelites from
Broken Hill, Australia. Journal of Metamorphic Geology 22,
825-845.
W HITE, R.W, PowELL, R. & HOLLAND, T.j. B. (2001):
Calculation of partial melt equilibria in the system N a20-
Ca0 -Kp-Fe0-Mg0 A1p 3 Si0 1 Hp ( N CKFMA SH) .
journal of Metamorphic Geology 19, 139-153.
WHITE, R.W., PoMROY, N.E. & PowELL, R. (2005): An in situ
metatex1te-diatex1te trans1t 1on 1n upper amph1bolite faoes
rocks from Broken Hill, Australia. Journal of Metamorphic
Geology 23, 579-602.
WHITE, S. (1977): Geolog1cal sign1ficance of recovery and
recrystallization processes in quartz. Tectonophysics 39,
143-170.
WHITNEY, D .L. & IRviNG, A.J . (1994): Ong1n of K-poor leu-
cosomes in a metasedimentary m1gmatite complex by
ultrametamorphism, syn-metamorphic magmatism and
subsolidus processes. Lithos 32, 173 192.
WiCKHAM, S.M. (1987a): Crustal anatexis and granite petro-
geneSIS dunng low-pressure regional metamorphism: the
Trois Seigneurs Massif, Pyrenees, France. Journal of Petrology
28, 127- 169.
WiCKHAM, S.M. (1987b): The segregat1on and emplacement
of gran1t1c magmas. journal of the Geological Society, London
144,281 - 297.
WiEBE, R.A. ( 1968): Plag1oclase stratigraphy: a record of
magmatic cond1t1ons and events 1n a gran1tic stock. American
Journal of Science 266, 690 703.
WiLLIAMS, M.L., HANMER, s.. KOPF, c. & DARRACH, M. (1995):
Syntectonic generation and segregation of tonalitic melts
from amphibolite dikes in the lower crust. Striding-
Athabasca mylonite zone, northern Saskatchewan. Journal
of Geophysical Research 100, 15717 15734.
WiLLoAMS, P.F. (1972): Development of metamorphic layenng
and cleavage 1n low-grade metamorphiC rocks at Bermagu1,
Australia . American journal of Science 272. I 47.
WiLUGERS, B.j.A., KROGSTAD, E.j. & WiJBRANS, j.R. (2001):
Companson of thermochronometers 1n a slowly cooled
granulite terra1n, Nagssugtoq1d1an Orogen, west Greenland.
Journal of Petrology 42 , 1729 1749.
 A tla, of M tgmatt tcs
----------------- -------------- 77

WOLF, M.B. & WYLLIE, P.J. (1991): Dehydration-melting of

solid amphibolite at 10 kbar: textural development, liquid
1nterconnectiv1ty and applicat1ons to the segregation of
magmas. Mineralogy and Petrology 44 , 151 179.

WoLF, M.B. & WYLLIE, P.J. (1994) : Dehydration-melting of

amphibolite at I0 kbar: the effects of temperature and time.
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology liS, 369- 383.

WYLLIE, P.J. (1961): Fusion of Torndonian sandstone by a

p1cnte sill 1n Soay (Hebndes). Journal of Petrology 2 , 1-37.

WYNNE-EDWARDS, H.R. (1963): Flow folding. American

Journal of Science 261 , 793-8 14.

YARDLEY, B.W.D. (1978): Genesis of the Skagit Gneiss mig-

matites, Washington, and the distinction between possible
mechanisms of migmatizat1on. Geological Society of America,
Bulletin 89,941 951.

YARDLEY, B.W.D. & BARBER, J.P. (1991): Melting reactions in

the Connemara Schists: the role of water infiltration in
the formation of amphibolite facies migmatites. American
Mineralogist 76, 848- 856.

ZALESKI, E., VAN BREEMEN, 0. & PETERSON, V.L. (1999):

Geological evolution of the Manttouwadge greenstone
belt and Wawa Quetico subprovtnce boundary, Superior
Province, Ontario, constrained by U Pb zircon dates of
supracrustal and plutonic rocks. Canadian Journal of Earth
Sciences 36, 945 966.
-
Ada~ of M i g matitc ~
----------- ----------- --------79

The Photog raphs

M igmat1tes are the product of the process of partial melting,

but their morphology IS to a considerable extent deter-
mined by other factors. The most Important among these
A.
are (I) the nature of the protolith, 1.e., what rock types 1t SOME EXAMPLES OF
conta1ned and how they were distributed, (2) whether or M IGMATITES [FIGS. AI-A3]
not the rocks were being deformed when they contained
partial melt, as th1s deformation dnves the separat1on of the The photographs 1n this short first section are 1ntended
melt from the solid fract1on, and also changes the shape of to 1ntroduce the reader to the range of morphology that
the rocks through folding, sheanng, and transpos1t1on, and m1gmat1tes can have. The three m1gmat1tes shown were
(3) t1me, as the length of the Interval between melting and derived from protoliths that were compositionally layered,
solidification is critical, e.g., it determines how far melt can but it is whether or not the m1gmatites were deformed
separate from its residuum and how far the microstructure dunng anatexis that largely determmes the appearance 1n
progresses to a fully equilibrated state. Thus, no two m1g- the three cases.
mat1tes are the same; the study of m1gmat1tes 1s not like the
study of fossils, and there 1s no equ1valent to a "type spec-
imen". Compare, for example, petrological spec1mens in
museums; samples of dionte look much the same from one
collect1on to another, but the samples labeled m1gmat1te
are all utterly different. The older literature on m1gmat1tes
does contain l1ne draw1ngs that represent idealized versions
of the relationships between melanosome, leucosome, and
paleosome found 1n migmat1tes. However, one can scour
outcrop after outcrop of m1gmat1te and find noth1ng that
resembles these so-called "class1c relat1onsh1ps". What 1s
found 1n outcrops, or in thin section, is vanety. The line
drawings are a construct, a simplified interpretation of the
connection between morphology and process obta1ned
by the study of naturally complex m1gmat1tes. The photo-
graphs 1n th1s book Illustrate what IS actually 1n m1gmat1tes.

The photographs 1n the following sections of th1s book are

1ntended to g1ve the reader an appreciation of the range
of appearance and microstructure that can be found 1n
m1gmat1tes. All the sect1ons have a bnef Introduction and
all, except the first, have further subdivisions to h1ghlight
specific key top1cs, for example, neosome or diatexite
m1gmat1te or melt 1nclus1ons. The photographs have been
selected w1th two objectives in m1nd; the first photograph
1n a sect1on shows a representative example of the top1c at
hand, and the subsequent ones illustrate the range of varia-
tions that can occur.
 SOME EXAMPLES OF MI G MATITE S
80 -------------------------------
Figure I
Fig. A I. The absence of differential stresses dunng anatexis
means that there 1s little dnv1ng force for the separat1on of
the less v1scous and less dense melt from the res1dual sol-
Ids. Consequently, the m1gmat1tes that result. such as the
one shown 1n th1s figure, have a very different appearance
to the migmatites that form when there are differential
stresses, such as those shown in Figs. A2 and A3. In this
migmat1te, partial melting occurred 1n the absence of differ-
ential stresses and, moreover, affected only the metapellt1c
beds. because the metamorphic temperatures were t oo
low for melting to start in the 1nterlayered beds of psamm1te.
As a result, the pellte beds have changed color, become
much coarser gra1ned. and lost any pre-anatect1c fine-scale
structures that they may have had. DIStinct leucosome and
melanosome d1d not form in the pelit1c beds because there
was no dnv1ng force for the effect1ve separat1on of the melt
from the solid (i.e., no movement of the melt occurred).
Thus. overall this m1gmat1te cons1sts of neosome. wh1ch
was derived from the metapelitlc beds, and paleosome,
wh1ch are the dark psamm1t1C beds that d1d not part1ally
melt. However, the neosome 1n the center does show slight
separation of the melt from residuum at a scale of I 2 em.
Location: Mount Stafford, Australia. Rock type : metatexite
migmat1te cons1st1ng of alternating layers of neosome and
paleosome; pelit1c protolith Interbedded w1th psamm1te.
partial melt1ng at T ca. 775 785°C. P 3.3 4.0 kbar, on the
boundary between local metamorphic zones 3 and 4. Image
and caption : R1chard Wh1te.
Further read1ng: Greenfield, J.E., Clarke, G.L., Bland, M. &
Clarke, D.L. ( 1996): In s1tu m1gmatite and hybrid diatexite
at Mt. Stafford, central Australia. journal of Metamorphic
Geology 14 ,413 426.
Greenfield, j .E., Clarke. G.L. & Wh1te, R.W. ( 1998): A
sequence of part1al melt1ng react1ons at Mt. Stafford, cen-
tral Australia. journal of Metamorphic Geology 16, 363~378.
White, R.W., Powell, R. & Clarke, G.L. (2003) : Prograde
metamorphic assemblage evolut1on dunng part1al melt-
ing of metasedimentary rocks at low pressures: migmatites
from Mt. Stafford, central Australia. journal of Petrology 44,
1937~1960.
 A rias of Migmatites
------------------------------- 81

Figure
Fig. A2. Exhumation o f upper
amphiboltte fwes from a m id -crust
depth in the thtckened crust in Bnttsh
Columbta began with crustal exten-
sion 1n the early Tertiary. Partial
melting and the upward migrat ion
of melt occurred during exhuma-
t ion and led to a major weakening of
the crust, which contributed to t he
rise of metamorphic core complexes
and domes, and to the late collapse
of the orogen. The weak, partially
melted rocks 1n the core complexes,
the mtgmatttes, were highly stratned
as the core complexes developed
and were exhumed by detachment
faulttng. The mtgmatttes 1n the photo-
graph are from the Thor-Odin dome
and have a morphology that is char-
acteristic of rocks that were highly
stratned whi le they contained melt.
T he most obvious feature is that t he
maJority of the leucocratic domains
are parallel to the strong tectonic
foliatton and the attenuat ed compo-
Sitional bandtng 1n the mesocratic,
grey paleosome host. The prepon-
derant morphology of th1s mtgmattte
IS stromattc. Closer inspectton tndi-
cates that there are two types of
leucocratiC stromata, a set of narrow
(<3 em) greytsh ones (A) that do not
appear to have etther a conspicu-
ous melanosome or a mafic selvedge
assoCiated wtth them, and a later
group of wider, sl ightly discordant
wh ite domains (B) that commonly
do have a mafic selvedge. The older
grey set may have formed m situ and,
therefore, be leucosome, but the later set was InJected Location: Thor- Odtn dome, Bnttsh Columbta, Canada.
and, therefore, best termed leucocratic vetns. Shorter and Rock type: stromatic metatextte mtgmattte, parttally melted
thtcker leucocrat1c bodtes (C) that are htghly discordant to at upper-amphtbolite-factes conditions. The whtte area in
the foliatton occur 1n extensional structures and small oblique the upper left IS snow. Scale: hammer near the center of
shear zones throughout the mtgmattte. Such leucocrat1c the photograph for scale. /mage: Ohvter Vanderhaeghe.
domains have a semiregular spactng between 50 em and I m,
and commonly have a consptcuous melanosome or a mafic Further reading: Vanderhaeghe, 0., Teysster, C. & Wyso-
selvedge around them; they may also be leucosome. Melt czanskt, R. (1999): Structural and geochronological
may have flowed from the stromatic leucosome to the dis- constraints on the role of parttal meltmg dunng the for-
cordant leucosome as t he migmatite was deformed. In order mation of the Shuswap metamorphic core complex at
to test thts possibility, it would be necessary to determine the latitude of t he T hor Odin dome, British Columbia.
whether there is petrological cont inuity from the stromat iC CanadJOnjournal o(Earth SCiences 36,917 943.
to the dtscordant leucosome in order to establish whether
Vanderhaeghe, 0. & Teyssier, C. (2001): Partial melting and
they contained melt at t he same time.
flow in orogens. Tectonophystcs 342, 451 472.
 SOME EXAMPLES OF MIG MATITES
82 ------------------------------

Figure 3
Fig. A3 . Rocks at Sand
R1ver 1n the Limpopo Mob1le
Belt of southern Afnca have
been deformed and part1ally
melted 1n the deep parts of
an orogen at least once and
possibly three t imes. Many of
the high-grade rocks there
are h1ghly strained. This pho-
tograph shows a migmatite
wh1ch is mostly paleosome
that has strongly attenuated
banding cons1st1ng of layers of
trondhJemltiC, granodiont1c,
and mafic composition. The
more competent layers in the
paleosome are boudinaged.
Laterally persistent, centi-
meter- and millimeter-wide
leucocratic bands (A) occur
in the incompetent trond-
hjemitic and granodioritic
layers that d1d not boudi-
nage. but they are so strongly
attenuated that 1t 1s not pos-
Sible to determine whether
they are felsic dikes or leu-
cosome matenal. However,
there are networks of con-
SpiCUOUS, coarser-gra1ned
leucosome assooated w1th
each of the boudinaged lay-
ers. The appearance of the
leucosome in these layers
depends on structural pos1-
t1on. Leucosome located in
pressure shadows and inter-
boudln partitions are thickest,
have the coarsest grain-size
and are not foliated Traong
along the leucosome doma1ns reveals that they become two migmat1tes is very different, and there are two rea-
finer grained, th1nner. and foliated where located on the sons for th1s. F1rstly, the Thor Od1n m1gmat1te conta1ned
long s1des of boudins, or are 1n shear zones, 1.e., they are much more melt, and so has more and wider bodies of
strongly attenuated where not 1n protected structural s1tes. leucosome. Secondly, the paleosome 1n the Sand R1ver mig-
Some anatect1c melt thus has moved from foliat1on planes matites 1s leucocratlc, and consequently, the leucosome IS
and collected between the boudins. There are a few bod- far less conspicuous.
Ies of leucosome with a coarse gra1n-s1ze and no foliat1on
Location: Sand R1ver Gne1sses. Causeway locality, South
1n dilatant fractures that cross several layers. Their pres-
Africa. Rock type: metatexite m1gmatite; trondhJemite, gra-
ence indicates that anatectic melt was still present as the
nodiorite, and mafic protoliths. Anatexis 1n the granulite
deformation ended. This migmatite and that shown in Fig.
facies, T 800 850°C, P 7 I 0 kbar. Scale: the pocket knife is
A2 w ere both highly strained while melt was present. and
II em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
they have similar overall morphologies in wh1ch stromatic
leucosome dominates. However, the appearance of the

B.
TH E PA RTS O F A MIGM AT IT E
Neosome and paleosome [Figs. 81-84]
T he parts of a migmatite created by and during anatexis
are cal led neosome. The part not affected by partial melt-
ing, which commonly retains some charactenstics of the
pre-partial-melting state, is called the paleosome. The
photographs in this section illustrate some of the char-
actenstiCs used to tdenttfy and descnbe neosome and
paleosome.
Neosome with leucosome and melanosome
t [Figs. 85-814]
The best-known constituents of neosome are leucosome
and melanosome, and they form when the melt fraction
generated by partial melt ing becomes separated, or seg-
regated, from the solid fraction. The leucosome is denved
from the melt fract ion, whereas t he melanosome repre-
sents the solid products of the melting reactton, typically
as a result of Incongruent melting, and 1t occurs with or
without excess reactant phases. Some of the common rela-
tionships between leucosome and melanosome that are
found tn neosome are shown on the followtng photographs.
The examples also show some of the morphologtcal vanety
dtsplayed by leucosome and melanosome; such vanety IS 1n
large measure due to protoltth antsotropy and the way 1n
whtch it responds to deformatton.
Neosome without distinct leucosome or
melanosome [Figs. 815-826]
Not all examples of neosome develop conspicuous and
separate domains of leucosome and melanosome, and t his
can make the recogn ition of anatexis and therefore mtgma-
tites difficult. However, in most cases, there is little difficulty
tn recogniztng the neosome. One particular morphology of
neosome (Ftgs. B20 B25) appears to be diagnostiC of reac-
ttons involvtng dehydratton melttng of btottte, and perhaps
of hornblende as well.
Atlas of M igmatitcs
----~------------------------ 83
Neosome in open-system migmatites
[Figs. 827-834]
Mtgmatites that form without the additton, or loss, of mate-
rial are said to have formed 1n a "closed system". If material
was added t o, or removed from, t he migmatite during ana-
texis, then the migmatite formed in an "open syst em". O nce
a low-viscosit y phase (melt) has formed during anatexis,
open-system behavior very commonly ensues, because
the melt fraction has a low vtscostty and is able to move
out of the more viscous solid residuum. Scale IS an impor-
tant factor in deciding whether the system was "open" or
"closed". For practtcal purposes, tf all the melt and residual
parts can be identtfied at the scale of a hand spectmen, or
the outcrop, then one can regard the processes of form-
tng the mtgmatite as a "closed system". However, if the
scale of the separatton between the melt and restduum 1s
greater than the scale of observatton, one regards the mig-
mattte-forming processes as havtng occurred tn an "open
system". Migmatites that formed in closed systems are eas-
ier t o underst and because the relative proporttons of the
melt and residuu m are preserved in the neosome. In open-
system migmatites. the relative proportions of the melt
and residuum have been changed. Migmatttes, or regions
withtn migmatites, that have lost melt are recognized by
thetr htgher proportion of rest dual material relative to melt.
or melt products (e.g., leucosome). Conversely, mtgmatites
that have had melt added to them can be recognized by a
pauctty of residuum. Thts group of photographs show some
examples of "open-system" mtgmatites.
Variations within neosome [Figs. 835-842]
In many migmatites, there 1s a considerable range 1n the
morphology. microstructure and composition within the
leucosome and melanosome they contatn. However, it
is the leucosome that shows the most obvious variability
within individual domains, between generations of leuco-
some, or between the structural sites they occupy in the
migmat1te. Thts sectton illustrates some of thts vanability.
 THE PA RT S O F A MIGMATITE
84 ------------------------------

From leucosome to leucocratic dikes in

migmatites [Figs. 843-848]
The process of melt segregation 1n m1gmatites starts with
the movement of melt from the grain boundaries where it
formed toward channels. The first channels into which melt
flows are located in the source area where the melt formed;
they are surrounded by melt-deplet ed rocks t hat are, typ-
ically, melanocratic. The locat ion of channels is controlled
by such factors as t he nature of the rock's anisotropy, and
the way in which t he rock is deformed. T he channels serve
as both the sites w here melt may collect and as conduits
through which melt flows. Where the melt m the channels
crystallizes, 1t is preserved as the leucosome 1n a migmat1te.
For anat ectic melt to leave 1ts source area and reach higher
levels 1n the crust, the flow of melt must become focused
into progress1vely fewer, but larger, channels. The larger
channels do not have a melanosome around them because
t hey are no longer fed from t he adjacent rocks. In addi-
tion, t he channels are commonly discordant: consequently,
what they contain no longer is cal led leucosome; rather,
they are leucocrat ic veins, or w here larger, leucocrat ic
dikes. Some examples of the transit ion from leucosome to
leucocratic dikes in migmatites are shown in this series
of photographs.

Selvedges in migmatites [Figs. 849-854]

In many migmatites, there are narrow. compos1t1onally and
microstructurally distinct rims around the leucosome and
leucocratic ve1ns; these are called selvedges. The composi-
tionally distinct rims t hat are t he res1dual material left after
the extract ion of the anatectic melt t hat makes up some,
most, or all of the associated leucosome could be called
melt-depleted selvedges. However, t he residual material is
most commonly melanocratic, and the t erm melonosome is
reserved exclusively for t hese. Therefore, the term selvedge
applies to t he narrow, compositionally distinct rim t hat
occurs around leucosome and leucocrat ic veins and t hat is
not formed by t he extraction of anatectic melt . There is no
requirement that selvedges be melanocratic. However, the
most common type of selvedge is melanocratic, and con-
sists of a very thin biot ite- or hornblende-rich nm around
leucocratic veins; such a rim is called a mafic selvedge, not
a melanosome. Mafic selvedges m migmatite terranes are
most commonly developed around late, discordant leuco-
crat ic veins or dikes; they can also develop around granitic
dikes intruded into host rocks t hat are not migmat it es (see
Figs. Gl3, GIS, G l6, and G19).
 A tlas o f M igmatitcs
------------ ------------ --------- 85

Figure I

Fig. B I. The migmat1te shown consists of scattered Locotton: Baume migmatite, Ardeche, France. Rock type:
patches of neosome in the paleosome. The paleosome IS a patch metatexite m1gmatlte; quartzofeldspath1c gneiss
mesocrat1c plagioclase quartz-K-feldspar orthogneiss w1th protolith partially melted under upper-amphibolite-facies
<5% biotite + sillimanite, and is recognized by the pres- conditions, T 700 ± sooe, P 3 kbar. Scale : the lens cap is 6
ence of a foliation t hat predates the partial melting. The em across. Image: Pierre Barbey.
small patches of neosome cons1st of a melanocratic (gar-
net + hercynite) part. generally 1n the center, and an outer Further read1ng: Weber, C. & Barbey. P. ( 1986) : The role
leucocrat1c nm with the assemblage K-feldspar + quartz of water, mixing processes and metamorphic fabric in
+ plagioclase. Thus, the neosome appears to have under- t he genesis of the Baume migmatites (Ardeche, France).
gone segregation of the melt from the residual solids. N ote Contributions to Mmerology and Petrology 92, 481 491.
that some patches of neosome do not have a melanocrat1c
core, probably because the plane of the rock surface does
not pass near the center of those patches. Unlike their host,
the patches of neosome do not have a foliation, and they
are generally equidimensional and somewhat irregularly
distributed. However, a band of neosome to the left of the
lens cap IS subparallel to the foliat1on 1n the paleosome, and
1ts origin may be due to the infiltration of a fluid along the
direction of the foliation plane in the host.
 NEOSOME AND PALEO SOME
86 -------------------------------

Figure

Fig. 82 . This m1gmatite has a compos1t1onally un1form Locat1on: Central Metasedimentary Belt. Grenville Prov1nce
and weakly foliated paleosome 1n wh1ch scattered patches near Wakefield, Quebec, Canada. Rock type: patch metatex-
of light-colored neosome have a somewhat 1rregular ite migmat1te; metagabbro protolith, anatex1s at conditions
shape that might be related to fractures that devel- of the upper amphibolite to lower granulite faoes, T ca.
oped in the paleosome at the t1me of part1al melting. The 800°C, P 6- 9 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image :
paleosome is a medium-gra1ned garnet-hornblende- E.W. Sawyer.
plagioclase metagabbro; the neosome has the mineral
assemblage plagioclase + quartz + clinopyroxene + garnet
and is much coarser grained. Hence, a possible reaction
to describe melting is hornblende + plagioclase =
clinopyroxene + melt. The minerals are rather uniformly
distributed in the neosome 1n the upper left. However, the
larger patch of neosome in the center IS more complex, as
the res1dual ferromagnes1an m1nerals (mostly clinopyrox-
ene) are at the marg1n 1n some places, and 1n the center
elsewhere. Because the paleosome conta1ns hornblende,
1t 1s darker colored than the res1dual part of the neosome,
Illustrating that color is not 1nvariably reliable as a bas1s for
dist1ngu1shing paleosome from res1duum, and hence for
genetic 1nterpretat1ons in m1gmat1tes.
 A tl as of M igmatite;
----------------- -------------- 87

Figure 3

Fig. 83. Only the fine-grained, grey. lens-shaped body, Locat1on: N emiscau Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
which can be called either a raft. scholle. or enclave type: schollen diatex1te migmatite; siliciclastic metaturbid-
(labeled P). to the nght of t he center IS paleosome in this Ite protolith partially melted at T 750-820°C, P 4 5 kbar.
m1gmatite: all the rest IS neosome of one sort or another. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
The paleosome scholle is fine-gra1ned and mesocrat1c: 1t
represents the rema1ns of a plag1oclase + quartz + b1o-
t1te res1ster lithology (a psammite or metagreywacke) that
did not melt, but 1t did undergo boudinage. The rest of the
metasedimentary rocks, of pelitic or semipelitic composi-
tion, underwent partial melting and has been modified . The
neosome 1s morphologically complex. as some parts (top of
the photograph) have a layered appearance. whereas oth-
ers are more 1rregular in form. Because the melt fraction
has been segregated from its res1duum to various extents.
the neosome is compositionally complex also. The melt-
rich parts of the neosome are evident as leucosome (L).
The parts rich in residual minerals are melanocratic (M),
but the parts of the melanosome enriched in biotite are far
darker colored than those parts where garnet IS abundant.
Furthermore, t here are coarse-grained. mesocratic parts to
t he neosome; in these parts, the melt d1d not completely
segregate from the residuum. This migmatite illustrates that
no specific genet ic connotat ion should be attached to t he
parts of a migmatite t hat are mesocratic.
 NEOSOME A N D PALEO SOME
88 ------------------------------

Figure

Fig. 84. This migmatite cons1sts almost entwely of neo- Locat1on: Ashuan1p1 Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
some; 1t IS a diatex1te m1gmat1te. Paleosome occurs only as type: d1atexite m1gmatite; Sllioclast1c metaturbidite proto-
scattered, dark, rounded rafts or schollen in the neosome lith, granulite-fac1es anatexis; T 825-875°C and P 6- 7 kbar:
(e.g., between the hammer and the ruler) . Although leu- Scale: the hammer is 40 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
cocratic relative t o t he paleosome, the neosome cannot
be descnbed as leucosome because 1t conta1ns too h1gh
a proportion of ferromagnesian minerals; biotite and
orthopyroxene in t his case. The neosome is characterized
by a coarse grain-size and by the loss of structures, such as
bedding, that predate the partial melting. The very uniform
appearance of this migmatite could anse because ( I) the
protolith had a very homogeneous bulk composition, so
that the degree of part1al melt1ng was everywhere similar.
or (2) there was very little separat1on of the melt fraction
from the solid fract1on, and consequently, the neosome
d1d not develop consp1cuous leucosome and melanosome.
However, some places are a little lighter colored, or a little
darker colored, than others. Several dark bands (S), which are
concentrations of residual b1ot1te and orthopyroxene (the
melt1ng reaction in these rocks was b1otite + plagioclase +
quartz = orthopyroxene + ilmen1te + melt) are present
at the lower right. These thin bands, ribbons, and foliae of
melanocratic material are called schlieren.
 A tlas of M igmati tes
----------------- -------------- 89

Figure S

t
•

Fig. 85. The protolith to this migmatite is a foliated meta- Location: Abitib1 Subprovince south of Ch1bougamau,
mafic rock, and the neosome shown has a concentrically Quebec, Canada. Rock type: metatexite migmatite; meta-
zoned structure: there is a rim of melanosome, and an mafic protolith, anatex1s at T 800-850°C and P 8 I 0 kbar.
1nner domain of leucosome. The leucosome is compara- Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
tively un1form: 1t cons1sts of coarse-grained leucotonalite.
The melanosome, however, is not un1form. It consists of Further readmg: Sawyer. E.W . ( 1991 ) : D1sequ1libnum melt1ng
a clearly v1sible hornblende-rich 1nner part that is essen- and the rate of melt res1duum separation during migma-
tially devoid of plag1oclase and quartz, and a wider and less tization of mafic rocks from the Grenville Front, Quebec.
obvious outer part in which the abundant plagioclase and journal of Petrology 32,701 738.
quartz progressively increase outward to the level found
1n the host, wh1ch is the paleosome where 1t d1d not par-
tially melt. It may not be easy to locate preosely where
the outer edge of the melanosome IS in the field: conse-
quently, petrographic examination of thm sections may be
required to do this if mass-balance calculations are contem-
plated. Geochemical mass-balance of th1s and other areas
of neosome from the outcrop indicates that the neosome
formed in a closed system, i.e., the melt fract1on that cre-
ated the leucosome came from the adjacent melanosome,
which therefore represents a melt-depleted halo around
the leucosome. Anatex1s in a closed system 1n which the
melt and residuum have separated, but remained in place,
is referred to as m situ; hence, this is an example of an m
situ leucosome.
 MELA N OS OME
N EOSO M E WIT H LEU COSO ME A N D
90 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --

Figure 6

quart z leucosome
gly foliated of thin band s (< I 0 mm) of plag1oclase +
Fig. 86. This migmatite consists mostly of a stron nosome. Because
grey. titani te- K-feld spar- horn - w1t h a very narro w hornblende-nch mela
and compositionally banded. the migmat1te
meta diont e paleo some . it occurs parallel t o t he foliat1on and g1ves
blende biotit e- quar tz- plagioclase bed as stromatic.
nt. A large doma 1n a layer ed appearance. 1t can be descn
Ther e are two types of neosome prese some has a small er gra1n -size than the
d 1n a dilata nt T he strom at1c leuco
of low-aspect-rat1o 1n s1tu neosome IS locate struc ture. but wher e the two are
o the foliat1on and leucosome 1n the dilatant
struc ture that has developed obl1q ue t one to the othe r is transi-
. Th1s neosome 1n contact, the transit1on from
the compositional band 1ng 1n the paleosome me borde rs of the
melanosome. tional. In ne1ther case can the melanoso
consists of an inner leucosome and an outer low-a spec t-ratio
d most . but not all of the leuco- stromatic leucosome be traced into the
wh1ch IS developed aroun that both were
are coars er gra1ned than leucosome. T hese relationships could mean
some . Bot h part s of t he neosome
fohat1 on or the band- part1ally molte n at the same time.
the paleosome. They do not have t he
there fore, postdate
Ing present in the adJacent paleosome and, Locat1on: Abit ibi Subprovince south of Chibo
ugam au,
tonalit1c comp o-
in
these structures. The leucosome port1on IS Q uebe c. Canada. Rock type: meta tex1te
m1gm at1te; meta-
spar), and some of
Sition (plag1oclase + quar tz+ mino r K-feld diorit e proto lit h. anatexis at T 800- 850°
C and P 8-10 kbar.
quar tz are euhe-
the plag1oclase crystals that occu r w1thin Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W . Sawy
er.
ate crystallization
dral . a micro struct ure Interp reted to ind1c
me belon ging t o the leucosome
from a melt. The melanoso
+ hornb lende and. in
has the mineral assem blage plagioclase
quart z and K-feldspar
places. hornblende + plagioclase (i.e.,
ider, and darker, in
are absent). Furth ermo re, it is much w
this mela noso me
some places t han in others; conse quent ly,
t its leucosome
is more irregular and less sym metri cal abou
neoso me consists
t han that in Fig. BS. The second type of
 A rias of Migmatites
- -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - 91

Figure 7

Fig. 87. The paleosome part of th1s m1gmat1te 1s a biotite - Locat1on: Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type: metatexite
quartz hornblende plag1oclase gne1ss 1n wh1ch folded m1gmat1te; gneiss protohth of 1ntermed1ate compos1tion
grey leucocrat1c plagioclase + quartz layers I 5 mm w1de part1ally melted under conditions of the upper amphibolite
w1thout melanocratic borders IS ev1dent. The neosome to lower granulite fac1es. Scale: the pen IS 14 em long. image
part (around the pen) consists of quartz plag1oclase and capt1on: Tony I.S. Kemp.
K-feldspar leucosome enveloped by melanosome, which
consist mainly of hornblende. T he concentration of horn-
blende to form the melanosome suggests that hornblende
was either not involved in the melting reaction and was
in excess during partial melting, or that hornblende was
a solid product of reaction. The presence of inclusion-
free, presumably melt-precipitated hornblende crystals
1n the leucosome suggests that hornblende was 1ndeed
involved in the melt1ng reaction, wh1ch may have been biO-
tite + plag1oclase + quartz + hornblende = hornblende1
+ melt. Poorly aligned nakes of poikiloblastiC biOtite In the
melanosome probably formed by reversal of the melt-pro-
duCing react1on dunng crystallization of the leucosome.
 N EOSOME W ITH LEUCOSOM E AND MELANOSOME
92 -------------------------------

Figure 8

Fig. 88. A band of quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar leu- Th1s replacement may be due to the loss of melt, a reaction
cosome about 15 mm w1de can be seen 1n the center of between anhydrous res1dual phases and melt during cool-
th1s photograph. Although 1t 1s not ev1dent 1n th1s close-up, ing, or to react1on with an aqueous nUid.
the leucosome 1s oriented parallel to the compositional lay-
Location: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
enng (bedd1ng) 1n the m1gmatite; therefore, the leucosome
metatexite m1gmatite; psammite protolith, partially melted
is descnbed as stromatic. There are prominent. narrow
at T 825-875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s graduated 1n
(about 4 mm) borders of melanosome contain1ng large crys-
em and mm. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
tals of garnet, orthopyroxene and biot1te developed along
both sides of the leucosome. The very low modal content
of quartz and feldspar in the melanocratic nms is consis-
tent with the interpretation that they contain the residuum
left after the extraction of the melt that subsequently
crystall1zed to become the leucosome. The grey meso-
cratiC part of the m1gmatite beyond the melanosome 1s
a quartz + plag1oclase + biotite + garnet + K-feldspar ±
orthopyroxene metapsammite, wh1ch on the bas1s of 1ts
m1neral assemblage has undergone part1al melting and IS
mostly residuum. Some porphyroblasts of garnet 1n the
mesocrat1c part have a narrow leucocratic rim, and these
are interpreted to be K-feldspar (a solid product of the
melt-producing reaction) and crystallized melt. Therefore,
the mesocratic part of this migmatite is neosome, not
paleosome. All t he biotite in t he melanosome and some
in the mesocratic part replace garnet and orthopyroxene.
 Atlas of Migma[i[es
------------ ------------ ---------93

Figure 9

Fig. 89. The neosome 1n this m1gmatite occurs 1n a layer of Locat1on: Ab1t1b1 Subprov1nce south of Chibougamau.
med1um-grained (2-4 mm) garnet- plagioclase-hornblende Quebec. Canada. Rock type: metatexite m1gmatite: meta-
metamafic sch1st. on which the scale rests. The neosome mafic protolith, anatex1s at T 800- 850°C and P 8-10 kbar.
1s coarse grained (5 12 mm), and cons1sts of buff-colored, Scale : the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
irregularly shaped leucosome of tonalite composition that
conta1ns minor amounts of garnet and clinopyroxene. and
a brown1sh purple. plag1oclase hornblende- clinopyrox-
ene garnet melanosome. If it is assumed that the host layer
has a composition similar to the proto lith of the neosome,
then the 1nferred reaction responsible for partial melting
was hornblende + plag1oclase = melt + clinopyroxene +
garnet. The leucosome occup1es dilatant structures that
formed as the host layer (protoltth) underwent layer-
parallel extension. Contacts between t he melanosome and
leucosome are diffuse: melanosome IS absent where the
leucosome shows a sharp contact w1th 1ts host metamafic
sch1st. Some of the melt thus was able to migrate a short
distance away from its m s1tu melanosome when brittle
fracturing occurred. The leucosome contains large. euhe-
dral crystals of clinopyroxene. whereas the clinopyroxene
1n the melanosome IS generally xenoblastic or sub1d1oblas-
ttc: the clinopyroxene in the leucosome thus crystallized 1n
a melt. Many clinopyroxene crystals have a narrow rim of
hornblende.
 N EOSOME WITH LEUCOSOME AND MELANOSOME
94 -------------------------------
Figure I0
Fig. 8 I 0. Th1s strongly foliated metatex1te m~gmat1te from
southern Bnttany has a complex neosome. The grey, fine-
grained, sch1stose layers (P) conta1n the m1neral assemblage
quartz+ oligoclase+ b1otrt:e (some layers conta1n m1nor amounts
of garnet) and probably underwent little, 1f any, partial melt-
Ing; they are possibly quartzofeldspath1c paleosome. The coin
rests on one of several coarser-grained layers that contain the
m1neral assemblage plagioclase + quartz + biot1te ± garnet ±
cordierit e ± Sillimanite and may be residual; these were derived
from more alumino us metapelitic beds. Domains of leucosome
up to a few centimeters wide occur w1th1n the coarser-gra1ned
layers and are either trondhjem1tic (quartz + oligoclase
+ b1ot1te) or granrt:ic (quartz + K-feldspar + oligoclase + bio-
tite) 1n compos1tion; both may conta1n small amounts of garnet
and s1lliman1te. Many of the leucosome areas have consp1cuous,
coarse-gra1ned melanosome from I to 10 mm w1de around
them that conta1ns the mineral assemblage b1ot1te + cordiente +
sillimanrte ± garnet ± quartz ± plag1oclase. The assemblage IS
cons1stent with a residuum denved by the loss of anatect1c melt
from a pelitic protolith. A n unusual feature of the melanosome
1n th1s migmatite 1s the development of prom1nent biot1te-rich
bands within it. T hese consist almost ent1rely of decussate crys-
tals of biotite up to 2 em long. T he coarse-grained biotite-rich
bands could be part of the melanosome, or they could be a
mafic selvedge that fonmed later by reaction between the leu-
cosome and its host. The microstructures assooated with the
bands prov1de the critical 1nfonmat1on. Some b1ot1te in the bands
1S part1ally replaced by a nm of cordiente that separates it from
Sillimanite 1n the rest of the melanosome. This microstructure
1s interpreted to have fonmed dunng the incongruent melting
of biotrt:e. Consequently, the b1otlte bands were present before
dehydration melt1ng began. Therefore, the b1ot1te bands are
interpreted to have developed at the very beg1nn1ng of anatexis,
at which stage H 10-present melt1ng reactions occurred and
did not involve b1otite. T he biot1te bands are an integral part
of the melanosome and are not mafic selvedges. Most of the
leucosome domains in th1s migmat1te are oriented parallel to
the compositional layering and foliation. Thus. this is a stromatic
met atexite migmat1te. However; leucosome 1s present between
the boudins. The migmat1te thus was defonmed wh1le melt was
still present.
Location: Port Navalo area, southern Bnttany, France. Rock type:
stromat1c metatex1te m1gmatite; quartzofeldspath1c and alumi-
nous metasedimentary protolith, anateXIS at T ca. 800°C, p ca.
8 kbar; then decompression to 4 kbar and cooling. Scale: the
coin IS 24 mm across. Image and capt1on: Mike Brown.
Further readmg: jones, K.A. & Brown. M. (1990): High-
temperature 'clockwise' P T paths and melting in the
development of regional m1gmat1tes: an example from southern
Brittany, France.Journal ofMetarnorph1c Geology 8, 551-578.
Marchildon, N. & Brown, M . (2003): Spatial distribu-
tion of melt-bearing structures 1n anatectic rocks from
southern Brittany, France: implications for melt transfer at grain-
to orogen-scale. Tectonophysics 364, 215 235.
 Aria:, of Migmatites
----------------- ------------- 95

Figure I I

Fig. B II. Migmatites in which the neosome forms par- Location: Abitibi Subprovince, south of Chibougamau,
allel layers are called stromatic; single layers, as in this Quebec, Canada. Rock type: metatexite m1gmatite. meta-
example, are called stroma. The prom1nent layering in the mafic proto lith part1ally melt ed at T 800-850°C and P 8 I 0
paleosome formed when the metamafic protolith under- kbar. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
went noncoax1al sheanng before and dunng part1al melting.
wh1ch attenuated the pre-exist1ng compositional layer- Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. (1991): Disequilibnum melt1ng
ing. The neosome IS parallel to the layering and consists of and the rate of melt-residuum separation dunng m1gma-
two parts: a white leucosome of leucotonalite composition tization of mafic rocks from the Grenville Front, Quebec.
(plagioclase + quartz), and a hornblende-rich. plagioclase- journal of Petrology 32. 701 738.
depleted melanosome. The leucosome contains subhedral
crystals of plag1oclase that have crystal faces against quartz.
and large euhedral crystals of randomly oriented horn-
blende. Both microstructures 1nd1cate crystallization from
a melt. This stromatic neosome is unusual 1n that melano-
some is developed only on one side of the leucosome
and not on both. as is more common. Mass-balance cal-
culations using the whole-rock major- and trace-element
compositions 1ndicate that the neosome probably formed
m a closed system and is, therefore. an example of in s1tu
melting and subsequent segregat1on of the melt from t he
residual solids. This is an example of an 1n Situ neosome; t he
leucosome part may also be called an rn situ leucosome.
 NEOSOM E WITH LEUCOSOME AND MELAN OSO M E
96 -------------------------------

Figure I

Fig. 812. The neosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te 1s much coarser Location: Central Metasedimentary Belt, Grenville Provmce
gra1ned than the hornblende + plag1oclase + garnet near Wakefield, Quebec. Canada. Rock type: metatex1te
paleosome upon wh1ch the scale rests. Most of the larger migmat1te: metagabbro protohth. anatexis under condit1ons
doma1ns of neosome are located m and around shear zones of the lower granulite fac1es. Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long.
and 1nterboudin partitions. The melanosome is composed Image: E.W. Sawyer.
of hornblende + garnet + clinopyroxene with m1nor plagio-
clase, and the leucosome mostly cons1sts of plagioclase +
quartz, but locally contains large, euhedral crystals of light
green clinopyroxene. The melting reaction may have been
=
hornblende + plagioclase clinopyroxene + melt. A lthough
the leucosome and melanosome are 1n contact, the distri-
bution of melanosome is 1rregular and asymmetncal relat1ve
to the leucosome. The darkest parts of the melanosome
are nch 1n hornblende, wh1ch appears to replace clinopy-
roxene. The hornblende m the melanosome thus results
from a late- or post-anatex1s rehydration react1on. Small
amounts of leucosome also are present parallel to the folia-
tion planes 1n the paleosome. Some of th1s leucosome has a
consp1cuous melanocrat1c border (mafic selvedge) resulting
from the late replacement of clinopyroxene by hornblende.
 A tlas of Mig ma tites
---------------------------------- 97

Figure I3

Fig. 813. Th1s photograph shows a th1n (10 em) layer of Locat1on: Ab1t1b1 Subprov1nce south of Chibougamau,
plag1oclase ·garnet-clinopyroxene metamafic rock w1th Quebec. Canada. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmatite
quartz-plag1oclase in situ and 1n source tonalit1c leucosome w1th dilatant structures; met amafic protohth, anatex1s at
that occurs w1th1n a garnet-beanng plag1oclase· hornblende T 800-850°C and P 8 I 0 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em
metabasiC rock, v1sible in t he upper nght. The photograph long. /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
1S taken normal to the plane of t he layenng, and shows that
most leucosome 1s disposed in an array of linked exten-
SIOn-induced fractures. There are also small, round halos
of leucosome, however, about 8 mm across. surrounding
some of the garnet crystals. The borders of the leucosome
are not planar; rat her, they are h1ghly irregular on the gra1n
scale, wh1ch suggests that they have not been subsequently
deformed. The proto lith of this layer is 1nterpreted to have
had JUSt the opt1mal bulk compos1t1on for part1al melt1ng
to have consumed v1rtually all its hornblende to generate
abundant garnet and clinopyroxene, both of which are very
strong m1nerals. Consequently, as melt1ng progressed, and
the melt fract1on was removed, th1s layer became more
competent than its ne1ghbors and developed many exten-
Sional fractures. The last increments of anatectiC melt in
the layer migrated into t he extensional fractures as they
developed and, when temperat ures declined, crystal-
lized there t o form t he leucosome. A possible melting
reaction is hornblende + plagioclase = melt + garnet +
clinopyroxene .

•
 NEO SOME WITH LEUCO SOME AND MELANOSOME
98-------------------------------

Figure 14

Fig. 814. This migmat1te was denved from metapelite and Locat1on: Be1t Bndge Complex. Verbaard Farm, South
cons1sts of only two parts, leucosome and melanosome; Afnca. Rock type: stromatic metatex1te m1gmat1te; pelit1c
1t 1s all neosome. However, the adJacent outcrops conta1n protolith, anatexis at T 800 850°C, P 7 I 0 kbar. Scale: the
psamm1t1c, calc-silicate, and mafic resister litholog1es that pocket kn1fe IS II em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
can be traced laterally for some distance; thus, 1n the larger
context, th1s 1s a metatex1te migmat1te. The m1gmatlte 1s
polyphase, as it has experienced anatexis and deformation
in the Archean (twice) and aga1n in the Paleoproterozoic.
Hence, the bodies of leucosome display a complex history
of deformation and have been boudinaged and folded at
various times. The domains of leucosome 1n the photo-
graph are located parallel to the foliat1on and compos1t1onal
layenng denved from the original bedding; they are thm,
and have a high aspect-ratio. Hence. the m1gmat1te can be
descnbed as stromatic. The leucosome cons1sts of quartz,
plag1oclase, and K-feldspar 1n vanous proport1ons. and
conta1ns only minor amounts of garnet and b1otite. The
melanocratic, metapehtic rocks between the doma1ns of
leucosome are nch in biotite and garnet. consistent w1th a
melt-depleted, or residual, bulk composition. However, the
metapelitic layers show differences in modal mineralogy,
grain size, and microstructure from layer to layer. These
differences probably reflect the initial variation in protolith
composition from bed to bed.
 Atl,ls of Migmatites
------------------ --------------- 99

Figure

•
•

Fig. B IS . Migmat ites derived from felsic igneous protoliths Location: Opat ica Subprovince. Quebec, Canada. Rock type :
such as granites, leucotonalites and trondhjemites can be patch metatexite migmatite; leucotrondhjemite protolith
very difficult to recogn1ze in the field because the neosome part1ally melted under upper-amphibolite-faoes conditions,
has a compos1t1on. m1neralogy. and microstructure s1milar T ca. 750°C, and P 5 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s 15 em long.
to those of the paleosome. The paleosome 1n th1s m1gma- Image: E.W. Sawyer:
t 1te (P) IS a grey. foliated leucotrondhJemlte. part of a late
Archean. calc-alkaline plutonic arc in the Superior Province Further readmg: Sawyer, E.W. (1998): Format1on and evo-
of Canada. The neosome (N ) forms lighter. pinkish and lution of granite magmas dunng crustal reworking: the
buff-colored. rather nebulitic patches that are slight ly significance of diatexites. Journal of Petrology 39. 11 47 1167
coarser grained and. most notably. devo1d of a foliat1on.
relat1ve to the paleosome. Petrograph1c and geochem1cal
ev1dence 1nd1cates that no segregation of melt from resid-
ual solids occurred as the neosome patches formed; hence.
there is no leucosome and no melanosome, 1.e., the prod-
ucts of anatexis rema1ned 1n s1tu. Locally, there are thin.
pink leucocratic veins (LV) parallel to the foliation in the
paleosome; these represent 1nject1ons of anatectic melt
(1.e.. they are not m situ or in-source leucosome) . The whit-
ISh streaks onented parallel to the scale are scratches on
the surface made when cleanng the outcrop.
 NEOSOME W ITHOUT DISTINCT LEUCOSOME OR MELANOSOME
100 -----------------------------

Figure 6

Fig. 816. The protolith for th1s m1gmat1te was a strongly Location: Mount Hay. Arunta Inlier. Australia. Rock type :
metatex1te m1gmat1te: foliated charnock1te protolith. par-
foliated. coarse-gra1ned garnet- and orthopyroxene-bear-
tial melt1ng at T 825 875°C. P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS
Ing monzogranite to syenogramte that conta1ned abundant
megacrysts of K-feldspar. The gramte occurs as a large d1ke IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
in a th1ck sequence of mafic granulites. The small degree
of partial melting at this locality has generated scattered
lent icular patches of neosome (N ) located in crenulation
bands that are oriented at a high angle to the pre-existing
foliation . The neosome in th1s migmatite is very difficult
to see largely because it is practically the same color as
the host. One reason for this uniformity IS the very fel-
sic composition of the paleosome. The res1duum left after
the extraction of the small amount of melt generated 1n
th1s migmatite is dominated by K-feldspar. plag1oclase, and
quartz and. consequently. not particularly ennched 1n fer-
romagnes1an minerals relat1ve to the melt-denved port1on.
Hence. there is no distinct leucosome, nor melanosome, to
assist the eye in detecting the neosome. The best criterion
to identify neosome in such circumstances is 1ts truncat1on
of older structures in the paleosome, the foliat1on 1n th1s
example.

Figure 17
Fig. B 17. T he center of this photograph shows a pelitic layer
that has undergone significant partial melting. It is bordered
at the top (beneat h the pen knife) and t he bottom by psam-
mitic layers in which there was little or no partial melting.
As the entire pelitic layer has been affected by partial melt-
ing, it can be called neosome, and three components can be
identified w ithin it. The melanocrat ic part consists of scat-
tered dark grey andalusite porphyroblasts (A); these are
surrounded by a dark rim, or corona, of cordierite + spinel
symplectite that also contains minor amounts of K-feldspar
and plagioclase. The light grey mesocratic component (R) of
the neosome consists principally of cordierite and K-feldspar
with minor amounts of quartz and biotite, and is interpreted
to be t he residuum left after partial melting of a pelitic proto-
lith and the removal of most of the anatectic melt generated.
Pink leucocratic material consisting mostly of K-feldspar and
quartz is scattered unevenly throughout the neosome; it
forms a rim around the andalusite porphyroblasts, as well
as rather nebulous patches and small veins in the mesocratic
part of the neosome. Because the K-feldspar is commonly
prismatic and occurs in larger crystals of quartz (see Figs.
F47 and F48), t he leucocratic part of the neosome is inter-
pret ed to have crystallized from a melt, and can be termed
leucosome. A lthough the melt and residual fract ions did sep-
arate, the striking aspect of this migmatite is that the scale
of segregation was millimetric only, and the leucosome and
A tlas of M igmat ites
101
residuum remained intimately associated, a relationship sug-
gestive of anatexis in the absence of differential stresses. A
dark-colored layer separates the pelite from t he psammite;
this selvedge has formed as a result of interaction between
t he psammite and the anat ectic melt in t he pelite.
Location: Mount Stafford, Australia. Rock type: unsegre-
gated neosome in a metatexite migmatite; the protolith
was a pelitic layer in a thinly bedded sequence of psammite
and pelite, partial melting at T ca. 700°C, P 3.2 kbar in local
metamorphic zone 3. Scale: the pen knife is I I em long. Image
and caption : Richard White.
Further reading: Greenfield, j.E., Clarke, G.L., Bland, M. &
Clarke, DL (1996): In Situ migmatite and hybrid diatexite at
Mt. Stafford, central Australia. journal o(Metamorphic Geology
14,4 13-426.
Greenfield, J.E., Clarke, GL & White, R.W. ( 1998) : A
sequence of partial melting reactions at Mt. Stafford, central
Australia.Journal o(Metamorphic Geology 16, 363- 378.
White, R.W., Powell, R. & Clarke, G.L. (2003): Prograde
metamorphic assemblage evolut ion during part ial melt-
ing of met asediment ary rocks at low pressures: migmatites
from Mt. Stafford, central Australia. journal o( Petrology 44,
1937- 1960.
 SOME
NEOSOME WITHOU T DISTINC T LEUCOSOME OR MELANO
102

Figure 18

1n the neosome began to segregate from the residuum and

Fig. B 18. The m1gmatite 1n th1s photogr aph developed 1n a
formed the Irregular and slightly discordant layers of coarse-
rock that contained layers of different compos ition and texture;
grained leucosome. However. the process did not advance
consequently, the morpho logy of the neosome d1ffers subtly
sufficiently to separate the leucosome from the melanosome
from layer to layer: The pen rests on neosom e that developed
by more that a few mill~meters . Consequently. at the outcrop
from a layer of alum1nous metapelite that contained large por-
scale. the leucosome and res1duum remain interspersed in this
phyroblasts of andalus1te; a s1m1lar layer occurs at the bottom
m1gmatite. The finer-grained and more prom1nently layered
of the photograph. The aluminous metapelite layers under-
neosom e that occup1es the center of the photograph (below
went a s1gn1ficant degree of part1al melt1ng. and the neosom e
the tip of the pen) was denved from a subaluminous. cordier-
that developed 1s complex. as it conta1ns two types of leuco-
lte-nch metapel1te that conta1ned a far lower fract1on of melt.
cratiC and melanocratic doma1ns. The leucocrat1c doma1ns are
and did not conta1n porphyroblasts of alum1nos11icate. The mil-
rich 1n K-feldspar and quartz. On the bas1s of the microstruc-
limeter-scale layenng 1n th1s neosome IS due to the alternat1on
tures that they conta1n, they are Interpre ted to have contained
of leucocrat1c layers nch 1n K-feldspar and quartz with mel-
anatect1c melt; therefore, they can be termed leucosome.
anocratic layers that are rich in cord1ente ; the layering 1n the
Fine-gra1ned leucosome (FL) occurs as narrow layers a few
neosome 1s Interpre ted to m1m1c the fine-scale sedimentary
millimeters w1de that alternate w1th th1n layers of fine-gra1ned
layering of the protolith . The neosome 1n each of the layers 1n
melanosome that IS nch 1n cordient e and Interpre ted to be the
th1s m1gmat1te IS quite different 1n terms of 1ts gra1n s1ze and
res1duum; they are melanosome. Coarser-grained leucosome
the proport ion of leucocratiC matenal that 1t conta1ns; such
(CL) forms somewh at Irregular layers that locally overgrow,
charactenstics are controlle d by the compos it1on and the met-
and even truncate, the alternation of fine-gra1ned leucocrat1c
amorphi c textures that developed 1n the protolith .
and melanocratic layers. The coarse leucosome conta1ns mel-
anocratiC patches (A) that are up to 2 em across. These are Locat1on : Mount Stafford, Australia . Rock type: part1ally segre-
porphyroblasts of alum1nosilicate (aggregates of Sillimanite crys- gated neosome 1n a metatex1te m1gmat1te; th1nly bedded pelit1c
tals that partially, or complet ely, replace andalus1te) that have protolith, partial melt1ng at T ca. 750°C. P 3.2 kbar. on the
been part1ally. or wholly. replaced by a symplect1t1c intergro wth boundar y between local metamo rphic zones 3 and 4. Scale: the
of cordierit e and sp1nel where there was no quartz. The pro- pen is 16 em long./mage and caption: R1chard White.
tolith to th1s neosome was very s1milar to that of the m1gmat1te
shown 1n F1g. Bl7. but perhaps because the degree of partial Further read1ng: see Fig. B 17.
melt1ng was a little h1gher 1n th1s m1gmat1te, the melt fract1on
 Arias of Migmat ites
103

Fig. 8 19. Close-up of a part1ally melted metapelite 1n

wh1ch the melt did not separate s1gn1ficantly from the resid-
uum. The result IS a migmat1te 1n wh1ch the neosome IS
w1thout consp1cuous leucosome or melanosome. However,
1t has a much coarser grain-size and a different microstruc-
tu re t han a metapelite. The dark-colored w1sps are the
rema1ns of psammit ic beds t hat have become folded. N ot e
the absence of either a foliat ion or evidence for folding
w ithin t he petite-derived neosome. The melt ing react ion in
t his quartz-bearing metapelite w as biot ite + sillimanite +
quartz = cordient e + K-feldspar + melt.

Location: Mount Stafford, Aust ralia. Rock type: nebuht1c

diatex1te m1gmat1te; pelit1c protolith, part1al melt1ng at T ca.
700°C, P 3.2 kbar, on the boundary between local meta-
morphic zones 2 and 3. Scale: the ruler IS 15 em lang./mage:
E.W. Sawyer.

Further readtng: see Fig. B 17.

 NEOSOME WITHOUT DISTINCT LEUCOSOME OR MELANOSOME
104 ------------------------------
Figure 10
Fig. 820. Th1s photograph shows an outcrop of metatex-
lte m1gmatite that contams patches of coarser-grained,
nonfoliated neosome 1n a matnx of finer-gra1ned, foliated,
leucogranite gneiss. The neosome cons1sts of wregu-
lar patches and veins. some of wh1ch have locally JOined
together to form a vague, net-like pattern. Neosome 1s
readily distinguished from the host gneiss by its coarser
grain-size, and by its truncation of the biotite-defined lay- described as melanosome.
ering in the gneiss. The neosome contains conspicuous
crystals of garnet in a l1ght-colored, quartzofeldspathic
matnx: the garnet crystals tend to occur toward the center
of the patches of neosome and are commonly mtergrown
w1th quartz. There are no rims of melanosome around the
neosome. There 1s no garnet 1n the host gne1ss, and there 1s
no b10t1te 1n the neosome. Th1s is an 1mportant observation:
from 1t. one can infer that the melt1ng react1on 1nvolved the
1ncongruent breakdown of b1ot1te 1n a reaction s1m1lar to
b1ot1te + plag1oclase + quartz = garnet + K-feldspar + melt.
In that case then, the fol1ated leucogneiss represents the
assemblage of reactant m1nerals and could, consequently,
be v1ewed as both the protolith and the paleosome that
would have melted, if the metamorphic temperatures had
been higher. Because the leucogranite gneiss predominates,
anatexis was not particularly advanced 1n this migmatite.
The neosome, on the other hand, represents both the
solid and melt products of the melt1ng react1on. It can be
div1ded into leucosome and melanosome only w1th some
difficulty because the two are 1nt1mately distnbuted. The
parts of the neosome that consist entirely of quartz, pla-
gioclase, and K-feldspar could be termed leucosome. Other
parts consist of large 1rregular poikdoblasts. or aggregates,
of garnet intergrown with quartz, domains that could be
Location : Broken Hill area, New South Wales, Australia .
Rock type: net-structured metatexite m1gmatite; quartzo-
feldspathic protolith, anatexis 1n the upper amphibolite
facies, T ca. 800°C, P 4 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler is 15 em
long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further readmg: Braun, 1., Ra1th. M. & Rav1ndra Kumar, G.R.
( 1996): Oehydrat1on-meltlng phenomena 1n leptyn1t1C
gne1sses and the generat1on of leucogran1tes: a case study
from the Kerala Khondahte Belt. southern lnd1a. Journal of
Petrology 37, 1285 1305.
White. R.W., Powell, R. & Halpin, j.A. (2004): Spatially-
focussed melt formation in aluminous metapelites from
Broken Hill, Australia . Journal of Metamorphic Geology 22,
825- 845.
 A tlas of Migmatites
lOS
t

Figure 2

Fig. 821. The light-colored neosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te has

developed 1n a b1otite gne1ss of sem1pelittc bulk composi-

tion, and cons1sts of streaks and patches of coarse-gra1ned

quartz and feldspar with large crystals of garnet. There IS
ne1ther melanosome nor leucosome. The neosome has
ind1st1nct or slightly diffuse boundaries. The minerals 1n the
neosome have no shape-pr eferred onentation, and there is
no foliation. T he streaks of neosome are parallel and follow,
approximately, the foliation in t he host paleosome, giving an
overal l stromatic, or layered, appearance to the migmatite.
Some neosome 1s locally discordant.

Locat1on: Namaqualand, South Africa. Rock type: stromatic

metatex1te m1gmat1te; semipelitic protohth part1ally melted
1n the granulite faoes. Scale: the hammer head IS 10 em
across. Image and caption: Dave Waters.

Further readmg: Waters. D.J. (1988): Part1al melt1ng and the

format1on of granulite facies assemblages 1n Namaqualand,
South Afnca. journal of Metomorph1c Geology 6, 387 404.
 NEOSOME W ITHOUT DISTINCT LEUCOSOME OR MELANOSOME
106

Figure ll

Locatron: Sand R1ver Gne1sses. Causeway locality, South

Fig. 822. The neosome tn th1s photograph has devel-
Afnca. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; leucocratiC, ortho-
oped at the end of a boud1n denved from a res1ster layer
gneiss protolith, part1ally melted 1n the granulite facies.
of slightly darker-colored 1ntermed1ate gne1ss (paleosome)
Scale: the pocket kn1fe IS II em long. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
hosted by a grey leucocrat1c gne1ss. The lighter-colored
gne1ss has locally undergone partial melt1ng and has gen-
erated neosome that dom1nantly cons1sts of feldspar and
quartz, but t hat also contains conspicuous, euhedral crystals
of pyroxene and some of amphibole. Two charact eristics in
particular ser ve to distinguish the neosome in this migma-
tite from the paleosome; it is considerably coarser grained,
and it does not have a foliation. Although the neosome is
lighter in color than the paleosome and could, therefore, be
described as leucocratic, 1t should not be called leucosome
because 1t contains a h1gh proportion of ferromagnes1an
m1nerals that are the product of the melt1ng reaction. The
melt fraction thus d1d not segregate from the solid fract1on
(res1duum), and hence the term leucosome IS lnappropn-
ate for this migmatite; neosome 1s correct. Th1s photograph
illustrates a small part of an extens1ve pavement on which
pre-anatectic compositional layenng and cross-cutting dike
relations can be seen in the orthogneiSS paleosome; hence,
this is a metatexite migmatite.
r
t A tlas o f M igmatites
107

t Figure 23
t

I
t

Fig. 823. This migmat1te cons1sts of two ma1n parts, one
dark-colored and the other light-colored, and is a good
example of a case in which the leucocrat1c and melano-
cratic parts present do not correspond wholly to the
usual genet1c relationship found between leucosome
(melt-denved part) and melanosome (res1dual part) 1n
m1gmat1tes. The dark-colored part IS a sill1man1te-rich,
alum1nous metapelit1c schist or gne1ss that conta1ns the min-
eral assemblage garnet + cordierite + sillimanite + biot1te
+ quartz + plag1oclase + llmen1te. The light-colored part
conta1ns large, prom1nent poikiloblasts of garnet in a med1-
um-gra1ned leucocratiC matnx that is rich 1n K-feldspar and
quartz. The large po1kiloblasts of garnet occur only in the
leucocrat1c matenal. whereas cordierite occurs only 1n the
dark metapelit1c gne1ss. The leucocrat1c matenal is inferred
to have formed 1n Situ around the grow1ng poikiloblasts, and
IS dom1nantly composed of peritectiC K-feldspar, together
w1th some K-feldspar, quartz and plag1oclase that crystal-
lized from the anatect1c melt. Hence, the light-colored part
of th1s m1gmat1te conta1ns both the products of a pentect1c
react1on (K-feldspar and garnet), whiCh would be consid -
ered part of the res1duum assemblage, and the products of
the crystallization of t he anatectiC melt (K-feldspar, quartz,
and plag1oclase). Consequently, the leucocrat1c port1on of
the migmatlte represents neosome that has not undergone
much, if any, separation of melt from residuum. The alumi-
nous metapelite that makes up the dark (melanocratic) part
of the outcrop 1s not paleosome, and ne1ther IS 1t wholly
res1duum, as 1t does not contain the garnet porphyrob1asts
or the pentect1c K-feldspar: 1t may most closely correspond
to the protolith. However, there IS no doubt that the light
color of the neosome. due pnnc1pally to the elim1nat1on of
d1ssem1nated biotite, IS the dominant characteristiC of this
migmat1te in outcrop: consequently, these domains have
been referred to as "leucosome".
Locat1on: Round H1ll, Broken H1ll area, Australia. Rock type:
metatex1te m1gmat1te: aluminous metapelite protolith par-
tially melted at T 800°C and P 5- 6 kbar. Scale: the hand
lens IS 3 em long. Image and caption: Richard Wh1te. Image
previously published as fig. 2a 1n White et al. (2004) and
reproduced with the permiSSIOn of Blackwell Publ1sh1ng.
Further readmg: White. R.W., Powell, R. & Halpin, J.A.
(2004): Spat1ally-focussed melt format1on 1n alumi-
nous metapelites from Broken Hill, Australia . Journal of
Me!Omorph1c Geology 22, 825 845.
 NEOSOME WITHOUT DISTINCT LEUCOSOME OR MELANOSOME
108 ------------------------------

F1gure 24

Locat1on: Round Hill, Broken Hill area, Australia. Rock type:

Fig. 824. This m1gmatite is from the same area as that
folded metatex1te m1gmat1te: alum1nous metapelite pro-
in B23. It too conta1ns dark-colored 1lmenite-
F1g.
tolith, anatexis at T 800°C and P 5-6 kbar. Scale: the pen
plag1oclase-quartz-b1otite silhman1te cordiente garnet
is 14 em long. Image and capt1on: R1chard White. Image
aluminous metapelite, but there are some lighter-col-
previously published as fig. 2b 1n Wh1te et al. (2004) and
ored layers 1n it that represent th1n, alum1num-poor beds.
reproduced w1th the permiSSIOn of Blackwell Publishing.
Domains of leucocratiC neosome are abundant. and they
contain conspicuous poikiloblasts of garnet. However. there
Further readmg: same as for Fig. B23.
are many more small grains of garnet scattered through-
out the neosome in this migmatite than in that shown in
Fig. B23. As the garnet poikiloblasts do not occur in the
host aluminous metapelite, the aluminous metapelite
in th1s case may correspond more closely to proto-
lith, rather than residuum or paleosome. The neosome
is inferred to have formed m s1tu around the growing
poikiloblasts of garnet and IS dominantly composed of peri-
tectiC K-feldspar with lesser amounts of K-feldspar, quartz,
and plagioclase that crystallized from an anatectiC melt. A
t1ght F antiform folds both the neosome and the compo-
2
Sitional layering in the alum1nous metapelite; an 52 foliation
defined by an alignment of b10t1te and s1llimamte occurs in
the aluminous metapelite and is oriented parallel to the
axial plane of t he F2 fold. In contrast. the 52 structure in
the neosome is a fracture cleavage, and this is consistent
with neosome already being 1n the solid state during the
Dl event.
 A tl as of Migmatites
109

Figure

Fig. 825. Th1s photograph shows a m1gmat1te developed the diffuse and patch morphology of the neosome shown
1n a strongly foliated gamet-K-feldspar-plagioclase- s1lhman1te- 1n Fig. B 15, but also shares the charactenst1c of neosome
quartz biot1te alum1nous metapelite gne1ss. The neosome formed by the Incongruent meltmg of b1ot1te shown 1n Figs.
cons1sts of several diffuse, almost skeletal, coarse-grained B20-B24, or of amphibole.
patches that have a core of p1nk garnet 1ntergrown w1th
quartz and K-feldspar. The garnet-nch cores are sur- Location: Sa1nt-Fulgence, Grenv1lle Province, Quebec,
rounded by a nm cons1st1ng of roughly equal proportions Canada. Rock type: patch metatexite m1gmatite: alum1nous
of K-feldspar, quartz, and plagioclase. Locally, some coarse- pehte protolith, granul1te-faoes anatex1s T 800- 850°C, P
grained b1ot1te replaces garnet and K-feldspar 1n the 5 8 kbar. Scale: the w1dth of the photograph corresponds
neosome. The neosome 1s interpreted to be the m s1tu to 16 em. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
product of the 1ncongruent melting of b1ot1te by a react1on
=
such as b1ot1te + silliman1te + quartz + plag1oclase garnet +
K-feldspar + gran1tic melt. Some of the patches of neosome
have a h1gh proportion of garnet and K-feldspar (the solid
products of the melting react1on. cons1dered "peritectic"
phases by some authors), whiCh suggests that these reg1ons
of neosome have lost the1r anatect1c melt. This interpreta-
tion IS supported by the presence of coarse-gra1ned. gran1t1c
leucosome w1thout garnet (e.g., center of the top edge)
located 1n dilatant structures with1n the gne1ss, wh1ch are
Interpreted to have crystallized from the segregated ana-
tectic melt. T hus, t he migmat1te in th1s photograph shares
 NEOSOME W ITHO UT D ISTINCT LEUCOSOME OR MELANOSOME
110 ------------------------------

Figure 826

Fig. 826. The leucosome 1n this m1gmat1te IS qUite evi-

dent. Some domains are parallel to the bedd1ng (stromatiC
morphology), whereas others are discordant (d1latant
morphology), but most of them have somewhat d1ffuse
borders. In contrast. there are no conspicuously melano-
cratlc parts tn the migmat1te. such as melanosome around
a patch of leucosome. However, the m1neral assemblage
(plagioclase + biotite + quartz + garnet), modal propor-
tions, and the whole-rock compos1t1on of the rock around
the leucosome indicate that it IS the res1duum left after
the extraction of melt from a protolith of semipel1t1c bulk
composition. Therefore, the m1gmat1te shown 1n this pho-
tograph cons1sts ent1rely of neosome. The melt fract1on. or
part of 1t, is represented by the leucosome, but the rest of
the rock 1n the photograph IS not paleosome, desp1te 1ts
med1um (mesocrat1c) color. It 1s the res1duum left after the
melt was segregated.

Locat1on: Nem1scau Subprovmce, northern Quebec,

Canada. Rock type : metatextte mtgmattte: sem1pelite proto-
lith partially melted under lower-granulite-faCies condtttons,
T ca. 800°C. P ca. 5 kbar: Scale: the ruler IS IS em long.
Image : E.W. Sawyer.

Fig. 827. Thts photograph shows the neosome developed
tn the neck regton of a boudtnaged layer 1n a metama-
fic paleosome (P). The macroscopic aspects of the three
stages of melt movement that occur in mtgmatttes are
well illustrated. Therefore, this example serves as an intro-
duction to "open-system" mtgmatites. The domatns of
leucosome t race out a complex pat tern of linked segments
that are parallel to the layering, o rthogonal to t he layenng,
and 1n a conJugat e set oriented at about 4S0 to t he layenng.
The onentations of t he dilat ational sites are consistent with
layer-parallel ext enston occurnng during anat exis. However,
the locat1on of melanosome (M) IS more restncted. It gen-
erally forms layers oriented parallel. or subparallel, to
the foliat1on. Thts arrangement suggests that certain
sublayers have lost much more melt than others: tndeed,
some may not have lost melt. The expelled melt moved
through the hnked system of dilatant structures and may
ulttmately have dratned out from the layer at the boudin
neck. Thus, 1n general, leucosome represents melt fro-
zen 1n t he channel system, and not necessanly the sites
where melttng occurred . Some isolat ed, Irregularly shaped
domains of leucosome w ith melanosome around t hem
(just less than half way down on t he right-hand edge) are 1n
s1tu domains of leucosome, and are loci w here melt has col -
lected after a centimeter or so of porous flow. The domains
A rias of Migmat ites
Ill
of leucosome that form the linked array are examples of In-
source leucosome. N ote that some parts of these domatns
do not have a prom1nent melanosome. The large tnangu -
lar doma1n of leucosome 1n the center of the boudin neck
m1ght have been part of the system of larger channels t hat
belonged to t he tertiar y stage of melt movement t hrough
wh ich melt moved out of its source layer and fed leuco-
cratic dikes elsewhere in t he migmat it e. T he top end of the
scale rests on a pegmatite vein, not leucosome.
Location: Abitibi Subprov1nce. south of Chibougamau,
Quebec, Canada. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmatite: meta-
mafic protolith partially melted at T 800 8S0°C and P 8 10
kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further readmg: Sawyer, E.W. (1991): Disequilibrium melttng
and the rate of melt res1duum separat1on dunng migma-
tizatlon of mafic rocks from the Grenv1lle Front, Quebec.
journal of Petrology 32 , 70 1- 738.
Sawyer, E.W . (200 1): Melt segregat1on 1n the cont1nental
crust: distribut ion and movement of melt in anatect ic rocks.
journal of M etamorphic Geology 19, 29 1 309.
 NEOSOME IN OPEN -SYSTEM M IGMATITES
112 ----------------------------

Figure 828

Fig. 828. At first glance, th1s outcrop appears to show a Locat1on: Ab1tib1 Subprovince, south of Ch1bougamau,
metamafic rock conta1ning many d1scordant fels1c ve1ns 1n Quebec, Canada. Rock type: ve1ned metatexite m1gma-
fractures; therefore, one may 1nfer that 1t IS not a m1gmatlte. t1te; metamafic protohth part1ally melted at T 800- 850°C
However, m a few places, the presence of 1n Situ neosome and P 8- 10 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s 15 em long. /mage: E.W.
(N), cons1st1ng of coarse-grained melanosome that conta1ns Sawyer.
minor, th1n (<2 mm) leucosome, indicates that part1al melt-
Further readmg: see F1g. B27.
ing and separation of the melt fraction from the solid have
occurred and that t he rock is indeed a migmatite. Most of
the rock can be considered to be paleosome. In general
(e.g., just above and to the left of the scale), the passage
from paleosome to melanosome is gradational, without the
presence of leucosome, and this suggests the loss of melt
on a local scale. The strik1ng aspect of this outcrop is the
abundance of medium-gramed, leucocrat1c ve1ns that cross
the paleosome, melanosome and m Situ neosome. These
ve1ns lack adjacent melanosome, wh1ch suggests that they
result from fractunng and InjeCtion of melt. Thus, the his-
tory of th1s migmatite 1nvolved part1al melting, then loss of
melt, and finally, addit1on of melt.
t A tl a., of Migmati tes
113

t Figure 19

t
•
t

Fig. 829. Th1s m1gmat1te was denved from the same lay- Locatton: Abitibi Subprov1nce, south of Chibougamau,
ered metamafic rock as in Fig. B27, but at a locality that Quebec, Canada. Rock type: melt-depleted metatexite
underwent a h1gher degree of part1al melting and a much migmatite; metamafic protol1th part1ally melted at T 800-
greater loss of melt. The migmat1te IS stromatic in that 8500C and P 8 10 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long.
w1de, dark bands w1th the m1neral assemblage hornblende /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
+ plagioclase + garnet + clinopyroxene alternate w1th th1n,
light-colored plag1oclase-nch layers. The bulk composi- Further reading: see F1g. B27.
tion of the m1gmatite is melt-depleted relat1ve to the likely
protolith composition, confirming its residual appear-
ance. The outcrop contains a linked array of very narrow,
d1scordant stnngers of leucosome (indicated by the arrows)
that conta1n discontinuous pockets and scattered 1nd1v1d-
ual crystals of subhedral plagioclase, and very little quartz.
These stringers of 1n-source leucosome cons1st of accumu-
lations of plagioclase, and are interpreted as the collapsed
(deflated) remains of a channel system through which the
melt generated during anatexis moved out of its residuum.
This is a melt-depleted migmatite. The preservation of
the compos1t1onal layenng that predates the partial melt-
Ing Indicates th1s to be a metatex1te m1gmat1te. In choos1ng
another descnptive term for this migmatite, one has to
decide which trait to emphasize. If morphology is impor-
tant. then "stromatic metatexite migmatite" might be
appropriate. However; if the bulk composition of the mig-
matite is important, then "melt-depleted" or "residual"
would be appropnate.
 NEOSO M E IN OPEN-SYSTEM MIG MATITES
114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Figure 30

Fig. 830. Thts close-up photograph shows a patch of

neosome developed tn a grey garnet b1ot1te plagtoclase
quartz alumtnous metapsammtte. The neosome has two
parts. An tnner portton conststs of a stngle, large brown
poikiloblast of garnet that is 1ntergrown wtth quartz (see
Ftg. F74 for an example of the mtcrostructure of the gar-
net quartz intergrowths), and an outer part that consists
predominant ly of medium-grained K-feldspar, wtth a small
proportton of quartz and plagtoclase. The neosome is inter-
preted to be the solid products (i.e., garnet + K-feldspar) of
a melt-producing, btotite-breakdown reactton. The absence
from thts neosome of a leucocratic part that has a gran1t1c
composttton leads to the 1nterpretat1on that the melt frac-
tton generated by the incongruent breakdown of btottte
has mtgrated away. Consequently, the rematntng neosome
conststs essenttally of restduum.

Location: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:

melt-depleted patch metatextte mtgmattte: alumtnous
psammite protolith, partially melted at T 825 875°C. P ca.
5 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS graduated in em and mm. /mage:
E.W. Sawyer.
t A ri a> of Migmatites
liS

t Figure

•
•
•

Fig. 831 . The large-scale morphology of this outcrop

shows a medium-grained, grey schistose rock that cont a1ns
a few thin ve1ns of gran1te. The gran1te veins occur 1n two
sets that are discordant to the foliation, and a locally pre-
served compositional layenng 1n the host. Together, both
sets of ve1ns comb1ne to form a very open, net-like pat-
tern. Furthermore. the granite ve1ns have no melanosome,
or mafic selvedge, assoc1ated w ith them. Consequently, the
veins may be thought of as injected along two sets of frac-
tures in the host. Hence, at the scale of th1s photograph,
there IS no ev1dence for part1al melt1ng. and 1t 1s not at all
ev1dent that th1s IS an outcrop of m1gmat1te. The ev1dence
for part1al melt1ng comes from the close-up, detailed exam-
1nat1on of the contacts between the ve1ns and the host. as
shown in the next figure (Fig. B32) .

Location: Broken Hill area, New South Wales, Australia.

Rock type: metatexite migmat1te: quartzofeldspathic proto-
lith (Hores gne1ss). anatexis in the upper amph1bohte fac1es,
T ca. 800°C, P 4 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 NEO SOME I N OPEN -SYST EM MIGMATITES
116 ------------------------------
Figure 31
Fig. 832. Th1s close-up shows the area close to the left edge
and ust above half way up 1n Fig. B31 The country rock to the
· gran1t1c ve1n" 1s garnet biotite quartz K-feldspar plag1oclase
sch1st. or perhaps gne1ss, 1n wh1ch garnet occurs as scattered
porphyroblasts that atta1n 6 mm across. The garnet porphyro-
blasts do not have a quartzofeldspath1c nm, wh1ch suggests that
they grew as a result of a subsolidus prograde react1on, and not
as a result of a melt-produong react1on. Thus, the grey host rock
does not appear to have undergone part1al melting. Turning to
the leucocratic "ve1ns," there are four key observations. (I) The
contacts w1th the grey host are diffuse, not sharp, and therefore
a relat1onsh1p inconsistent with a ''ve1n'' of granitic melt or magma
InJected into subsolidus rocks, but consistent w1th 1n Situ forma-
tion. (2) The size and d1stnbution of garnet porphyroblasts 1n the
"ve1ns" are s1m1lar to those 1n the grey host: the gra1ns of garnet
1n the "veins" are thus nhented from the host. and as the "veins"
formed, they overgrew or engulfed the gra1ns of garnet. (3) The
central parts of the "ve1ns" are quartzofeldspath1c. more leuco-
cratlc, and have a gra1n s1ze greater than at the marg1ns or in the
host: th1s suggests a greater fraction of melt 1n the center of the
"veins" than at the marg1ns. (4) In many places, the garnet por-
phyroblasts located in the "ve1ns" are completely. or extensively,
replaced by biotite, although t here are places where t h1s has not
occurred; overall, more H10 seems to have been available to
alter anhydrous minerals w here t he "ve1ns" formed, compared
to the matnx. These observations. together w1th those made at
the larger. outcrop scale (Fig. B31). lead to the 1nterpretat1on that
the "ve1ns" are in fact 1n Situ stnngers of leucosome formed by
' • 1
CENTIMETRE
,, 0! • -
, s'•' . . ". . _ . , .
H. 0-fluxed part1al melt1ng. When the host rocks were at a h1gh
temperature. just below the1r solidus, an aqueous flu1d entered
them through a system of fractures and caused HL0-fluxed par-
tial melt1ng of the quartz + feldspar assemblage 1n the host. Such
H 0-fluxed partial melt1ng of quartz+ plag1oclase + K-feldspar
2
1n the protolith also expla1ns the lack of melanosome assooated
w1th the leucosome. The narrowness, together w1th the w1de
spaong of the stnngers of leucosome, suggests that compara-
tively little flu1d entered the rocks. so that part1al melting was
only able to occur adjacent to the fracture. The degree of partial
melt1ng decreased to zero 1n the wallrocks a cent1meter or two
from the fracture. The garnet porphyroblasts that were pres-
ent where partial melting occurred were replaced by b1otite.
either as the 1ngress of fluid occurred, or as t he anatectic melt
crystallized. Because of the small amount of aqueous fluid Intro-
duced and the corresponding small extent of partial melt1ng that
it caused, the distnbution of the leucosome closely m1rrors the
fracture network through wh1ch the aqueous flu1d was trans-
ported. The occurrence of part1al melt1ng 1n th1s outcrop 1s the
ev1dence required to call th1s a m1gmat1te. In that case, the grey
host rock to the tn Situ leucosome IS paleosome. However. at the
t1me of partial melting. the grey host rock plus the aqueous flu1d
was the protolith.
Location: Broken Hill area. New Sout h Wales. Australia. Rock
type: metatex1te migmat1te; quartzofeldspathic metavolca-
nic protolith (Hores gne1ss). anatex1s 1n the upper amphibolite
facies, T ca. 800°C. P 4 5 kbar: Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long.
/mage: E.W. Sawyer:

Figure 33
Fig. 833. The morphology of the rocks 1n the right half of
the photograph under the maps 1nd1cate a metatexite m1g-
mat1te w1th a layered or stromatiC structure that IS almost
trans1t1onal to a diatexite migmat1te. The layered struc-
ture in the migmatite IS due to alternat1ons of leucosome,
melanosome, and mesocrat1c paleosome. Petrographic
and geochemical analyses of these rocks 1nd1cate that the
degree of 1n s1tu part1al melt1ng 1n the fert1le layers was only
about 20 vol .%, but some of the leucocrat ic layers may
have formed from InJected anatectiC melt. The pen rests
upon the most remarkable feature of th1s m1gmat1te, a
quartz plagtoclase K-feldspar-kyantte-b tottte garnet
granofels that, because tt truncates the layering 1n the host
metatexite migmatite (e.g., in center of the photograph),
could be interpreted as a dike tntruded after the formatton
of the layering tn 1ts host. A petrographtc (see Fig. F46 for a
photomtcrograph of thts rock) and geochemtcal analysts of
the garnet granofels tn the dike are consistent wtth t he rock
betng the residuum left after more than 50% partial melt ing
of a pelit1c protoltth and the almost complete separation of
the melt fract1on from the soltd. The question IS, how did
the res1duum (wh1ch IS normally cons1dered as rema1n1ng m
Situ) from a high degree of partial melting get to be 1n a host
that experienced a far lower degree of partial melt ing? One
scenano IS to move the res1duum. For th1s to happen, a magma
Atl as of M igmat ites
117
(melt + res1duum) would have to have formed elsewhere,
where the comb1nat1on of rock fertility and metamorphic
temperature enabled >50% dehydrat1on-1nduced melting
to occur, and then be 1ntruded into the layered metatex-
ite migmat1te. In th1s scenano, the melt fract1on could have
separated e1ther after emplacement of the magma mto th1s
outcrop, leav1ng beh1nd the entra1ned restdual matenal and
a l1ttle anatectic melt trapped between the garnet crystals,
or the melt fract1on may have progressively separated from
the res1duum as the magma moved through the transfer-
dike system from 1ts source reg1on. It may even be poss1ble
that the garnet-nch res1duum 1tself was capable of granu-
lar flow (garnet crystals are "rounded" 1n shape) 1f all gra1n
boundaries were in contact with melt. and if it was able to
intrude as a dike; th1s may occur w1th as little as 7% melt
present (Rosenberg and Handy 2005). In a second scenano,
the res1duum is produced m s1tu. T his could be accomplished
if the layered metatexite had stopped dehydration melting
and was cooling, but was still at a temperature above its
solidus for H 20 -present melting. The 1ntroduct1on of H 0
2
along a fracture then may provoke further melting through
H 20-present react1ons; the degree of melt 1ng that occurs
depends on how much H 20 was Introduced into the rock.
Separat1on of the melt fraction results in residual rocks with
a cross-cutt1ng geometry, s1mply because they trace out the
 NEOSOME IN OPEN-SYSTEM MI GMATITE S
118 ------------------------------

fracture through wh1ch the H 20 entered the rock. In e1ther

scenano, th1s m1gmatite has lost melt and is an example of
an open-system migmatite.

Locat1on: Abaukoma, Yaounde. Cameroon. Rock type:

dike-like residuum in a metatexite migmatite; metapelitic
and metagreywacke protoliths, anatexis at T 800- 850°C.
P I 0- 12 kbar. Scale: the pen is 15 em long. Image: Pier re
Barbey. Previously published as fig. 3a in Barbey et al. ( 1990)
and reproduced with the permission of Oxford University
Press.

Further reading: N zenti, J.P., Barbey, P., Macaud11ere, J. & Soba,

J. (1988): Origin and evolut1on of the late Precambnan high-
grade Yaounde gneisses. Precambnan Research 38,91 - 109.

Barbey, P., Macaud1ere, J. & Nzent1, J.P. (1990): High-

pressure dehydration melting of metapelites: ev1dence from
migmatites of Yaounde (Cameroon). Journal of Petrology 31 ,
401 - 427.
 Arias of Migmatites
119

F1gure 34

•
t

•
•

Fig. 834. The paleosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te IS a light Locat1on: Colorado Front Range, U.S.A. Rock type: metatex-
grey b1ot1te quartz feldspar gneiss. The neosome com- lte m1gmat1te; b1ot1te- quartz feldspar gne1ss protolith
pnses leucocratic layers, conta1n1ng quartz. feldspar. and metamorphosed at T 650 700°C and P 4 6 kbar. Scale:
m1nor amounts of b1otite, that are lined on each s1de by the coin 1s 19 mm across. Image and capt1on: S.N. Olsen.
very narrow, melanocrat1c, biotite-nch and mlcrocline-
poor borders. Result s of mass-balance calculations on Further reading: O lsen, S.N. (1987): The composition and
these m1gmat1tes (Olsen 1982, 1984, 1985) indicate that role of the fl uid in migmatites: a fluid inclus1on study of the
the domains of leucosome are too large relative to the1r Front Range rocks. Contributions to M1neralogy and Petrology
melanocratic borders to consist wholly of melt derived 96, 104- 120.
from t he melt-depleted melanosome; hence, one may con-
Olsen, S.N. & Grant. j.A. ( 1991) : lsocon analysis of mig-
clude that the neosome formed in an open system. Some
matizatlon in the Front Range Colorado, U.S.A. journal of
doma1ns of leucosome contain as little as 5% fels1c material
Metamorphic Geology 9, 151 164.
added from an external source to the locally derived melt,
whereas other domains of leucosome conta1n as much as
90% added material. Thus, the neosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te
formed by a comb1nat1on of mechanisms; some fels1c mate-
nal was Introduced from an external source as ve1ns. and
some partial melt of local origin segregated from the host
1nto the ve1ns, thereby forming the melanocrat1c borders.
It IS the presence of the local melt that makes t h1s a mlg-
matite. A foliat ion defined by biotite 1n the grey gneiss is
oriented parallel to the t race of the axial planes of the folds
that deformed the leucosome.
 VARIATIONS W ITHIN NEOSOME
120 -----------------------------

Figure 35

Fig. 835. Th1s polished slab of a m1gmatite has been chem- Locat1on: Baume m1gmat1tes, Ardeche, France. Rock type:
Ically etched and stained to color the K-feldspar yellow. The metatex1te migmat1te; quartzofeldspath1c gne1ss protolith
sta1ning process reveals that K-feldspar IS not uniformly partially melted under upper-amphibohte-fac1es condit1ons
distnbuted throughout the leucosome; some parts lack at T 700 ± 50°C and P 3 kbar. /mage: P1erre Barbey.
K-feldspar altogether. The polished surface also reveals thin,
Further reading: Weber, C. & Barbey, P. ( 1986): The role
melanocrat1c, biotite-rich layers located between the leuco-
of water, mixing processes and metamorphic fabric in
some and the mesocratic, finer-grained paleosome. These
the genesis of the Baume migmatites (Ardeche, France).
melanocratic layers are far too thin to have supplied all
Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology 92, 481 - 491.
the quartzofeldspathic material present in the leucosome,
although they may have supplied some of it. This relation-
ship suggests that some of the leucosome material has
been intruded into the migmatite sample. An alternative
possibility IS that the melanocratlc layer did not supply any
matenal to the leucosome at all, but formed as a result of
the 1nteract1on between the InJected melt (or an aqueous
flu1d denved from the crystallization of the leucosome) and
the adJacent paleosome. In th1s case. the b1ot1te-nch layer
could be called a mafic selvedge.
t Atlas of Migmatites
121

Figure 36
t

•
•
•
t

Fig. 836. This stromatic migmatite shows some differ- Locat1on: Glenelg River Complex, Victoria, Australia. Rock
ences in morphology and microstructure among the various type: metatexite migmatite; quartzofeldspathic schist
constituent batches of leucosome. The isoclinally folded protolith, partially melted at T 650-680oC. P 4 6 kbar.
leucosome in the center is finer gratned than the others, Scale: the pencil IS IS em long. Image and capvon: Tony
and has rather smooth margtns agatnst the paleosome. I.S. Kemp.
Although the leucosome at the top also has smooth mar-
gins, it IS nottceably coarser grained than the folded one. Further readmg: Kemp, A.I.S. & Gray, C.M. (1999): Geologtcal
Finally, the thtckest leucosome at the bottom has the largest context of crustal anatexis and granit1c magmatism in the
grain-size, and has margins that are conspicuously irregu- northeastern Glenelg River Complex, western Victoria.
lar in outline. Other important features within the outcrop Australian journal of Earth Sc1ences 46 , 407-420.
are the followtng: (I) the isoclinally folded leucosome is an
Kemp, A.I.S. & Hawkesworth, C.j. (2003): Granitic per-
F2 feature and rotates the S fohatton, (2) elsewhere, the
spective on the generatton and secular evolutton of the
leucosome at the top cuts across the ma1n 52 layering or foli-
conttnental crust. In The Crust. Treatise on Geochemistry 3
ation, and (3) the coarse leucosome at the bottom grades
(R. Rudntck, ed.). Elsevier Sctence, Oxford, U.K. (349 41 0) .
into a small pegmatitic pod that contatns rotated enclaves
that preserve F3 structures. On the basis of these obser-
vations, the differences among batches of leucosome may
indicate that they belong to different generations relative to
the deformation events that have occurred in the mtgma-
tite. As an alternattve, 1f they are all of the same generation,
then the dtfferences in grain stze and mtcrostructure may
indicate that each had a different fraction of melt present at
the t ime of deformation.
 VARIATIONS WI T HI N NEOSOME
122 -----------------------------

Figure 37

Fig. 837. Th1s close-up shows two different types of rocks and developed a senes of fractures, and some gran1t1c
neosome 1n a migmat1te w1th a metamafic paleosome. The melt from the metapelites m1grated 1nto these. An aqueous
neosome at the center of the photograph conta1ns large, fiu1d was exsolved from the p1nk leucocrat1c veins as they
euhedral crystals of clinopyroxene 1n a leucocrat1c matnx of crystallized, and as a result. the metamafic rock around
finer-gra1ned quartz and plag1oclase. The neosome IS Inter- them underwent rehydration and some K-metasomat1sm
preted to be the m s1tu product of a small degree of part1al that produced the hornblende nms and the b1otite.
melt1ng from the incongruent breakdown of amphibole 1n
Locat1on : Saint-Fulgence, Grenville Province, Quebec,
the metamafic host. Locally, orthopyroxene is present with
Canada. Rock type : metatexite migmatite; metamafic
the clinopyroxene. Larger areas of pink-colored leucosome
protolith, anatexis at lower-granulite-facies conditions,
fiank the m situ clinopyroxene-bearing neosome. The pink
T 800-850°C and P 5 8 kbar. Scale: the ruler is marked in
leucocratic veins are granitic in compos1t1on and conta1n
em. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
quartz. K-feldspar, and plagioclase w1th m1nor amounts of
biotite and garnet. The leucocrat1c ve1ns are surrounded by
a halo, or mafic selvedge, 1n which the metamafic host has
been modified; hornblende replaces clinopyroxene (e.g.,
hornblende nm on clinopyroxene 1n the m s1tu neosome).
and some hornblende in the metamafic rock IS replaced by
b10t1te. The metamafic rock occurs as a large (10m) boudm
in pelit1c metasediments. The metapelites have undergone
a greater degree of partial melting, and have lost much of
the melt they generated. They now have a res1dual assem-
blage of minerals, quartz + plagioclase + biotite + garnet +
si llimanite + K-feldspar ± cordierite (e.g.. Fig. B38). During
regional deformation, the metamafic rock was considerably
more competent than the surrounding metasedimentary
t
t
t Figure 38
•
•
•
•
t
•
t
Fig. 838. The grey part of this m1gmatite contains two rock
types: a K-feldspar garnet-silliman1te-biot1te plagioclase
quartz metapelite (Pe) that has prom1nent dark foliae nch 1n
b1otite and sillimanite, and more mass1ve, lighter-colored gar-
net- biotite- plagioclase- quartz metasedimentary material
(Ps) of init1ally psammopelitic composition. The modal miner-
alogy of the metapelite layers ind1cates that they are res1dual
after the loss of anatectic melt , but it is uncertain whether
the psammopelitic layers have lost melt. T he morphology
of the portions derived from the anatectic melt 1n the dif-
ferent layers of this migmatite is Interesting. The metapelitic
layers contain large, prominent porphyroblasts of garnet and
cordiente (Crd), some of which are partially surrounded
by a narrow rim, or moat, of leucosome. Some of the gar-
net crystals, but especially the cordierite, are poikiloblasts
intergrown with quartz and feldspar; this microstructure
suggests that the leucosome and garnet (or cordierite) are
the melt and solid products, respectively, of the incongruent
melting of biotit e. A possible react1on for these rocks IS
biotite + sillimanite + quartz + plagioclase = garnet (or
cordierite) + K-feldspar + melt. The lent1cular shape of
the garnet, or cordierite, plus leucosome pods, their sharp
contacts with the residual met asedimentary material, and
the low ratio of leucosome t o garnet (or cordierite), sug-
gest that these domains have lost melt dunng the sheanng
Atlas of Migmat ites
123
event experienced by the migmatite. Lens-shaped domains
of leucosome (L) that have sharp edges, but lack either gar-
net or cordierite, also occur with1n the metapehtic layers;
these may represent some of the escaped melt. The absence
of a foliation in the leucosome, and the presence of crys-
tal faces on cordiente and feldspar where aga1nst quartz,
suggest that melt1ng and sheanng wer e synchronous. The
neosome (N) in the psammopelitic layers consist s of very
small euhedral crystals of garnet in a quartz + plagioclase +
K-feldspar groundmass. The melt1ng react1on thus was essen-
t ially the same as that which occurred 1n the pelite layers.
However, the morphology of the neosome is different; the
ratio of melt to garnet was much h1gher, and the domains of
neosome have a diffuse marg1n. Both these features are con-
sistent with in s1tu formation of the neosome and no loss of
melt. Thus, the melting react ion was essentially the same in
both types of layer, but the final morphology of the migma-
tlte that developed in each layer is controlled by the relative
competency of each lit hology.
Location: Sa1nt-Fulgence, Grenville Province, Quebec, Canada.
Rock type: metatex1te migmatite; metapel1tlc protolith, ana-
texis at lower-granulite-facies conditions T 800- 850°C
and P 5 8 kbar: Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage:
E.W. Sawyer:
 VARIATION S W ITHIN NEOSO M E
124 -----------------------------
Figure 39
Fig. 839. The light grey rock 1n the lower part of the
photograph IS a b1ot1te orthogne1ss paleosome, whereas
the dark-colored metamafic rock 1s 1n part paleosome and
1n part melanosome. The doma1ns of leucosome hosted by
the metamafic rock have the same m1neralogy. essentially
plagioclase + quartz, w1th minor amounts of hornblende
and pyroxene. The po1nt of interest 1n this m1gmatite is the
d1fference in grain-size of the various bodies of leucosome.
The coar sest grain-size is shown by the leucosome (LI)
located m the 1nterpartition space between the boudins.
A finer gra1n-size exists in the four offshoots of leucosome
(L2) that occur parallel to the layenng w1th1n the two bou -
dins. These offshoots have an Irregular outline, and at least
one of them is in contact w1th melanosome, evidence that
suggests a local derivat1on for some of the melt that made
the leucosome. The doma1ns of leucosome (L3) with the fin-
est gra1n-size occur on the outs1de edge of the boud1naged
layer; they have the smoothest edges, and locally, the crys-
tals 1n them have a shape-defined preferred onentat1on.
Close exam1nation of all these domains of leucosome shows
that there are no cross-cutting relations among them; rather
there is a smooth passage from one to t he next over which
the grain-size changes rapidly. Thus, one can conclude that all
cont ained melt at the same time. Consequently, it is unrealis-
tic to regard their solidification as occurring at different t1mes.
or that the differences 1n gra1n-s1ze are the result of each hav-
mg a different rate of cooling. However, the spaces that the
domains of leucosome occupy may have started to form at
different t1mes, and may well have undergone different histo-
nes of deformation as the melt w1th1n was crystallizing. For
example, the leucosome 1n the 1nterpart1tion space has the
coarsest grain-size because that s1te was dilatant during crys-
tallization, whereas the doma1ns of leucosome w 1th the finest
grain-size were located in sites where the deformation varied
during crystallization and the growing crystals were periodi-
cally deformed and their gra1n-s1ze reduced. D1fferences in
grain-s1ze and microstructure from one type of leucosome
to the next m1ght not 1nd1cate that the various types belong
to d1fferent generations; the1r local structural posit1on should
always be cons1dered.
Locatton: Be1t Bndge Complex, Baklykraal Farm, South Afnca.
Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; metamafic protolith, par-
tially melted 1n the granulite faoes. Scale: the pocket knife 1s
II em long. /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
Further readmg: Marchildon, N . & Brown, M . (2003): Spatial
distribution of melt-bearing structures in anatectic rocks
from southern Brittany, France: implications for melt transfer
at grain- to orogen-scale. TectonophysiCS 364 , 215- 235.

Figure
Fig. 840. Th1s m1gmatite IS made up ent1rely of neosome. and
shows a w1de range of leucocrat1c through mesocrat1c to mel-
anocratic parts. Coarse-gra1ned melanocrat1c rafts in the upper
center and left contain the mineral assemblage orthopyroxene
+ garnet + clinopyroxene, with a very small amount of plagio-
clase: these rafts (R) are Interpreted to be res1duum left after
the extraction of anatectiC melt. The lower nght comer conta1ns
the most leucocrat1c part of the m1gmat1te: a coarse-grained
hornblende-pyroxene quartz- plagioclase tonalitic leucosome
(L) 1n wh1ch retrograde hornblende part1ally replaces clino-
pyroxene that is Interpreted to be crystallized anatectiC melt.
Coarse-grained leucosome can be traced throughout much of
the m1gmatite in a vague. net-like pattern that encloses vanous
types of mesocratic rock. The thinnest segments of the leuco-
some network contain the h1ghest proport1ons of clinopyroxene
and orthopyroxene. and may have crystallized from melt that
had a substantial res1dual component entra1ned in 1t. Many of the
pyroxene crystals are euhedral. which suggests that t hey crystal-
lized in the melt. The rounded mesocratic domain (M) below
the center of the photograph conta1ns the mineral assemblage
plag1oclase + clinopyroxene + hornblende ± garnet ± ortho-
pyroxene. It has the smallest grain-s1ze (lobe on the nght) and
the h1ghest contents of hornblende and plagioclase. This meso-
cratic domain in the m1gmatite may be closest in composition
to the metamafic protolith. However. parts of th1s domain
are locally coarser gra1ned and ncher 1n pyroxene and, conse-
quently. are Interpreted as res1duum. Therefore, this mesocratic
A tl as of Migm atite~
125
doma1n may be a raft of paleosome. or less fert1le protolith. that
has been somewhat modified dunng part1al melt1ng. but did
not become as melt-depleted as the melanocrat1c rafts above
it. Much of the rest of the migmatite can also be described as
mesocratic. but 1t has a substantially d1fferent morphology and
microstructure; rt does not occur as rafts (also called schol-
len). Rather. rt is the matnx (M2) that conta1ns the melanocrat1c
and mesocrat1c rafts. The mesocratic matnx decreases in grain-
size and changes its mineral assemblage from orthopyroxene
+ quartz + clinopyroxene + plag1oclase near the leucosome
to hornblende + clinopyroxene + plag1oclase farther away.
Th1s gradat1on 1n the mesocratlc matnx and the network of
leucosome it contains are Interpreted to represent the partially
melted source and the network of channels by which anatectic
melt was segregated from 1t. The extract1on of melt from the
mesocratlc domain was Incomplete. as 1t did not progress suf-
ficiently to form melanocratic residuum. but enough melt was
extracted so that coarse-gra1ned leucosome could develop. The
presence of schollen in the migmatite suggests that sufficient
part1al melt was present that layers of more competent matenal
(e.g.. res1duum and less fertile units) were disrupted and rotated
in the matrix; hence, th1s IS a d1atexite m1gmatite.
Locatton: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec. Canada. Rock type:
schollen diatexrte; metamafic protolrth. granulite-facies anatexiS.
Scale: the st1cker wrth the number IS 2.5 em wide. /mage: E.W.
Sawyer:
 VAR IATIONS WITHIN NEOSOME
126 --------- --------- --------- ---
Figure 41
Fig. 841 . This migmat1te conta1ns coherent layers (30 50
em thick) of different composition that are interpreted
to have ong1nally been bedd1ng. The grey-colored lay-
ers have h1gh modal proport1ons of cord1ente and are
interpreted to have lost most of the anatectic melt that
formed 1n them, even though they are not melanocrat1c.
The parts of th1s m1gmatite that were derived from ana-
tectic melt exhibit a w1de range of morphologies. Some
anatectic melt collected parallel to the bedding and formed
high-aspect-rat1o doma1ns of leucosome. Elsewhere, anate-
ctic melt collected 1nto smaller, lens-shaped bodies located
1n shear bands and formed leucosome that is approxi-
mately parallel to the ax1al planes of small-scale folds; these
are onented approximately parallel to the ruler: Both
these types of leucosome have a relatively small propor-
tion of ferromagnesian minerals 1n them, wh1ch indicates
that they represent accumulations of anatectiC melt that
had segregated from the residuum. However, the po1nt of
Interest here 1s the scattered, irregularly shaped patches of
neosome that cons1st of a conspicuous melanocratic core
surrounded by a leucocratic nm. The melanocratic cores
cons1st of one, or perhaps a few large crystals of ortho-
pyroxene that are 1ntergrown w1th elongate blebs of
quartz, whereas the leucocrat1c rims contain quartz, pla-
gioclase, and K-feldspar. It is ev1dent from the photograph
that the rat1o of melanocrattC core to leucocratic nm dif-
fers from one neosome to the next. Re-Integration of the
melanocrat1c and leucocrat1c parts of the patches of
neosome shows that some are the product of closed-
system tn Situ partial melt 1ng. However, most have too large
a melanocratic component relat1ve to the stoich1ometry ofthe
melt1ng reaction 1n these rocks; 1n these cases. the neosome
formed tn sttu, but lost much of 1ts anatectiC melt, leav1ng 1t
with an overall residual bulk composition. This type of melt-
depleted neosome 1n patches IS common 1n the higher-grade,
granulite-facies parts of migmat1te terranes. The melt lost
from the neosome may have contributed to the two types
of high-aspect-ratio leucosome present elsewhere in the
outcrop. Th1s metatex1te m1gmat1te is not domtnated by
any particular type of leucosome or neosome morphology.
This fact makes it difficult to choose an add1t1onal descnp-
tive term for it; neither patch, stromatic, nor net-structured
IS really representative of 1ts overall appearance 1n outcrop.
Location: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Austral1a. Rock type:
metatex1te migmat1te; Al-poor psamm1te protolith, par-
tially melted at T 825 875°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler is
15 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer:
t
Atlas of Migmatites
127

Figure l
t

Fig. 842. The protolith to th1s m1gmat1te was a leuco- Locat1on: OpatiCa Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
granodionte that conta1ned mafic layers (probably diatex1te m1gmat1te: leucogranod1orite protolith, anatexis at
mafic dikes). During the subsequent anatexis, the leuco- T ca. 750°C, and P 5 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler is 15 em long.
granodiorite partially melted, but the mafic layers did /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
not: they were res1sters. Where the fraction of melt in
the leucogranod1onte was suffic1ent that it could flow. Further read1ng: Sawyer, E.W. ( 1998): Format1on and evo-
a diatex1te m1gmat1te was formed, and the res1ster layers lution of gran1te magmas dunng crustal rework1ng: t he
were disrupted and became enclaves in the neosome, as s1gn1ficance of diatexites.Journa/ of Petrology 39, 1147 1167.
in this image. Diffusional exchange between the anatec-
tic melt and the fragments of the mafic resister occurred.
Some hornblende at the edges of the resisters was con-
vel'ted to biotite, and the adjacent neosome was enriched
in plagioclase, possibly by transformation of K-feldspar to
plag1oclase, which formed a white rim around the layers
of res1ster. Elsewhere, the resister layers became dlsag-
gregated, and the adjacent neosome IS contam1nated w1th
xenocrystic hornblende. This outcrop illustrates that there
can be a considerable range in the composition of t he melt-
derived parts of migmatites aris1ng from contamination, or
diffus1ve exchange w1th res1ster lithologies; th1s poss1b1lity
should be cons1dered when sampling.
 FROM LEUCOSOME TO LEUCOCRATIC DIKES IN MIGMATITES
128 -----------------------------

Figure

Fig. 843. Th1s granuhte-fac1es m1gmat1te has promi- Location: Kapuskas1ng Structural Zone, Ontano, Canada.
nent domains of melanosome that follow the foliat1on Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; mafic gne1ss protolith par-
and compositional layenng 1n the mafic gne1ss precur- tially melted at granul1te-fac1es condit1ons. T ca. 850°C. P
sor. The abundant areas of leucosome, however, d1splay a II kbar. Scale: the Brunton compass is 8 em across. /mage:
more complex and h1erarchical arrangement. Th1n bod1es D.R.M. Patt1son.
of 1n s1tu leucosome (LI ) are assoCiated directly with the
Further readmg: Hartel, T.H.D. & Pattison, D.R.M. (1996):
melanosome and are oriented either parallel. orthogonal,
Genesis of the Kapuskasing (Ontario) migmatitic mafic
or oblique to the layering; these form an interconnected
granulites by dehydration melting of amphibolite: the impor-
network. Some more continuous, layer-parallel domains of
t ance of quartz to reaction progress. journal o( Metamorphic
in-source leucosome (L2) with a thin melanosome occur
Geology 14,591 6 11.
outside t he most melanocratic layers. and appear to have
been fed by the network of th1nner, orthogonal and oblique Sawyer, E.W. (2001): Melt segregation in the continental
doma1ns of leucosome. These layer-parallel domains then crust: distribut1on and movement of melt in anatectic rocks.
connect to much wider bod1es (L3). wh1ch cross the layer- journal o( MetamorphiC Geology 19, 291-309.
ing 1n the m1gmat1te. The absence of melanocrat1c borders
to these w1de, cross-cutting bod1es suggests that they did
not attract melt from the1r hosts, but are s1mply condu1ts
for the migration of melt out of the source reg1on. Hence,
the wide felsic bod1es should be called leucocrat1c vem and
not leucosome.
-
t
Figure 4
•
•
•
Fig. 844. The init1al compositional heterogeneity. due to
the Intrusion of mafic and felsic 1gneous rocks that com-
prised the protollth of this migmat1te, has been strongly
attenuated by h1gh strain synchronous w1th anatexis.
Domains of leucosome are espeoally ev1dent in the
mafic parts of th1s m1gmat1te. because the color contrast
between paleosome, melanosome, and leucosome parts
IS greatest there. The leucosome exhibits a range of mor-
phologies, which correlates with 1ts structural position.
Bodies of leucosome oriented parallel to the compositional
layenng (LI) and the follat1on have the h1ghest aspect-ratio
and could be called stromatiC leucosome. Most bod1es of
leucosome (L2) are located e1ther between boud1ns (low-
est aspect-rat1o) or 1n sets of conJugate extensional shears
and fractures (intermediate aspect-rat 1o). However, most
stri king in this outcrop IS the combination of all domains of
leucosome to form an ordered, branched array. The thin-
nest domains of leucosome form the m sttu parts of the
network, whereas the thickest doma1ns of leucosome (L3)
1n the array clearly cross-cut the layenng 1n the paleosome
and melanosome at the lower right of the photograph. If
A ria-. of M igm a t it e>
129
the melt in this leucosome (L3) was derived locally, then
th1s is an in-source leucosome; if it is not, then it IS a leuco-
cratic vein. Detailed exam1nat1on of the contacts between
the different segments of leucosome 1nd1cates the absence
of abrupt changes 1n gra1n s1ze or compos1t1on; there IS con-
tinUity throughout the array. Th1s find1ng IS Interpreted to
mean that the ent ire array of leucosome conta1ned melt at
the same time and, hence. that melt migrated out of the
m1gmatite through the array along progressively fewer and
wider channels. finally migrat1ng through the I 0-cm-wide
channel marked by the leucosome in the lower right. A
Similar, w1der leucocrat1c ve1n on the left may represent the
prox1mal end of another array of leucosome that dra1ned
melt from the part of t he m1gmat1te farther to the left.
Location : Sand River Gne1sses. Causeway locality, South
Africa. Rock type: metatexite m1gmatite; metamafic and
metagranodioritic to tonalltic protolith, partially melted 1n
the granulite fac1es. Scale: the pocket kn1fe IS II em long.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 FROM LEUCOSOME TO LEUCO C RATIC D IKES IN MIG MATITES
130-----------------------------
Figure 4S
Fig. 845. Migmatites in southern Brittany are located
south of the transcurrent Sout h Armorican Shear Zone.
Shearing during anatexis is probably the reason why the
southern Britt any migmatites have a predominantly stro -
matic morphology (see also Fig. BIO). Typical ly, thin bodies
of feldspar-rich leucosome oriented parallel to the foliation
alternate with biotite-rich melanocratic layers and rarer,
fine-grained biotite-quartz-plagioclase schists. However,
not all the bodies of leucosome in the migmatites are par-
allel to the foliation and compositional layering. In many
places, the stromatic migmatites contain cross-cutting bod-
ies of leucosome located in interboudin partitions and
extensional shear structures, and are also cut by discordant
veins of leucogranite that may be several meters t o t ens of
meters long. Although the cross-cutting relationships indi-
cate a clear progression in "structural" age from stromatic
leucosome through discordant leucosome to granitic vein,
there is no progression in "petrological" age. T his photo-
graph shows t he contact relat ionships between a granitic
vein I 0- 15 em wide and the host stromat ic metatexit e mig-
matite. The granit ic vein truncates the layering defined by
the melanosome and t he biot ite-quartz-plagioclase schist.
but it does not appear to t runcate the st romatic leucosome.
The passage from st romatic leucosome (most evident in the
wider domains) to discordant granite vein is petrologically
continuous; there is no mineralogical or microst ructural dis-
continuit y between the material in the leucosome and that
in the vein. T his relationship indicat es that when the gra-
nitic vein formed, the stromatic leucosome still contained
melt. The stromatic leucosome, the discordant leucosome,
and the granit ic veins together constituted a cont inuous
melt-bearing network in the migmatite. Since the stromat ic
domains of leucosome are associated with melt -depleted
melanosome, but the granitic veins are not, anatectic
melt is interpreted to have moved subhorizontally a short
distance, from where it formed along channels now repre-
sented by t he stromatic leucosome, to t he steeply dipping
cross-cutting structures now represented by t he leucogra-
nitic dikes, through which it was then able t o escape and
feed higher-level granit ic plutons.
Location: Port N avalo area, southern Brittany, France. Rock
type: metatexite migmatite; quartzofeldspathic and alumi-
nous gneiss protolith partially melt ed at T ca. 800°C. P ca.
8 kbar, then decompressed to 4 kbar, followed by cool ing.
Scale: the coin is 23 mm across. Image and caption: Mike
Brown. Image previously published as fig. I0. 11(b) in Brown
(2006) and reproduced w it h the permission of Cambridge
University Press.
-
At hh of Mig mati te~
13 1

Further readmg: Jones, K.A. & Brown. M. (1990): High-

• temperature "clockwise" P-T paths and melting 1n the

• development of reg1onal m1gmat1tes: an example from

southern Bnttany, France. journal of Metamorphic Geology 8 ,
551 - 578 .

• Marchildon, N . & Brown, M. (2003) : Spatial distribution of

melt-bearing structures 1n anatectic rocks from southern
Bnttany, France: implications for melt transfer at grain- to
orogen-scale. Tectonophysrcs 364, 215 235.

Brown, M. (2006): Melt segregat1on from lower conti-

nental crust of orogens: the field ev1dence. In Evolut1on
and D ifferentiation of t he Cont inental Crust (M. Brown
& T Rushmer eds.). Cambridge Un1vers1ty Press, U.K.
(33 1-383).
 FROM LEUCOSOME TO LEUCOCRATIC DIKES IN MIGMATITES
132 ------------------------------

Figure 6

Fig. 846. Th1s outcrop of the southern Brittany m1g- conta1ned far less melt. or were solid. so that the melt 1n
mat1tes show features that may have formed dunng the vem could not 1nteract w1th melt 1n the wallrocks.
the wan1ng stages of the system shown 1n Fig. B45. The
Locatton: Port NavaJo area. southern Bnttany. France. Rock
m1gmat1te 1S dom1nated by th1n stromatic leucosome and 1ts
type : metatex1te m1gmat1te; quartzofeldspath1c and alumi-
adJacent melanosome, but also conta1ns d1scordant bodies
nous gne1ss protolith partially melted at T ca. 800°C. P ca.
of leucosome and dikes of leucogranite (under the ruler) .
8 kbar. then decompressed to 4 kbar, followed by cooling.
The d1scordant leucosome and leucogran1tic ve1ns com-
Scale: the ruler is 15 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
monly display a change in the contact relationships with
the host stromatic migmatites along their length. Most Further read1ng: see Fig. B45.
of the discordant bodies of leucosome appear to root in
small shear zones, shear bands, or asymmetncal boudin
structures, where they have d1ffuse contacts w1th the host
(discordant leucosome on the nght) stromat1c m1gmat1te.
Farther along, the d1scordant bodies of leucosome w1den
and develop sharp marg1ns aga1nst the layers of melano-
some. but are petrologically continuous w1th the stromatiC
leucosome. as shown 1n Fig. B45. However. a few ve1ns of
leucogranite show a d1fferent relat1onsh1p along the1r length.
and cross-cut both the stromat1c leucosome and the bor-
der of melanosome 1n the host m1gmat1te (ve1n on the left).
and may even contain fragments of the wallrock. These
part1cular discordant veins thus are late and formed as the
migmatites solidified ; t hey are rooted 1n melt-bearing layers,
but then propagated into parts of the migmat1te that either

Figure 7
Fig. 847. Th1s photograph is taken look1ng down 1nto the
core of a meter-scale S-shaped synform, and shows the
root of two gramtic dikes. The core of the fold (top nght of
the photograph) consists of metapelite (Pe) with abundant
leucosome, whiCh ind1cates that 1t contained a h1gh frac-
tion of melt, and the outer part (center left) cons1sts of a
th1ck layer of mass1ve quartz-nch metapsamm1te (Ps). The
metapsammite has undergone little or no partial melt1ng,
and can be regarded as a paleosome resister lithology in the
m1gmatite. In contrast, the pelite has undergone extens1ve
partial melting and has developed melanocratic garnet- and
orthopyroxene-nch res1dual rocks (R). The mass1ve meta-
psammite served as an impermeable layer above the pelite,
and enabled anatectic melt to accumulate in the pelite layer
under 1t, 1n both the synform and adJacent ant1form h1nges.
Locally, the melt fract1on became suffioently volum1nous 1n
the pehte that the foliat1on and melanocrat1c res1dual lay-
ers 1n it became d1srupted as the folds tightened. Thus, the
morphology that developed in the pelite layer at the fold
h1nge is transitional from metatex1te to diatex1te m1gma-
t1te. An extens1ve dark nm (S) that consists pnnopally of
late biot1te occurs at the boundary between the melt-nch
pelite layer and the massive psamm1te. Th1s rim, together
w1th the extensive replacement of garnet and orthopyrox-
ene by b1ot1te in the res1dual rocks, prov1de further ev1dence
A tl as of M igmati tcs
133
that anatect1c melt accumulated 1n the fold hinges. Some
of the melt 1n the h1nges was locally denved (g1v1ng rise to
1n sttu and 1n-source leucosome) , but some may also have
m1grated up to the hinge from a lower position on the fold
hmbs (to form leucocrat1c veins or patches). The late b1o-
t1te IS Interpreted to have formed when H,O. released as
the accumulated melt crystallized, hydrated the res1dual min-
erals. Some of the accumulated melt was able to escape
from the pelite layer and cross the massive metapsammite
layer through the I O-cm-w1de dike (it could also be called a
ve1n) that crosses the m1ddle of the photograph (01). The
dike IS rooted 1n the synform and IS onented subparallel to
the axial plane of the fold. A second leucocrat1c dike (02)
that penetrated no more than 50 em 1nto the metapsam-
mlte occurs to the nght, and confirms that the source of the
melt was the pellte layer; hence, the term leucocrat1c dike or
ve1n IS appropriate. An 1ncrease in pressure on the magma 1n
t he pehte layer as the fold tightened may have enabled the
formation and propagation of the fracture through which
some of the magma was able to escape. The dike contains
several large crystals of garnet, some of wh1ch have a nm of
b1otite; some aqueous nu1d thus was released as the magma
in the dike crystallized and reacted with the garnet to form
the biotite rim. The scale rests on a shear zone that is located
on the steep, nght nank of the synform.
 FROM LEUCOSOME TO LEUCOCRATIC DIKES IN MIGMATITES
134 -----------------------------

Location: Wuluma Hills. Arunta lnl1er. Australia. Rock type:

leucocrat1c dike in a metatexite m1gmatite; metapelit1c
protohth, partially melted at T 825 875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale:
the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.

Further read1ng: Sawyer, E.W., Dombrowski, C. & Collins,

W .J. (1999): Movement of melt dunng synchronous reg1onal
deformation and granulite-facies anatexiS, an example
from the Wuluma Hills, central Australia. In Understand1ng
Gran1tes; 1ntegrating New and Classical Techn1ques (A.
Castro, C. Femandez & J.-L. Vigneresse, eds.). Geolog1cal
Sooety, Speoal Publication 168,221 237.
 Atlas of M igmatites
135

Figure 48

Fig. 848. Overall v1ew of the m1gmat1te outcrop shown

1n Fig. B47. taken from above and look1ng down the h1nge
of the folds. The two dikes (D I and 02) that emerge from
the pel1t1c layer 1n the synform can be seen m the left half
of the photograph. JUSt to the right of the scale. Part of the
complementary ant1form is just v1s1ble at the extreme right.
Tight, minor folds can be seen 1n the metapelite; the lay-
enng that IS folded involves a combination of biotite-rich
pelite. leucosome, and biot ite + garnet + orthopyroxene
melanosome material.

Locauon: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier. Austral1a. Rock type:

leucocrat1c dike in a metatexite m1gmat1te; metapelit1c pro-
tolith. part1ally melted at T 825 875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale:
the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 SE LVEDGE S IN MIGMATITES
136 -----------------------------

Figure 49

Fig. 849. A prominent mesocratiC selvedge IS developed interpreted as res1dua. Thus, the selvedges are interpreted
1n th1s m1gmat1te between the discordant, feldspar-rich as a diffusion halo between the host and the leucocratlc
leucocratic vein and 1ts host. The dom1nant p1nk1sh grey vein 1ntruded 1nto 1t. Poss1bly. a grad1ent 1n silica act1v1ty
port1on of th1s outcrop is medium-gra1ned neosome that between the quartz-rich host and the intruded quartz-
was derived from a semipelit1c protolith. The grey neosome poor magma ex1sted and drove the diffusion of silica from
has two parts. A darker-colored part w1th the m1neral the host toward the leucocrat1c vein, producing the meso-
assemblage quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar + biotite + cratic selvedge.
garnet ± cordierite is interpreted to be residual; the lighter,
Location: Wuluma Hi lls, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
K-feldspar + quartz + plagioclase granitic parts occur as
selvedge around leucocratic vein in a metatexite migmatite;
small, diffuse, and elongate patches. These pink1sh string-
metapelitic protolith, partially melted at T 825-875°C, P ca.
ers are interpreted to be 1n situ leucosome. The neosome
5 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
is 1ntruded by a discordant, quartz-poor leucocratic vein
that has the mineral assemblage K-feldspar + plag1oclase
+ garnet + quartz + biotite; the b1ot1te replaces garnet.
Prom1nent mesocratic selvedges that are I 2 em wide
occur between the host and the leucocrat1c ve1ns. Contacts
between the selvedges and the p1nk1sh grey host are grada-
tional, and their grain s1zes and m1crostructures are s1milar,
wh1ch suggests that the selvedge may have formed from,
or overprinted, the host. The selvedges are not enriched in
ferromagnesian minerals relative to the host, but do appear
to be enriched in quartz. Consequently, they are not
-
A d a\ of Migma rire,
137

Figure SO

•
•

Fig. 850. This photograph shows several bodies of gar- Location: Round Hill. Broken Hill, Australia. Rock type:
net-bearing. quartz K-feldspar leucosome developed in metatexite migmatite; sem1pelitic protolith, partial melt1ng
a med1um-grained ilmenite- plagioclase quartz- bJOtJte- at T 800°C and P 5 6 kbar. Scale : the pen is 14 em long.
sJihmanJte cord1ente garnet gneiss. All the doma1ns of Image and capt1on: R1chard Wh1te.
leucosome are separated from the1r host by a very narrow.
melanocrat1c nm that 1s nch in biot1te. The nm 1s probably Further readmg: Wh1te. R.W.. Powell, R. & Halp1n, J.A.
a retrograde feature that formed as the melt in the leuco- (2004): Spatially-focussed melt formation 1n alumi-
some crystallized ; hence, it is a mafic selvedge and not a nous metapelites from Broken H ill, Australia. Journal of
melanosome. The domains of leucosome in this photograph Metamorphic Geology 22, 825 - 845.
differ markedly from others present 1n m1gmatites of the
same area (shown 1n Figs. B23 and B24) 1n that they do not
conta1n large poikiloblasts of garnet. Th1s difference 1s inter-
preted to Jnd1cat e that the leucosome in th1s 1mage may
have formed 1n a different way to the others 1n the area.
H ere, the leucosome probably formed by the physical seg-
regation of anatectic melt from the adjacent gneiss. Thus, it
IS essentially wholly denved from anatectic melt. whereas

the leucosome shown in Figs. B23 and B24 formed by the 1n

s1tu growth of the solid products garnet and K-feldspar and,
consequently. was mostly solid as 1t grew, w1th a lesser pro-
portion of anatectic melt. React1on between the evolved
melt generated, or an aqueous nUid exsolved as the leuco-
some crystallized, and residual minerals such as cordierite
in the host formed the biotite-rich mafic selvedge.
 SELVEDGES IN MIGMATITES
138 -----------------------------

Figure BS

Fig. BS I. Leucocrat1c ve1ns 1ntruded into migmat1te ter- the edge of the ve1n. The b10t1te-rich rim is too narrow to
ranes dunng the wan1ng stages of anatex1s commonly be the complementary extract1on zone of the melt from
develop th1n mafic selvedges. This photograph shows such wh1ch the leucocratic ve1n crystallized; hence. 1t is not a
a th1n (I 3 mm wide). b1ot1te-nch mafic selvedge devel- melanosome. Moreover, the host probably did not part1ally
oped between a discordant leucocratiC ve1n and 1ts grey melt. The mafic selvedge is interpreted to have formed as
metasedimentary host. The leucocrat1c ve1n, a peralumi - a result of react1on between the evolved felsiC melt from
nous leucogranite, contains the m1neral assemblage quartz which the vein crystallized and the host schist.
+ plagioclase + K-feldspar + biotite + garnet. with minor
Location: Quetico Subprov1nce, Canada. Rock type: leuco-
amounts of muscovite, apat1te, and tourmaline. The whole-
cratic vein with mafic selvedge 1n a psammitic layer;
rock composition of the leucocratic vein suggests that it
metamorphic conditions T 700 800°C and P 3- 4 kbar.
crystall1zed from a fractionated anatectiC melt denved
Scale: the ruler is 1n centimeters and millimeters. Image:
from a metapelltic protolith. Part1al melt1ng has probably
E.W. Sawyer.
not occurred 1n the b1ot1te- quartz plag1oclase psamm1t1C
sch1st that hosts the gran1t1c ve1n. However. the Interbed-
ded pelit1c layers do conta1n a res1dual m1neral assemblage:
s111iman1te + K-feldspar + b1ot1te + cord1ente + quartz +
plag1oclase (e.g.. Ftg. F43). The mafic selvedge IS only a few
gra1ns w1de and cons1sts predomtnantly of b1ot1te that has a
much coarser grain-size than the b1ot1te 1n e1ther the ve1n
or the host schist. Garnet crystals occur locally w1th1n the
selvedge, and closely resemble the garnet crystals in the
vein. The mafic selvedge is slightly thicker 1n concavities at

Fig. 852. The dark grey rock 1n th1s photograph IS a garnet-
diopside plag1oclase hornblende metamafic rock. It contains
a few thin (< 10 mm) leucocratic ve1ns that are subparal-
lel to the compos1t1onal layenng. However. the most strik1ng
feature of the outcrop 1S the array of subparallel lenses and
elongate patches of coarse-gra1ned leucotonalite that are on-
ented at about 70° to the compos1tional layenng. Examination
of nearby outcrops reveals that the lenses of leucotonalite are
oriented parallel to the ax1al planes of a senes of t1ght folds.
A melanocrat1c rim IS developed around each lens. Thus, at
first sight, the outcrop appears to conta1n leucosome w1th
melanosome and could, consequently. be cons1dered a
metatexite m~gmat1te. However. the dark nms are narrow and
cons1st predominantly of coarse-gra1ned hornblende and bio-
tite. There are two generat1ons of hornblende: one IS of s1milar
morphology to the hornblende in the metamafic rock farther
away from the leucocrat1c lenses, and is Interpreted to be pro-
grade, whereas the other replaces d1ops1de and IS retrograde.
B1otite part1ally replaces hornblende close to the leucocrat1c
lenses. These lenses are 1nterpreted to have crystall1zed from a
fels1c melt 1ntruded 1nto the metamafic rock parallel to the ax1al
planes of local folds, and the dark rim around them seems to
be mafic selvedge formed by reaction between the metamafic
host and the felsic melt, or an aqueous flu1d exsolved from it
during crystallization. Many of the larger lenses of leucotonalite
exhlb1t a w1de, lighter-colored selvedge or halo outs1de the
Aria> of 1\ligma t itc~
139
mafic selvedge. This feature is attributed to the alterat1on of
plag1oclase caused by the aqueous fluid from the felsic melt.
Melanocratic bands also occur subparallel to the layenng 1n the
metamafic schist and appear to form lateral bndges between
cha1ns of small lenses of leucotonalite. The dark color of these
bands IS due to the replacement of dlops1de by hornblende,
and IS interpreted as ev1dence that t he exsolved aqueous
fluid was locally able to infiltrate parallel to the foliation of the
metamafic rock. The widespread development of retrograde
hornblende has obscured any melanosome that may have
ex1sted 1n the metamafic host. Hence, 1t IS not certa1n whether
the metamafic part of the outcrop 1s a m1gmat1te. However.
the grey rocks in the top nght corner of the photograph are a
metatexite m1gmatlte: the silliman1te-garnet b1ot1te quartz-
plagioclase pelitic schists contain patches of neosome that have
cores of poikiloblastic garnet intergrown with quartz that are
surrounded by a plag1oclase + K-feldspar + quartz leucosome,
cons1stent w1th the Incongruent melting of b1otite. Some of the
garnet po1klloblasts conta1n scattered inclus1ons of s1ll1mamte.
Location: Central Metasedimentary Belt, Grenv1lle Prov1nce.
near Wakefield, Quebec, Canada. Rock type: lenses of
leucotonalite w ith mafic selvedges 1n a metatex1te mlgma-
tite: metagabbro protolith, lower granulite-facies conditions
T ca. 800°C, P 6-9 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image:
E.W. Sawyer.
 SELVEDGES I N MIGMATITES
140 - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -
Figure
Fig. 853 . This complex migmatite prov1des a good example
of a mafic selvedge. The prom1nent layenng 1n the m1gmat1te
is pre-anatectic; the light grey layers are b1ot1te plag1oclase
quartz psamm1t1c schists (Ps), the med1um grey layers are
garnet cordierite-quartz-K-feldspar plagioclase-sill1man1te
biotite pelit1c schists (Pe), and the dark grey layers are
biotit e plagioclase hornblende sch1sts (H s) t hat were
poss1bly mafic volcanic rocks, or sills. The evidence for
partial melting and, therefor e, for considering this a migma-
tite, can be found in the pelitic layers. At the bottom left,
stromatic, p1nkish grey granitic leucosome (LI) occurs in
a grey sch1st that has the m1neral assemblage plag1oclase +
s1111man1te + b1ot1te + cord1ente + K-feldspar + quartz, w1th
m1nor garnet. The leucosome IS Interpreted to be denved
from the anatectic melt of an alum1nous pelite v1a a reac-
tion such as b1ot1te + sill1mamte + quartz + plag1oclase = have igneous microstructures, and the fold1ng is cons1dered
melt + cord1erite + garnet + K-feldspar, and the host schist
IS Interpreted t o be the res1duum. but 1t 1s not melanocratiC.
Another pelit1c layer, located 1mmediately above the dark
grey layer that crosses the center of the photograph, con-
tains addit1onal evidence for partial melting. Diffuse patches
of neosome (N ) have a core consisting of quartz + garnet
surrounded by quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar in a leuco-
cratic rim, which suggests that the neosome formed in situ
by a similar melting reaction, but in a slightly more iron-
nch pelite. Conspicuous, narrow mafic selvedges (MS)
composed of b1ot1te occur at the margms of a folded, p1nk
leucocratic ve1n 5- 10 em w1de that occurs 1n the upper half
of the photograph. Although the ve1n IS hosted by pelite, the
mineral assemblage 1n the mafic selvedge is not s1milar to the
residua assooated w1th e1ther the stromatic leucosome or
the patches of neosome. Consequently, the mafic selvedge
1s interpreted to result from react1on between an inJected
vein of granit1c magma and its pelitic host, and not to be a
residuum generated by partial melting. This interpretation
is supported by observations in adjacent outcrops, where a
t hin mafic selvedge occurs adjacent to d1scordant pink gra-
nitic veins. Because the stromatiC leucosome is folded by the
mesoscale tight folds ev1dent 1n the photograph, the patches
of neosome are equant and have d1ffuse edges, even though
located 1n the core of the folds. Both types of leucosome
to have occurred wh1le anatectiC melt was present in the
rock. As another 1nterest1ng feature 1n th1s m1gmat1te, garnet
developed at contacts between the mafic and pelit1c layers,
but not at the contacts between mafic and psammitic layers.
Locat1on : Sa1nt-Fulgence. Grenville Province, Quebec,
Canada. Rock type: leucocratlc vein w 1th mafic selvedge in a
metatexite migmatite; metasedimentary protolith, granulite-
facies anateXIS at T 800 850°C, p 5 8 kbar: Scale: the ruler is
marked 1n em. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
-
Atl ~1; of Migmatite;
141

Figure S

Fig. 854. Th1s photograph 1s a close-up of the 1ntenor dike. then the narrowness of the 1nd1v1dual ve1ns may mean
of a meter-wide granitic dike, one of several that are on - that th1s part1cular dike was not a successful conduit for
ented parallel to local shear zones and the axial surfaces of the transfer of melt. Alternatively, the repeated dik1ng
mesoscale folds developed in metatexite m1gmatites. In gen- may simply be a record of the waning pulses of melt in the
eral. these dikes are Interpreted to be part of the transfer wider dike.
network of condu1ts through wh1ch anatect1c melt moved
from the migmat1tes to small gran1te plutons grow1ng in Locauon: Wuluma H1lls, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
larger dilatant sites nearby. Because these dikes are still leucocrat1c vein with mafic selvedge, metatexite m1gmatite;
with1n their broad source-volume, they belong to the cat- metapelitic protolith, partially melted at T 825 875°C. P ca.
egory of leucocrat1c dikes. The photograph shows several 5 kbar: Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
th1n (I 1.5 em) leucocrat1c veins, onented roughly parallel
to the scale, and each has very narrow b10t1te-nch mafic
selvedges. The selvedges are interpreted to have formed as
a result of interaction between with veins and their host. A
stnking feature of the host is that it conta1ns numerous b1o-
t1te-nch foliae that are regularly spaced about 1.5 em apart,
the same spacing as the mafic selvedges at the edges of the
leucocratic veins. Both the thin veins and their host dike
rocks have granitic bulk compositions, similar gra1n-s1zes,
and s1m1lar microstructures. The host dike thus probably
was Itself constructed by the mult1ple Injection of many th1n
leucocratic veins, each of which developed a mafic selvedge.
The two more prominent leucocratic veins just happen to
be the last increments of melt injected into the dike. If the
th1n ve1ns represent the entire h1story of now of the larger
142 X~
----------~~~~--~M~ET~A~T~E~ ~E~X~I~T~E.
IT~E~A~N~D~D~I~AT
THE FI RST-ORDER DIVISION OF MIGMATITES

Migmatites from the contact aureole of the

C.
METATEXITE AND
DIATEXITE, THE FIRST- ORDER
DIVISION OF MIGMATITES
The photographs in this section show the striking change
tn the morphology of migmatites that takes places between
the lowest- and the highest-grade parts of most migmatite
terranes. T he same changes occur whether the migmatttes
formed in a regtonal, or tn a contact metamorphtc setting.
Duluth Igneous Complex [Figs. CS, C6]
Mafic rocks of the Duluth Igneous Complex (DIC), 1n
northern Minnesota, were intruded over a very narrow
time period around I 098 Ma, and produced a considerable
contact-aureole in the Archean and Proterozoic country
rocks. T he inner part of the aureole locally reached the
pyroxene hornfels facies, and anatexis ts particularly evident
in the pelit ic and semipelitic rocks of the Virginia Formation,
on the western stde of the DIC. The depth of tntrusion was
relatively shallow; estimates of the pressure of the contact
metamorphtsm are tn the range 1.5 2 kbar.

Migmatites from the contact aureole of the

Upper amphibolite facies, regional migma-
Ballachulish Igneous Complex [Figs. CI-C4]
tites from Saint-Malo, France [Figs. C7, CB]
The Ballachulish Igneous Complex (BIC), tn the Scotttsh
The Satnt-Malo Terrane conststs largely of metasedimentary
Htghlands, was emplaced tnto Dalradtan metasedtmen-
rocks of Bnovenan age; greywacke and pelittc compostttons
tary rocks at about 425 Ma. The metasedtmentary rocks
predominate. These rocks were partially melted during an
were regionally deformed and metamorphosed to the
upper-amphibolite-facies metamorphtc event at 536 ± 14
greenschist facies before t he intrust on of the BIC. Intrusion
Ma. Melting occurred through the breakdown of muscovtte,
occurred at a pressure o f 3 ± 0.5 kbar (corresponding to
and biotite generally rematned stable. Diatexite migmatites
a depth of about 10 km) and a contact-metamorphic
occur in the central part of the terrane and are partial ly
aureole. locally up to 2 km wide, developed around the
sur rounded by an envelope of metatextte migmatites.
BIC. Rocks tn the inner part of the contact aureole were
N onmelted Bnoverian metasedtments are well exposed
parttally melted.
south of the migmatttes in the estuary of the Rance.

Further readmg: Fraser, G.L., Patttson, D.R.M. & Heaman,

Further readmg: Brown, M. (1979) : The petrogenests of the
L.M. (2004) : Age of the Ballachulish and Glencoe Igneous
St-Malo migmattte belt, Armoncan Masstf, France, with
Complexes (Scottish Highlands), and paragenests of ztrcon,
particular reference to the dtatexttes. Neues jahrbuch fur
monazite and baddeleytte tn the Ballachulish aureole. journal
Mtneralogre, Abhandlungen 135, 48 74.
of the Geologrcal Society of London 16 1, 447 462.
Milord, 1., Sawyer, E.W. & Brown, M. (200 1): Formation of
Harte, B., Pattison, D.R.M. & Ltnklater, C.M. (199 1): Field
diatexite migmattte and grantte magma during anatexts of
relations and pet rography of partially melted pelite and
semi-pelitic metasedimentary rocks : an example from St.
semi -pelitic rocks. In Equilibrium tn Contact Metamorphism:
Malo, France. journal of Petrology 42 , 487-505.
the Ballachulish Igneous Complex and its Aureole (G. Voll ,
J. Topel, D .R.M. Pattison & F. Seifert, eds.) . Springer-Verlag. W eber, C., Barbey, P, Cuney, M. & Martin, H . ( 1985): Trace
Hetdelberg, Germany ( 181-209). element behaviour during migmatization. Evidence for a
complex melt-residuum flutd interaction in the St. Malo
H olness, M. & Clemens, j D. ( 1999): Partial melting of the
migmatitic dome (France) . Contnbuuons to Mmerology and
Apptn quartzite driven by fracture-controlled H 20 tnfiltra-
Petrology 90, 52 62.
tton tn the aureole of the Ballachulish Igneous Complex,
Scotttsh Highlands. Contnbutrons to Mmeralogy and Petrology
136, 154-168.

Patttson, D .R.M. & Harte, B. (1997): Geology and evolutton

of the Ballachulish Igneous Complex and aureole. Scowsh
journal of Geology 33, 1-29.
-
A tlas of Migmatites
143

Upper amphibolite facies, regional migma-
tites from the Opatica Subprovince, Quebec
• [Figs. C9, C IOJ
The Opat1ca Subprovince, in central Quebec, consists
principally of tonalit e trondhjemit e-granodiorite (T TG)
plutonic rocks with ages between 2825 and 2702 Ma,
1nto w h1ch plutons belonging to a monzodiorite tonalit e
granodiorite suite were int ruded between 2697 and 2693
Ma. A subsequent high-grade metamorphic event led
to widespread partial melt1ng of rocks of the tonalite
trondhjemite granodiorite suite 1n the center of the
subprov1nce. and to the generation of m1gmat1tes and
anatectiC leucogran1tes between 2681 and 2678 Ma. Partial
melt1ng occurred under conditions of the upper amphibo-
lite faoes (T ca. 750°C, P 5-7 kbar), and probably mvolved
the innux of aqueous nuid.
Further reading: Guern1na, S. & Sawyer. E.W. (2003): Large-
scale melt-deplet1on 1n granulite terranes: an example from
the Archaean Ashuan1p1 subprov1nce of Quebec. Journal of
Metomorph1c Geology 21 , 18 1 20 I.
Percival, J.A ( 199 1) : Granulite-fac1es metamorphism and
crustal magmatism in the Ashuan1pi com plex, Quebec
Labrador, Canada. Journal of Petrology 32, 1261 1297.
Sawyer, E.W. ( 1994): Melt segregat1on in the continental
crust. Geology 22, 1019 1022.
Sawyer, E.W. (2001): Melt segregation 1n the cont1nental
crust: distribution and movement of melt in anatect1c rocks.
Journal of Metamorphic Geology 19. 291 309.

Further readmg: Davis, W.J., Machado, N., Gariepy, C.,

Sawyer, E.W. & Benn, K. (1995) : U Pb geochronology of
the Opat1ca tonalite gneiss belt and 1ts relat 1onsh1p to
the Abitibi gr eenstone belt, Supenor Province, Quebec.
Canad1an journal of Earth Sciences 3 2 , 113-127.

Sawyer, E.W. ( 1998): Formation and evolution of granite

magmas dunng crustal reworking: the Significance of dia-
texJtes.Journal of Petrology 39, 1147 1167.

Sawyer, E.W. & Benn, K. (1993): Structure of the h1gh-grade

Opat1ca Belt and adJacent low-grade Ab1t1bl Subprovince,

• Canada: an Archaean mountain front. journal of Structural

Geology 15, 1443 1458.
• Granu lite-facies, regional migmatites
r from the Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec
• [Figs. Cll, Cl2]

• T he migmatites in the Ashuan ipi Subprovince, Quebec

Labrador, were derived from A rchean siliciclastic
sedimentary mat erial deposited by turbidity-current
act1on. The beds 1n the sedimentary sequence range up
to a meter th1ck, but the typ1cal th1ckness IS I0 20 em.
Some beds were graded during depositiOn, and th1s has
resulted 1n a compos1t1onal gradat1on w1th1n the beds;
the tops have a broadly pelitic composition, whereas the
bottoms are greywacke (psamm1t1c). Plag1oclase-nch
metagreywacke w1th a simple plag1oclase + quartz + bJo-
tJte + quartz m1neral assemblage dom1nates (ca. 85%)
the sedimentary pi le and was volumetrically the principal
protolith to the m1gmatites. Partial melt1ng 1n t hese rocks
occurred through the biotite-dehydration reaction: biot1te +
plagioclase + quartz =
orthopyroxene + melt ± ilmenite.
The average degree of part ial melting was about 3 1 vol.%.
 MIGMATITES FROM TH E CONTACT A UREOLE
144 ------------------------------
0F THE BALLAC HULI SH IGN EOU S COMPLEX

Figure

Fig. C I. One of the first 1ndicat1ons of the onset of Further reading: Pattison, D .R.M. & Harte, B. (2001): The
part1al melt1ng in the field is the presence of very nar- Ballachulish Igneous Complex and Aureole: a Field Guide.
row (<2 mm) feldspar-nch leucocrat1c ve1ns 1n pelitic and Ed1nburgh Geolog1cal Sooety Gu1debook Series, Edinburgh,
semipelit1c hornfelses. Th1s photograph shows that the U.K. 148 p.
leucocratlc ve1ns are located parallel to the foliation (indi-
cated by the pencil) , and in orientations that are oblique to
the layering in the hornfelses. Locally, the veins form a net-
like pattern in their hosts. Very narrow biotite selvedges are
present around some of t he veins. In thin section, the veins
show K-feldspar grains w ith crystal faces in contact with
"xenomorphic-interst itial" quartz, a microstructure indica-
tive of crystallization from a melt. The ma1n macroscopic
charactenst1c of th1s migmatite is the cont1nuity of pre-
anatect ic structures (bedding and foliat 1on) 1n the
paleosome; hence, it is a metatexite m1gmatite.

Locot1on: east s1de of the aureole. Rock type: metatex1te

m1gmat1te; t he protolith was interbedded pelite and seml-
pelite of the Appin Phyllite, anatexis at T 650 730°C. Scale:
the pencil is IS em long. /mage: D.R.M. Patt1son. Previously
published as Photo 20 in Pattison and Harte (200 I) and
is reproduced w it h t he permission of The Edinburgh
Geological Society.
---
Atlas of Migmatites
145

Figure l

•
•
•
•

Fig. C2. Migmatites with a very distinctive appearance are
produced at slightly higher grades from protoliths consisting
of thin pelitic and semipelitic beds. T he photograph shows a
sawn slab of this type of migmatite, which has been etched
and stained to reveal the K-feldspar. The competent layers,
typically rich in cordierite, have been extended and become
trains of rectangular boudins, whereas the less competent
units (partially melted semipelitic layers) have deformed by
• ductile flow and remain more or less continuous, but are
• thin ned. Coarser-grained leucocratic material extracted
from the partially melted semipelitic layers occupies the
dilatant spaces between the rectangular boudins, but
also occurs as veins that cross the layering. Although t he
proportion of leucosome is locally higher, and this
migmatite is more strained than t hat shown in Fig. C I, the
pre-anatectic structures remain continuous. Thus, this too
is a metatexite migmatite.
Location: east side of contact aureole, I 00 m from con-
tact. Rock type: metat exit e migmatite; the prot olith was
t hinly bedded pelite and semipelite of the Appin Phyllite,
partially melted at T 650 - 730°C Scale : the lens cap is
65 mm across. Image : D .R.M. Pattison. Previously published as
fig. 3 in Pattison and Harte ( 1988) and is reproduced with
t he permission of Blackwell Publishing.
Further reading: Pattison, D.R.M. & Harte, B. ( 1988):
Evolution of structurally contrasti ng migmatites in t he
3-kbar Ballachulish aureole, Scotland. journal ofMetamorphic
Geology 6 , 475 494.
 MIGMATITES FROM THE CONTAC T AUREOLE
146 OF THE BALLACHULISH IGNEOU S COMPLEX

Figure

Fig. CJ. The migmatites located 1n the parts of the aure-

ole that reached the highest metamorphic temperatures,
and consequently generated the h1ghest fract1ons of melt,
have a very different appearance. Th1s cut and sta1ned slab
shows rectangular boudins generated by the pull1ng apart
of the more competent (more v1scous, or st1ffer) metasedi-
mentary layers enclosed 1n an anatectic melt-nch matnx. In
contrast to Fig. C2, t he blocks of t he competent rock have
been moved apart and rotated such that the onginal orien-
tation and cont inuity of the pre-partial-melting structures
(bedding and foliation) are disrupted and destroyed; hence,
th1s is a d1atexite m1gmatite.

Location: screen with1n the 1ntrus1ve body, east s1de of the

complex. Rock type: d1atex1te m1gmat1te; protolith was
th1nly bedded pehte and sem1pelite of the Appin Phyllite,
part1ally melted at T 750- 800°C. Scale: the co1n 1s 19 mm
1n d1ameter. Image: G.L. Fraser.
--
A tlas of Migmat ites
147

t Figure

•
•
•
•
•
•

• Fig. C4. The migmatites closest to the intrusive body on its the aureole, the temperat ure of melt ing was relatively low

• west side show the greatest disruption of the pre-partial -

melting layering. and were mapped as the "chaotic zone" by
(ca. 650- 700°C) . This situat ion is attributed t o t he innux
of H 20 at peak metamorphic conditions released from the
• Pattison and Harte ( 1988). The outcrop appearance of the crystallization of t he underlying intrusive body.
"chaotic zone" migmatites is a jumbled mass of psammite,
semipelite, and pelite blocks (i.e .. schollen or rafts) wit hin Location: "Chaotic Zone" on the western side of t he intru-
t a coarser-grained, lighter-colored semipelitic matrix. Some sive body. Rock type: diatexite migmatite; the protolith
was pelite and semipelite of t he Leven schist; anatexis at
schollen have recti linear outlines, but ot hers are rounded.
The matrix is generally without a foliat ion or compositional T 650- 700°C. Scale: the lens cap is 65 mm across. Image:
layering, but where present, it appears to bend around the D.R.M. Pattison. Previously published as fig. 13 in Pattison
schollen in a manner suggestive of now. The semipelitic and Harte ( 1988) and is reproduced w ith t he permission of
matrix has a granular microstructure and contains patches Blackwell Publishing.
of int erstitial-xenomorphic quartz and K-feldspar that,
Further reading: Pattison, D.R.M. & Harte, B. ( 1988) :
together w ith the now-like foliation, st rongly suggest that
Evolution of st ruct urally contrasting migmat it es in the
the matrix contained a substantial fract ion of anatectic melt.
3-kbar Ballachulish aureole, Scotland. journal ofMetamorphic
However, the semipelitic bulk composition of the matrix,
Geology 6, 475-494.
and the scarcity of both leucosome and melanosome in the
"chaotic zone," suggest that the melt fraction did not seg-
regate from the solid resid uum in the mat rix. The fraction
of melt in many parts of the "chaot ic zone" migmatit e was
sufficiently high that bulk now of the migmatite could occur.
The st ronger layers (with a lower fraction of melt) were
disrupted during the now and became t he schollen in the
portions with a higher fraction of melt. Even though the
"chaotic zone" experienced the highest extent of melting in
I 48 _______M_IG__M_ A__T_ I_T-=-E--5_FR_O____M_T__H__E:.._C..::.....:. C....:.
O_N__T_A:...: :...:R
T_A_:_:U :...:O:...:L:-=-
..:..:E E
OF T H E DULUT H IGNEOU S C OMPLEX

Figure

Fig. CS. Th1s migmat1te 1s typ1cal of those developed 1n the Location: Linwood Lake, area 35m from the western
outer part of the anatectiC zone. The original sedimentary contact w1th the DIC. Rock type: net-structured meta-
layenng 1n the hornfels derived from the V1rg1n1a Formation texite m1gmat1te; peltt1c and sem1peltt1c protolith; anatex1s
rema1ns ev1dent and can be traced laterally across out- at T ca. 750°C. Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long. Image:
crops: hence, this a metatex1te m1gmatite. Two sets of E.W. Sawyer.
th1n discordant domains of leucosome cross the compo-
sitional layering in the hornfels and locally form a net-like
pattern A systematic sense of displacement across the
oblique domains of leucosome suggests that they occupy
a conJugate set of extens1onal shears related to shorten1ng
perpendicular to the layering. This IS possibly due to load-
ing of the footwall by the DIC as 1t was emplaced. Another
set of somewhat th1cker, stromatic doma1ns of leucosome
that are onented parallel to the bedding also 1s evident.
All the leucosome matenal 1s fine-gra1ned (0.5 mm). but
still much coarser grained than the paleosome (0. 1 mm).
Although not vis1ble 1n outcrop. the doma1ns of leuco-
some are bordered by a narrow melanocrat1c selvedge that
results from the alteration of cordiente 1n the wallrock (see
Fig. F88). After local segregation of melt from the wallrocks
1nto nearby low-pressure s1tes (the extensional shears) to
create the leucosome, crystallization of the melt appears
to have released some H20, which then reacted with
cordierite in the wallrock.
 Atlas of Migmatites
149

Figure 6

Z ._CENTIMETRES
t I ~~

Fig. C6. The migmatites from the highest -grade parts of resu lting diatexite magma, occurred without any significant
the Duluth aureole no longer contain recognizable and segregat ion of the melt fraction from the residuum frac-
coherent structures that predate the partial melting and tion. In other words, most of these diatexite migmatites
are, therefore, diatexite migmatites. Like the one in this represent a closed anatectic system.
photograph, they are typical ly very uniform, medium-
grained (0.5-2 mm), mesocratic rocks that locally contain Location: Linwood Lake, area 5 m from the western contact
small elongate fragments (schollen) of hornfels that are, with the DIC. Rock type: diatexite migmatite: pelitic and
in places, aligned. In many cases, the migmatites have a semipelitic protolith: anat exis at T 800-825°C. Scale: the
foliation defined by the parallel orientation of tabu lar min- ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
erals, typically plagioclase. cordierite, and orthopyroxene:
typically, t here are no leucocratic segregations or mafic
schlieren developed. Locally, deflect ions in the trend of
the foliation define small shear zones that formed in the
magmatic stat e. Furthermore, cordierite, plagioclase, and
K-feldspar commonly have crystal faces against abundant
pockets of coarser-grained, equant but irregularly shaped
quartz, K-feldspar and plagioclase. The microst ructures
indicate that these migmatites contained a significant frac-
t ion of melt , and that they developed their foliation by
the alignment of crystals in a flowing magma. The modal
proportions of plagioclase, quartz, biotite. cordierit e,
K-feldspar, and orthopyroxene, together with the whole-
rock composition of most of the diatexite migmatites in the
Duluth aureole, indicate that partial melting of the pelitic
and semipelitic protoliths, and subsequent flow of t he
 UPPER AMPHIBOLITE FAC IES . REGIONAL
ISO ------------------------~----
MIGMATITES FROM SAINT-MALO . FRANCE

Figure 7

Fig. C7. Neosome 1n the m1gmat1tes located close to the

melt-1n 1sograd on the southeastern s1de of the Sa1nt- Malo
m1gmat1te terrane, 1n Bnttany, formed first 1n the musco-
VIte-nch semipelit1c layers. The bod1es of neosome are
stromat1c and cons1st of thin, coarse-gra1ned muscov1te +
K-feldspar + plagioclase + quartz leucosome bordered by
b1ot1t e -rich melanosome . The start of partial melti ng in
the migmat it es at Saint- Malo involved the breakdown of
muscovite; biotite remained stable and was concentrated
1n the melanosome. Beds of psammitic and calc-silicate
compos1tion were not as strongly affected by partial melt-
Ing, and hence these are paleosome resister litholog1es at
th1s stage. Consequently, the cont1nu1ty of structures that
predate the partial melt1ng, sedimentary layenng 1n th1s
case, 1s preserved 1n these low-grade m1gmat1tes, and hence
th1s 1S a metatex1te m1gmatlte.

Locatton: La Landrais, Sa1nt-Malo m1gmat1te terrane, France.

Rock type: metat ex1te migmat1te; Bnoverian sem1pelitic
protolit h from just on the high-grade s1de of the "melt-1n"
1sograd, T ca. 650°C, P 4- 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s 15 em
long. /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
 Atlas of M igmatites
lSI

Figure 8

Fig. C8. Regional metamorphic temperatures were higher

farther into the Saint-Malo migmatite terrane; consequently,
anatexis was far more extensive. A featu re common of
virtually all of these migmatites is the absence of any lat-
erally coherent structures that predate the partial melting;
hence, these are diatexite migmatites, and they consist
largely of neosome. The relative proportions of leucocratic
to melanocratic material in the neosome, and the ratio of
neosome to paleosome, vary considerably from outcrop to
outcrop. In the example shown here, t he neosome is meso-
cratic overall, and consists of w ider leucocrat ic layers, or
bands, that alternate with rather discontinuous, curviplanar
biotite-rich foliae, called schlieren. In addition, the remains
of a large schollen of a resister lithology also can be seen.

Location: Saint-Malo migmatit e t errane, France. Rock type:

mesocratic diatexite migmatite; semipelitic and pelitic pro-
tolith, partially melt ed at T ca. 750°C, P 4-7 kbar. Scale: t he
side of t he yellow box is 17 em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 UPPER AMPHIBOLI TE FACIES , REGIONAL MIGMATITE S
152 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
FROM THE OPATICA SUBPROVI NCE, QUEBEC

Figur·e 9

Fig. C9. A continuous foliat ion, or com posit ional lay- occur in shear zones located on the long limbs of t he asym-
ering, that predates the partial melting can be seen in all metrical folds. The pink veins have a composit ion suggestive
the migmatites developed 1n the lowest-grade parts of of a probable derivation from a similar protolith; they may
the anatectic zone in t he Opatica Subprovince; thus t hey represent injections of anatectic melt.
are metatexite migmatites. Two principal morpholog1es of
Locat1on: Opatica Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
metatexite migmat it e have developed from the tonalit e-
metatexite migmatite; tonalit e protolith, partially melted
trondhjemi te-granodio rite plutonic protoliths. Patch
under conditions of the upper amphibol1te facies, T ca. 750°C,
migmatites (see Figs. BIS and 012) formed in the Opatica
and P 5-7 kbar. Scale: t he ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W.
Subprovince w here there was no penetrative deformation
Sawyer.
of the protolith during part1al melting, r.e., they occur 1n
low-strain environments. This photograph shows another
morphology. which developed as the protolith was sheared
during partial melting. The light-grey and darker grey lay-
ers are a compositional banding that existed before partial
melt1ng and are due to changes in the ratio of plagioclase
to quartz + K-feldspar. These layers were deformed into
north-vergent, asymmetrical folds dunng partial melting.
Light-grey, coarser-gra 1ned, diffuse areas of neosome that
do not have a foliation are located in shear planes on the
limbs of the folds or subparallel to the axial surfaces of the
folds. The neosome is slightly lighter colored than t he rock
around it, but not really leucocratic. The diffuse edges sug-
gest t hat t his is in situ neosome. The outcrop is also cut by
thin, pink leucocratic veins that tend to have diffuse mar-
gins; some of these veins are folded. Commonly, the ve1ns
------
Atlas o f M igmatites
153

Figure I0
t

Fig. C I 0. Migmatites in the center of t he anatectic melt ed rocks were able t o flow, and th us destroy the pre-
region in t he Opatica Subprovince do not contain con- anatexis structu res t hey contained . The only pre-anatexis
t iguous st ructures t hat predate t he partial melting; the structures that remain are those preserved in t he entrained
structures they cont ain are essentially syn-anatect ic. This schollen or rafts; hence, this is a diatexite migmatite and
example shows lens-shaped schollen of grey, fo liated represent s a more advanced stage of anatexis than t hat
biotite- quartz- plagioclase tonalite in a pink, coarse- recorded in Fig. C9.
grained biotite-quartz- K-feldspar- plagioclase granite
host. Some schollen are fragments of resister lithologies, Location: Opatica Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
but most have bulk composit ions indicating that t hey are diatexite migmatite; metatonalite protolit h, anatexis under
melt-depleted and hence residua. The microst ructure in conditions of t he upper amphibolite facies, T ca. 750°C,
t he leucocratic matrix varies considerably from place to and P 5-7 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W.
place. In many places, as in t his image, the microstructure is Sawyer.
isotropic and granit ic, but elsewhere, there are domains in
which tabular crystals (plagioclase, K-feldspar, and biotite)
are aligned, forming a magmatic fo liat ion with o r without
biotite schlieren. In places, coarse-grained granitic veins
have intruded finer-grained rocks, but elsewhere (e.g., just
below t he center of the photograph), coarse-grained rocks
simply occur as diffuse pat ches in finer-gra ined ones. The
leucocrat ic part of this migmatite contains some K-feldspar
crystals that are euhedral, and others that have rational
crystal faces at mut ual contacts with quart z, text ures that
are indicative of crystallizatio n from a melt. These observa-
tions suggest that in the center of the Opatica Subprovince,
t he fraction of melt was sufficiently high that the partially
 GRANULITE-FACIES , REGIONAL MIGMATITES
154 -----------------------------
FROM THE ASHUAN I PI SUBPROVIN CE, QUEBEC

Figure I I

Fig. C II . This m1gmatite 1s dom1nated by grey metased- partial melting and segregat1on process could be the source
Imentary rocks and has a relatively m1nor proport1on of of large volumes of granitiC magma 1n the continental crust;
leucosome. Since the streaks of leucosome are mostly for the Ashuamp1 Subprovince, melt-depleted migmatites
3
located parallel to the bedding and foliat1on, the migmatlte such as this are est1mated to have produced 640 000 km
could be called stromatic. The mineralogy and whole-rock of gran1t1c magma. In assigning th1s m1gmat1te a further
compos1t1on of the metasedimentary rocks 1n this migma- descriptive term, a decision has to be made as what char-
tite are not consistent with an interpretation that they are acteristic needs to be emphasized; two possibilities are its
paleosome, but indicate that they are the residuum left morphology and its bulk composition.
after the extraction of about 30 vol.% anatectic melt of
Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
granitic composition. This degree of melt loss far exceeds
type : residual metatexite migmatite; metaturbidite proto-
the volume of leucosome present in the outcrop; hence,
lith, with partial melting at T 825-875°C, P 6-7 kbar. Scale:
anatexis and the format1on of th1s m1gmatite were the result
the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
of an open-system process at the scale of the outcrop. The
preservation of structures and layering that predate partial
melt1ng in the residuum after the loss of such a large volume
of melt 1ndicates that the melt was contmuously drained
from the res1duum dunng anatex1s. If the melt had accumu-
lated 1n the rock up to a large fraction (> I 0%), then bulk
flow would have occurred by one process or another, and
that would have destroyed the layering. Because all the lay-
ers were fertile, and the melt-segregation process allowed
only a small fraction of melt to exist in the rock at any one
t ime, the resulting migmatite is essentially all neosome, but
a residual one in which pre-anatect ic structures are pre-
served. Large areas of fertile rocks undergoing this type of
 Atlas of Migmatites
ISS

Figure

Fig. C l2 . In this migmatite, schollen (or rafts) of melt- Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, northern Quebec, Canada.
depleted metasediment ary rocks identical to the resid - Rock type: schollen diatexite migmatite; metaturbidite proto-
ual parts of t he metatexite migmatites (e.g., Fig. Cl l) occur lith part ially melted at T 825- 875°C, P 6- 7 kbar. Scale: t he
in a coarser-grained, lighter-colored host; in th is case, ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
then, the rafts are the residual part of the neosome and
not paleosome. However, in some out crops, the schol-
len include ultramafic, mafic, and vein quartz resister
lithologies, and these are all that remains of t he paleosome.
Microstructures that indicate the flow of magma (i.e., melt
containing crystals) and crystallization of a melt are com-
mon in the matrix around the schollen. Examples of such
microst ructures include the tiling of tabular crystals of feld-
spar, the local development of euhedral crystals of feldspar
and orthopyroxene, and of minerals wit h crystal faces
against large interst it ial crystals of equant, xenomorphic
quart z. The most important characteristic of t his migma-
tite, the one that identifies it as a diatexite migmatite, is the
absence of structures that predate the partial melting in the
mat rix around the schollen. T he matrix is neosome also,
and the absence of discrete melanosome and leucosome
in it indicates that the melt fract ion and solid fraction did
not become separated during anatexis. Rat her, they flowed
together as magma.
 SEC O N D -O RDER MORPHOLOG IES I N MIG MATIT ES
156 --------------------------~
D.
SECOND-ORDER
MORPHO LOGIES IN M IGMATITES
The second-order morphologies in migmat1tes can be
related to the melt fraction present 1n the m1gmat1te and,
1n a general way, to stra1n, or how the protollth responded
to stran With the photographs 1n th1s sect1on, 1t w1ll be
possible first to examine the range of different morphol-
ogies that can be found 1n metatex1te m1gmat1tes. where
paleosome dommates, and 1n wh1ch structures that
predate part1al melt1ng are preserved. Then, the mor-
phologieS found 1n d1atex1te m1gmat1tes, where neosome
predom1nates, and 1n whiCh coherent pre-anatectic struc-
tures are destroyed and replaced by structures formed
during anatex1s.
The start of partial melting [Figs. 01 - 06]
An important part of mapping in metamorphic terranes is
the determination of isograds. In high-grade metamorphic
terranes, the "melt-in isograd" marks the beginn1ng of the
zone of anatexis. It IS where migmatites beg1n to appear.
However, noticing the first signs of part1al melting 1n the
field IS not easy. The photographs 1n th1s sect1on show
examples of the incipient stages of anatexis. Because part1al
melt1ng has barely started 1n these rocks, structures that
pre-date partial meltmg, for example, bedd1ng, composi-
tional layering, foliations, and folds, rema1n prominent in the
paleosome; hence, these are metatexite migmat1tes, albeit
w1th a very small proportion of neosome.
Metatexite migmatites with a patch
structure [Figs. 07-0 I0]
Patch migmatites are a type of metatexite migmatite 1n
which the neosome occurs as patches in the paleosome.
The patches of neosome can be sharply defined or they
can be diffuse or nebulose. Similarly, the neosome may, or
may not, have segregated into leucosome and melanosome.
Patch migmatites are most commonly found in the lowest-
grade parts of migmatite terranes, and are preserved in the
parts of an anatectic terrane where the syn-anatectic strain
was low (see also Fig. Bl).
Metatexite migmatites with a nebulitic
structure [Figs. 011, 012]
The term nebufltrc has been used 1n two ways to descnbe
m1gmatites. The term is most commonly used to
describe doma1ns of neosome that have an 1ndistinct. dif-
fuse or "fuzzy" boundary w1th a volumetrically dominant
paleosome, so that the contact between them is typ-
ICally interpreted to be gradat1onal. This usage applies to
metatexite m1gmatites. The second usage applies to the
descript1on of larger reg1ons where fa1nt. ghostlike relics of
discontmuous. but not disrupted. paleosome can be seen
through the "cloudiness" of the neosome. Th1s use refers
to d1atexite migmatites. Nebulit1c m1gmatites have a homo-
geneous microstructure (i.e .. no foliat1on. or magmat1c flow
structure. and have not segregated into leucosome and
melanosome). Consequently, they are mterpreted to form
1n envwonments of very low syn-anatect1c strain.
Metatexite migmatites with leucosome in
dilatant structures [Figs. 0 13-022]
Where anisotropic rocks are deformed, differences in the
viscosity of the layers can result in stra1n-rate discontinui-
ties along the layer boundaries that are accommodated by
the formation of dilatant structures; boudinage and folia-
tion boudinage are two well-known examples. If partial
melt is present in the rock dunng deformation, then it will
m1grate to the dilatant s1tes, where the pressure in the rock
is lowest. If the melt rema1ns there and crystallizes, it will
form leucosome. Leucosome located in dilatant sites is very
common in migmatites and exhib1ts a very wide range of
morphology that is pnncipally controlled by the nature of
the anisotropy. Leucosome in dilatant sites related to the
development of folds will be dealt with later.
Metatexite migmatites with a net structure
[Figs. 023-030]
A net structure is formed in a metatexite migmatite where
two or more sets of leucosome segregations intersect to
create a net-like pattern of leucosome enclosing rhomb- or
lozenge-shaped domains of paleosome or. in some cases,
melanosome. A net structure is very common in metatex-
ites, and its development appears to be a necessary step
in the extraction of large volumes of melt from anatectic
terranes and the creation of large areas of melt-depleted
migmatites.

Metatexite migmatites with a layered or
stromatic structure associated with low
strain [Figs. 031-034]
A stromat ic or layered morphology results w here the
neosome in a migmatite occurs as parallel, laterally con-
tinuous bands in two dimensions and parallel sheets in the
third. The bodies of neosome must also be parallel to the
principal planar structure in the host. Most commonly, this
is a foliation, but it can also be com positional layering, e.g..
bedding in a sequence of t hinly bedded pelites, semipelites,
and psammit es. The t erm stromatic usually is applied to the
leucosome in a migmatite because it is the most prominent
part of the neosome. However, t here is no reason why a
migmatite consisting of parallel bodies of melanosome,
say after the loss of melt, cannot also be called stromatic.
In this sect ion, I show examples of migmatites with a
stromatic morphology that is an initial, low-strain feat ure
of the migmatite. In the next section, I wi ll show exam-
ples with stromatic morphology arising from high strain
during anatexis.
Metatexite migmatites with layered or
stromatic structure due to transposition
[Figs. 035-040]
A feature of st romatic. or layered, migmatites from zones
of high st rain is the intensity and continu ity of the layering,
and the remarkable regularit y in the widt h and spacing of
the domains of leucosome. A microstructural examination
of the leucosome is especially important. If the leucosome
contains magmat ic or submagmatic microstructures, then
the term layer or stromatic migmatite is just ified. However,
if the microstructures all formed in the solid state, t hen
the rocks may have acq uired their layered structure after
the melt in them had completely crystal lized; in t hat case,
the term migmat ite. although possibly appropriate for t he
protolith of the highly strained rock, is not appropriate
for t he rock overall. It should be named accordingly (e.g.,
prot omylonitic migmatite, mylonitized migmat ite) .
A tlas of M igmati res
157
The transition from metatexite to diatexite
migmatites [Figs. 041-046]
Metatexite migmatites are characterized by the wide-
spread preservation of t he structures that existed before
anatexis. In contrast, diatexit e migmat ites are characterized
by the general absence of coherently preserved structures
t hat predate t he partial melting, i.e., diatexite migma-
t ites are largely, or wholly, neosome. The destruction and
overprinting of old structures in migmatites are progres-
sive, and in many migmatite terranes, there is a transitional
zone between metatexite and diatexit e migmatites in
which paleosome is sequentially disrupted and consumed
into the neosome. O ne of the feat ures of this t ransition is
the preservation of fragments of the metatexite migmatite
as abundant enclaves, which are called schollen, or rafts;
hence, these transitional rocks are called schollen diatexites
or raft diatexites. In ot her migmatite terranes. the change
from metatexite to diatexite migmatite is abrupt. This first
group of photographs shows examples of the early stages
in the formation of diatexite migmatites.
Oiatexite migmatites with schollen and with
schlieren structures [Figs. 047-052]
There is a systematic change in the morphology of diatexite
migmat ites in t he direction of higher metamorphic grade
and increased fract ion of melt away from t he metatexite
to diat exit e transit ion. The proportion of rafts, or schollen,
decreases, and correspondingly, the pro portion of leuco-
cratic neosome increases. Schollen of metatexite material
in t he neosome tend to become progressively more len-
ticular in shape and are no longer angular, whereas schollen
composed of resister lithologies, such as calc-sil icates or
vein quartz. are commonly rounded and equidimensional.
Schlieren, t he t hin persistent layers of dark minerals found
in diatexite migmat it es (and in some granites), start to
become prominent in the mat rix and commonly define
flow lines around t he schollen.
 SECOND-ORDERMORPHOLOGIES IN MIGMATITES
158 ----------------------------

Oiatexite migmatites with schlieren Oiatexite migmatites at high strains

structures [Figs. 053-056]
The morphology of diatex1te m1gmatites may appear
to become less complex as the proport1on of schollen
decreases. However. th1s may well be a misconception, and
many diatex1te migmatites exhibit s1gn1ficant local variations
1n color, grain size. microstructure, and composition, most
commonly in the form of discontinuous bands, or layers.
The most w1dely known type of compos1t1onal variation are
schlieren, the thin layers of dark m1nerals found in d1atex1te
m1gmatites and 1n some gran1tes. Commonly. schlieren are
nch 1n b1ot1te, but they can also conta1n other platy or rod-
shaped m1nerals such as plag1oclase. S1lliman1te. amphibole.
and orthopyroxene. Schlieren generally show a consid-
erable ennchment 1n accessory m1nerals. It 1s likely that a
number of different processes can produce schlieren. They
all requ1re that the host was 1n1tially a magma, however.
Mechanisms that have been suggested 1nclude, amongst
others, flow sorting, filter press1ng, and eros1on of the rafts
or schollen.
[Figs. 063, 064]
Where the melt fract1on in a diatex1te m1gmatite 1s suffi-
Ciently h1gh that crystals are in a dilute suspension, magma
flow can occur w1thout 1nteract1on between the solid crys-
tals, and high strains are not fully recorded. As the melt
fraction decreases, the crystals start to interact and to cre-
ate a framework, and th1s can be deformed and preserve
a record of the stra1n. Diatexite m1gmatites that had a
framework of crystals enclosing melt-filled pockets, where
deformed at h1gh stra1ns. can develop strongly layered
morpholog1es compns1ng bands of the deformed crystal-
framework material and leucosome bands cons1sting of the
melt expelled from the framework as 1t collapsed.

Oiatexite migmatites [Figs. 057-062]

The highest-grade parts of many migmat1te terranes con-
tain portions of outcrops, whole outcrops. or larger areas
1n wh1ch only syn-anatect1c or younger structures are pres-
ent. In these rocks. the proportion of neosome IS very h1gh,
that of paleosome is correspondingly m1nor, and schol-
len and schlieren are few, or even absent. Consequently.
changes 1n microstructure and compos1tlon that account
for the morphological vanat1ons 1n these m1gmatites tend
to be very subtle, but these are not homogeneous, or uni-
form. migmatites. Furthermore, many examples of diatexite
migmatite contain leucosome and leucocratic veins of late
anatectic age. There is no prefix term to descnbe the mor-
phology of these rocks; they are the quintessential diatexite
migmatites. Diatexite migmat ites can be mesocratic, leuco-
cratic, or melanocratic, and these variations in color have
been found to correspond to the bulk composition of the
protolith, the degree of enrichment 1n the melt fract1on
and in the res1duum fraction, respectively. Consequently,
a descriptive term used to describe the compos1t1onal,
mineralogical, or microstructural vanat1ons w1th1n an
outcrop of diatex1te m1gmat1te, or over a larger reg1on, may
be useful.
 A tlas of Migmatites
159

Figure I

Fig. D I. Subtle ev1dence that partial melt1ng has started 1n Locotton: Mount Hay, Arunta Inlier. Australia . Rock type:
th1s granulite-fac1es metamafic rock is v1sible 1n the center nebulit1c patch metatex1te m1gmat1te; metamafic protohth,
of the image. Th1n. wh1te 1ntergranular nms are developed partial melt1ng at T 825- 875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler
around the solid product and reactant phases. The wh1te IS IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
nms consist of quartz and plag1oclase, and represent crys-
tallized fi lms. and small pockets, of melt that formed on the Further readtng: H arte, B., Patt1son, D.R.M. & L1nklater, C.M.
grain boundaries between the react ant minerals. As the ( 199 1): Field relations and petrography of partially melt ed
melt did not separate from t he residuum, the neosome pelit e and semi -pelit ic rocks. In Equilibrium in Contact
composition should represent the protolith composition. Metamorphism : t he Ballachulish Igneous Complex and its
The melting reaction was hornblende + plag1oclase + quartz Aureole (G. Voll, j. Topel. D.R.M. Pattison & F. Seifert, eds.).
= orthopyroxene + melt. The thin leucocratic bands par- Springer-Verlag. Heidelberg. Germany ( 181 - 209).
allel to the ruler are subsolidus segregat1ons that predate
anatex1s. At the mop1ent stage of anatexis shown by th1s
m1gmat1te, the degree and extent of part1al melt1ng are
very m1nor. so that at the outcrop scale. the m1gmat1te
preserves all of the features of its unmelted lower-grade
equ1valents; thus, 1t 1s a metatexite m1gmat1te. As the edges
of th1s neosome are very difficult to define prec1sely, and
the neosome occup1es a discrete, small volume 1n the
paleosome, t he migmatite could, if des1red, be described as
a nebulit ic patch metatexit e migmat ite.
 THE START O F PARTIAL ME LTIN G
160 -----------------------------

Fig. 02. Dunng 1nc1p1ent melt1ng of th1s metamafic rock,

the t1ny fract1on of melt that was generated m1grated to
the low-pressure sites adjacent to the competent crystals
of garnet. The sol1d product of the Incongruent break-
down of hornblende was clinopyroxene, and th1s mineral
occurs in the groundmass, and hence rema1ned at the site
where the melt formed. The melting reaction was possibly
hornblende + plagioclase + quartz = clinopyroxene + melt ±
garnet. Most, if not all, of the garnet in this iron-rich meta-
mafic rock was present before partial melting occurred;
rocks in the lower amphibolite facies that have similar bulk
compositions contain abundant porphyroblasts of garnet.
The metamafic rock IS Fe-nch because 1t crystallized from a
melt that was the evolved product of the fract1onal crystal-
lization of a more prim1t1ve parental basalt magma, one that
had crystallized magnes1an oliv1ne and pyroxene.

Locatton: Ab1tib1 Subprovince, south of Ch1bougamau,

Quebec, Canada. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; meta-
mafic protolith part1ally melted at condit1ons JUSt below the
"orthopyroxene-in" 1sograd, T 800- 850°C, P 8- 10 kbar.
Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W Sawyer.
 A tlas of Migmat ites
161

Figure l
•
•

Fig. 03 . Incipient partial melting in t his plagioclase- Locatton: Saint-Fulgence, Grenville Province, Quebec, Canada.
hornblende metamafic rock has produced very small, Rock type: patch metatexite migmatite; metamafic prot o-
elongate patches of neosome. The neosome contains lith, anatexis at conditions of the lower granulite facies,
small subidioblastic crystals of clinopyroxene in a tonalitic, T 800-850°C, P 5-8 kbar. Scale: t he ruler is 15 em long.
plagioclase + quartz groundmass. This assemblage is inter- Image: E.W. Sawyer.
preted as indicating that the neosome represents the in situ,
nonsegregated products of the incongruent breakdown of
hornblende by a reaction such as hornblende + plagioclase
=
+ quartz clinopyroxene + melt. The domains of neosome
are 5-10 em long, spaced about 75 em apart, and are all
elongate in the same direction. In this particular metamafic
rock, there are no obvious structures associated with the
orientat ion of the domains of neosome. However, the ori-
entation of the domains of neosome in the metamafic layers
does correspond to t he orientation of the axial planes to
small asymmetrical, Z-shaped folds developed in t he adja-
cent metapelitic beds. Although partial melting was incipient
in the metamafic layers, it had reached a far more advanced
stage in the pelitic layers, which have lost significant amounts
of anatectic melt and now have assemblages of residual
minerals and appropriate melt-depleted bulk compositions
(see Fig. B38).
 THE START OF PARTIAL MELTING
162 -----------------------------

Figure 4

Fig. 04. The onset of part1al melt1ng 1n coarse-gra1ned

fels1c rocks can be difficult to detect because the
paleosome and neosome are very s1milar 1n color. mineral-
ogy. and m1crostructure. This example from the "melt-1n"
1sograd shows a small. diffuse leucocrat1c patch. or lens.
located along a small, isolated shear zone, vis1ble as a curva-
ture of the pre-partial-melting foliation and compositional
banding in the paleosome. The neosome is recognized by
1ts slightly coarser grain-size. diffuse margins, and because
it has essentially no foliation, characteristics that together
1ndicate m s1tu formation. A th1n vein of anatect1c melt has
1ntruded the paleosome JUSt below the patch of in sttu
neosome. The preservat1on of pre-anatectic structures and
the dom1nance of paleosome 1ndicate th1s to be a meta-
texlte m1gmatite. Furthermore. the form of the neosome
means that the descnpt1ve term "patch" could be applied
also. The ve1ns become more abundant, and the patches
larger. in the dwection of 1ncreas1ng metamorphic grade.

Locat1on : Opatica Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:

patch metatexite migmatite: tonal1te gneiss protolith, par-
tial melting at conditions of the upper amphibolite facies,
T ca. 750°C, P 5- 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler is 15 em long.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of Migmatites
163

F1gure DS

•
•
•
•

Fig. 05. Part1al meltmg 1n these peht1c m1gmatites Location: L1nwood Lake area 50 m from the western con-
occurred as the rocks were undergo1ng m1nor extens1on tact of the Duluth Igneous Complex, Mmnesota, U.S.A.
parallel to the layenng. Th1s migmatite IS from JUSt 1ns1de Rock type: metatexite m1gmat1te; pelite and semipellte pro-
the "melt-1n" 1sograd in the contact aureole of the Duluth tolith, anatexis at T 700-750°C, P 2 kbar: Scale: the scale is
Igneous Complex (DIC) and, therefore, shows a m1gmatite 15 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
formed 1n a sett1ng of very low degree of partial melting.
The anatectic melt generated 1n the rocks has migrated a Further readmg: Holness, M. & Clemens, J.D. (1999): Partial
few millimeters from the grain boundaries where it formed melting ofthe Appin quartzite driven by fracture-controlled
into small extensional shear zones nearby, and created the H 20 infiltration in the aureole of the Ballachulish Igneous
network of millimeter-wide bands of leucosome. At the Complex, Scottish Highlands. Contnbuuons to Mmeralogy
microscopic scale, the bands have diffuse margins suggestive and Petrology 136, 154-168.
of local segregation of the melt, rather than the inJection
of anatectic melt into fractures, and a granular microstruc-
ture. which may be the result of rap1d cooling 1n the contact
aureole. Because the bedding, a structure that ex1sted
before anatex1s, 1s preserved 1n a coherent manner, th1s 1s
a metatexite migmat1te. The arrangement of the doma1ns
of leucosome, albeit very thin, in this migmat1te has created
a net-like pattern, and such morphology 1s very common
1n metatex1te migmatites; th1s could also be descnbed as
a net-structured metatexite migmat1te. The fine gra1n-s1ze
of this migmatite is characteristic of migmatites developed
from low-grade metasedimentary protoliths in shallow
contact-metamorphic aureoles (see also Fig. D6).
 THE START OF PARTIAL MELTING
164

Figure 6

N~

: t.
-m .
("')
,z -
::! ·
" 3: .
- m.
-i
. ;n
m ~
- CJ)

Fig. 06. This migmat1te records the early stages of par- The neosome appears to be located 1n shears developed
tial melt1ng in a metasedimentary enclave w1th1n the Kuna on both the long and short limbs of asymmetncal crenula-
Crest Granodiorite 1n the western part of the Tuolumne tion folds prom~nent 1n the center of the photograph. Thus,
Complex, Yosem1te National Park, California. The metased- they are oriented approximately parallel to the axial sur-
imentary protolith consisted of interlayered S1lioclast1c faces of the folds.
rocks ranging in composition from pelite to quartzite, but
Location: May Lake area, Tuolumne Complex, Yosemite
psammite predominates. The metasedimentary rocks were
Park, U.S.A. Rock type: metatexite migmatite; metapsam-
intruded by numerous thin granitic dikes, probably from the
mite protolith containing felsic veins. Scale: the ruler is
nearby El Capitan granite, some IS Ma before they were
IS em long. Image : E.W. Sawyer.
incorporated into the younger Kuna Crest Granodiorite as
an enclave and experienced minor partial melting. The pho-
tograph IS dominated by paleosome that consists of grey,
quartzofeldspathic metapsamm1tic schist that contains lay-
ers of pale buff quartzite 1- 2 em th1ck. Both are cut by th1n,
sl1ghtly discordant gran1tic (G) layers that have th1n biotite-
nch mafic selvedges. The ev1dence for part1al melt1ng 1n the
enclave is the local presence of 1nconsp1cuous, th1n, diffuse
bodies of pale grey neosome (N) that have not segregated
into leucosome and melanosome parts. The neosome has
a slightly coarser grain-size than the grey metapsammite
paleosome, and this may account for its slightly lighter color.
 A tla s o f Migma tites
165

Figure D7

~ 15
V294 7 •I

Fig. 07. Th1s photograph shows the first m1gmat1tes that
appear 1n an Archean prograde metamorphic sequence
that runs from greensch1st through amph1bohte to the
granulite fac1es. The neosome occurs as patches that are
much coarser gra1ned and more heterogeneous than the
surrounding paleosome, a composit ionally layered plagio-
clase hornblende metamafic rock. The preservation of
compositional layenng that predates anatexis indicates that
this is a metatexite migmatite. The patches of neosome
consist of a plagioclase + quartz leucocratic port1on and a
clinopyroxene + hornblende + garnet melanocratic part.
1n th1s migmatite appear to have formed m sttu. The dif-
ferences 1n 1nternal structure between adJacent patches of
neosome must represent local d1fferences 1n the degree to
wh1ch the melt and res1duum were able to separate.
Location: Abitib1 Subprovince, south of Chibougamau.
Quebec, Canada. Rock type: patch metat exite migmat1te;
metamafic protolith, partial melt 1ng at condit ions close
to t he transition from t he amphibolit e t o granulite facies,
T 800- 850°C. P 8- 10 kbar. Scale: t he ruler is IS em long.
Image: E.W . Sawyer.

Clinopyroxene generally forms the largest crystals. and

1n many cases. 1t conta1ns inclusions of hornblende. Thus,
the melt1ng react1on may have been s1milar to hornblende
=
+ plagioclase + quartz garnet + clinopyroxene + melt.
The largest patch of neosome has a uniform d1stnbut1on of
leucocratiC and melanocratic constituents. and 1t has a dif-
fuse border. However. the patch of neosome 1n the lower
right has a very narrow, out er melanocrat1c nm. and a more
leucocratic core, wh1ch contains large crystals of clinopyrox-
ene. As the bulk geochemical composit ion of t he patches IS
similar to that of t he paleosome, t he patches of neosome
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH A PATCH STRUCTURE
166 - - - - - - - - - -

Fig. 08. The grey paleosome of this m1gmatite IS a planar, discordant leucocrat1c vems that are rich 1n quartz
medium-gra1ned garnet- .and sllllmanite-beanng biotite- and K-feldspar. These veins are Interpreted to be denved
quartz-plagioclase sem1peht1C sch1st. It conta1ns several from a fractionated anatectiC melt that Intruded the mlg-
small, coarse-gra1ned patches of neosome, each a few matite when 1t was close to 1ts solidus temperature.
centimeters across, that contain the m1neral assemblage
Location: Lac Sa1nte-Mane. Central Metasedimentary Belt,
plagioclase + K-feldspar + quartz + cordiente + b1otite ±
Grenville Prov1nce, Quebec, Canada. Rock type: patch
garnet. Biotite in the patches of neosome part1ally replaces
metatexite migmatite: metapelitic protolith, partial melting
cordierite or garnet (or both). The melt ing reaction was
= at T ca. 750-800°C, P 5 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em
possibly biotite + quartz + sillimanite + plagioclase melt
long. Image : E.W. Sawyer.
+ cordierite + K-feldspar ± garnet. Most of the patches of
neosome have parts that are rich in ferromagnesian min -
erals and others that are nch 1n quartz, plag1oclase, and
K-feldspar. However, the distnbut1on of the leucocrat1c and
melanocratic parts within the neosome vanes consider-
ably from one patch to the next. The manner and extent
to wh1ch the melt fraction separated from the solid frac-
tion thus varied from neosome to neosome. Some patches
of neosome are essentially equant 1n shape, but others,
located in mor e micaceous layers, are elongate along the
d1rection of the foliation. Anisotropy 1n the protolith thus
1nfiuenced how individual patches of neosome grew. Both
the grey paleosome and the patches of neosome are cut by
 A tlas of Migmat ites
167

Figure 9
•
•
•
•

Fig. 09. Thick quartzofeldspathic layers, such as beds of pelitic layers probably included sillimanite, and may have
metagreywacke, are more competent, and hence record =
been biotite + sillimanite + quartz + plagioclase garnet +
lower int ernal strains than the more micaceous interbedded cordierite + K-feldspar + melt.
pelitic layers. Furthermore, because of their bulk composi -
tion, partial melting in the quartzofeldspathic layers t ypically Location: Wuluma Hills, Aru nta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
starts at higher temperat ures than in the pelitic ones. This patch metatexite migmatite; Al-poor psammite protolith,
patch migmatite formed in a feldspathic, Al-poor psammitic w it h anatexis at T 825-875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler
layer where partial melt ing was in its early stages. The mig- is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
mat it e consists of a light-grey biot ite-quartz-plagioclase
schist paleosome that hosts equant patches of neosome;
these have a slight preferred orientation parallel t o the local
53 foliation (parallel to the scale). T he patches of neosome
are distinctive in that t hey have a dark inner part consisting
of several orthopyroxene crystals, and a leucocrat ic outer
part consisting of quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar; there
is no biotite in t he patches of neosome. Commonly, the
orthopyroxene contains elongate inclusions of quartz. T he
inner part of t he leucocratic rim, close t o the orthopyrox-
ene, is richer in K-feldspar t han t he out er part. The melting
react ion in the psammitic layer was probably biotite +
=
quartz + plagioclase orthopyroxene + melt Melting was
more advanced, and the st rain higher, in the adjacent pelitic
layers; hence, migmatites with a stromat ic, or layered, mor-
phology developed t here. The melting reaction in the
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES W ITH A PATCH STRUCTURE
168 - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -

Figure I0

Fig. D I 0. T h1s photomicrograph shows a variat1on 1n the Locat1on: Wuluma H1lls. Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
morpholog1cal detail of the patch migmat1tes developed m patch metatexite m1gmat1te; Al-poor psamm1te protolith,
quartzofeldspath1c, Al-poor psammit1c beds (d F1g. 09). part1ally melted at T 825 875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the
The melanocrat1c cores of these patches of neosome con- ruler is IS em long./mage: E.W. Sawyer.
sist of a s1ngle, large, 1d1oblastlc crystal of orthopyroxene
that 1s surrounded by a narrow, leucocrat1c nm composed
of quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar. Some patches have
a w1der nm than others, and this may 1nd1cate the loss of
melt from those patches that have a narrow rim. The pecu-
liantles of local weathenng have h1ghlighted some of the
leucocrat ic nms by makmg them p1nk1sh wh1te, but most
are dull grey and inconspicuous. The m1neral assemblage
1n the fine-gra1ned paleosome around the patch is quartz +
plag1oclase + b1otite. The absence of b1ot1te from the
patches of neosome suggests that they formed by a melt-
Ing react1on 1nvolv1ng the 1ncongruent breakdown of b1ot1te.
=
such as b1ot1te + plag1oclase + quartz orthopyroxene +
melt. The patches of neosome 1n th1s photomicrograph
are a max1mum of 3 em across, but s1m1lar patches can
attain more than 30 em across elsewhere 1n the Wuluma
Hills area. Adjacent, slightly more alum1nous beds conta1n
patches of neosome that have a very similar appearance.
but they conta1n cordierite, or cord1erite + garnet. in
add1t1on to orthopyroxene (see Fig. F77).
 A tl as of Migmatites
169

Figure I I

•
•
•
•
•
•

Fig. D II . The thin, fine-gra1ned layers in various tones of be called nebulit1c because they have do not have sharply
pale grey are granodiont1c, trondhJemltiC, and intermediate defined borders, and 1n many places appear to be grada-
orthogne1sses that compnse the paleosome in th1s migma- tional from the paleosome (see also Fig. 01).
tlte. Deformation, some of it prev1ous to anatexis and some
of 1t synchronous w1th it, has attenuated the felsic ortho- Locatron: Sand R1ver Gne1sses, Causeway locality, South
gnelsses and generated the banding 1n them; the more Afnca. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te w1th nebulit1c
competent and generally thicker intermediate layers have neosome; orthogne1ss protolith, anatex1s under granu-
become boudinaged. Partial melt1ng of the orthogne1sses lite-facies conditions. Scale: the pocket knife is II em long.
has generated small patches of neosome t hroughout t his Image: E.W. Sawyer.
m1gmat1te. The domains of neosome are coarser gra1ned
than the paleosome, and can be distinguished by the rela-
tively large gra1ns of ferromagnes1an m1nerals they contain,
and because they are ne1ther foliated nor compositionally
banded. Some doma1ns of neosome are located in obvi-
ous low-pressure s1tes. such as at the ends of boudins or
in shear bands. Others, however, occur as variously shaped
patches (e.g., near the pocket knife) that do not appear to
be related to any specific structure. Thus, part1al melt1ng is
interpreted to have occurred during. and after, the penetra-
tive deformation that affected the paleosome. Furthermore,
the absence of d1screte doma1ns of melanosome in the mig-
matlte Indicates that the melt fract1on did not separate
from the res1duum, wh1ch is consistent w1th t he format1on
of the neosome after most of the penetrative deforma-
tion. These part1cular doma1ns of neosome (labeled N) can
 METATEX ITE MIGMATITES WITH A NEBULITIC STRUCTURE
170 ------------------------------

Figure 11

Fig. D 12. This metatex1te m1gmatlte IS from JUSt w1thm the Locot1on: Opat1ca Subprov1nce, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
"melt-1n" isograd; 1t formed by anatex1s of a mass1ve felsic nebulitic patch metatex1te migmat1te. leucotrondhjemitic
protolith 1n a local environment where the syn-anatect1c protolith, anatex1s at cond1t1ons of the upper amphibolite
stra1n was relatively low. The neosome 1n th1s m1gmatite facies, T ca. 750°C. P 5- 7 kbar. Scale: w1dth of the field of
occurs as light. buff-colored, oval patches of granitic com- view is 45 em. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
position hosted by a grey, foliated leucotrondhjem1t1c
Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. (1998): Formation and evo-
paleosome. Because the patches of neosome (N ) have a
lution of granite magmas dunng crustal reworking: the
diffuse margin and do not have the foliation ev1dent in the
significance of diatexites.Journof of Petrology 39, 11 47- 1167.
paleosome (P), they are somewhat nebulous in appear-
ance; hence, this patch metatexite migmatite might also
be called a nebulite. The neosome has a slightly coarser
gra1n-size than the paleosome; the res1dual phases thus
recrystallized to a larger gra1n-s1ze while melt was present.
Petrographic and geochemical data 1ndicate that melt has
not segregated from the residual solids dunng the forma-
tion of the patches of neosome; hence, no leucosome or
melanosome was produced, 1.e., the products of anatexis
have remained strictly m s1tu.
,
• Atlas of Migmatites
171
•
• F1gure 13

•
•
•
•
•
•
t

Fig. D 13. This photograph shows the morphology of LocatiOn: Abitibi Subprov1nce, south of Ch1bougamau
metatex1te m1gmat1tes formed 1n a pre-anatexiS to syn- Quebec, Canada. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te, meta-
anateXIS stnke-slip shear zone 1n a metamafic protoltth. mafic protolith, anatex1s at cond1t1ons near the transition
The compos1t1onal layering remains prominent 1n the from amphibolit e to granulite faCies, T 800 850°C, P 8 I0
paleosome. The neosome cons1sts of melanosome most kbar. Scale: ruler is 15 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
commonly developed parallel to t he compositional layering,
and leucosome t hat occurs at a number of different struc-
tural sites: (I) along extensional (normal) shears form1ng
a conjugate set oriented at about 30 40° to t he layering,
(2) 1n the space between boudins t hat have developed in
the most competent layers (commonly layers of melano-
some), and hence oriented approximately normal to the
layenng, and (3) 1n thin films of leucosome ly1ng parallel
to the compos1t1onal layering. Not1ce, however, that most
of these are also closely related to the melanocratic layers
(M) . Thus, the leucosome is located 1n the dilatant s1tes that
formed as the metamafic paleosome and then the layers of
res1duum (melanosome) underwent layer-parallel exten-
SIOn. The melt thus was mobile dunng synchronous part1al
melting and noncoaxial strain.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LEUCOSOME
172 -------------------------------
IN DILATANT STRUCTURES

Figure 14

Fig. D 14. This m1gmatite consists of two parts. The mel - Locat1on: Ab1tib1 Subprovince, south of Ch1bougamau.
anocratlc portion is dominant and cons1sts of metamafic Quebec, Canada. Rock type: dilat1on-structured metatex-
layers that have strongly melt-depleted bulk compos1t1ons lte m1gmat1te, metamafic protolith, anatex1s at cond1t1ons
relative to the likely metamafic protolith, and they are close to the trans1t1on from amph1bolite to granulite facies,
1nterpreted to be the residuum left after the extract1on of T 800 8S0°C. P 8 10 kbar. Scale: the outcrop is 4 m across.
anatectic melt. The mineral assemblage 1n the metamafic /mage : E.W. Sawyer.
layers 1s hornblende + clinopyroxene + garnet + plagio -
clase: t he color difference between layers is due to minor
changes 1n the modal proportions of the same minerals. The
migmatite contains a conspicuous set of regularly spaced
domains of leucosome IS 25 em long that are oriented
e1ther perpendicular to the layering, or between 30 and 45°
to 1t. The leucosome occupies structures that formed as a
result of extension parallel to the layenng 1n the metamafic
rock. All these bodies of leucosome are tonahtiC 1n com-
position (plag1oclase + quartz) and coarse-gra1ned. Some
of the bodies of leucosome conta1n angular, spalled-off
fragments of wallrock. There is no d1screte melanocratiC
nm around the leucosome, but th1s is not surpris1ng g1ven
the res1dual nature of the entire host. Another set of
domains of tonalitic leucosome occurs parallel to the lay-
ering of the met amafic rock. Although these are laterally
persistent, t hey are t hin (<5 mm) and inconspicuous.
 A tl as o f M igmatites
173

Figure I

Fig. D I S. The paleosome to th1s m1gmat1te cons1sts of Location: Ab1tib1 Subprov1nce. south of Ch1bougamau,
th1ck (up to 3 m), compos1t1onally d1fferent layers of meta- Quebec, Canada. Rock type: dilation-structured metatex-
mafic rock, wh1ch are interpreted to have ong1nally been lte m1gmatite, metabasalt protolith, anatex1s at cond1tlons
mass1ve flows of basalt. A finer-grained mafic dike (upper close to the transition from amphibolite to granulite faoes,
left quadrant) crosses the layers of metabasalt. Th1n bod- T 800- 850°C, P 8- 10 kbar. Scale: t he ruler is IS em long.
ies of leucosome are locat ed parallel to t he compos1t 1onal /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
layering and t he foliation and in t he pressure shadows
around garnet crystals. Larger, irregularly shaped bodies of
leucosome (e.g., near t he dike) occur in dilatant sites and
mark t he posit ion of incipient boudinage of the com pe-
tent layer. These areas of leucosome have a melanocrat ic
border. w hich 1ndicates a local derivat ion of the melt that
became the leucosome. The m1gmatite also conta1ns a set
of leucocrat1c veins, wit h exact ly the same compos1t1on
as the others, but located (e.g.. just above the ruler) 1n
planar-s1ded, dilatant fractures that systematically cross the
outcrop at about 45° to the layenng; these have no obv1ous
nm of melanosome around them.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LEUCOSOME
174 IN DILATANT STRUCTURES

F1gure 16

Fig. D 16. The paleosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te cons1sts of were formed. The melanosome halo, therefore, Indicates
thm layers of metamafic rock 1n a hornblende-b1ot1te the region 1n the metamafic rock from wh1ch the melt was
granod1orite v1sible at the top of the photograph. Neosome denved.
occurs only 1n the metamafic layers of the m1gmatite. and
Location: Mt. Odin, Monashee complex, Bntish Columb1a,
1t has a very distmct1ve and charactenst1c morphology.
Canada. Rock type: dilatant-structured metatexite m1gma-
The neosome is segregated into well-defined leucosome
tite: partial melt1ng in the upper amphibolite faoes. Scale :
and melanosome. The area of leucosome has a wide base
the pencil is 14 em long. Image and caption: Paul McNeill.
that is rooted at the contact between the metamafic and
the host granodiorite, and tapers to an apex that points
toward the center of the layer of metamafic rock. In some
cases, the triangular domains of leucosome on oppo-
site walls of the mafic layer have grown sufficiently large
that they meet, and leucosome bndges the ent1re layer of
metamafic rock. The melanosome IS a dark-colored halo
around the doma1ns of leucosome. It IS depleted 1n quartz
and feldspar. and consequently ennched 1n amph1bole rela-
tive to the metamafic rock farther from the neosome. The
metamafic rock 1s Interpreted to have been much more
competent than the host granodiorite. Thus. dunng defor-
mation. bnttle fractures developed 1n the metamafic rock
as a result of strain part1t1on1ng. Because deformation and
anatexis were synchronous 1n this migmat1te. the growth
of the brittle fractures provided a convenient low-pressure
site into which the anatectic melt forming in the metamafic
rock could migrate, and hence the doma1ns of leucosome
 Atlas of M igmatites
175

Figure 17

Fig. D 17. The dilatant structures into which melt can

migrate, to form domains of leucosome, need not be large.
In this example, the anatectic melt has collected in a series
of dilatant sites produced as garnet crystals in the meta-
mafic paleosome were pulled in a direction parallel to
t he foliation in the host. Consequently, many segments of
leucosome are tabular in shape and have their long axes
at a high angle to the foliation in the paleosome. However,
the overall impression is that the domains of leucosome are
oriented parallel to the layering.

Location: Georgian Bay, Grenville Province, Canada. Rock

type: metat exit e migmatite; the metamafic protolith par-
tially melted at conditions of the upper amphibolite to
granulite facies. Scale: the sunglasses are 14 em across.
/mage: O livier Vanderhaeghe.

!
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LEUCOSOME
176 IN DILATANT STRUCTURES

Figure

Fig. D 18. The ma1n features of th1s outcrop are the layers the bas1s of the proportions of leucosome and melanosome
of Intermediate to mafic orthogneiss. wh1ch conta1n two in the outcrop, th1s m1gmat1te probably conta1ns more ana-
sets of leucocrat1c ve1ns of tonalite to granod1onte compo- tectic melt than was generated 1n s1tu. Th1s must. therefore.
Sition. A consp1cuous set of leucocrat1c veins IS located 1n be v1ewed as a s1te where anatectiC melt was able to accu-
dilatational structures, and the other set. much less obvi- mulate. The pressure gradients generated by the format1on
ous (and thinner). is located parallel to the compositional of the dilatant structures may have effectively sucked melt
layenng and the foliation. In the bottom half of the photo- into this migmat1te from nearby part1ally melted rocks.
graph. the dilatational sites are related to s1mple boudinage
Location: Thor Odin dome. British Columbia, Canada. Rock
of melanocr atic layers and to extension fractures that cross
type: metatexite m1gmatite; mafic and intermediate ortho-
several layers, whereas in the upper part of the photograph.
gneiss protolith , part1ally melted at conditions of the upper
they are associated with a more h1ghly d1srupted mafic layer.
amphibolite fac1es. Scale : the co1n 1n the center is 2.65 em
Because most of the leucocrat1c ve1ns have sharp contacts
across. /mage: Ohv1er Vanderhaeghe.
with their host. and do not have a melanocratic nm, it 1s
not Immediately ev1dent that th1s IS a m1gmatlte; 1t could be
a ve1ned gneiss. However, the w1dest, dark grey layer 1n the
top nght conta1ns a band of neosome (N) compns1ng small,
Irregularly shaped vems of tonalite that have small mel-
anocratic patches rich 1n amphibole assooated w1th them;
this band IS interpreted to have been denved from barely
segregated anatectic melt and res1duum. Hence, the out-
crop is 1ndeed a migmatite. Similar patches of unsegregated
neosome occur in the lower left corner, in the melanocratic
layer that has undergone boudinage. Th1s melanocratic layer
is, therefore, interpreted as residuum, and the leucocratic
material in the boudin interpartitions, as leucosome. On
 A tl as of 1\ligm a rires
177

Figure 9

•
•

Fig. 019. The doma1ns of leucosome 1n th1s metatex- finer gra1ned than the neosome. and conta1ns the assem-
lte m1gmat1te are located 1n sem1regularly spaced blage hornblende + plag1oclase + clinopyroxene + garnet
dilatant structures that have developed 1n a fol1ated meta- + quartz. The large, 1dioblast1c crystals of clinopyroxene
mafic paleosome. From the geometry of minor folds 1n the present 1n the melanosome and parts of the leucosome
paleosome, the dilatancy appears to have occurred 1n sev- are interpreted as the solid products of reaction that grew
eral ways. In some cases, the small symmetncal folds suggest 1n the melt produced by a react1on that 1nvolved the
that regular boudinage occurred; however, elsewhere the incongruent breakdown of hornblende.
curvature of the foliation suggests an asymmetrical foliation
boudin, or flanking fold next to a zone of oblique shear. N o Location: Central Metasedimentary Belt , Grenville
matter how exactly t he dilatancy occurred, the neosome Province Quebec, Canada. Rock type: met at exite migmat ite;
that formed 1n and around it is very s1milar throughout the metamafic protolith, granulite-facies anatex1s T 800 850°C,
m1gmat1te. Two parts. although not necessanly well sepa- P 5 8 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
rated, are evident 1n all the areas of neosome. The most
prom1nent part IS a coarse-gra1ned leucosome, wh1ch con-
tains the assemblage plagioclase + quartz + clinopyroxene.
Typ1cally. the leucosome occup1es the dilatant structure
1tself. and has a part1al envelope of coarse-gra1ned mel-
anosome w1th the m1neral assemblage clinopyroxene +
hornblende + garnet. In most cases, the melanosome IS 1n
the wal lrock around the leucosome. Th1s JUxtaposition sug-
gests t he m s1tu format ion of t he neosome in and around
the dilat ant structure. However, in some cases, the melano-
some occurs as fragments in t he leucosome. Th1s pattern
ind1cates a fu rther episode of dilatancy after some of the
melanosome has developed. The paleosome is considerably

•
•
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LEUCOSOME
178 --------------------------~-­
IN DILATANT STRUCTURES

Figure 20

Fig. 020. Th1s migmat1te conta1ns well-developed com- this po1nt. the assemblage started to boudinage as a whole
positional layenng that can be traced across large (I 00 m) and created the larger length-scale boudins. The s1te may
outcrops. The portion shown here compnses Jeucotonailte. then have ceased to lose melt and may have switched to
mesocrat1c metamafic and melanocrat1c metamafic layers. become a zone of net accumulat1on of melt.
The layers of metamafic rock on wh1ch the pocket kmfe
Location: Sand R1ver Gne1sses, Causeway locality, South
rests conta1n consp1cuous sublayers, some of wh1ch are
Africa. Rock type: ddatant structured metatexite migmatite;
particularly dark and interpreted to be the most residual
felsic and mafic orthogneiss protoilth, anatex1s in the gran-
in composition. Furthermore. the metamafic rocks were
ulite facies, T 800- 850°C. P 7 I0 kbar. Scale: the pocket
evidently the most competent ones 1n the migmatite. as
knife is II em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
they have undergone symmetrical and asymmetrical bou -
dinage on the layer and the sublayer scales. and th1s has
created a boudin-w1thin-boud1n structure. Small bodies of
leucosome consist1ng of plag1oclase + quartz occupy the
interboud1n part1t1ons developed 1n the darkest sublayers.
At a larger scale, the pattern IS somewhat different. and
segments of prominent layer-parallel doma1ns of leucosome
link w1th those in the large interboudin part1t1ons between
the layer-scale boudins. The melt-depleted melanocratiC
sublayers and their associated network of leucosome can
be interpreted to have developed as the sequence became
progressively melt-depleted during deformation. At some
stage during melt depletion, the proportion of residual
pyroxene and hornblende in the individual sublayers had
increased sufficiently that the overall package of sublayers
became stronger than the adjacent mesocratic layers. At
 Atla of Migmatites
179
4
4 Figure 11

•
•
•
•
•
•

Fig. 021. The grey-weathenng layers 1n th1s m1gmat1te Location : Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier. Australia. Rock type:
are Al-poor. orthopyroxene-beanng. blot1te-plag1oclase metatexite m1gmat1te; sem1pelit1c protolith, partially melted
quartz psammitlc schists that have undergone relatively at T 825-875°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS graduated
minor amounts of partial melt1ng (see Figs. D9 and 10 for 1n em. /mage: E.W. Sawyer:
s1milar rocks from the same area) . The darkest-weathering
layers 1n the m1gmatite were orig1nally sem1pelites; they now
conta1n the mineral assemblage orthopyroxene + quartz +
cordierite + biotite ± garnet , and are feldspar-absent. This
assemblage of minerals and the whole- rock major- and
trace-element compositions suggest that these layers are
the severely depleted residuum left after the extraction of
anatect1c melt. In most circumstances, the Al-poor psam-
mltes are more competent than the semipelltes. However,
1n th1s case, the extraction of substant1al amounts of anatec-
tic melt from the sem1pelitic layers has created a res1duum
w1th 70 modal % or more of orthopyroxene + quartz.
and both are strong minerals. Consequently, as anatex1s
advanced and the sem1pelitic layers progress1vely lost melt,
they systematically became more competent and started
to develop extens1onal shears and to undergo boud1nage
1n response to late layer-parallel extension. Anatectic melt
was then able to migrate into these layers as the dilatant
sites developed, t o produce t he array of small accumula-
tions of leucosome visible in the most residual layers of
this migmatite.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES W ITH LEUCOSOME
180 ------------------------------
IN DILATANT STRUCTURE S

Figure 22

Fig. 022. Th1s metatex1te m1gmatite has a strong planar
an1sotropy. Within the grey paleosome. th1s an1sotropy 1s
due to variat1on 1n the compos1tion of orig1nal beds, but 1t
1s also due to the segregat1on of melt parallel to the pla-
nar anisotropy 1n the protolith, creat1ng parallel sheets of
leucosome and mafic selvedge. Consequently. the pnncipal
morphology of the migmatlte is stromatiC, or layered. Late-
stage extension, roughly parallel to the layering. resulted in
the formation of two normal-sense shears and their associ-
ated flanking folds, in the slightly darker layer running across
the center of the photograph. Melt then located in the
layer migrated into the dilatant shears, and its crystallization
products formed the leucosome. Bot h cross-cutt1ng bod-
Ies of leucosome are diffuse at the1r t1ps. and the one on
the nght appears to have diffuse contacts w1th the layenng
1t transects. The stromatic leucosome thus may not have
been solid at the time the layer was extended.
Location: Port Navalo area. southern Bnttany. France. Rock
type: metatex1te m1gmat1te denved from quartzofeldspath1c
and aluminous gne1sses. part1al melt1ng at T ca. 800oC. P ca.
8 kbar. then decompressed to 4 kbar, followed by cooling.
Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
Further readmg: jones, K.A. & Brown, M. (1990): High-
temperature "clockw1se" P T paths and melting in the
development of regional migmatites: an example from
southern Brittany, France. journal of Metamorphic Geology 8.
551 - 578.
Marchildon, N . & Brown, M. (2003): Spat1al distribution of
melt-beanng structures in anatectic rocks from southern
Brittany, France: 1mplicat1ons for melt transfer at grain- to
orogen-scale. Tectonophysics 364. 215-235.
 A tlas of Migmat ites
181

Figure 23
Fig. 023 . The paleosome of this
migmat it e is a dark grey, well-
foliated hornblende granodiorit e;
minor changes in color indicate
only a weak compositional layer-
ing. Large equant to lens-shaped
areas of neosome occupy the
dilatant spaces creat ed during
the formation of both symmet-
rical and asymmetrical boudins.
The absence of a strong compo-
sit ional layering and the presence
of a strong foliation suggest that
these areas could be interpreted
as examples of foliat ion bou-
dinage. The neosome in these
structures does not have a prom-
inent melanocratic border around
t hem, which could be t aken to
indicate that the melt in that case
was externally derived. However,
the areas of neosome have a
diffuse margin, which is consis-
tent with in situ partial melting.
Furthermore, they contain scat-
tered, large crystals of amphibole,
which could be the solid prod-
ucts of the melting reaction . The
presence of t he amphibole also is
consistent wit h in situ melting and
very limited separation of the melt
fract ion from residuum. Hence,
these bodies are better cal led
neosome rather than leucosome.
T hin sheets of leucosome wit h a
sharp contact and very few mafic
minerals occur parallel to the foli-
ation; rarely, they have a narrow,
discontinuous melanosome. T he
term leucosome is appropriate
for these because the melt fraction and residual fractions
did become segregat ed. Overall, this migmatite has two
orientations of melt-bearing structures, and the intersec-
tion of these leads to t he local development of an incipient
net structure.

Location: Laag mountain area, Monashee com plex, British

Columbia, Canada. Rock type: dilation-structured metatex-
ite migmatite; hornblende granodiorite protolith, partial
melting in t he upper amphibolite facies. Scale: the card is
8.5 em long. Image and caption: Paul McNeill.
 ME TATEXI T E MIGMATITES WITH A NET STRU C TURE
182----------------------------

Figure 14
Fig. 024. Th1s photograph IS from
the same area as Fig. 023. It shows
the net-structured m1gmat1te that
developed where the propor-
tion of melt in the migmat1te was
somewhat higher. T he outcrop
clearly shows two trends of melt-
filled structures, one parallel to the
foliation and the other discordant
at 30-40° to the foliat1on, that
together create the net-like mor-
phology. The areas of leucosome
that are parallel to the foliat1on have
sharp borders and conta1n a very
low proport1on of mafic m1nerals.
In contrast, the obliquely discordant
structures contain a s1gn1ficantly
h1gher proport1on of mafic miner-
als, typically large euhedral crystals
of amphibole, and have a diffuse
border, which suggests an m situ
origin. In most parts of t he outcrop,
the bodies of leucosome oriented
parallel to the foliation are thin and
volumetrically minor, wh1ch could
1nd1cate either that the bulk of the
outcrop has only JUSt begun to par-
tially melt, or that these reg1ons
have already lost melt. However.
part of the photograph shows
several prominent, w1de areas of
leucosome that are parallel to the
foilat1on, but fewer areas of leuco-
some accumulation in symmetrical
and asymmetrical boudinage struc-
tures than elsewhere. The overall
distribution of melt-filled structures
in this migmatite has created a linked
network of channels that could have
drained melt from the m1gmatite, or
a1ded melt 1n passing through the
crustal level represented by th1s
m1gmatite.

Location: Laag mountain area, Monashee complex, British

Columbia, Canada. Rock type: d1lat1on-structured metatex-
lte m1gmat1te; hornblende granod1onte protolith, part1al
melting 1n the upper amphibolite facies. Scale: the card is
8.5 em long. Image and caption: Paul McNeill.

Figure 15
Fig. 025 . The migmatite in this phot ograph contains two
set s of leucosome domains that together create an incipient
net-st ruct ured st romatic migmatite. One set is developed
parallel to the strong tectonic foliation and atten uated
composit ional layering in the host rock; such leucosome
can be described as stromatic. The other set consists of
lens-shaped bodies of leucosome that are oblique to the
fo liation and occupy small, generally extensional shear
zones; these bodies of leucosome can be described as dis-
cordant. The stromatic bodies of leucosome are generally
thin, about 0.5 em wide, and fine-grained, but many of t hem
thicken and become coarser grained near the bodies of dis-
cordant leucosome. The contacts between t he stromatic
and discordant domains are gradat ional in many places, and
interpreted to mean that bot h sets were interconnected
and contained anatectic melt at the same time. However,
there are places where the discordant areas of leucosome
t runcat e t he stromat ic o nes. This complex relat ionship is
interpreted t o represent a li nked system in which melt gen-
erated in the host migrated along the tectonic fo liation and
accumulat ed in t he shear zones; t he gradational contacts
preserve this linkage. The discordant bodies of leuco-
some truncate t he stromat ic ones where the shear zones
that accommodated the melt pro pagated into regions of
the host where the melt fl ux was much lower, o r where
Atlas of Migmatites
183
it had ceased ent irely. The truncat ed domains of stromat ic
leucosome in that region were no longer conduits for the
transfer of melt.
Location: Tolst ik Peni nsu la, Karelia, Russia. Rock type:
incipient net-structured metatexite migmatit e; mafic to
intermediate prot o lith, anatexis in the upper amphibolite to
lower granulite facies. Scale: the lens cap is 5.5 em across.
Image and caption: Mike Brown. Image previously published
as fig. 5c in Brown (2007) and reproduced with the per-
mission of the Geological Societ y, London.
Further reading: Brown, M. ( 1994): The generation, segre-
gation, ascent and emplacement of granitic magma: the
migmatite-to-crustally-derived gran ite con nection in thick-
ened o rogens. Earth Science Reviews 36, 83- 130.
Brown, M. (2007): Crustal melting and melt extraction,
ascent and emplacement in orogens: mechanisms and con-
sequences. journal of the Geological Society of London, 164,
709- 730.
Sawyer, E.W . (2001): Melt segregation in t he continental
crust: dist ribut ion and movement of melt in anatectic rocks.
journal of Metamorphic Geology 19, 291 - 309.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH A NET STRUCTURE
184 ------------------------------

Figure 26

Fig. 026. Bedding 1s well preserved in the lowest-grade Location: Mount Stafford, Australia. Rock type: net-struc-
part of the anatectiC doma1n at Mount Stafford, Australia, tured metatex1te m1gmat1te: metapelitiC protolith, Mt.
and part1al melting was cons1derably more advanced 1n the Stafford metamorphic zone 2, T 650 675oC. P 3.2 kbar.
pelit1c layers than in the psamm1t1c, or sem1pelit1c, ones. The Scale: width of the field of v1ew is 75 em. /mage: E.W.
scale rests on a psamm1tic bed, and above it IS a crenulated Sawyer.
and partially melted pelit1c bed. Most of the leucosome
Further readmg: White, R.W., Powell, R. & Clarke, G.L.
in it, however; is not crenulated. There are two principal
orientations for the bodies of leucosome, and consequently,
(2003): Prograde metamorphic assemblage evolut1on
during partial melting of metasedimentary rocks at low
the migmatite consists of a net-like pattern of leucosome
pressures: migmatites from Mt. Stafford, central Australia.
that encloses rhombic port1ons of crenulated paleosome
and melanosome. Hence, this metatexite migmatite has a Journal of Petrology 44 , 1937 1960.
net, or diktyonitic, structure. This particular net-structured
m1gmatite IS a little unusual in that ne1ther of the onenta-
tlons of leucosome 1s parallel to the foliat1on 1n the pelite.
The more continuous set of leucosome IS subparallel (1.e.,
crosses at a low angle) to the crenulated foliat1on 1n the
pelite layer, whereas the other follows shear planes that are
subparallel to the ax1al planes of the asymmetncal crenula-
tlons, or follow shears on either the short or long limbs of
the folds.
 A tlas of Mig ma t ites
185

Figure 27

Fig. 027. T he most striking examples of net struc- place. Some parts, such as to the right of the largest mafic
tu re are developed in migmatites that have a paleosome boudin, have a higher fract ion of melanosome. This can be
w ith a strong planar anisotropy, e.g., pelit ic and semi - explained if t he array of neosome domains served as the
pelitic metasedimentary mat erial. In most cases in which system of channels t hrough which anatectic melt flowed
net -struct ure migmatites are formed from felsic plut onic w it hin and, ult imately, out of t he migmat ite. T he part s of
protoliths (e.g., granites, tonalites and trondhjemites), a the network t hat are t he most enriched in melanosome
planar anisotropy was created in the protolith before, or have lost more melt than the other parts. T his variation
during, anatexis. Consequently, the paleosome in these reflects differences in t he different ial st ress from one part
migmatit es shows structural evidence of high to very high of t he out crop t o another.
strain. T he paleosome in t he migmat it e shown in t his
photograph is a strongly fol iated, leucocratic granodior- Location: Sand River Gneisses, Causeway localit y, South
it e and trondhjem ite that cont ains boudins and lenses of A frica. Rock type : net-structured met atexite migmat it e;
more mafic rocks t hat are the relics of dikes disrupted felsic orthogneiss protolith, granulite-facies anatexis. Scale:
during the st rong, noncoaxial shearing event t hat gener- t he pocket knife is I I em long. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
ated t he foliation. The paleosome is crossed by a net work
of neosome domains 1- 3 em wide that have a leucocratic
margin and markedly more melanocrat ic cent er. T he cen -
tral part of each neosome contains large, euhedral crystals
of orthopyroxene, which have lat er been part ially alt ered.
T he ferromagnesian minerals in t he center of the neosome
are interpreted to be the solid products of t he incongru-
ent melt ing of biot ite, and the leucocrat ic rim is interpreted
to be derived from the anatectic melt. The photograph
shows t hat the proportion of leucocratic to melanocratic
mat erials in t he neosome varies considerably from place to
 METATEXITE M IGMATITES WI T H A NET STRUCTURE
186

Figure 28

Fig. 028. A net-structured metatex1te m1gmat1te can Locatron: Sand River Gne1sses. Causeway locality, South
develop from relatively homogeneous protoliths. but they Africa. Rock type: net-structured metatex1te migmat1te;
are easily overlooked. The example 1n this photograph fels1c orthogneiss protol1th, granulite-fac1es anatex1s. Scale:
developed from a massive and compositionally umform the pocket kn1fe 1s II em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
leucogranodioritic to tonalit1c protolith. The areas of
neosome that form the net-like array are I 3 em w1de, and
have a relatively uniform grain-size and distnbution of min-
erals throughout (compare w1th the migmatite 1n Fig. D27
only a few tens of meters away). Overall, therefore, the
neosome is not very different in either grain size or com-
position from the paleosome 1n this migmatite, and this
makes 1t difficult to decide, from evidence at the outcrop
alone, whether the neosome represents unsegregated melt
and res1duum. or anatectic melt (in which case it should be
called leucosome). The absence of a strong planar anisot-
ropy 1n the paleosome further contributes to the d1fficulty
for the eye to pick out a net-like array of neosome domains
1n a m1gmat1te where there 1s little contrast in color, grain
size, or microstructure between neosome and paleosome.
This is a common problem in migmatites denved from
granites, granodiorites, tonalities, and trondhjemites (see
also Fig. Dl2) .
 A tlas of M igmat itcs
187

Figure 19

Fig. 029. The dtstributton of net-structured mtgmatttes ts
necessanly restncted to places where there are at least two
sets of tntersecttng domains of leucosome. The paleosome
tn the mtgmattte deptcted here is compostttonally banded,
tntermediate gnetss that has been folded and has under-
gone parttal melt ing. The resu lting metatexite migmattte
has a net structure in the hinge regions of the mesoscale
folds. One set of leucosome domains is located parallel to
the axial plane of the folds, specifically, in small shear zones
on the flanks of minor folds locat ed in the hinge region of
the larger folds. T he second set has developed along the
compostttonal banding in the paleosome, but prtnCipally in
the regton of the fold htnges. The intersectton of both sets
of leucosome domains generates a net structure tn the core
of the mesoscale folds. The leucosome ts conttnuous tn both
mtneralogy and mtcrostructure from one onentatton to the
other, suggesting that together the two sets of domains
represent a connected network t hat contatned a continu-
ous anatectic melt. A partial melanocratic rim ts developed
around many of the leucosome domains, and its ongin is an
tmportant matt er t o consider. If the rim is the residue from
parttal melting, then it indicates that a certain proportion of
the melt was derived locally, and t hat is t he crit ical evidence
needed to identify t his rock as a migmat it e. However. sharp
contacts locally between the leucocratic and mesocrattc
parts of the rock tndicate the tnjectton of some melt, but
posstbly thts was simply redistributton of melt wtthin the
outcrop. Therefore, the oppostng vtew ts that all the felsic
vetns are from an external source, and that the dark rim is
a mafic selvedge that results from rehydratton of the wall-
rocks following crystallization of the veins. In t hat case, the
outcrop is an inject ed stockwork of felsic veins and not a
migmat tte. In either scenario, t he hinge regions of the folds
are the sites where the felsic melt moved th rough t he
syst em represented by the out crop.
Location: Arunta Inlier, Australta. Rock type: net-structured
metatextte migmatite; tntermedtate gnetss protolith, par-
tially melted under condtttons of the upper amphibolite
faCies. Scale: the pen ts IS em long. /mage and caption: Tony
I.S. Kemp.

•
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH A N ET STRU CTURE
188 ----------- ----------- -------

Figure 30

Fig. 030. One of the sets of leucosome domains that con- sets of leucosome suggests that the permeability 1n the plane
tributes to the net structure in th1s metatex1te migmat1te IS of the foliat1on was larger parallel to the lineat1on than per-
oriented parallel to t he foliat1on and compositional layenng in pendicular to it. It may then be inferred that t he melt in the
the melanosome and paleosome. This set of leucosome can migmatite flowed in t he plane of the foliation and parallel to
be called stromatic. The second set of leucosome domains the l1neation, and then flowed into the 1nterboudin parti-
1s located 1n dilatant structures that are e1ther 1nterboudin tions and extensional shear surfaces in response to grad1ents
part1tions orient ed perpendicular to the foliat1on (e.g., each 1n melt pressure that developed as these dilatant structures
side of the lens cap). or extensional shear planes onented formed.
oblique to the foliation (e.g., top right). Petrographic continu·
ity (1.e., the same modal proportions of quartz, plag1oclase.
Location: Port Navalo, Brittany. Fr ance. Rock type: net-st ruc-
tured metatexite m1gmatite: pelitic and sem1pelitic protolith,
and K·feldspar, the same gra1n-s1ze. and the same microstruc-
granulite-fac1es anatexis at T ca. 800°C and P 9 kbar. w1th a
ture) between the segments of leucosome located 1n the
stepped retrograde cooling path to 4 kbar. Scale: the lens cap
different structural s1tes in this migmat 1te implies t hat some
is 6.5 em across. Image and caption: Mike Brown. Image pre-
proportion of t he leucosome crystallized from a melt-bear-
viously published as fig. 3b in Brown (2005) and reproduced
ing network that was cont1nuous throughout the migmatite.
w1th the permiss1on of the Geological Sooety, London.
Th1s m1gmat1te 1s located 1n the South Armoncan Shear
Zone, wh1ch had a dextral transcurrent sense of movement.
Further readmg: Brown, M . (2004): T he mechanism of
Qualitative observat1ons on the net work of leucosome
melt extract ion from lower cont inental crust of orogens.
domains using adjacent, mutually perpendicular, flat outcrop
Transactions of the Royal Sooety of Edmburgh: Earth Soences
surfaces reveals that the leucosome network is anisotropic
95,35- 48.
relative to the subhonzontal elongat1on-1nduced lineat1on on
the foliat1on planes. T he anisotropic nature of the stromatic
 Atlas of M ig matites
189

Brown, M. (2005) : Synergistic effects from melting and

deformation: an example from the Variscan Belt, western
France. In Deformation Mechanism, Rheology and Tectonics:
from Minerals to Lithosphere (D. Gapais, J.-P Brun & PR
Cobbold, eds.). Geological Society, Special Publication 243,
205-226.

Jones, K.A. & Brown. M. (1990): High-temperature "clock-

wise" P-T paths and melting in the development of regional
migmatites: an example from southern Brittany, France.
journal ofMetamorphic Geology 8, 55 1- 578.

Marchildon, N . & Brown, M. (2003): Spat ial distribution of

melt-bearing structures in anatectic rocks from southern
Brittany, France: implications for melt transfer at grain- to
orogen-scale. Tectonophysics 364, 215 235.
I 90 ______M_E=._T_A_T_EX_I_T_E_M_IG=._M_A_T_IT_:__E:..:S_W_:_:IT_:__H:....:.A...:....::.:LA...:._Y:...::E:.:..:R.::.ED=--=O:..:..:R
STROMATIC STRUCTURE ASSOCIATED WITH LOW STRAIN

Figure 3I

Fig. 031 . One of the first mechantsms to be proposed Location: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
as an explanation for layered, or stromat1c leucosome, is stromatic metatex1te m1gmat1te; metapelit1c protolith, ana-
the repeated injection of melt parallel to bedd1ng or foli- texis at T 825 875°C. P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em
ation (i.e., l1t-par-l1t injection). If the InjeCtion 1s perfectly long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
parallel to the layering, th1s mechan1sm can be difficult to
Further reading: Sawyer, E.W., Dombrowski, C. & Collins,
detect. In this example of a stromatic migmatite, the very
W .J. (1999): Movement of melt dunng synchronous regional
thin, fine-grained, leucocratic layers are an earlier genera-
deformation and granulite-faoes anatexis, an example from
tion of quartzofelspathic veins. The coarser-grained sheets
the Wuluma Hills, central Australia. In Understanding
of leucosome seem to be parallel to the layering, and hence
Granites: Integrating New and Classical Techniques (A.
are stromatic also. However, trac1ng individual sheets of
Castro, C. Fernandez & J.-L. Vigneresse, eds.). Geological
"leucosome" across the outcrop reveals that many cross
the layering at a very shallow angle (<5°); two places are Sooety, Speoal Publ1couon 168, 221 237.
indicated on the photograph. Th1s discordance can be inter-
preted as ev1dence that they were denved from 1ntrus1ons
of anatect1c melt, and d1d not form m Situ. Consequently,
they are e1ther in-source leucosome or, more likely, leuco-
cratlc verns, but are not rn s1tu leucosome.
 A tl as of Migmat ites
191

Figure 32

Fig. 032. This stromatic migmatite consists of layers Location: Glenelg River Complex, southeastern Australia.
of leucosome (quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar), bor- Rock type: stromat ic metatexite migmatite; pelit ic, semi-
dered by biotite- muscovit e-sillimanite melanosome and pelitic and psammitic schist protoliths, with anatexis in the
hosted by a paleosome consisting of a mesocratic, grey upper amphibolite facies. Scale: the lens cap is 6.5 em in
quartzofeldspathic schist. T he leucosome contains pristine diameter. Image and caption: Tony I.S. Kemp.
igneous microst ruct ures in thin section, which suggests that
the stromatic geometry was not acquired by high strain in Further reading: Burg, J.-P. & Vanderhaeghe, 0. (1993) :
a submagmatic or later state. The inferred melt ing reac- Structures and way-up criteria in migmatites with applica-
t ion in the prot olith is muscovite + plagioclase + quartz + tions to the Velay Dome (French Massif Central). Journal of
K-feldspar + H 20 = melt. progressing t o muscovite + pla- Structural Geology I 5, 1293- 130 I.
gioclase + quartz + H 20 = sillimanit e + melt as K-feldspar
Kemp, A.I.S. & Gray, C M. (1999): Geological context of
became exhausted during progressive anatexis. N ote the
crustal anatexis and granit ic magmatism in t he northeast-
slight upward bulging of the leucosome across the com po-
ern Glenelg River Complex, western Victoria. Australian
sitional layering in its melanosome (main leucosome, center
journal of Earth Sciences 46, 407- 420.
of the image); the other contact of the leucosome is planar.
Such bulging st ruct ures have been termed "caulinowers"
and used to determine the "way up" in migmatites. The
high proportion of leucosome relative to melanosome in
this migmatite suggests that some anatect ic melt from else-
where has been added to the in situ melt that formed the
init ial stromatic leucosome.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH A LAYERED OR
192 STROMATIC STRUCTURE ASSOCIATED WITH LOW STRAIN

Figure 3

Fig. 033. Use of the term stromatic has become broad- Location : Kapuskas1ng Structural Zone. Ontario. Canada.
ened to 1nclude metatex1te m1gmat1tes 1n wh1ch the bodies Rock type: stromatiC metatex1te m1gmat1te; mafic gne1ss
of leucosome are not laterally very extens1ve. but occur as protolith part1ally melted at granulite-fac1es condit1ons. T ca.
numerous. h1gh-aspect-rat1o lenses onented parallel to one 850oC. P II kbar. Scale: the coin 1s 24 mm across. Image:
another, and to either the foliat1on or the compositional D.R.M. Patt1son. Previously published as fig. 2d in Hartel
layenng 1n their host. Th1s stromatiC m1gmat1te IS one of & Patt1son ( 1996) and reproduced w1th the perm1ssion of
these; 1t has many parallel. thin. high-aspect-ratio doma1ns Blackwell Pubilsh1ng.
of leucosome that are sinuous and. locally. bifurcating. The
Further reading: Hartel, T.H.D. & Pattison. D.R.M. (1996):
leucosome is trondhjemitic (plagioclase + quartz) 1n com-
position. and surrounded by a metamafic rock w1th the Genesis of the Kapuskasing (Ontario) migmatitic mafic
granulites by dehydrat1on melting of amphibolite: the impor-
assemblage hornblende + garnet + clinopyroxene + plagio-
clase that is locally coarser gra1ned than some small pockets tance of quartz to react1on progress. journal of Metamorphic
of metamafic material ncher 1n hornblende and plagio- Geology 14. 591 - 611.
clase (e.g .. left of the coin). Thus. most of th1s m1gmat1te
IS Interpreted to be melanosome (i.e .. res1dual 1n compo-
Sition). Some port1ons of the leucosome contain large
euhedral crystals of pyroxene. and other port1ons. garnet.
These are the solid products of react1on of the Incongru-
ent breakdown of hornblende that were not separated
from the anatectiC melt, and may have grown to a large s1ze
because of the nuxing effects of the melt. The h1gh modal
proportion of garnet and pyroxene in the melanosome.
and the relat ively low proportion of leucosome, suggest
that much of the anatectic melt generated in th1s migmatite
has escaped.
-
Ada~ of Migmatites
193

Fig. 034. Th1s photograph shows the contrasting appear- b1otite + sillimanite + quartz + plag1oclase = garnet +
ance of stromatic leucosome developed from d1fferent cord1ente + K-feldspar + melt. If the garnet 1n the leuco-
metasedimentary protoliths. In the lower half of the pho- some IS the reaction product of the incongruent breakdown
tograph, sheets of med1um-grained leucosome with the of b1ot1te. then this 1s not stnctly leucosome matenal;
m1neral assemblage plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar ± neosome would be a better term. Moreover, the position
garnet ± orthopyroxene are in a fine-gra1ned host that of the stromatic neosome could have been determined by
contains the assemblage plagioclase + biotite + ortho- the locus of garnet nucleation, rather than by the locus of
pyroxene + quartz + garnet. The host contains corroded collection of the melt fraction.
plag1oclase, quartz and b1ot1te grains located in larger xeno-
blastic quartz and plag1oclase crystals. This microstructure Locat1on: N orthern Ashuanip1 Subprovince. Quebec,
suggests that the melting reaction was perhaps b1otite + Canada. Rock type: stromatiC metatexite migmatite;
quartz + plag1oclase = orthopyroxene + garnet + melt. metapelitic and metagreywacke protoliths, anatex1s at
Therefore, the host 1s interpreted to be the res1duum T ca. 850°C, p 6- 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS 15 em long.
left after the removal of most of the melt from a plagio- Image: E.W. Sawyer.
clase + quartz + b10t1te metagreywacke protollth, and
the stromat1c leucosome 1s the product of the segregated
melt. The leucosome 1n the upper part of the photograph
1s much coarser grained and contains the m1neral assem-
blage plag1oclase + quartz + K-feldspar + garnet. 1n a host
that conta1ns the m1neral assemblage plag1oclase + quartz
+ K-feldspar + biot1te + garnet + cord1ente. Th1s more
aluminous assemblage is interpreted to be the melt-
depleted residuum from a metapelitic protolith, and
the leucosome in it is derived from t he anatect1c melt.
The melting reaction in the metapelite may have been
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LAYERED OR
-----------------------
194 - - - - - -STROMATIC STRUCTURE DUE TO TRANSPOSITION

Figure 35

Fig. 035. The stromatic m1gmat1tes at Port Navalo are Location: Port N avalo area, southern Bnttany, France. Rock
located 1n the transcurrent South Armoncan Shear Zone, type: stromatic metatex1te m1gmat1te, quartzofeldspath1c,
and are typ1cal of stromat1c migmatites 1n zones of h1gh and aluminous gne1ss protolith, anatex1s at T ca. 800°C,
stra1n. The subvertical compositional layenng defined by P ca. 8 kbar, then decompressed to 4 kbar and cooling.
the neosome (i.e., melanosome and leucosome) 1S parallel Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
to the compositional layering 1n the paleosome, wh1ch in
Further readrng: Marchddon, N. & Brown, M. (2003): Spatial
turn is parallel to the foliation defined by tabular m1nerals
dist ribution of melt-bearing structures in anatectic rocks
in both the paleosome and melanosome. The domains of
from southern Brittany, France: Implications for melt trans-
leucosome are thin and laterally persistent. and are bor-
fer at grain- to orogen-scale. Tectonophysics 364, 215-235 .
dered by a thin mafic selvedge. Microstructures. such as
rational faces on feldspar against quartz are common, and
1ndicate that the stromatic structure was acquwed with
melt present as the rocks were sheared. The bod1es of
leucosome are nch 1n plag1oclase. Th1s fact, taken together
with the very high proport1on of leucosome 1n the out-
crops, suggest that anatex1s was an open-system process
1n th1s m1gmat1te. A possible interpretation IS that large vol-
umes of anatectic melt were channeled upward through
the South Armoncan Shear Zone, and that the amount of
leucosome in the outcrop presents the collapsed relic of
the onginal conduit system made visible by the presence
of the minerals (mostly plagioclase) that crystallized first
from the magma and were left behind after the remaining
evolved melt had migrated away.

Figure 36
Fig. 036 . The effect of stra1n and transpos1t1on on the
aspect rat1o of bodies of leucosome can be seen 1n th1s
exposure of migmatite that contains, 1n 1ts state of lowest
strain (center of the 1mage near the lens cap), doma1ns of
leucosome with an aspect rat1o up to 2. The leucosome 1n
t he adjacent zones of higher st rain (top and bottom of the
image) have an aspect rat io of up to I 0, and are stromatiC
in the sense that t hey are elongate parallel t o the foliation .
The leucosome contains quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar.
It is set in a melanocratic matrix that contains sillimanite,
b1otlte, muscovite, plagioclase, garnet, and locally, K-feldspar
that IS believed to be the res1duum after part1al melt1ng
of silic1clast1c turbidites via the react1ons muscov1te +
plag1oclase + quartz + H 20 = s1lliman1te + b1ot1te and
muscov1te + plag1oclase + quartz + H 20 = s1llimamte +
K-feldspar + biot1te.
A rias of M igma ti tes
195
Location: western Maine, U.S.A Rock type: inc1p1ent stro-
matiC metatexite m1gmatite: pelitic and sem1pelitlc sch1sts as
protolith, partially melted 1n the upper amphibolite faoes:
T 750-800°C, P 4 5 kbar. Scale: the lens cap 1s 6.5 em across.
Image and capt1on : Gary Solar. Image prev1ously published
as fig. 4e 1n Solar & Brown (200 I) and reproduced w1th the
permission of Oxford Univers1ty Press.
Further readmg: Solar, G.S. & Brown, M. (200 I) : Petrogenesis
of m1gmatites in Maine, USA: possible source of peralu-
minous leucogramt e 1n plutons? journal of Petrology 42 ,
789- 823.
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES W ITH LAYERED OR
196 ------------------------------
ST ROMATIC STRUCTURE DUE TO TRAN SPOSITION

Figure ]
Fig. 037. The final stage of defor-
mation on the lower flank of the
fold 1n this stromat ic m1gmat1te
occurred after the m1gmat1te had
crystallized, as 1t reduced the grain
size and produced a protomylo-
nite with feldspar porphyroclasts
(bottom of the image) . Elsewhere
in this stromatic m1gmatite, both
the format1on of the layered struc-
ture of the leucosome and its
subsequent folding occurred wh1le
melt was present (i.e., before the
m1gmat1te fully crystall1zed) and the
m1gmat1te was subject to h1gh non-
coaxial stra1n. As ev1dence for th1s
1nterpretat1on, note that the bodies
of quartz + plag1oclase + K-feldspar
stromatiC leucosome are th1ckest
1n the fold hinges, w here the melt
fraction collected preferentially, and
furthermore, note the presence of
cross-cutting (center of the image),
but compositionally similar, doma1ns
of leucosome oriented parallel, or
subparallel, to the ax1al plane of the
fold. A poss1ble sequence of events
IS that. like at Port Navalo, th1s
m1gmat1te acquired its stromatiC
character 1n a shear zone, and as
crystalltzat1on progressed, the flow
reg1me was perturbed, and the
stromat1c layering became folded,
moving the rema1ning melt into
the hinge regions of the folds. The
evidence that this is indeed a m1g-
mat1te, and not just a rock made
by multiple injections of felsic ve1ns
1nto a banded Intermediate gneiss.
1s as follows: (I) the presence of
patches of diffuse neosome elsewhere 1n the outcrop, and
(2) m1neral assemblages 1n the melanosome and leuco-
some that suggest that the melt 1ng react1on 1n the 1ron-nch
protolith may have been b1ot1te + plagioclase + quartz =
magnet1te + 1lmenite + melt. wh1ch proceeded under con-
ditions of relatively h1gh fugaCtty of oxygen.

Location: Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type: stromatiC

metatexite migmat1te; banded intermediate gneiss proto-
lith, and anatexis at T ca. 850°C. P <5 kbar. Scale: the lens
cap is 6.5 em across. Image and caption : Tony I.S. Kemp.
 A tlas of Mig ma tites
197

Figure 38
Fig. 038. T he morphology of
the leucosome fract ion in t he

I psammit ic layers of this migma-

t it e is notably different from t hat
in the pelitic layers; t he layering
is interpreted t o be t ransposed
bedding. The light grey layers
(just to the left of t he hammer
and in the upper left) are foli-
at ed layers of psammite and have
domains of leucosome w ith a rel-
atively low aspect-rat io locat ed in
extensional shears and bet ween
boudins oriented at moderat e
t o high angles to t he foliation.
The cont acts between t he leuco-
some and t he psammite host are
diffuse, which suggests in situ seg-
regation of anat ectic melt into
dilatant sites during extension
along the layering. The dark grey
layer s are strongly foliated pelites,
and the majorit y of t he domains
of leucosome in them have a
stromatic morphology w it h mel-
anocratic borders that are rich
in biotite. Many of t he st romat ic
domains of leucosome display
pinch-and-swell st ruct ures, wh ich
are indicative t hat they were
st retched parallel to the layer-
ing as they crystal lized. There are
also a few domains of leucosome
located in oblique ext ensional
shears in the pelit ic layers.
H owever, t he shear surfaces in
the pelit ic layers are oriented
at lower angles to the foliat ion,
and the domains of leucosome
in t hem have a higher aspect-
ratio t han those found in t he adjacent psammit ic layers. T he of the upper amphibolit e facies. Scale: not e t he hammer
orientat ion of the extensional shear surfaces with r espect Image: O livier Vanderhaeghe. Previously published as fig.
to t he foliat ion and the layering suggests that the psam - Sa in Vanderhaeghe et al. ( 1999) and reproduced w it h the
mite layers were more competent than the pelit ic ones. permission of the Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences.
T herefore, t he greater tendency for stromat ic morphol-
ogy may be due to a partition of the strain into t he w eaker Further reading: Vanderhaeghe, 0., Teyssier, C &
pelitic layers of t he migmatit e, w hich t ransposed t he leuco- W ysoczanski, R. ( 1999): St ruct ural and geochronologi-
some fract ion t here. cal constraint s o n t he role of partial melt ing during t he
formation of t he Shuswap met amorphic core complex at
Location: Thor- O din dome, Brit ish Columbia, Canada. t he lat itude of t he T hor- Odin dome, British Co lumbia.
Rock type: stromat ic metatexite migmat ite ; pelitic and Canadian journal of Earth Sciences 36,9 17- 943.
psammitic felsic protolit hs, partially melted at condit ions
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LAYERED OR
I 98 -----------------------------
sTROMATic STRUCTURE D UE TO TRAN SPOSITI ON

Figure 39

Fig. 039. Th1s photograph shows the same m1gmatites as Location: Round Hill, Broken Hill area. Australia. Rock type:
1n Figs. B23 and B24, but from an outcrop where a much stromat1c metatex1te m1gmat1te: alum1nous metapelite pro-
h1gher degree of syn-anatectic strain (dunng D 1n the local tolith partially melted at T 800°C and P 5-6 kbar. Scale: the
structural framework) has resulted 1n the development of ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
a completely different morphology. The hght-colored lay-
ers in t his migmatite are neosome, not leucosome, as they Further reading: Wh1te. R.W., Powell, R. & Halp1n,j.A. (2004):
Spatially-focussed melt format1on in aluminous metapelites
contain conspicuo us porphyroblasts of garnet and less
conspicuous crystals of K-feldspar, which are the solid prod- from Broken Hill, Australia. journal of Metamorphic Geology
ucts of the melt-producing reaction, as well as leucocratic 22, 825- 845.
material that has crystallized from the anatectic melt itself.
The layers of dark rock that alternate with the neosome
are 11menite-plagioclase- quartz- b1ot1te sillimanite cordier-
lte sch1st or gne1ss. The schist IS not properly descnbed
e1ther as paleosome, because 1t has part1ally melted, nor
as residuum, because it lacks the garnet. Perhaps, the most
relevant term for it IS melanocrat1c neosome. Dunng non-
coaxial shearing, the aggregates of garnet and K-feldspar 1n
the neosome acted as competent bodies. and the anatectic
melt developed in, or m1grated to. the low-pressure s1tes
around them. Thus, on th1s section, which 1S subparallel
to the mineral lineation 1nd1cated by alignment of
sillimanite needles, the morphology is quite clearly that of a
stromatic migmatite.

Figure 40
+
t
•
t
Fig. 040. The Round Hill area 1n Austral ia has some
aston1sh1ng migmat1tes: th1s example is remarkable for 1ts
morpholog1cal s1milanty to pressure-solut1on seams that
are a common feature of low-grade pelit1c sch1sts. This
m1gmat1te has two pnnopal const1tuents: a light-colored,
coarse-gra1ned neosome and a dark-colored sch1st that IS
best cons1dered as a melanocrat1c neosome (see the cap-
tion to Fig. 039 for more explanat1on). T he foliation 1n the
sch ist part belongs to S" of the local structural sequence.
The light-colored neosome can be div1ded into two parts:
one conta1ns garnet. K-feldspar, and quartz, and the other.
a leucocrat1c granit1c part w1thout garnet. The garnet crys-
tals define a prom1nent Internal, layered structure 1n each
area of neosome that 1s orthogonal to the external S2•
Moreover, the garnet-defined layenng can be traced from
one neosome to the next across the outcrop: 1t ma1n-
ta1ns the same onentat1on. This is compell1ng evidence that
a penetrative fabnc, or layering. ex1sted 1n the m1gmatite
before s2formed, and has been entirely erased from the
schist (melanocrat1c neosome) layers. The garnet-nch por-
tions form the w1dest parts of each neosome, whereas the
garnet-absent granitic part occurs either as a wedge-shaped
tail to, or as a narrower neck between, adjacent garnet-
bearing parts. Since the domains of light-colored neosome
are lent icular In form and elongate In the Si direCtiOn, the
•
•
Atlas of Migma tites
199
garnet-nch parts are interpreted to have been more com-
petent than t he leucocratic parts when the neosome was
be1ng deformed, dominantly by layer-normal shorten-
ing. Th1s 1s cons1stent w1th the petrolog1cal interpretation
of the neosome by Wh1te et al. (2004) 1n wh1ch the cores
are the solid products of the Incongruent breakdown reac-
tion of b1ot1te and Sillimanite, and the gran1t1c parts are the
products of crystallization of the anatectic melt produced
by the react ion. The preservation of crystal faces on feld-
spar 1n the light-colored neosome, and the general absence
of plastic deformat1on features 1n the quartz and feldspar
of the light-colored neosome, and 1n the m1nerals of the
sch1st (melanocratiC neosome) layers, 1nd1cate that defor-
mation occurred while melt was present 1n the rock, 1.e.,
dunng anatexis. Thus, the curvature of the foliation 1n the
ilmenite-plagioclase quartz biotite-sill iman ite- cord1ente
sch ist and the increase 1n t he modal proportion of the mafic
m1nerals v1sible 1n the sch1st around the competent garnet-
nch port1ons of the neosome are consistent w1th the loss
of volume from the sch1st layers. Thus, the overall struc-
ture of t h1s m1gmatite IS exactly analogous to the structure
assooated with pressure solution 1n low-grade metasedi-
mentary rocks. In such rocks, the mica-nch microlithons are
interpreted to have lost a mobile quartzofeldspathic com-
ponent during dominantly layer-normal compression, and
 METATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH LAYERED OR
200 -----------------------------
STROMATIC STRUCTURE DUE TO TRANSPOSITION

the competent. typically quartz-nch layers, to have ga1ned

some, or all, ofthe mobile material typ1cally as overgrowths,
or pressure-shadow fillings, around the most competent
m1nerals. However, 1n this migmatite, the mob1le matenal
conta1ned the components that made anatectic melt.

Locat1on: Round Hill, Broken Hill area, Australia. Rock type:

metatexite migmatite; aluminous metapelite protolith par-
tially melted at T 800°C and P 5-6 kbar. Scale: the width of
the field of view is I m. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.

Further reading: Rob1n, P.-Y.F. ( 1979): Theory of metamor-

phic segregation and related processes. Geoch1m1ca et
Cosmoch1m1ca Acta 43 , 1587-1600.

Wh1te. R.W., Powell, R. & Halpin, J.A. (2004): Spatially-

focussed melt format1on 1n alum1nous metapehtes from
Broken Hill, Australia. journal of MetamorphiC Geology 22,
825 845.
 Atlas of Migmatites
---------------------------- 20 1

t Figure 41
•
•
•
•
;

•
i

Fig. 041 . The neosome in this migmat1te shows very little neosome formed from the fertile beds, but some continu-
segregation of the melt fraction from the residual fract1on; Ity of older, pre-partial-melt 1ng structures IS retained by the
hence, it 1S mesocratiC, and medium-gra1ned because par- relics of the less fertile and sterile beds.
t ial meltmg has occurred in a contact aureole and not in a
regional metamorphic setting. The local segregation of the Location: Saint-Cast, Brittany, France. Rock type: schol-
melt from the residuum is indicated by the small leucocratic len diat exite migmatite; semipelitic schist protolith,
domains within the neosome. However, the most st riking T ca. 700°C, P ca. 3 kbar. Scale: the ru ler is IS em long.
aspect of t his migmatite is the large number of fragments Image: E.W. Sawyer.
of paleosome, called schollen, or rafts, which are present in
t he neosome. In t he cent ral part of t he image, t he schollen
are small and tend to be elongate. but toward the top left
and bottom right. the schollen are much larger. In this par-
ticular migmat1te, the size and shape of the schollen reflect
whether the protolith was thinly (small elongate schollen)
or thickly (larger schollen) bedded. The m1gmatite shown
in th1s photograph 1s largely neosome, and the paleosome
occurs only as schollen 1n the neosome. Although some of
the schollen have been rotated, others, most notably the
elongate ones, have not, and the onentation of the bedding
IS more or less preserved through the neosome. There
may not have been sufficient neosome developed to pro-
vide sufficient space for the longer schollen t o have rotated.
Hence, this migmatit e can be considered as transitional
from metatexite to diat exit e migmat it e. It is dominated by
 THE TRANSITION FROM METATEXITE
202 --------------------- -~-----
TO DIATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure 42
Fig. 042. Thts photograph shows the abrupt transttton
from a metatextte mtgmattte (top left) to a dtatextte mtg-
matite (bottom nght). Schollen or rafts from a thick layer of
metagreywacke appear to be detached from the metatex-
ite and progressively transformed from tabular to rounded
to lenticular shapes as they are incorporated into the diatex-
tte mtgmatite. Smaller, tabular schollen are detached from the
edges of a much larger one tn the center of the photograph.
The orientation and offset along melt-filled fractures in the
schollen. the asymmetry of schollen shapes, and the trends
of schlieren in the leucocratic matnx all tndicate now of the
melt-nch part of the migmatite. Thus. this transttion from
metatextte and diatextte mtgmatttes was dynamtc, the dtatex-
tte magma flowed past the metatextte and tn effect eroded
and intruded it. Most of the melt in this diatextte migmattte
was contributed by the metagreywacke layers. whtch under-
went tncongruent melting accordtng to the reactton btottte +
=
plagioclase + quartz orthopyroxen e + melt. The schollen
contatn the assemblage plagtoclase + orthopyroxen e + btotlte
+ quartz, which is the residuum left after the extraction of the
anatectic melt. They also contain abundant gratn-scale micro-
structural evidence of parttal melttng (see Figs. F35-F38). The
coarse-grained leucocrattc matnx contains the assemblage
plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar + btotite + orthopyroxen e,
and represents the melt. The tiling of subhedral to euhedral
crystals of plagtoclase and K-feldspar; and the presence of
rattonal faces on orthopyroxen e. plagtoclase and K-feldspar
against quartz, both indicate a substantial fraction of melt in
the leucocrattc portton of the mtgmattte. However; local vana-
tlons tn the mtcrostructure and whole-rock bulk composttton
tndicate that some parts of the melt-rich material have a large
component of cumulate plagtoclase, whereas others have a
large component of evolved melt.
Location: Ashuantpi Subprovince. Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
schollen diatextte mtgmattte: metagreywacke protoltth, ana-
texts in the granulite factes, T 825- 875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale:
the ruler ts IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer:
Further readmg: Guerntna, S. & Sawyer; E.W. (2003): Large-
scale melt-depletion tn granulite terranes: an example from
the Archaean Ashuantpt subprovtnce of Quebec. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 21 , 181-201.
Peroval, J.A. (1991): Granultte-faoes metamorphtsm and
crustal magmatism tn the Ashuanipi complex, Quebec
Labrador; Canada. journal of Petrology 32, 1261-1297.
Sawyer; E.W. (2001): Melt segregatton tn the continental crust:
distribution and movement of melt in anatectic rocks. journal
of Metamorphic Geology 19. 291 309.
-
~

~
Atla~ of Migmatite:.
----------- ----------- --------- 203
f

f Figure

•
•
~

•
•
•

Fig. 043. Large regions of diatexite migmatite developed
• from metamafic protoliths are very rare, probably because
the metamorphic temperatures recorded from most of the
exposed parts of the continental crust are not high enough to
have caused a pervas1ve h1gh degree of part1al melt1ng 1n such a
protolith. However. the local-scale development of m1gmatites
trans1t1onal from metatexite to diatex1te 1s more commonly
seen 1n metamafic protoliths. This photograph shows part of a
small outcrop (ca. IS m 1) 1n which the old, layered structure in
a metatex1te migmatite (upper part of the photograph) IS pro-
gressively disrupted (lower part) and erased. The metatex1te
port1on cons1sts of foliated melanocrat1c layers that have been
boud1naged, and of leucocrat ic matenal, w h1ch occurs parallel
to the layering, in the spaces between boudins and in vanous
fractures. The leucocratic material 1S tonalit1c 1n compos1t1on
and was largely denved from anatectic melt, but it conta1ns
a variable proport1on of mafic matenal. In some places, the
mafic material occurs sparsely as 1nd1v1dual euhedral crystals of
pyroxene and hornblende that could e1ther be the solid prod-
uct of the melt1ng react1on, or else have crystallized from the
anatectic melt. H owever. 1n many places, the mafic matenal 1s
more abundant, and appears to cons1st of fragments denved
from nearby melanocratic layers. These portions w ere derived
from contaminated anatectic melt. The migmatite is substan-
tially d1fferent in the lower part of the photograph, below
the w1de leucocrat1c ve1n, where there are no coherent mel-
anocratiC layers. Rather. the m1gmatite contains many small
rounded, rotated, and partially disaggregated remnants (rafts
or schollen) of melanocratic material engulfed in leucocrat1c
matenal. The proport1on of leucocrat1c material is greater
1n the d1atexite port1on than 1n the metatex1te, and 1t 1s also
petrographically different. It has a much h1gher proport1on of
mafic minerals, and these tend to occur as larger aggregates
than 1n the metatexite. The tonalit1c melt thus seems to have
been contaminated with matenal denved from the disaggre-
gatlng melanocratlc schollen. The trans1t1on from metatex1te
to d1atex1te migmatite in th1s outcrop 1nvolved an 1ncrease 1n
the fract1on of melt. wh1ch assisted the breakup, rotation, and
disaggregation of the melanosome and paleosome layers to
y1eld a migmatite devoid of structures older than the anatexis.
Location: Beit Bndge Complex, Baklykraal Farm, South Afnca.
Rock type: transition from metatexite migmatite to schollen
diatexite m1gmatite; metamafic protolith, subjected to granu-
lite-facies anatexis. Scale: the pocket kn1fe IS II em long. Image:
E.W. Sawyer:
 THE TRAN SITION FROM METATEXITE
204 ------------------------~~~
TO DIATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure 44
Fig. 044. This migmat1te 1s quite complex. but most
of it IS neosome. The only part that has not part1ally melted,
and hence can be called paleosome. IS the rather un1form.
medium-grey scholle (labeled P): It IS a plagioclase + quartz +
b1otite Al -poor metagreywacke. All the other schollen, of
various shades of grey, have undergone part1al melting and
coarsening of their gra1n size. In addit1on, most have lost
some of their melt fraction: accordingly, they are called
neosome (no loss of melt) or melanosome (loss of some
melt). The darker and coarser-gra1ned schollen conta1n the
assemblage plagioclase + quartz + biotite + cordierite ±
K-feldspar ± sillimanite. wh1ch is interpreted to be res1dual.
The schollen have elongate. lent1cular shapes, commonly
with a narrow, b1otite-nch nm that is Interpreted to result
from react1on between the melt around a scholle and
the res1dual cordiente m 1t. All the schollen are enclosed 1n
leucocrat1c material that contams the assemblage
plagioclase + K-feldspar + quartz ± cordiente, and micro-
structures (e.g., crystal faces on feldspar crystals 1n contact
with quartz, euhedral crystals of cordierite) that 1ndicate
crystallization from a granitic melt; hence, 1t can be called
leucosome. Locally, the leucosome contains abundant
curviplanar schlieren that are rich in biot1te and acces-
sory minerals, such as apatite and zircon. In places, groups
of schlieren curve into, or are truncat ed by. other groups
of schlieren, which IS indicat1ve of vanat1ons 1n flow rate
within the leucosome magma. The elongation of the schol-
len and of the schlieren IS parallel to the bedding 1n the
nearby metatex1te m1gmat1tes. The locat1on of th1s diatex-
ite m1gmat1te was thus possibly controlled by the presence
of particularly fertile beds 1n the protolith, or by the migra-
tion of anatectic melt 1nto certain bedding-parallel sites.
Two leucocrat1c veins in the migmatite are younger and
cross the flow structure in the diatexite. A narrow, irregu-
lar band of leucosome (bottom right) is located in a small
shear band and has d1ffuse margins. The diffuse contacts
between the narrow leucocratic ve1n and the leucosome
suggest that 1t IS a late-stage segregation of melt expelled
from t he part1ally crystallized leucosome. A wide (>25 em)
coarse-gra1ned leucocrat1c vein 1n the top left has sharp
contacts and a very narrow mafic selvedge of biotite partic-
ularly where 1t is 1n contact w1th the schollen; this leucocrat1c
vein was injected when the m1gmat1te was near its solidus
temperature.
Location: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
schollen diatexite migmat1te: metapelitic protolith, par-
tially melted in the upper amphibolite facies, T 700- SOOoC.
P 3- 4 kbar: Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W.
Sawyer.

Figure 45
Fig. 045. The Vaasa Migmatite Complex 1n western F1nland
conta1ns a trans1t1on from a garnet cordiente K-feldspar-
plag1oclase quartz b1ot1te gne1ss to m1gmatite. Th1s 1mage
shows the morphology of rocks that are transrt1onal from
metatexite to diatexrte migmatite. The outcrop appears to be
morphologically complex because it has numerous domains
of d1fferent composition, grain size, and microstructure. There
are several rounded, light greenish grey enclaves composed of
calcareous resister lithologies (e.g., near the center); these are
paleosome. However, all the rest of the outcrop is neosome
of one sort or another. Dark-colored lens-shaped enclaves
(e.g.. near the top) are common t hroughout; these are frag-
ments derived from the metatexrte m1gmat1te. The maJonty of
these enclaves are from the miCa-nch, res1dual port1ons of the
metatexrte that were left after the extract1on of anatectiC melt;
they are melanosome. However, some enclaves also conta1n
th1n stromatic veins of leucosome. Much darker enclaves (h1gher
contents of garnet) with a more granular microstructure (e.g..
near the pen) appear to have been part1cularly prone to disag-
gregation and are surrounded by numerous small fragments. All
the enclaves occur in a banded mat1ix in which layers of different
grain size, microstructure, and modal mineralogy can be distin-
guished. Some ofthese bands are conspicuously leucocratic (e.g..
left of the pen cap) and contain scattered crystals of garnet. but
most are mesocratic, w ith a higher modal proportion of gar-
net. biot1te, cordierite, and locally, orthopyroxene (e.g., left half
of the 1mage). However, all parts of the matrix contain doma1ns
where the platy or tabular minerals (m1cas or feldspars) define
A tlas of Migmati tes
------------------------------ 205
a foliat1on that ts parallel to the compos1t1onal band1ng; both
are attributed to flow of the matrix as magma. The presence
throughout the matnx of scattered euhedral crystals of plagio-
clase, or plagioclase crystals w1th stra1ght faces against quartz, is
further ev1dence for the pervas1ve presence of melt 1n the matrix
around the enclaves. Thus, the transit1on from metatexite to dia-
texite in the Vaasa Migmatite Complex can be Interpreted as a
change in the distribution of the melt fraction. Where the rock
developed a pervasive fraction of melt between t he grains, flow
was able to occur and entrained enclaves able to rotate, so that
the continuity of pre-anatectic structures was lost. and a diatex-
ite m1gmatite formed. T he compositional banding in the matrix
between the enclaves IS Interpreted to be due to variat1ons 1n
the proportion of anatect1c mett to res1dual crystals from band
to band. As the proport1on of enclaves and the small-scale van-
atlons in the proport1on of mett to res1duum decreased, the
schollen diatexites in the Vaasa M1gmatite Complex pass 1nto
diatexite m1gmatites (see Fig. 061).
Location: Kauhava area, Svecofenn1an doma1n. Finland. Rock type:
schollen diatexite migmatite; metapeilt1c protolith, granulite-
facies anatexis atT ca. 800°C, P 4 5 kbar. Scale: the pen is
15 em long. Image: Hannu Makitie.
Further reading: Makitie, H. (2001): Eastern margin of the Vaasa
M igmatite Complex, Kauhava, west ern Finland: preliminary
petrography and geochemistry of the dlatex1tes. Bulletm of the
Geologtcal Socrety o{F1nland 73, 35 46.
 T HE TRANSITION FROM METATEXITE
206 ------------------------------
TO D IATEXITE MIGMATITES
Fig. 046. This m1gmatite shows a trans1tion from a stro-
matiC metatexite to a diatex1te m1gmatite. It contains
a relatively high proportion of schollen (or rafts) set in a
coarse-grained. gran1tic matnx. All of the schollen are of
stromatic metatexite (i.e .. neosome). which suggests an
early stage of diatexite formation; 1n the more advanced
stages of diatexite format1on. most schollen of neosome
have typically been assimilated. and paleosome (resister)
lithologies predominate in the remaining schollen. The pro -
portion of schollen is a little higher in the left half of the
photograph. and the pre-ex1sting structure outlined by the
stromatiC leucosome can be traced. more or less. from
scholle to scholle. Some schollen are lenticular 1n shape.
and the1r internal domains of stromatic leucosome have
s1gmoidal forms. wh1ch suggest that the schollen were sepa-
rated by small shear zones. Other schollen conta1n t1ght to
open folds that are truncated by the edges of the scholle.
In the left half of the photograph. the matnx between
the schollen is narrow. and locally conta1ns d1scontinuous.
biotite-rich schlieren that are generally parallel to the long
sides of the schollen. However. at the ends of the schollen.
the schlieren truncate the sigmoidal internal structure of
the schollen and. consequently. appear to occupy shear sur-
faces between schollen. The migmatite is slightly different
in the right half of the photograph; there. the proportion
of schollen to matnx IS lower, and there IS more vanat1on
in the orientation of the 1nternal structures between schol-
len. which suggests that the schollen were able to rotate in
the matrix. Locally. biotite-rich schlieren in the matrix out-
line disharmoniC flow-related folds. These relationships are
interpreted to indicate that melt was able to migrate along
small shear zones that developed in a stromatic metatex-
ite migmatite during folding. Progressive infiltration of melt
enabled some shear-bounded blocks of metatexite to
detach and become schollen in a diatexite migmatite. As
the melt infiltrated further into the metatexite migmatlte.
the schollen that were detached first were no longer at the
relatively stagnant edge of the d1atexite magma. and conse-
quently were able to rotate 1n the flowing diatexite magma
and to become d1spersed.
Location: Saint-Malo. Bnttany. France. Rock type: schollen
d1atexite migmatlte; metasedimentary protolith. Scale: the
co1n is 2.0 em across. Image and caption: M1ke Brown.
Further readmg: Brown. M. ( 1979): The petrogenesis of the
St-Malo migmatite belt. Armorican Massif. France, with
particular reference to the diatex1tes. Neues Jahrbuch fur
Mineralogie. Abhandlungen 135. 48 74.

Figure 47
Fig. 047. T his complex migmatite contains a high propor-
tion of neosome, and there are no coherent or contiguous
structures of pre-anat ectic age; hence, this is a diatexite
migmatite. Paleosome occurs only as several large, equant
blocks called schollen (labeled So) of resister litholo-
gies. There are many smaller melanocratic schollen, up to
about 15 em across in the neosome, and most of these
contain sillimanite + biot ite + garnet + quartz + plagioclase +
muscovite and are interpret ed as residuum. The leuco-
crat ic matrix contains the mineral assemblage quartz +
plagioclase + muscovite + K-feldspar + biotite, and contains
abundant schlieren (labeled Sl) rich in biotite and silliman-
it e. The schlieren define a foliation and flow banding t hat
wraps around the larger schollen. The migmatite thus
contained a sufficiently high fraction of melt that it could
flow. This migmatite could be called either a schollen or a
schlieren diatexite, since both are present. There is clear
evidence of sequent ial segregation of melt from the melt-
rich parts of the migmatite t hat host the schollen and the
schlieren. Coarser-grained and generally more leucocratic
mat erial (LI) occupy posit ions correspond ing t o pressure
shadows at the corners of the schollen. Melt thus was seg-
regated from the crystals during t he main st age of magma
flow. Furthermore, the sigmoidal curvature of the schlieren
reveals a sinistral shear zone (just below and t o t he right
A tlas o f Migmatites
-------------------------------207
of the hammer), which contains a diffuse, schlieren-poor
leucosome (L2) along its center, and which t runcates the
curved schlieren. This is interpret ed as a lat e-stage shear
zone formed in the diatexite, which had already devel-
oped a rigid framework of crystals with interstitial residual
melt. T he melt was expelled as the crystal framework was
deformed in the walls of the shear zone, and became con-
centrat ed in the dilatant center of the shear zone. There is
evidence of later segregation of melt, which occurred when
crystallization was nearly com plete, i.e., the leucocratic
vein to t he right, which occupies a brittle fractu re oriented
orthogonal t o t he layering and perpendicular to the direc-
tion of elongation in the outcrop.
Location: Tu mbledown Anatectic Domain, western Maine,
U.S.A. Rock type: schollen diatexite migmatite with
schlieren; pelitic and semipelitic metasedimentary proto-
lit h, anatexis in the upper amphibolite facies; T 750-800°C,
P 4- 5 kbar. Scale: the hammer handle is 40 em long. Image
and caption : Gary Solar.
Further reading: Solar, G.S. & Brown, M. (200 1): Pet rogenesis
of migmat ites in Maine, USA: possible source of peralu-
minous leucogranite in plut ons? Journal of Petrology 42 ,
789- 823.
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES W ITH SCHO LLEN
208 ------------------------------
AND WITH SC HLIEREN STRU CTURES
Figure 48
Fig. 048 . This phot ograph shows a diatexite migma-
tite with both schollen and schlieren. T he two prominent
schollen are metamafic resist er lithologies that contain
the assemblage orthopyroxene + plagioclase + ilmenit e.
They were probably mafic dikes in the metapelitic proto-
lit h, i.e., they are paleosome. However, the main point of
int erest in t his migmatite is the strong morphological vari-
ation present w it hin different parts of the neosome. The
neosome material between the two schollen (I) is leuco-
cratic and coarse-grained, (2) contains the assemblage
plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar + biotite + cordierite +
garnet , (3) generally lacks a prominent foliation, although
it has some diffuse, darker wisps that are a little richer in
biotite and, locally, domains where t he feldspar crystals
form a t ile microst ructure, and (4) contains large regions
wher e euhedral crystals of plagioclase form a framework
wit h interst itial quartz. Together, these characteristics indi-
cate that this neosome crystallized from a granit ic melt that
contained very few residual minerals and records a rela-
t ively low level of syn-anatectic shear strain. This region of
neosome and the two paleosome schollen constitute a sin-
gle structural domain within the migmatite t hat is enveloped
by a different neosome that appears to have fiowed around
it. The enveloping neosome ( I) is medium-grained, (2) con-
tains the assemblage plagioclase + quartz + biotite + garnet +
cordierite + sillimanite ± K-feldspar. (3) has a strong foliation
due to t he alignment of idioblastic and euhedral cryst als
of plagioclase, biotit e, sillimanite, and locally, cordierit e, and
(4) contains a compositional banding due to the alterna-
tion of leucocratic bands w ith mafic schlieren of biotite +
sillimanite + garnet composit ion and diffuse, elongate
lenses of fine-grained quartz + biotite + sillimanite + garnet +
cord ierite + plagioclase melanosome. Together, these char-
acteristics indicate that this neosome was derived from
a magma rich in residual crystals, contained scholl en of
melanosome, and experienced high shear strain while in
magmatic and submagmatic states. Thus, the morphological
differences between areas of neosome in this migmatite are
a direct function of their structural posit ion in the nowing
diat exit e magma. High shear strains in t he partially crys-
tallized, residuum-contaminated diatexite magma drove
the segregat ion of fractionated anat ectic melt out of t he
banded neosome, and the melt collected into t he low-pres-
sure sit e between the two paleosome schollen, where it
became the coarse-grained and residuum-poor neosome.
Location: Lac Kenogam i, Grenville Province, Quebec,
Canada. Rock type: schollen diatexite migmatite; metapelitic
protolit h, anatexis at T 800- 850°C, P 4-7 kbar. Scale: the
ruler is IS em long. /mage : E.W. Sawyer.

Figure 49
Fig. 049. Schollen d1atex1te m1gmat1tes are best known
from metasedimentary protoliths, but they also form
from fels1c igneous protoliths. Th1s example, derived from
a leucotonalite and leucotrondhjemite protolith, con-
tained a h1gher fract1on of melt than the previous examples
shown, and the schollen are fewer and have a more
lent1cular shape. Some ofthe schollen have a very h1gh aspect-
ratio, and thew tapered ends pass laterally 1nto biot1te-nch
schlieren. Many of the schollen have melt-depleted (i.e.,
res1dual) bulk compos1t1ons that, because of the nature
of the protolith, are dom1nated by plag1oclase. the pnno-
pal mineral present 1n excess, but they are also ennched
1n the accessory minerals. The compos1tions and micro-
structures of other schollen suggest they are layers of
plag1oclase accumulated from the crystallizing anatectiC
melt that have become d1srupted and Incorporated 1nto
the flow1ng magma. A few schollen are res1ster litholog1es.
The pmk host to the schollen 1s a leucogran1te in compos1-
t1on. with the assemblage K-feldspar + plagioclase + quartz
+ b1ot1te. However, the leucogran1te host conta1ns a w1de
vanety of microstructures: some parts contain a strong
magmatiC, or submagmat1c, foliat1on defined by the onen-
tation of tabular K-feldspar and plag1oclase, whereas other
parts are coarser grained and isotropic and occur as layers,
patches, or irregular ve1nlike bod1es. Some of the d1fferent
Ada; of M igmatite>
----------- ----------- -------- 209
microstructural types of leucogran1te that occur as layers,
or as w1spy bands, are truncated by other more cont1nuous
bands, or by biotite-nch schlieren. Such variations are typi-
cal of many diatexite m1gmatites; the banding and schl1eren
are ev1dence for the flow of a compos1t1onally heteroge-
neous diatex1te magma, and the leucogramte patches and
ve1ns prov1de ev1dence of the late segregation of the melt
at a t1me when the diatexite magma was in an advanced
stage of crystallization. Fractionated melt in the intercrys-
talline pores was expelled as the framework of euhedral
gra1ns of feldspar began to compact 1n response to sheanng;
the melt that was expelled collected 1nto brittle fractures
and other dilatant structures, to produce the late veins and
patches of coarse-gra1ned, Isotropic leucogranite present 1n
the outcrop.
Location: Opatlca Subprov1nce, Quebec, Canada. Rock
type: schollen diatexite m1gmatite: leucotonalite and leuco-
trondhJemite proto lith, anatexis at condit1ons of the upper
amphibolite facies, T ca. 75ooe, and P 5 7 kbar. Scale: the
hammer IS 45 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH SC HOLLEN
210 ------------------------------
AND WITH SCH LIEREN STRUCTURES
Figure 50
Fig. 050. Th1s m1gmat1te has a very high proport1on of
leucocratic neosome, and 1ts morphology is typ1cal of the
reg1ons 1n anatectic terranes where melt has accumulated.
The upper part of the outcrop conta1ns mesocratic schollen
of metagreywacke res1ster layers with the s1mple assem-
blage plagioclase + quartz + biotite and schlieren. These
are layers that did not melt and were disrupted and incor-
porated into the layer of anatectic melt. The central and
lower parts of the outcrop contain melanocratic lenticular schol-
len that conta1n the mineral assemblage plagioclase + quartz
+ cordiente + biotite + K-feldspar + silliman1te. It repre -
sents the res1duum left after the melt1ng react1on: b1ot1te +
=
s1ll1man1te + quartz + plagioclase cord1ente + K-feldspar
+ melt. Very th1n schlieren of b1ot1te are present 1n the
leucocratic layers, and some schlieren (labeled Sl) seem to
hnk some of the lens-shaped melanocrat1c schollen. The
asymmetncal shape of most of the res1dual schollen and
the curvature of the schlieren define the shear sense of
now (dextral) In the migmatlte. The presence of euhedral
crystals of cord1erite and feldspar, and of equant doma1ns of
stra1n-free quartz 1n the leucocrat1c parts of the diatex1te
migmatite, indicates that now occurred in the magmatic and
submagmatic states Several periods of melt segregation
and emplacement can be recognized. A syn-anatectic shear
zone separates the domain of resister schollen from that
of res1dual schollen. and conta1ns a sl1ghtly coarser-gra1ned,
more leucocrat1c center, which probably represents frac-
tionated melt expelled from the walls of the shear zone.
The lower edge of the doma1n that conta1ns the resister
schollen and associated schlieren 1s truncated (indicated by
the arrows a and b) by the syn-anatect1c shear zone. A later
leucocrat1c ve1n has intruded the migmat1te JUSt above the
scale; the irregular contacts of this vein suggest that it was
injected before the host had cooled below its solidus. The
last stage is represented by a coarse-gra1ned, leucocrat1c
vein onented orthogonally to the layering in the res1ster
schollen doma1n.
Location: Quet1co Subprov1nce, Ontano, Canada. Rock
type: schlienc d1atex1te m1gmat1te; metapelitlc and
metagreywacke protolith, upper-amphibolite-facies melt1ng.
T 700 800°C. P 3- 4 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s 15 em long.
/mage: E.W . Sawyer.
Further readmg: Sawyer, E.W . (1987): The role of part1al
melt1ng and fract1onal crystallization 1n determining discor-
dant migmat1te leucosome compositions. journal of Petrology
28,445 473.
 A tlas of M igmat itcs
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 211

Fig. 051. This migmatite is essent1ally all neosome, but the migmatite. Hence, this outcrop could be viewed as
it exhibits a considerable range 1n microstructure, modal representing an advanced stage tn the transition from a
m1neralogy, and color. Although there are no layers, rafts, metatexite to diatex1te migmat1te 1n which the mesocratic
or schollen of paleosome, there are ghostlike schollen of parts have partially melted, and record the last vestiges of
mesocrat1c neosome. The lightest-colored parts can be the orig1nal compositional layenng 1n the protolith.
called leucosome. The melanocrat1c (darkest) parts of the
m1gmatite have two forms. The most prom1nent occur as Location: Glenelg River Complex, Australia. Rock type:
selvedges adhenng to quartz feldspar pods around which schlteric diatex1te migmat1te; quartzofeldspath1c proto-
the flow structure 1n the host IS deflected. These selvedges lith, partial melting in the upper amph1boltte faetes. Scale:
are Interpreted as fragments of early, coarse-gra1ned leuco- the lens cap IS 6.5 em 1n diameter. Image and captton: Tony
some, wh1ch together w1th their melanocratic border were 1.5. Kemp.
d1srupted as part1al melttng advanced and as the flow of
the result1ng diatexite magma occurred. Also present are Further readtng: Kemp, A.I.S. & Gray, C.M. (1999): Geolog1cal
thin biot1te-rich streaks w1thout attached leucosome: context of crustal anatex1s and granitic magmatism in the
these are biot1te schlieren. Furthermore, there are many northeastern Glenelg R1ver Complex, western Victona.
larger mesocratic domains (below and to the right of the Australtan journal o( Earth Setences 46 , 407 420.
lens cap) that contain a layering and appear to be attenu-
ated, from which one can infer that they were weak rather
than strong. These domains could represent layers of par-
tially melted protolith that were e1ther less fertile than the
other layers and, therefore. did not partially melt as much,
or they are layers 1n wh1ch the melt did not segregate much
from the residuum. The result is that these layers were not
sufficiently competent to form well-defined rafts or schol-
len. Rather, they form darker w1spy layers and streaks in
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES WITH SCHOLLEN
212------------------------~~~
AND WITH SCHLIEREN STRUCTURES
Figure 52
Fig. 052. This m1gmatite cons1sts ent1rely of neosome.
The schollen are fragments of coarse-gra1ned. stromat1c
metatex1te that have a prom1nent Internal layenng due to the
alternation of thin bands of leucosome w1th melanosome.
Doma1ns of leucosome contain the assemblage plagioclase
+ quartz + K-feldspar + muscov1te. and the melanosome
consists of biotite + plagioclase + quartz. The schollen are
lenticular in shape and strongly aligned. Internal layering is
parallel to the long axis of the schollen, except in the scholle
with the lowest aspect-rat1o, where the internal layenng is
sigmoidal. The matrix that encloses the schollen is mesocratic
and broadly gran1tic. with the mineral assemblage plag1oclase
+ quartz + K-feldspar + muscov1te + b1otite, but 1t has both
melanocratic and leucocratic parts. Thin, b1ot1te-nch doma1ns
define schlieren (SI) that are parallel to the elongat1on of the
schollen, but the b1ot1te schlieren are much less prom1nent
and more irregular where there are no schollen present,
e.g., 1n the lower right. Coarser-gra1ned, leucocratlc doma1ns
1n the mesocratic matrix occur as (I) lenses onented par-
allel (LI) to the biotite schlieren and to the d1rection of
elongation of the schollen and (2) small domains (L2)
located at the ends of low-aspect-ratio schollen, a pos1tion
that is analogous to pressure shadows around competent
porphyroblasts. Microstructures in the mesocratic matrix,
such as the alignment of large crystals of feldspar and b1otite
that define a foliat1on, equant quartz gra1ns w1th only minor
ev1dence for gra1n-boundary m1gration, and large crystals of
plagioclase that have rat1onal faces aga1nst quartz, suggest
that the matnx crystallized from a melt. and that the foliation
1s magmatic. The parallel onentat1on of the schollen, biot1te
schlieren, and magmatic foliat1on may, therefore, have devel-
oped in the diatexite magma (granitic melt with fragments of
metatexite migmatite and crystals of biotite and feldspar) as
a result of gradients 1n the flow rate (i.e., shear-strain gradi -
ents). The leucocratic domains in the matrix may represent
either a fractionated leucocrat1c melt, or a melt devoid of
entra1ned crystals of res1dual b10t1te that was able to migrate
to low-pressure sites as the framework of crystals 1n the
partially crystallized diatex1te deformed toward the end of
1ts crystallization.
Locat1on: Sa1nt-Malo, Bnttany, France. Rock type: schol-
len diatexite m1gmat1te: pelit1c to sem1pelitic protolith,
part1al melting in the upper amphibolite fac1es, at T ca. 750°C,
P 4-7 kbar. Scale: the co1n is 2.2 em 1n d1ameter. Image:
Mike Brown.
Further read1ng: Brown, M. ( 1979): The petrogenesis of the
St-Malo migmatite belt, Armorican Massif, France, with
particular reference to the diatexites. Neues jahrbuch rur
M1neralog1e, Abhandlungen 135,48 74.
 A tlas of Migmat ites
------------------------------ 213

Figure 53
Fig. 053. Most of the neosome
in this migmatite is mesocratic and
contains the assemblage cordier-
ite + biotite + K-feldspar + quartz
+ plagioclase; sillimanite occurs as
inclusions in the cordierite. T he
bulk composition of the neosome
is the same as that of the likely pro-
tolith, collected from just below
the "melt-in" isograd. Moreover;
the mesocratic neosome contains
prismatic cordierite and K-feldspar,
has tiled, unstrained crystals of pla-
gioclase, and has a grain size that is
S-1 0 times that of the scattered
schollen of paleosome (nonmelted
plagioclase + quartz + biotite
schist). Therefore, this migmatite
is largely partially melted proto-
lith in which significant separat ion
of the melt from its residuum did
not occur; at least not on the scale
of the I0-kg sample used for deter-
mining its whole-rock composition.
The melting reaction was proba-
bly biotite + sillimanite + quartz +
plagioclase= cordierite + K-feldspar
+ melt. T he principal compositional
banding in this migmatite results
from the concentration of biotite
to various degrees during flow as a
magma. Hence, some schlieren are
darker than others. As there are no
structures preserved that predate
anatexis, and as biotite schlieren
are the dominant morphological
element, this is a schlieric diatex-
ite migmatite. Scattered, elongate
schollen contribute to the banding.
The migmatite also contains some K-feldspar crystals that are sense at the stage at which this diatexite migmatite was in a
up to 5 em across. A diffuse patch of coarse-grained diatexite magmatic state.
(just to the right of the scale) lacks the strong compositional
banding typical of the rest of the diatexite and results from Location: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
the late injection of a mesocratic magma that contained large schlieric diatexite derived from pelitic protoliths; amphibolite-
cryst als of K-feldspar into the already banded diatexite magma. facies conditions, T 750- 800°C, P 3-4 kbar: Scale: the ruler is
A leucocratic K-feldspar-bearing magma was also injected int o 15 em long. /mage: E.W . Sawyer:
the diatexite after it had become compositionally banded, and Further reading: Milord, I. & Sawyer, E.W (2003): Schlieren forma-
this formed the prominent coarse-grained granitic vein that is tion in diatexite migmatite: examples from the St. Malo migmatite
oriented subparallel to t he compositional banding and crosses terrane, France.Journal ofMetamorphic Geology 21 , 341- 362.
the center of the phot ograph. N ote the abundance of features
such as the asymmetrical shape of the schollen, the asymmet- Milord, 1., Sawyer, E.W. & Brown, M. (2001): Formation
rical shape of the leucosome-filled shadows around schollen of diatexite migmatite and granite magma during anatexis
and other competent objects, sigmoidal schlieren and trun- of semi-pelitic metasedimentary rocks: an example from
cated flow-banding, which can be used to determine the shear St. Malo, France.Journal of Petrology 42 , 487- 505.
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES W ITH SCH LI EREN STRUCTURES
214 - - -- -- - - - - - - - - -

Figure 54
Fig. 054. Th1s diatexite m1gma-
t1te has no schollen, but it has
abundant, subparallel, biotlte-
nch schlieren. The schlieren are
smuous and comparatively short
(<25 em), and they range 1n w1dth
from <I to about 7 mm. The
narrowest schlieren are chains
of 1mbricate crystals of b1ot1te.
but the b1ot ite in t he core of the
thickest schlieren commonly form
decussat e aggregates. At the mar-
gins, however, the b1ot1te crystals
are either subparallel or 1mbncate.
Some Individual crystals of b1otite
are kinked, and th1s may 1ndicate
that they were denved from the
disaggregation of coarse-gra1ned
schollen that conta1ned melano-
some. T he mat rix conta1n1ng the
schlieren is a biotite-muscov1te
K-feldspar qua rtz-plagioclase
leucogranite. Tabular, subhedral
to euhedral crystals of plagioclase
1n the leucogranite are generally
aligned (locally Imbricate or tiled)
and define a foliation that is essen-
tially parallel to the schlieren: the
w1despread presence of stra1ght
crystal faces agamst quartz
1nd1cates that the fohat1on IS mag-
matic. The grain size IS generally
4 5 mm, but markedly coarser
(7 8 mm) in small, scattered,
equant domains (e.g.. just below
t he coin) . Feldspar crystals 1n
t he coarse-grained domains are
generally not aligned. This ran-
domness may indicate that these
domains were the last parts of
the d1atexite m1gmat1te to have
crystallized.

Locat1on: Sa1nt-Malo, Bnttany, France. Rock type: schlieren

d1atex1te migmatlte; pelitic and sem1peht1c protolith, part1al
melt1ng at T ca. 750oC. P 4 7 kbar. Scale: the co1n 1s 2.0 em
across. /mage: Mike Brown.
 Arias o f M ig matit es
------------------------------- 215

Figure 55

Fig. 055 . Thts diatexite mtgmattte contains only a Location: Satnt-Malo mtgmattte terrane, France. Rock type:
few small. ellipttcal. and ghostlike remams of schollen. schlieren dtatextte mtgmattte; semtpelittc protolith, par-
Alternattng btottte-nch and quartzofeldspathtc layers tn the ttal melttng at T 750 800°C, p 4 5 kbar. Scale : the ruler IS
schollen closely resemble the melanosome and leucosome IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
found tn the neosome of metatextte mtgmatttes elsewhere
tn the Satnt- Malo terrane. The leucocratic host contatns the Further readmg: Milord, I. & Sawyer, E.W. (2003): Schlieren
assemblage plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar + muscovtte formation tn diatexite mtgmattte: examples from the
+ biotite and, locally, domains where tabu lar crystals of St- Malo migmatite terrane, France. journal o( Mecamorph1c
plagioclase are tmbricat ed (i.e., tile microstructu re) and Geology 21 , 341 - 362.
have rattonal faces against tntersttt tal quart z. Taken together,
these features tndtcate that the leucocrattc part of thts mtg-
mattte crystallized from a magma of grantttc composttton as
1t was sheared dunng flow. T he most promtnent features
of thts mtgmattte are the dtsconttnuous btottte-nch bands
that 1t contatns. Some of these could be called schlieren:
the posstbility that the shorter, low-aspect ones could be
pteces of the btottte-nch melanosome denved from dtsag-
gregated schollen should be constdered, however.
 D IAT EXI TE MIG MATITES WI TH SC H LIE RE N ST RUCTU RES
216-------------------------------
Figure 56
Fig. 056. There are two main components to this diatex-
ite migmatite. The first contains schlieren and irregularly
shaped melanocratic patches (e.g., in t he lower right near
the ruler), and the second is distinguished by its large crys-
tals of cordierite (up to 4 em across) and a lack of schlieren.
Schlieren are up to 20 em long and composed of biotite
and sillimanite, with minor amounts of cordierit e and ilme-
nite. The melanocratic patches consist of the assemblage
biotite + cordierite + sillimanite + ilmenite + plagioclase,
and are interpreted t o be residuum left after t he incongru-
ent melt ing of biotite; they are melanosome. The melting
=
reaction was probably biotite + sillimanite + quartz melt
+ cordierite + ilmenite, and the protolith was pelitic. The
leucocratic matrix that contains the melanocrat ic patches
and schlieren consists of the assemblage plagioclase +
quartz + K-feldspar + biotite + cordierite (i.e., a granitic to
granodiorit ic bulk composition) and is interpreted to
have been derived from the anatectic melt generated in
making the melanosome. A layering due to the alterna-
tion of leucocratic and melanocrat ic bands is locally folded.
The second component has a granitic bulk composition,
with an assemblage of plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar +
cordierite + biotite, which suggests derivation from an ana-
tect ic melt extracted from a metapelitic source. In places,
t he second component contains enclaves of the schlieren-
bearing component , indicating that the latter is older, and
was more coherent Elsewhere (e.g., above the scale), faint
traces of schlieren persist int o the cordierite-rich compo-
nent, and resu lt in a diffuse, or nebulitic, contact between
the two. The presence of schlieren and melanosome implies
that the parent magma contained crystals and fragments
of residual material, but the magma that generated t he
cordierite-rich component did not. Folding of the schlieren-
bearing portion could begin once crystallization reached
the rigid percolation threshold (ca. 55% crystals) and could
have red istributed, or expelled, some of the melt resid-
ing in the framework of crystals. Places that lost sufficient
melt by compaction to reach the particle-locking threshold
(ca. 72% crystals) behaved as if they were solid, but other
places in the migmatite still contained as much as 50 vol.%
melt. The redistributed melt was depleted in the resid-
uum component, and hence very leucocratic. Whether the
magma that produced the cordierite-bearing component of
the diatexite was simply redistributed, or was introduced
from a more distant source, it incorporat ed the parts of
the schlieren-bearing component with > 72% crystals as
rigid enclaves. However, where substantial amounts of melt
remained, the contact between the two was not sharp.
Location: Pefia Negra, Spain. Rock type: schlieren diatexite
migmatite; pelit ic protolith , part ial melting at T ca. 750°C,
P 4-7 kbar. Scale: t he ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W.
Sawyer.
 A tlas of M igmat ites
-------------------------------217

Figure 5

Fig. 057. The Ashuanipi Subprovince contains a Locat1on: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
number of large bodies of diatexite that show a transi- type: mesocratic diatexite migmatite; metagr eywacke pro-
tion from metatexite migmatites and schollen diatexites tolith , anat exis at T 825-875°C, P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the ruler
at their borders, to more uniform interiors. T his example is 15 em long. image: E.W. Sawyer.
illustrates a mesocratic orthopyroxene biotite- K-feldspar
quartz-plagioclase diatexite migmatite from the interior
of a kilometer-size body of diatexite migmatite. Small
lenticular aggregat es of biotite in the rock define a weak
foliation in w hich some tabular crystals of feldspar also are
aligned. The larger, aligned crystals of feldspar are plagio-
clase, whereas K-feldspar, quartz, the smaller cryst als of
plagioclase, and ort hopyroxene are interstitial; this rock has
a bulk composition close to that of the protolith. However,
in other diat exite migmatites from the same body, t he pla-
gioclase, and some of the K-feldspar, form larger tabular
crystals that are aligned and define a magmatic foliation ; the
whole-rock composit ion of these rocks is generally closer
to that of a granitic, anatect ic melt. The orthopyroxene in
diat exite migmatites t hat have a granitic bulk composition
generally shows a much greater degree of replacement by
biotite than the orthopyroxene in the diatexite migmatites
that have composit ions more like that of the protolith.
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES
218 ----------------------------

Figure 58

Fig. 058. This d1atex1te migmat1te conta1ns small, scattered the s1tes where the last stages of crystallization occurred
from a magma that had a more evolved (i.e., fractionated)
schollen of res1dual metasedimentary matenal cons1st1ng
bulk compos1t1on than the init1al magma from wh1ch rest of
of the assemblage plag1oclase + b1otite + o:-thopyroxene
+ quartz, and a few mafic schlieren, w1thin a leucocratlc, the diatex1te crystall1zed. The diatex1te magma had, there-
weakly foliated matnx of granodiont1c bulk compos1t1on. fore, undergone fract1onal crystallization and had prev1ously
The pnncipal react1on respons1ble for part1al melting in crystallized a maJor amount of plag1oclase.
the protolith was biotite + quartz + plag1oclase = Location: Ashuampi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
orthopyroxene + melt ± ilmemte. The matrix is coarse-
type: mesocratic diatexite migmat1te; metagreywacke pro-
grained, and the microstructure in much of it consists of
tolith, anatexis at T 825 875°C. P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the
a framework composed mostly of weakly aligned euhedral
st1cker (top left) 1s 3 em long; width of the photograph
crystals of plagioclase and a small proportion of euhe-
corresponds to 115 em. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
dral crystals of K-feldspar. Anhedral quartz and K-feldspar,
together w1th a m1nor amount of b10t1te. fill the angular
Interstitial spaces in the feldspar framework. Th1s micro-
structure is Interpreted to have formed dunng the
crystallization of a gran1t1c to granodiont1c anatect1c magma
under relat1vely stat1c condit1ons. However, there are some
local variations in the microstructure of the m1gmat1te. One
of the more common types cons1sts of small, round patches
1n the d1atexite (on the bottom edge, JUSt left of center) m
which the grain size is noticeably coarser, the rock 1s more
leucocratic, and the large euhedral crystals of feldspar are
predominantly K-feldspar. These patches are interpreted as
•
A ri as of Migm a rires
------------------------------ 219

• Figure 59

()

()

()

()

()

] • ~o,too 7
.,....
@.,, . EF52 ·CENTIMETRES
01
()

Fig. 059. Partial melttng of semtpehttc rocks in the Satnt-
Malo terrane tnvolved the breakdown of muscovtte
through reacttons such as: muscovite + plagtoclase + quartz +
H 0 = melt. and muscovtt e + plagtoclase + quartz = melt
+ K-feldspar + sillimantte + b iottte. Btottte was not gener-
ally a reactant and rematned stable. Therefore. changes 1n
() the proportion of biotite can be used to infer whtch parts
of the diat exit e migmatites are residual (btot tt e content
0
tncreased) or melt-enriched (biotite cont ent diluted) rela-
ttve to the protolith. Under t hese circu mstances, mapptng
()
the dtatexttes as melanocratic, mesocrat1c, or leucocratic
IS a useful field technique for t racing reg1ons of melt loss
and melt gain. Thts particular example of dtatextte mtg-
mattte contains large crystals of feldspar. some of whtch
microstructure has a htgher proportton of stratght grain-
boundanes and lacks the tnterlocktng gratns typtcal of
granites. Schlie ren of btotite are oriented parallel to the
foliatton . A key problem to resolve for restdual dtatexite
m1gmatites is how the restdual composition was attatned,
and whether this happened before, or dunng. the bulk now,
or magma-now processes t hat destroyed t he pre-anatect tc
st ructures in t he protolith and paleosome.
Location: Saint-Malo migmatite terrane, Brittany, France.
Rock type : me lanocratic dtat exite or, alternatively, resid-
ual dtatexite; pelittc and semtpehttc protolith. anatex1s at
T ca. 750°C, P 4-7 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long.
/mage: E.W. Sawyer.

() have rattonal faces agatnst quartz, tndtcattng crystallization

Further reading: Mtlord, 1., Sawyer. E.W. & Brown, M. (2001):
tn a melt. However, the diatextte IS melanocrattc, has the
Formatton of dtatextte mtgmattte and grantte magma dunng
mtneral assemblage plag1oclase + quartz + K-feldspar +
anatexts of semi-pelittc metasedimentary rocks: an exam-
biottte, and a bulk composit ion that tndtcates constderable
ple from St. Malo, France. journal of Petrology 42, 487 505.
enrichment 1n the residual components and b1ot1te relat1ve
to an anatectic grantte derived fro m a pehte. Euhedral crys-
tals of plagioclase and biot it e are oriented and define the
fol iation. Some cryst als of plagioclase have rattonal faces
against quartz, and the domains of q uartz are equant. Thus,
the fol iation IS Interpreted to be magmatic: however, the
 DIATEXITE MI GMATITES
220 ----------------------------
Figure 60
Fig. 060. Thts diatextte mtgmatite contatns scattered
small schollen and could, therefore. be called a schol-
len dtatextte. Most of the schollen are small fragments of
btotite-rich melanosome and are probably the remnants of
larger rafts derived from stromatic mtgmatlte, such as that
just left of the lens cap, which have disintegrated. Other
rafts are of resister lithologies, notably calc-silicate rocks
and quartz veins. However, the main characteristic of this
migmatite is the uniformity of the matnx. which appears
to have neither mafic schlieren, leucocratic segregations
nor a flow banding in it. Although the bulk composition
is leucogranitic and the mineral assemblage is plagtoclase
+ quartz + K-feldspar + muscovtte + btottte. the micro-
structure ts not grantte-like tn that many groundmass grains
are polygonal rather than interlocktng. Euhedral and sub-
hedral crystals of plagtoclase and mtcrocline (up to 5 mm
tn length) are generally oriented and define a foliatton,
together wtth the larger crystals of btotite present; the
quartz domains and grams are equant and generally devotd
of strain features. Therefore, the foliation is mterpreted to
be of magmatic origin. Although the magma that produced
this diatexite migmatite was subject to gradients in shear
strain, which produced t he mineral alignments, no segre-
gation of the melt fraction from the solid appears to have
occurred. Either the shear stresses were very weak, or they
ended before about 50% crystalltzatton and the ngid per-
colation threshold was reached. Muscovtte, however, is not
onented and appears to have crystallized late. This diatex-
tte mtgmattte ts constderably more leucocratic than that
shown in Ftg. 059, also from the Satnt-Malo migmattte ter-
rane; the difference tndtcates that dtatexite migmatttes can
be open systems. The htgher proportion of residuum in the
migmatite in Fig. 059 tndicates the loss of some melt from
it. whereas this migmatite contained a much higher fraction
of anatectic melt. either because the residuum had already
been separated or because 1t was diluted by the addit ion
of anatectic melt. If the latter is correct. then one can infer
that thts mtgmattte occuptes a structural stte where anatec-
tiC melt could accumulate.
Locatton: Saint-jacut-de-la-Mer, Satnt-Malo mtgmattte terrane.
Brittany. France. Rock type: leucocrattc dtatextte or, alterna-
tively, leucocratic schollen dtatextte; pelitic and semtpelittc
protolith, anatexts at T ca. 750°C. P 4-7 kbar. Scale: the
lens cap is 6.5 em across. Image: Mike Brown. Previously
published as fig. 3c tn Brown (1995) and reproduced with
the permisston of the Societe geologique de France.

Figure 61
Fig. 061. Th1s very un1form, coarse-gramed K-feldspar
b10t1te quartz plag1oclase diatexite m1gmat1te lacks both
schollen and schlieren, although it does have a weak
foliat1on. The pnnopal variation 1n the diatex1te v1s1ble
1n th1s outcrop-scale photograph results from scattered
porphyroblasts or phenocrysts of K-feldspar. Plag1oclase
has crystal faces against quartz, and this microstructure is
interpreted to indicate that the plagioclase crystallized from
a melt. Some of the biotite in the diatexite is intergrown
with quartz or plagioclase (or both), and th1s microstruc-
ture suggests that the biotite + quartz may have replaced
res1dual orthopyroxene (see, for example, Figs. F78 FB I).
Orthopyroxene occurs commonly, although not abundantly,
1n other. compositionally less evolved diatex1te m1gmat1tes
1n the Kauhava area .
•
•
A tlas of Mig matites
---------------------------- 221
Location: Kauhava area, Svecofenn1an doma1n, Finland. Rock
type: d1atexite migmat1te: metapelit1c protolith, granulite-
faCies anatex1s at T ca. 800°C, P 4 5 kbar. Scale: the pencil
is 14 em long. Image: Hannu Mak1t1e. Prev1ously published
as fig. 2a 1n Mak1t1e (200 I), and reproduced w1th the
permission of the Geolog1cal Society of F1nland.
Further readmg: Makitie, H. (200 1): Eastern margin of the
Vaasa Migmatite Complex, Kauhava, western Finland: pre-
liminary petrography and geochemistry of the diatexites.
Bulletin of the Geological Sooety of Finland 13, 35-46.
 D IATEXITE MIGMATITES
222 ----------------------

Figure 61

Fig. 062. Thts close-up photograph shows a plagtoclase

+ quartz + K-feldspar + muscovtte + biot1te dtatextte
mtgmattte of granitic bulk composition 1n which the miCro-
structure and the distribution of mtnerals are almost
isotroptc. The prinopal vanat1ons 1n the d1atex1te mtgma-
tite are (I) scattered small phenocrysts of K-feldspar that
are only slightly coarser-grained than the matnx, (2) a
very weak fo liation due to the alignment of some of the
biotite, and (3) several small (ca. 10 mm) enclaves con-
stst tng of crenulated aggregates o f btottte. sillimanite, and
muscovite. The thin, dark, fine-grained layers onented
roughly parallel to the scale and located near the center of
the photograph are mylonite seams that formed as a result
of stmstral strike- slip sheanng after the d1atex1te mtgmatite
had crystallized.

Locat1on: foreshore at Satnt-Malo, Satnt-Malo mtgmatite

terrane, France. Rock type: diatexite mtgmattte; pelit1c and
semtpehtic protohth, anatexts at T ca. 750°C, P 4- 7 kbar.
Scale: the ruler is 15 em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer:
 A tl as o f Migmatites
------------------------------ 223

Figure 63
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fig. 063. Th1s photograph shows a parallel layered struc- deformed. 1ts gra1n s1ze reduced, and the crystals frac-
• ture that developed 1n a 4-m-wlde shear zone cross1ng tured. The pr·nopal effect was to compact the framework
by reduong the Intracrystalline pore-space and, 1n so do1ng.
an otherw1se rather un1form diatex1te m1gmat1te that has
a magmatic foliation. The host diatexite has been trans- to dnve out the melt trapped there. to form adjacent
formed by the shear zone 1nto alternat1ng bands of melt-nch and mafic-m1neral-poor leucocrat1c layers. The
• (I) coarse-gra1ned leucosome 1n wh1ch magmatic textures. truncations of the layenng present are exactly analogous to
such as feldspar w1th crystal faces against quartz. are pres- foliat1on cut-offs observed 1n mylon1tes.
ent and (2) finer-gra1ned layers with a h1gher proportion
of mafic m1nerals (biotite + orthopyroxene) and a micro- Locatton: Ashuan1pi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
structure that resembles a cumulate-like arrangement of type: h1gh-strain layered diatexite migmat1te; T 825 87SoC.
tabular crystals of plagioclase. a very small proport1on of P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. Image: E.W.
which show fractures healed by plagioclase of slightly more Sawyer.
sodic compos1t1on. Th1s layered structure IS Interpreted to
have formed at the late stages of crystallization of the host
diatex1te body. Dunng cooling. the synmagmatiC shear stram
responsible for the foliat1on 1n the host d1atex1te became
progressively focused 1nto the narrow1ng melt-beanng parts
of the diatex1te body. The ex1st1ng framework of crystals
1n these narrow melt-beanng domains was progressively

•
 DIATEXITE MIGMATITES AT HIGH STRAINS
224 -----------------------------

Figure 64

Fig. 064. Diatexite migmat1te w1th a strong layered Location: Glenelg R1ver Complex, southeastern Australia.
Rock type: schl1enc diatex1te m1gmatite; quartzofeldspathic
appearance due to alternations of th1ck bands of leuco-
protohth, anatex1s 1n the upper amph1bolite facies. Scale:
some and thin nbbons of mesocratic paleosome. Some of
the d1spersed megacrysts of alkali feldspar and fragments the penc1l is 15 em long. Image and capt1on: Tony I.S. Kemp.
of quartz in the diatex1te m1gmatite have an augen-like
Further reading: Kemp, A.I.S. & Gray, C.M. ( 1999): Geological
appearance and an asymmetrical shape, which indicates a
context of crustal anatexis and granitic magmatism in the
dextral sense of shear. The megacrysts and fragments of
northeastern Glenelg River Complex, western Victoria.
quartz may be the remains of an older, d1srupted vein of
Austral1an Journal of Earth Sciences 46, 407-420.
granitic pegmatite. The presence of finer-grained trails
around some of the fragments of quartz and of K-feldspar
megacrysts suggests the presence of high strain in a
submagmatic state. However. the paradox is that
features of solid-state stra1n are not present 1n the d1atexite;
th1s would suggest that the shearing was related to mag-
matiC now. Thus, this migmat1te highl1ghts one of the key
problems that needs to be resolved 1f microstructures 1n
migmatites are to be fully evaluated; to what extent are the
features of intercrystalline deformation that are acqu1red by
m1nerals as the crystal framework deforms erased by slow
cooling at a high temperature, perhaps with melt or melt-
derived aqueous fluid present? Put another way, can the
microstructural history of migmatites be reset?
•
A rias of M ig mat ites
------------------------------225

• E.
OTHER MO RPHOLOGIES O F MIG MATITE

Some morphologies are not specific to eit her metatexite or

• diatexite migmatites. T he photographs in this section illus-

• trate the two most common of these morphologies .

• Syn-anatectic folding: fold structures in

migmatites [Figs. E 1-ES]
• It is very important to distinguish migmatites that were
• folded w hile they contained anatectic melt (i.e., migma-

• t ites with fold structures) from migmatites t hat were folded

after they had completely crystal lized (i.e., folded migma-
tites) . T he presence of melt in a rock creates weak domains
that can control the geometry of t he folds (and other struc-
tu res such as shear zones) t hat subsequently develop, and

• thus can affect t he final morphology of a migmatite. Once

the melt fraction in a migmatite starts to cr ystallize and
+ the fraction of melt in the leucosome part. or in a diatexite
migmatite, declines below t he rigid percolation threshold
• (less than ca. 45% melt). a framework of crystals w ill have
formed, and an incr ease in strength will occur. When
crystallization progresses further to t he part icle-lock-

• ing t hreshold (<28% melt left) . leucosome and diatexites

both have attained a significant fraction of their solid -state
strengths, and may at that point become t he strong layers
in a migmatite .
•
Migmatites with a vein structure
[Figs. E9-EI4]
• Migmat it es commonly become veined by the intrusion of
felsic magma in anatectic or orogenic events long after t he
one in which they were formed . However, it is vein ing dur-
' ing the anatect ic event that formed the migmatites that is of
interest here. Even with that restriction, veining could occur
at any stage between incipient melting, when the fraction
of melt is low, t hrough to peak temperatures, w hen migma-
tites contain a larger fraction of melt. back to near-solidus
+ conditions when the fraction of melt is, again, very small.

•
•
 SYN-ANATECTIC FOLDING : FOLD STRUCTURES
226 - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
IN MIGMATITES
F1gure I
Fig. E I . This m1gmat1te has a well-developed layering
cons1st1ng of (I) a mesocrat1c plag1oclase + hornblende
paleosome. (2) a melanocrat1c hornblende + plagio-
clase res1duum from partial melt1ng. and (3) a plag1oclase
+ quartz leucosome that represents the product of the
former anatectiC melt: hence, th1s IS a stromatic metatex-
ite m1gmatite. Some features 1n th1s outcrop are typ1cal of
metatexite migmatites that were folded while they con-
tained melt. Many layers that conta1ned melt show a slight
th1cken1ng 1n the fold-h1nge reg1on relat1ve to the fold limbs.
For example. the neosome layer (N) at the lower left has
leucosome and melanosome components that are Inti-
mately m1xed 1n the fold core, but wh1ch tend to become
separated and th1nned on the fold limbs. Another. more
complex layer of neosome (on wh1ch the scale rests) IS a
little d1fferent: 1t has well-developed layers of melanosome
that may have mfiuenced the d1stribut1on of melt dur-
Ing the fold1ng. The leucosome layer assoc1ated w1th 1t IS
th1ckest on the long limb of an asymmetncal synform, and
not m the fold core. However, the leucosome on the fold
limb contains several thin screens of boud1naged melano-
some, suggestive of dilation w ith1n the competent layer of
hornblende-rich melanosome as it was folded. This created
local space into w hich the anatectic melt could migrate. The
core of the largest fold conta1ns several short. thin streaks
of leucosome (L) that are onented parallel. or subparal-
lel, to the ax1al plane of the fold: the streaks have roots m
the layer-parallel leucosome. Th1s pattern 1s cons1stent w1th
the retent1on of some melt 1n the fold-h1nge reg1ons dunng
fold1ng. If the melanosome marks the place where anatec-
t ic melt was formed. then the best evidence for the overall
movement of anatectiC melt away from the fold limbs 1s the
presence of melanosome there w1thout any assooated leu-
cosome. The fract1on of melt preserved in this migmatite as
leucosome is much lower than the degree of partial melt-
ing estimated by petrolog1cal means, 1.e., this migmatite had
lost a s1gn1ficant proport1on of its melt before it crystallized.
Therefore. one can suppose that the melt produced on the
limbs of the fold has migrated out of the m1gmat1te through
the core of folds.
Location: Ab1tib1 Subprovince. south of Chibougamau.
Quebec, Canada. Rock type: stromatiC metatex1te m1gma-
t1te with fold structures: metamafic protolith. T 800- 850°C.
P 8-10 kbar. Scale: the ruler 1s IS em long. /mage: E.W.
Sawyer.
t A tl as of M igmati tes
•
Figure 1
•
Fig. E2. This complex metatexite migmatite had a higher
• fraction of melt present during folding than the previous
example. The dark, competent layer (P) at the base of
t he out crop is only gently folded, and t he melt-rich layer
• of neosome (N) above it has acted as a plane of decolle-
ment above which the layers were more t ightly folded and
deformed. The folds are asymmetrical; flat-lying long limbs
are separated by steep, thinned short limbs. The compe-
tent. dark layers are thicker in the antiformal hinge than
in the synformal one. Most melt present during the fold-
ing was located parallel to the layering, and occurs either
• as thin bodies of stromatic leucosome in the competent
layers (LI) or as thicker layers of neosome (unsegregated
melt + residuum mixtures) between the competent ones.
The layers of leucosome (e.g., L I) and neosome are gen-
erally thickest in the fold hinges, both antiformal and
synformal, and thinnest on the steep limbs of folds, indi-
cating that melt moved from the fold limbs to the hinges
during folding. Variously oriented fragments of the dark-
colored competent layers in the neosome provide further
evidence for magma flow in the hinges during the folding.
A small number of high-aspect-ratio domains of leucosome
(L2) are located in the synformal hinge and parallel to the
axial plane of folds; these areas of leucosome contain very
little residual material and are indicative of the late-stage
------------------------------227
segregation of melt into the axial planes. Domains of leuco-
some are also located in other sites on t he fold limbs, such
as symmetrical and asymmetrical boudins and conjugate,
normal-sense extensional shears. Some domains of leuco-
some are located along reverse-sense shears, however.
Location: Mt. Hay, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
metatexite migmatite with fold structures; metapelitic and
semipelitic protolith, partial melting in the granulite facies,
T 825-875°C. P 6-7 kbar: Scale: the ruler IS IS em long.
/mage : Marianne Bonnay.
Further reading: Collins, W .J. & Sawyer, E.W. (1996) :
Pervasive granitoid magma transfer through the lower-mid-
dle crust during non-coaxial compressional deformation.
journal o( Metamorphic Geology 14, 565- 579.
Sawyer, EW., Dombrowski, C. & Collins, W.J. (1999):
Movement of melt during synchronous regional deforma-
tion and granulite-facies anatexis, an example from the
Wuluma Hills, central Australia. In Understanding Granites;
Integrat ing New and Classical Techniques (A Castro,
C Fernandez & J.-L. Vigneresse, eds.). ·Geological Society.
Special Publication 168, 22 1-237.
 SYN-ANATECTIC FOLDING : FOLD STRUCTURE S
228 -----------------------------
IN MIGMATITES

Figure 3

Fig. El. This metatex1te migmat1te had an 1ntermed1ate Locat1on: Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type: metatex1te
gne1ss1c protolith and was folded when anatectiC melt was migmat1te w1th fold structure; Intermediate orthogneiss
present; the v1ew is down plunge. Most bodies of leuco- protolith, anatex1s 1n the upper amphibolite to lower gran-
some in the core of the fold (near the hammer) are parallel ulite fac1es. Scale: the hammer is 60 em long. Image and
to the compositional layering in the paleosome, and are caption: Tony I.S. Kemp.
notably thicker in t he fold hinges compared to the limbs.
Few of the leucosome domains in the core area have a
melanocratic border. The melt thus migrated there from
elsewhere. There are far fewer domains of leucosome
in the layer outside the fold core, but they are onented
parallel to the ax ial plane of the fold and have a conspicu-
ous melanosome around them, 1ndicat1ng that the neosome
probably formed m s1tu. The doma1ns of leucosome in t he
top nght are interesting; most are planar (st romat1c) and
do not have a melanosome. The one that has melanosome
appears to be made up of a senes of short, closely spaced
segments that are parallel to the ax1al plane of the fold.
Thus, it 1s not stromatiC 1n the same sense as the others.
Some shearing parallel to the ax1al plane has occurred in the
core of the fold, and has resulted 1n solid-state recrystalli-
zation in the affected doma1ns of leucosome. Deformation
thus out last ed anatexis at this locality.

Figure '
Fig. E4. T his metat ex1t e migmat ite developed 1n lnterlay-
ered mafic (Ma), psamm1t ic (Ps, grey and brown colors),
and pelitic (Pe) rocks crossed by a few fels1c dikes. It is an
example of how layenng can 1nfluence the pos1t1on, mor-
phology, and compos1t1on of the leucosome. The pelit1c
layers were Incompetent, and flowed dunng the folding.
Thus, they are th1n, or even absent, on the limbs of the
fold and th1ckest 1n t he fold hinges. In contrast, t he psam-
mit ic and met amafic layers w ere compet ent and produced
parallel folds, and underwent boud1nage on the long limbs
of these folds. The psamm1tic layer was the least affected
by part1al melt1ng. It conta1ns very sparse areas of leuco-
some or melanosome. The metamafic layers experienced
more extens1ve partial melt 1ng and developed an inter-
nal layenng 1n wh1ch t he most melt-depleted parts are the
darkest. Part1al melting was most extens1ve 1n pelitic lay-
ers, and these now have a (biot1te + garnet) -nch residual
compos1t1on. Dunng folding, the part1al melt generated near
the fold h1nges 1n the pelitic layers migrated along these
layers and formed tnangular bodies of gran1t1c leucosome
(e.g., Ll) 1n the h1nges of bot h the ant1formal and the syn-
formal folds. The melt also m1grated along the pelite layers
on the long limbs of t he folds, and occupied t he space
bet ween t he boudins in t he adjacent mafic layer, where
A ri a> o f Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 229
it cryst allized and formed t nangular bodies of leucosome
(L2) . Both types of leucosome conta1n large, dist inc-
tive po1kiloblasts of garnet, wh1ch, as the sol1d products
of the 1ncongruent breakdown of biotite, are ev1dence
that such leucosome was denved from the pelitic layers.
Furthermore, these bod1es of leucosome have a magmatic
microstructure; hence, they crystallized after the folding
and the boud1nage. Very thin, stromatic bodies of leuco-
some also occur in the pelitic layers, and these contai n large
crystals of garnet and plag1oclase that have pressure shad-
ows and finer-gra1ned tails. These domains of leucosome
thus were part1ally crystalline dunng the folding. and under-
went gra1n-s1ze reduction. The competent layers conta1n
leucosome 1n s1m1lar structural pos1t1ons; stromatic bod -
ies of leucosome ly1ng parallel to the layenng are slightly
thicker in t he fold h1nges. and are boudinaged on the fold
limbs. Melt t hus moved 1nto the space created as planes
parallel t o the layenng opened, and the leucosome was
part1ally solid dunng the fold1ng, probably through loss of
melt. Small, equant bod1es of leucosome occur 1n the dila-
tant spaces bet ween boud1ns 1n the competent layers.
The leucosome in the metamafic layers 1s tonalit1c in com-
posit ion and does not conta1n garnet, features cons1stent
with a derivation from t he met amafic protolit h. Hence,
 SYN-AN ATECTIC FOLDING: FO LD STRUCTURES
230 -----------------------------
IN MIGMATITES

anatect1c melt m1grated pnnCipally with1n, and not across. the

vanous layers 1n th1s migmat1te. Lastly, a complexly shaped
area of leucosome (L3) occurs on the outs1de of the
d1srupted layer of psammite. It is interpreted to occupy the
low-pressure site created dunng folding and breakup of the
psammit e layer. This leucosome contains garnet where it is
in contact w ith metapelite. but is garnet-free where it is in
contact with the metamafic rock, again indicating local deri-
vation of the melt in this migmatite.

Locat1on: Sand River Gneisses, Causeway locality, South

Afnca. Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te w1th fold struc-
tures; mterlayered protolith, anatex1s in the granulite facies.
Scale: the pocket kn1fe is II em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 231

Figure S

Fig. ES. For some geologists, the image of a migma- Locat1on: Glenelg River Complex, southeastern Australia.
tite with fold structure is that shown in this photograph. Rock type: migmatite with fold structure in semipelitic
However, migmat1tes of this kind are uncommon and sch1sts; upper amph1bohte facies. Scale: the lens cap is
generally restncted to small (meter-scale) doma1ns in which 6.6 em across. /mage and caption: Tony 1.5. Kemp.
the strain h1story IS complex. Common examples illustrate
progressive deformation in wh1ch structures are rotated
and overprinted dunng a single event of deformat1on, such
as in shear zones, or in places where later folding is super-
imposed on earlier structures, producing interference. The
domains of leucosome 1n this particular migmatite do not
systematically have a melanosome. In places, the melano-
some 1s absent. but elsewhere 1t IS thin, and locally, such
as on the 1ns1de of fold closures, it IS w1de. The doma1ns
of leucosome are characteristically thin, have a granular
microstructure, and a grain size of I 2 mm. The folds are
disharmonic and convolute. The fold hinges show a con-
siderable range in onent ation, both 1n plunge and azimuth.
However, in some Similar examples, the onentat1on of fold
h1nges is systematiC, and dome or bas1n structures are the
result of sect1ons cut through the noses of sheath folds.
 SYN -ANATECTIC FOLDING : FOLD STRUCTURES
232 ------------------------------
IN MIGMATITES
Figure
Fig. E6. There are three pnnopal litholog1es 1n th1s metatexrte
m1gmatite. A grey layer of biotrte plag1oclase quartz psam-
mite extends across the center of the photograph. and 1n the
bottom nght, there 1s a darker grey layer of hornblende gne1ss.
Both lithologies are unaffected by anatexis and could be con-
Sidered paleosome 1n th1s m1gmat1te. The third lithology is
pelit1c. but dunng anatexis, the pelit1c layers were transformed
into neosome with well-defined leucocratic and melanocratic
portions. Tight asymmetnc folding w1th a wavelength of about
25 em has affected all three lithologies, but in the pelit1c layer;
the folds are notably convolute and polycllnal. Two different
leucocrat1c components can be Identified 1n the pelit1c layers:
(I) the thin. fine-gra1ned leucocratlc layers (LI) have sharp bor-
ders and a thin dark rim Interpreted to be a mafic selvedge,
and (2) the coarser-grained. light-grey, b10tlte-plag1oclase
K-feldspar quartz doma1ns of leucosome (L2) have more diffuse
edges and a w1dergamet- sillimanite b10t1te melanosome. Some
of the fine-gra1ned leucocrat1C layers are 1soclinally folded and
form intrafolial folds 1n the layenng; these have been reonented
by the t1ght asymmetncal folds. The doma1ns of coarser-grained
leucosome occur as lenses, some of which are located along
shear planes on the limbs of the t1ght asymmetrical folds. From
these observations. the fine-gra1ned leucocratic layers are Inter-
preted to be granitic veins intruded 1nto the pelite; these layers
subsequently developed a mafic selvedge by reaction with the
host. then 1n the solid state. The ve1ns and host were 1soclinally
folded and later refolded dunng anatexis. The bodies of coarser-
gra1ned leucosome may have formed m SJtu, by partial melt1ng of
the pelite, synchronously w1th the asymmetrical folding. In add1-
t1on to a convolute and polyclinal geometry, there are also many
shear zones and discontinuities across wh1ch the onentat1on
of the stromatic layenng changes abruptly. Further complexity
results from the format1on of shear-bounded lobes of stromat1c
neosome that resemble escape structures; these have 1ntruded
across adJacent layers and, 1n one case, 1nto the psammite layer.
This suite of structures suggests that there were some very
weak domains 1n the pelite layer; possibly because they con-
tained partial melt. The overall style of folding in th1s metatexite
migmatite is typ1cal of that 1n many h1gh-grade m1gmatites. par-
ticularly where all the layers were relatively weak (contrast w1th
Figs. E2 and E4, 1n wh1ch some layers were strong and resulted
1n the formation of parallel folds) .
Location: Thor· Odin dome. Bnt1sh Columbia, Canada. Rock
type: stromatiC metatex1te m1gmat1te with fold structures; pelit1c
and psamm1t1c felsic protoliths. part1al melt1ng at T ca. 800°C. P
4- 7 kbar. Scale: hammer for scale. Image: Oliv1er Vanderhaeghe.
Further read1ng: Vanderhaeghe, 0.. Teyss1er; C. & Wysoczansk1,
R. (1999): Structural and geochronological constraints on the
role of part1al melt1ng dunng the formation of the Shuswap
metamorph1c core complex at the lat1tude of the Thor Odin
dome, Bntish Columb1a. Canad1an journal of Earth Soences 36,
917- 943.

Figure 7
t
•
Fig. E7. Neosome predominates in t h1s migmat it e, and
paleosome occurs only in r elics, possibly boudins, in a fine-
grained biotite-quartz-plagioclase psammitic schist. The
neosome is st romat ic, but cont ains t wo t ypes of stromat ic
leucosome, although t hey have t he same plagioclase +
quartz + K-feldspar assemblage. One type IS in contact w ith
mesocrat ic garnet- cordiente-biotite-plagioclase- quartz
pelitic schist; the schist could be residual in com posit ion,
and the leucosome may have formed by in s1tu part ial melt-
ing. The second, less common type is dist inguished by t he
presence of a narrow, biotite-rich mafic selvedge; in places,
such leucosome (L) and 1t s mafic selvedge are discordant
and can be t raced from the pelit ic layers across into the
remnants of psammit e. T his stromatic leucosome is inter-
preted t o be have been injected, and its mafic selvedge,
to be the result of react1on with the host rock. T he out-
crop displays complex fold ing. T he style of folding of some
bodies of leucosome (e.g., middle of the left edge of the
photograph) could be called ptygmatic. In general, however,
the folds in t he layer ed neosome are nonplanar, and t he
st yle IS convolute; there is a cons1derable range 1n the ori-
ent ation of t races of the axial plane of folds, but some of
this may be due to local refolding. Many bodies of leuco-
some are thicker in the fold hinges, and in places, there are
thin, d1ffuse domains of leucosome oriented approximately
A tlas o f M igma t ites
------------------------------- 233
parallel to t he local direct ion of the axial plane. The mlg-
mat it e may, t herefore, have been folded when it was close
t o its solidus, and only a very small fraction of melt was
left that could be moved, or segregated, during the folding.
T he 10-cm-w ide leucocratic vein on the left cuts across the
stromatic layering in t h1s port1on of the migmat it e. It can,
however, be traced some 25 m across the outcrop. In one
direct ion, it dies out in a sharply defined discordant brittle
fracture, but in the other, it s border s become increasingly
diffuse aga1nst the adjacent bodies of stromatic leucosome
in the host, and 1t is root ed in a large layer-parallel lens
of leucosome locat ed in t he core of a mesoscale ( 10-m)
antiform. The discordant leucocrat1c vein is, therefore, an
example of local, structu rally controlled accumulation of
melt and its subsequent escape along a propagat ing frac-
ture. This m1gmatite IS difficult to class1fy. T he neosome can
be described as stromatic or layered, but at the scale of the
photograph, there are no coherent pre-anatect iC structures
visible (alt hough at a larger scale, individual, thick units of
psammite could be mapped). Consequent ly, the migmat it e
is not adequately described as a metatexite. T he absence of
coherent pre-anatectic structures is a distinguishing featu re
1n diatex1te m1gmatites, but t his migmatite lacks other char-
act eristics, such as magmatic flow structures. It is t hus not
properly described as a d1atexit e migmatite either. It could
 SYN - ANATECTIC FOLDING : FOLD STRUCTURES
234 ------------------------------
IN MIGMATITES

be descnbed as a trans1t1onal stage between metatex-

Jte and d1atexite m1gmatite. If all the stromatiC leucosome
w1th a mafic selvedge was in fact 1ntruded 1nto the m1gma-
t1te, wh1ch at the time contamed only a small proport1on of
in situ leucosome, then this would be a vein-structured
migmatite derived from a metatexite migmatite.

Location: Nemiscau Subprovince, Canada. Rock type:

transitional metatexite to diatex1te migmat1te with fold
structures; metasedimentary protohth, anatexis 1n the
upper amphibolite fac1es. Scale: the ruler IS IS em long.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.

Figure
'
'•
Fig. E8. Thin bod1es of leucosome (<I em) formed 1n sttu 1n
th1s m1gmatlte and have associat ed melanosome. They (A) are
parallel to t he compositional banding, believed to have been
bedd1ng, 1n the mesocratic neosome. However. some areas of
"leucosome" (B) are much wider (about 5 em) and seem to
cut t he compositional layer ing at a low angle: these doma1ns
of " leucosome" generally have a mafic selvedge, but t here are
some contacts without t hem. T he wider bodies of leucosome
may have crystallized from a melt that was injected, or alter-
natively. t hey may result from 1n situ partial melting fluxed by
the 1ngress of H 20 along fracture planes. Together. the t hin
and th1cker bod1es of leucosome give the m igmat1te a layered
or stromatic morphology. and both were tightly folded 1n the
presence of partial melt. A grey leucocrat1c ve1n (C) w1th a
different microstructure crosses the outcrop JUSt below the
pen. Th1s ve1n has th1n mafic selvedges where 1t crosses the
metagreywacke, but tends to have diffuse contacts w1th the
thicker. folded bod1es of leucosome. The vein is onented sub-
parallel to the axial planes of t he folds and appears to truncate
the folded layers of leucosome; 1t represents an 1nject1on of
another felsic melt along a sheared limb. However. the local
presence of diffuse margins (e.g., around the splay in t he vein)
and cont acts w1th the wider domain of leucosome 1nd1cate
that 1t might have been injected while the host still conta1ned
some 1nt erstlt1al melt. N ote that bends in t he leucocrat1c vein
coincide w ith adJacent. large domains of leucosome 1n the
A tl as of M igma t ites
------------------------------- 235
host. The curvature may, therefore, be related to late com-
pression across the ax 1al plane of the fold, at a stage when
the two large doma1ns of leucosome conta1ned less t han
25% melt, had passed the part1cle-lock1ng threshold, and
were the more compet ent layers. The morphology of this
fold-st ructured migmat ite is not iceably different from t hat in
Figs. El , E2, and E4; the bodies ofleucosome generally have dif-
fuse contacts, and t here are no dilatant structures 1nto which
melt has migrated. There may well have been a lower contrast
in viscosity between the metagreywacke layers and t he leuco-
some 1n this migmatite.
Location: Abaukoma, Yaounde, Cameroon. Rock type: m1gmatite
transitional from metatex1te to diatex1te w1th fold struc-
tures: metagreywacke protolith, anatexis at T 800- 850oC.
P 10 12 kbar. Scale: the pen IS IS em long. Image: Pierre
Barbey.
Further reading: Barbey, P., Macaud1ere, J. & Nzent1, J.P (1990):
H 1gh-pressure dehydration melting of metapelites: ev1dence
from migmat1tes of Yaounde (Cameroon). journal of Petrology
31 ,40 1-427.
N zent i, J.P. Barbey, P, Macaudiere, J. & Soba, J. ( 1988): O rigin
and evolution of the lat e Precambrian high-grade Yaounde
gne1sses. Precambrian Research 38, 91 109.
 MIGMATITES WITH A VEIN STRUCTURE
236

Figure 9

Fig. E9. The ruler rests on a slightly rusty-colored
magnet1te K-feldspar b1ot1te cord1ente quartz-plag1oclase
metapelitic layer that contains a few doma1ns of K-feldspar-
plagloclase-q uartz leucosome. The cordiente 1n the
metapelite conta1ns rounded inclus1ons of s11ilman1te, quartz
and biotite that are not in mutual contact. Therefore,
the rusty layers are Interpreted as the res1duum from
the part1al melt1ng of a peilte by a react1on such as
b1ot1te + s1iliman1te + quartz + plagioclase = melt +
cordiente + K-feldspar, and subsequent segregat1on of most
of the anatectiC melt fract1on. These assemblages prov1de
the ev1dence that th1s outcrop IS 1ndeed a migmatite. The
more numerous grey layers are b1otite quartz-plag1oclase
metapsamm1te, and because they show no evidence of
hav1ng partially melted, they are cons1dered paleosome. The
outcrop contains promtnent dtscordant ve1ns of leucogran-
ite that have a narrow, b1otite-nch mafic selvedge. Locally,
the mafic selvedge crosses the layering (bedding) and is
developed at contacts w1th the pelittc and the psamm1t1c
layers. Hence, the selvedge IS cons1dered to be the result of
a reaction between the granitic melt and the host rock. The
leucograntttc ve1ns are peralum1nous. and thetr whole-rock
maJor- and trace-elemen t compos1t1on is compat1ble w1th
derivation from an anatectic melt from a pelitic protolith,
one stmilar to that present in the outcrop. However, the
ve1ns are depleted 1n the heavy rare-earth elements, which
suggests that they formed from a melt that had garnet as
a residual phase. Moreover, the major- and trace-elemen t
contents suggest they were denved from a htgher degree
of parttal melting than occurred in the peilt1c layers pres-
ent in this outcrop. As cord1erite, and not garnet, IS residual
tn the pelittc layers of thts mtgmat1te, the melt from whtch
the d1scordant leucogramt1c ve1ns were derived was gener-
ated deeper in the crust. where garnet was stable, and the
degree of parttal melt1ng htgher. Thus, a case can be made
that the magma from wh1ch the leucocratic vetns crystal-
lized belongs to the same anatect1c event that formed their
mtgmat1te host; hence, thts IS a vein-structure d m1gmattte
and not a ve1ned migmatite.
Locatton: Quet1co Subprovince, Ontano, Canada. Rock type:
ve1n-structured metatex1te m1gmat1te; metapelitic proto-
lith, anatexis at T 700 800°C, P 3-4 kbar. Scale: the ruler
IS IS em long./mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of M igmatites
------------------------------237

Figure I0

Fig. E I 0 . At first glance, this looks like a stromatic mig- Locat1on: Wu luma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
matite with prominent subparallel veins of leucosome in a vein-struct ured metatexite migmatite; psammitic protolith,
grey, medium-grained semipelitic host. Close inspection of partially melt ed at T 800- 850°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale the
the "leucosome" fraction reveals t hat they cross the folia- ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
tion and compositional layering in t he host by a few degrees
and have narrow, biotite-rich mafic selvedges and not mel -
anosome. Some domains (e.g., the lowermost one in the
phot ograph) have a pegmatitic microstructure. Al l these
features are inconsist ent with formation of leucosome in
s1tu. Examination of the grey host rock shows that most
of it is a uniform biotite-quartz- plagioclase psammitic
schist that does not appear t o be residual in composition
and, t herefore, not t o have melted. T here are a few barely
visible diffuse, nebulitic quartzofeldspathic patches devel-
oped in t he outcrop in which the grain size is larger. These
features indicat e t han an incipient stage of partial melting
was in fact reached in a few scat tered places in the host.
The rock thus is properly called a migmatite. However, the
stromat ic morphology is the result of t he injection of gra-
nit ic melt, some of it quite evolved in com posit ion, int o
a host t hat had just barely melted. Thus, the mesocrat ic
host is mostly paleosome, and the "leucosome" fraction is
correct ly considered as leucocratic veins or dikes.
 M IGMATITES WITH A VEI N STRUCTURE
238 -----------------------------

Figure I I

Fig. E I I . Vems of peraluminous gran1te are intruded sub-

parallel to the foliation and compositional layenng 1n a
stromatiC m1gmatite formed from a pelit1c protolith by the
dehydration-induced melt1ng of a muscov1te-bearing assem-
blage. The stromatic m1gmatite has a plagioclase + quartz +
muscovite (trondhjemitic) leucosome and b1ot1te + quartz+
Sillimanite + garnet melanosome. The gran1t1c veins contain
K-feldspar and have compositions cons1stent with derivation
from pelit ic schist similar to the protolith of the stromatic
migmatite. H owever, the stromatic leucosome consists of
the accumulated plagioclase crystall1zed from the anatectiC
melts, whereas the granitic sheets and ve1ns have a slightly
more evolved composition. but have still lost evolved
fractionated melt. That melt IS bel1eved to have nsen
to h1gher levels in the crust and to have formed gran1te
plutons.

Location: western Ma1ne, U.S.A. Rock type: vein-structured

stromatiC metatex1te m1gmatite; upper amph1bohte fac1es,
T ca. 750°C, P 4 kbar. Scale: the lens cap 1s 6.5 em across.
Image and caption : Gary Solar.

Further reading: Solar, G.S. & Brown, M. (2001): Petrogenesis

of migmatites in Maine, USA: possible source of peralu-
minous leucogranite in plutons? journal o{ Petrology 42,
789 823.
 Atlas of Migmatites
------------------------------239

Figure I2

Fig. E 12 . The veined migmatite in this outcrop was created Location : western Maine U.S.A. Rock type: vein-
when a series of thin, subparallel veins were injected into st ructured metatexite migmatite; upper amphibolite facies,
a metatexite migmatite host. The metatexite migmatite is T ca. 750°C, P 4 kbar. Scale: note the person at the top
compositionally layered at a scale of 10- 50 em. T he layers right. /mage and caption: Gary Solar.
were probably bedding. and contain the mineral assemblage
biotite + sillimanite + garnet + quartz, wh ich is interpreted Further reading: see Fig. EII.
to be the residuum after partial melting of a pelitic prot o-
lith. The domains of quartzofeldspathic leucosome oriented
parallel to the layering are interpreted t o represent part of
t he anatect ic melt derived from the pelit e; t hese domains
of leucosome have a mafic selvedge. T he steeply dipping
structure in the metatexite migmatite is cut by a large num-
ber of thin, less steeply dipping plagioclase + quartz veins,
most of wh ich do not have a mafic selvedge. The local pres-
ence of mafic selvedges may indicate that the veins were
injected while their host was still hot, and close to the soli-
dus. Some of t he leucocratic veins are of uniform thickness,
but many consist of t rains of lenticular segments. The low-
temperature retrogression of the assemblages of residual
minerals in the migmatite, caused by an influx of aqueous
fluids, can be seen as the greenish blue alteration associ-
ated w ith an array of fract ures that traverse the outcrop.
 MIG MATITES WITH A VEIN STRUCTURE
240 ----------- ----------- -------

Figure I3

Fig. E 13. This d1atex1te m1gmat1te has a very diffuse com- muscov1te + plag1oclase + quartz + K-feldspar + H 2 0 =
positional band1ng, and a rather umform, mesocrat1c melt. followed by muscov1te + plag1oclase + quartz+ H 20
appearance because very little segregat1on of the melt = melt + sill1man1te. As b1ot1te was not 1nvolved . changes
from its resid uum has occurred. Some of t he composi- in biotite concentration act, therefore, as a good t racer
tional banding IS the result of the presence of quartz-rich, to ident1fy the locat1on and the processes involved in melt
subsolidus segregat1ons 1nto ve1ns (A) and thew b1ot1te- segregat1on.
nch selvedges 1n the protohth; these lower-grade relics
Locat1on: Glenelg R1ver Complex, southeastern Australia.
are, therefore, paleosome 1n th1s migmat 1te. An asymmet-
Rock type: vem-structur ed diatex1te migmat ite; quartzofeld-
ncal lens-shaped raft of paleosome has a biotite-rich mafic
spathlc gneiss protolith, anatex1s in the upper amphibolit e
selvedge at its edge closest to the pen, and contains an
faoes, T ca. 700°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the pen 1n 14 em
internal compositional layenng due to th1n quartz-nch
long. Image and capt1on: Tony 1.5. Kemp.
ve1ns. A very leucocratic melt has segregated into the
pressure-shadow region to the nght of the enclave. The
Further reading: Kemp, AI.S. & Gray, C. M. (1999) : Geological
posit ion and shape of th is segregation are cons1stent w it h
context of crustal anatexis and gran1t 1c magmatism 1n the
the overall dextral sense of shear determined from fold-
northeastern Glenelg R1ver Complex, western Victoria.
Ing of the ma1n banding and the s1gmo1da. curvature of the
Australian journal of Earth Soences 46 , 407-420.
leucocrat1c bands. Most of the leucocratlc bands 1n th1s
m1gmatite have no assoCiated melanosome. As some are
clearly oblique to the weak modal band1ng in the meso-
cratiC neosome, they are Interpreted to result from the
1nJect1on of leucocrat1c ve1ns 1nto the d1atex1te. Some of
the ve1ns (B) have d1ffuse margins, and thus probably were
InJected 1nto the diatexite wh ile 1t still contained anatectiC
melt. H owever, other veins have sharp contacts. Melting 1n
these r ocks occurred through the breakdown of muscov1te:
 A tl as of Migmat ites
- - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - 241

Figure 14

Fig. E 14 . The schollen in this diatexite migmatite are are part of the anatectic event in this migmatite. T he whole-
orthopyroxene-quartz-biotite-plagioclase schists, and rock composition of the leucocratic veins and t he matrix
represent the residuum left after partial melting of a indicat es that they are petrogenetically related; the veins
biotite-quartz-plagioclase psammitic schist protolith. Some are the evolved residual melt derived by fractional crystal-
partial melt may have remained in the residuum to form lization of anatectic melt, and the granodiorit ic matrix is t he
the fraction of st romat ic leucosome present in the schollen, remaining plagioclase-enriched cumulate.
although some of this material represents injected granit ic
veins, not generated tn s1tu. The leucocratic matrix around Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
t he schollen is granodiorit ic in composition, and has the type: vein-struct ured schollen diatexite migmatite; biotite
mineral assemblage orthopyroxene + biotite + K-feldspar quart z-plagioclase protolith, anatexis at T 825-875°C,
+ quart z + plagioclase. Tabular crystals (euhedral ortho- P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W.
pyroxene and feldspar) in the matrix are aligned and define Sawyer:
a magmatic foliation. Furthermore, tra1ns of platy biotite
define mafic schlieren in the matrix that are parallel to
the magmatic foliation. The schollen diatexite is crossed
by a number of thin, generally planar leucocratic veins, or
dikes (e.g., upper left and upper right). These veins are
leucogranitic in composit ion (i.e., more K-feldspar and less
orthopyroxene than t he matrix) and do not have melano-
some or, in general, a mafic selvedge associated wit h them.
In most places, t he contact between the veins and t he
granodioritic matrix is gradational, but in the places where
the schlieren are truncated, it appears t o be sharp. The
leucocratic veins and the granodiorit ic mat rix were thus
part ially molten at the same t ime, i.e., the leucocratic veins
 MICROSTRUCTURES CHARACTERISTIC O F MI GMATITES
242 -----------------------------
F.
MICROSTRUCTURES
CHARACTERISTIC
OF MI G MAT ITES
Investigators in recent years have identified certain micro-
structures that can be used to 1nfer the presence of
partial-melting reactions. the former presence of the melt
itself, or the crystallization from a melt. In this section, I
Illustrate some of those microstructures currently used
1n the study of migmatites. The first few figures establish
a cont1nu1ty of microstructures found in rapidly quenched
part1al-melt1ng experiments w1th those found 1n nature 1n
progress1vely more slowly cooled natural melts. Then, 1n
the next series of figures. I look at microstructures related
specifically to dehydration melt1ng and the trapp1ng of melt.
Results from quenched deformation-melting
experiments: a starting point [Figs. FI-F4]
Many of t he microstructures preserved 1n rapidly quenched
experiments in which rocks have been deformed while
partially molten closely resemble those found 1n some mig-
matites. In recent years, expenmental techn1ques have
advanced greatly. and 1t IS now possible to deform rocks
while they are part1ally molten 1n order to ascerta1n how
part1ally molten rocks deform 1n nature. and how part1al
melt IS extracted. Th1s group of figures Illustrates some
of the microstructures produced 1n four deformat1on -
part1al-melt1ng expenments. In all the back-scattered elec-
tron (BSE) 1mages. the react1on products (RP) are the
bnghtest grey and very fine-gra1ned, and typ1cally occur
1n a matrix of melt, whiCh is an 1ntermed1ate grey. B1ot1te
(Bt) grains also appear light grey, similar to the react1on
products, but are very coarse-grained and show the (00 I)
cleavage planes. Plagioclase (PI) and quartz (Qtz) are much
darker and have a similar appearance, although quartz is
slightly darker. The black areas 1n the images are cracks that
result from decompress1on of the sample at the end of the
experiment. The foliat1on 1n the gne1ss IS onented parallel
to the bottom of each 1mage.
Subsurface contact-aureoles: the
Glenmore plug, Scotland [Figs. FS, F6]
The part1al melting that has occurred around near-surface
intrusions, or lava flows, has expenenced a un1que combi-
nation of melting at very low pressures and very rapid rates
of cooling. The most rap1dly cooled of the partially melted
rocks are glassy.
Erupted, partially melted xenoliths:
El Joyazo, Spain [Figs. F7-F I0]
The rapidly quenched microstructures found in part1ally
melted xenoliths and enclaves brought up from the mid-
dle crust by volcamc eruptions are perhaps the closest link
between crustal anatex1s and partial-melt ing expenments.
Subsurface contact-aureoles: the Rum
Igneous Complex, Scotland [Figs. F II, F 12]
The melt in rocks from subsurface contact-aureoles that
experienced somewhat slower rates of cooling does not
quench to glass, but crystall1zes to a granophync miCrostruc-
ture. These rocks may also show ev1dence that the 1nitial
miCrostructure has been modified by recrystall1zat1on.
Shallow contact-aureoles: the Traigh Bhim na
Sgurra sill on Mull, Scotland [Figs. F13-FI6]
The Tra1gh Bhan na Sgurra sill on the island of Mull,
Scotland, was a major condu1t for magma flow during the
Tertiary. Most of the sill experienced instantaneous injec-
tion of basalt ic magma, which then solidified in s1tu, whereas
locally, magma cont1nued to flow for up to 5 months. The
mafic rocks 1n the reg1ons of long-lived flow have no ch1lled
marg1ns, and are surrounded by a w1de contact-aureole
1n which s1gn1ficant degrees of part1al melting occurred 1n
the psammit1c country-rocks. Melt1ng was generally H 20-
absent and due to the breakdown of muscov1te or due
to dry melt1ng 1n the system quartz feldspar. The volume
1ncrease assoc1ated w1th muscov1te-dehydrat1on melt1ng
resulted 1n the formation of abundant microcracks filled
w1th melt. The pressure of metamorph1sm was only about
0.6 kbar. The four images are of part1ally melted psamm1tes
from th1s contact aureole.
Shallow- to medium-depth contact-aureoles :
the Duluth Igneous Complex [Figs. F17-F28]
Anatexis in the aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex
occurred at a depth equ1valent of 1.5 2 kbar. The cooling
rate was sufficiently slow that the melt did not quench to
glass, but was able to crystallize completely in most cases.
albeit to a fine gra1n-s1ze. However. there 1s granophyre
locally. The first five 1mages are from res1dual rocks 1n the
contact aureole that show m1crostructures formed dur-
ing part1al melt1ng. The next five 1mages are from melt-nch
parts of rocks (i.e .. diatexite m1gmat1tes and leucosome)
in the aureole, and show microstructures related to the
crystallization of the anatectic melt.

•
• Deeper contact-aureoles: the Ballachulish
Igneous Complex, Scotland [Figs. F29-F32]
• The rate of cooling recorded in part1ally melted rocks from
• contact aureoles decreases steadily w1th depth 1n the Earth's
crust. Contact aureoles such as that around the Ballachulish
• Igneous Complex, 1n Scotland, contain microstructures that
have been sign1ficantly modified by recrystallization dur-
• Ing the slower cooling. Consequently, these migmatites
provide an important intermediate step 1n understanding
the sequence of microstructures that develop 1n part1ally
melted rocks. from those produced 1n quenched expen-
ments and rap1dly cooled shallow intrus1ve bodies on the
one hand, to those found 1n very slowly cooled regional
migmatite terranes on the other. The first two images
are from partially melted rocks of pelitiC and semipelitic
bulk composit1ons, and 1n these. dehydrat1on melting was
1mportant. The follow1ng 1mages are of a part1ally melted
psamm1te, the App1n Quartz1te. from the high-temperature
1nner part of the aureole. and part1al melt1ng 1n this rock
was driven by the fracture-controlled Infiltration of H 20 .
Regional migmatite terranes: the Ashuanipi
Subprovince [Figs. F33-F36]
The Ashuan1p1 Subprov1nce of northern Quebec con-
tainS 90 000 km of anatectiC rocks, a large proport1on of
which are SiliCiclastic metasedimentary un1ts that have melt-
depleted bulk compositions. Microstructures that indicate the
former presence of anatectic melt are espec1ally common,
although not abundant. 1n the psammitic (metagreywacke)
rocks. However, microstructures 1n migmatites from
reg1onal anatectiC terranes show a much greater degree
of modification by recrystallization and the slow growth
of minerals than the microstructures in migmatites from
contact aureoles.
Regional migmatite terranes: the Opatica
Subprovince [Figs. F37, F38]
Part1al melting 1n the Opatica Subprovince occurred 1n a
typical protohth of Archean tonalite trondhjemite
granite (TTG) su1te that had been strongly foliated well
before anatex1s. Most of the rocks of the TTG suite are
leucocratic w1th very low biotite or biotite + hornblende
contents. The microstructures all show considerable tex-
tural mod1ficat1on due to slow cooling. Nevertheless.
the s1milant1es w1th those found 1n contact aureoles are
ev1dent.
Aria; of Migtna[i[e;
------------------------------ 243
Microstructures in residual rocks
[Figs. F39-F46]
Most res1dual rocks are ennched 1n ferromagnes1an miner-
als that are the solid products of the Incongruent melt1ng
of b1ot1te, or hornblende, and hence they are melanocrat1c.
However, residual rocks can also be enriched 1n the miner-
als that were present in excess with respect to the melting
react1on, such as quartz or plag1oclase, and this can result
1n res1dual rocks that are not noticeably melanocrat1c. The
most fam1har form of res1dual, 1.e., melt-depleted rock IS the
melanosome adjacent to a leucosome. However, res1dual
rocks can also occur as layers. bands. patches or as qUite
extensive regions 1n m1gmatites, and in some cases, without
doma1ns of leucosome nearby. Residual rocks are volumet-
ncally the largest component 1n many migmatite terranes,
the anatectiC melt fract1on having m1grated to h1gher levels
1n the crust, and there formed gran1te plutons.
Crystallization-induced microstructures in
the melt-derived parts of migmatites: leuco-
some and leucocratic veins [Figs. F47-F58]
Doma1ns of leucosome are formed 1n the structures in
wh1ch melt collected, or flowed through, 1n m1gmatites.
However, there may have been a substantial fract1on
of res1dual matenal (refractory minerals plus the solid
products of 1ncongruent melt1ng. i.e., pentect1c phases)
entrained with 1t. The figures in th1s sect1on Illustrate some
of the microstructures found in leucosome, and show, not
surpns1ngly, that there is considerable similarity w1th micro-
structures found in plutoniC 1gneous rocks, most particularly
cumulus microstructures.
Crystallization-induced microstructures in
the melt-rich parts of migmatites: diatexite
migmatites [Figs. F59-F65]
D1atexite migmatites at one stage conta1ned a substan-
tial amount of melt, although they likely also had entra1ned
solid matenal that could cons1st of refractory m1nerals, the
solid products of Incongruent melting, or the early prod-
ucts of crystallization. The fract1on of melt was commonly
dom1nant (i.e., >50 vol.%), but not 1n every case, as flow
can start at quite low fractions of melt, depend1ng on
the flow mechanism involved. The figures in this section
Illustrate some of the microstructures charactenst1c of dia-
texlte m1gmat1tes; readers will note some s1m1lanty w1th
microstructures 1n pluton1c 1gneous rocks.
 MIC ROSTRUC TURES C H A RACTERIS TIC OF MI GMATITE S
244 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -
Microst ructure s formed by flow in diatexit e
migmat ites [Figs. F66-F69 ]
A characteristic feature of d1atexite IS the presence of struc-
tures that ind1cate flow of magma, such as flow-band1ng,
schlieren, onented elongate enclaves, and mineral align-
ments. Because of the s1ze of these features and the coarse
grain-size of many regionally developed diatex1te m1gma-
t1tes, 1t IS commonly difficult to apprec1ate the structures
resulting from magmatic flow in th1n sect1ons. Hence, this
sect1on starts w1th two examples of fine-grained d1atex1te
migmatites from the contact aureole at Duluth.
Inclusio ns of melt quenche d to glass in
mineral s [Figs. F70-F73 ]
Surface Irregularities on minerals e1ther growing from or
grow1ng 1nto a melt can lead to the entrapme nt of small
pockets of melt 1n the crystal as it grows. If the crystal and
1ts melt-filled 1nclus1on are then rap1dly cooled, the melt will
quench to glass. With slower cooling, the melt 1n inclus1ons
has t1me to 1nteract w1th 1ts host and to crystallize. Melt
inclusions are important in the study of m1gmatites. because
analyz1ng them IS one way to directly determ1ne the com-
position of the anatectiC melt. Glass inclusions found in the
m1nerals of part1ally melted enclaves brought to the surface
in volcan ic eruptions are, perhaps, the best way of sam-
pling anatectiC melts produced at m1ddle and deep levels of
the crust.
Cordier ite-, garnet- , and orthopy roxene-
quartz intergro wth microst ructure s
[Figs. F74-F77 ]
T he h1gh-grade parts of many anatectic terranes cons1st of
m1gmat1tes derived from pelitic or semipelit1c protoliths that
conta1n doma1ns of neosome w1th a dist1nct1ve 1ntergrowth
microstructure. The neosome is, overall, lighter colored
and coarser gra1ned than 1ts host, and has two parts. One
consists of large crystals of a ferromagnesian m1neral inter-
grown with quartz, whereas the other part IS essentially
quartzofeldspathic and leucocratic. Such neosome can
occur 1n different morpholog1es, but typ1cally, 1t 1s ve1n- or
patch-like in shape, and a d1agnostic feature is that it does
not have a melanocratiC border, or nm. The ferromagnes1an
mineral IS most commonly garnet, but exactly analogous
microstructures w1th cordierite or orthopyro xene also
occur. The m1neral assemblage 1n the host corresponds to
the reactant assemblage, and that 1n the neosome, to the
product assemblage of the melt-produc1ng reaction. Th1s
type of neosome and 1ts characteristic intergrow ths of min-
erals appear to be diagnost1c of b1otite-dehydrat1on-melt1ng
reactions. Mineralogical and whole-roc k compositions of
the neosome 1ndicate that most have lost melt, and typ1cally
a substantial fract1on of t he melt. Analogous microstruc-
tures m1ght be expected dunng dehydration melt1ng of
hornblende in a mafic protolith.
Biotite- quartz and biotite- plagioc lase
symplec titic intergro wth microst ructure s
[Figs. F78-F81 ]
Symplect1t1c 1ntergrowth microstructures 1nvolv1ng b1ot1te
and quartz or plagioclase can be fou nd in many migmatites,
although they are rarely abundant. Typ1cally, they part1ally
replace some of the ferromagnes1an residual m1nerals such
as garnet, cordiente, and orthopyro xene. The replace-
ment also 1nvolves a K-bearing phase, commonly believed
to be the last-rema1n1ng anatectiC melt 1n the m1gmatite,
although some stud1es have suggested that it IS K-feldspar.
Hence, biot1te quartz and b1ot1te plag1oclase symplect1tes
are generally regarded as late anatectic microstructures,
formed wh1le a small amount of melt st1ll rema1ned in
the m1gmat1te.
Biotite- silliman ite and biotite aggrega tes
replacin g garnet or cordier ite [Fig. F82]
Coarse-grained aggregates of biotite, or of biot1te +
sill1man1te, are common 1n some migmat1tes developed
from metapelitic (i.e., aluminous) protoliths . These aggre-
gates are generally regarded as a late-stage alterat1on of
garnet or cord1erite that formed after much of the anatect ic
melt had already m1grated away, and as the last rema1n1ng
melt crystallized.
Plagiocl ase [Fig. F83]
The plag1oclase crystals reported from most m1gmat1tes
derived from crustal rocks show very little compositional
vanat1on w1th1n crystals, and the opt1cal zon1ng that they
contain is generally rather subtle. However, it is becom1ng
ev1dent that 1solated crystals of plag1oclase w1th a com-
plexly zoned calcic core are a feature of anatectic terranes
1n which there has been an 1nput of mantle-de nved magma.
Therefore, the zon1ng patterns 1n the plag1oclase crystals
found 1n m1gmatites should be noted.
 A tlas of M igmat ites
------------------------------245

Contact between the leucosome and

melanosome in metatexite migmatites
[Figs. F84-F96]
Th1s group of photomicrographs shows some details of the
contact and spat1al relationships found between the leu-
cosome and melanosome in neosome from metatexite
migmatites.

Microstructure of schlieren in diatexite

migmatites [Figs. F97-F I00]
Schlieren are thin, planar aggregates of platy, tabular. or
ac1cular m1nerals 1n diatex1te m1gmat1tes and some gran-
Ites. B1ot1te IS the mineral most commonly associated
w1th schlieren, but examples have been reported that are
dom1nantly amphtbole, orthopyroxene, stllimantte, or pla-
gioclase. Many schlieren are also ennched in the accessory
phases, commonly because they occur as 1nclus1ons 1n the
maJOr phases, most notably biot1te. but 1n some schlieren,
most of the grains of the accessory phases occur outs1de
the major minerals. The microstructure of schlieren have
not been widely studied or well understood, but there
appears to be considerable variation. Two pnncipal ori-
gins have been proposed to explain the development of
schlieren in migmatites: (I) accumulations of biotite result-
Ing from the imp1ngement of grains rotat1ng 1n a magma and
(2) attenuated fragments of res1dual matenal denved from
d1saggregat1ng schollen.

Microstructure of biotite-rich selvedges

in migmatites [Figs. FIOI-FI04]
Many ve1ns and dikes of felsic compos1t1on have a nar-
row selvedge of mafic minerals separating them from the
host rock. T he mafic selvedges that are developed on leu-
cocrat ic veins injected 1nto the paleosome lithologies in
migmat it es are probably the easiest to not ice in t he field,
and all t he examples shown are of t his t ype. In some cases,
a few of the quartz and feldspar crystals located at the edge
of the leucocratic veins have undergone an increment of
late growth out into the mafic selvedge, to produce some-
what bulbous projections. The microstructures present in
mafic selvedges, like those in schlieren, appear to be qu1te
diverse, but they are, in general, pooly known.
 RESULTS FROM QUENCHED DEFORMATION-MELTING
246 ------------~-=~~~~=-~~
A STARTING POINT
EXPERIMENTS:

Figure I

Fig. F I. This experiment 1nvolv1ng a low fract1on of melt

was conducted at 900°C and conta1ned less than I% partial
melt. The mica flakes between the two gra1ns of plag1oclase
shown have partially reacted, and the1r gra1n s1ze has been
reduced. The adjacent quartz and plag1oclase grains appear
to have flowed along w1th the fine-grained products of
reaction that formed at the edge of the biotite gram. The
reaction products (RP) are too small to distinguish individ-
ually, but are generally light-colored and located close to
biotite.

Locat1on: Deformation and melting experiment BPQ-0 38.

Rock type : b1otite-quartz plag1oclase gne1ss, deformed at
=
T 900°C, P I0 kbar, stra1n rate I x I0 s , run dura-
tion 36 h. Scale: bar IS 500 IJm long. BSE image. Image and
caption: Caleb Holyoke Ill. Th1s image was published as fig.
Sa 1n Holyoke & Rushmer (2002), and IS reproduced w1th
the perm1ss1on of Blackwell Pubhsh1ng.

Further readmg: Holyoke, C.W., Ill & Rushmer, T. (2002):

An expenmental study of gra1n scale melt segregation
mechanisms in two common crustal rock types. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 20, 493 512.
 Atlas of Migmatites
------------------------------ 247

Figure l

Fig. F2 . This experiment also contained a low fract ion of

melt; it was performed at 920°C and contained about I%
melt. This BSE image is a close-up of t he boundary between
biotite (Bt) and quartz (Qtz) . Solid reaction products (RP)
and glass (Liq), which is quenched partial melt, occur along
the boundary between the quartz and biotite grains in the
gneiss. N ot ice the strong alignment of the solid products of
reaction (which shows as light grey) parallel to the biotite-
quartz boundary. This relationship suggests that the zone
of melt plus reaction products t hat developed on the grain
boundary was weak and t hat shear strain was concentrated
there and rotated the grains in the melt In some places, t he
glass (Liq) occurs w ithin the quartz crystal, and indicates
that the anatectic melt entered pre-existing fractures in t he
quartz, which was a st rong mineral in this experiment.

Location : Deformation and melt ing experiment BPQ-040.

Rock type: biotite-quartz-plagioclase gneiss, deformed at
=
T 920°C, p I 0 kbar, strain rate I X I 0 5 s ' run duration
6 h. Scale: bar is 50 1-1m long. BSE image. Image and cap-
tion: Caleb Holyoke Ill. T his image was published as fig. 8b
in Holyoke & Rushmer (2002), and is reproduced with the
permission of Blackwell Publishing.

Further readmg: see Fig. FI.

 RESULTS FROM QUENCHED DEFORMATION-MELTING
248 EXPERIMENTS: A STARTING POINT

Figure

Fig. FJ. In this expenment the fraction of melt was
h1gh; part1al melting at 950°C produced 20 vol.% melt.
At th1s content of melt, the sample fa1led by cataclas1s, or
by melt-assisted granular now, and most of the stra1n IS
Location: Deformation and melt1ng expenment BPQ- 045.
Rock type: b1ot1te- quartz plag1oclase gne1ss, deformed at
=
T 920°C, P I 0 kbar, stra1n rate I x I0 5 s , run durat1on
36 h. Scale: bar I mm long. OptiCal m1croscope, crossed
IS

partit1oned 1nto the zones of d1saggregat1on formed during polanzers. Image and caption: Caleb Holyoke Ill. T his 1mage
sample failure. The partial melt in the sample m1grated to was published as fig. Bd 1n Holyoke & Rushmer (2002), and
these disaggregated zones as it moved to the edges of the is reproduced with the perm1ssion of Blackwell Publishing.
sample, where it accumulated between the sample and its
Further readmg: see Fig. Fl .
jacket. Thus, deformation in the sample is heterogeneous,
and some regions are left relatively undeformed. This
photomicrograph shows the microstructure that devel-
ops in the relatively unstrained reg1ons: note the rounded
and corroded edges of the reactant quartz (Qtz), plagio-
clase (PI) and biotite (Bt) graJnS. Pools of glass (L1q). wh1ch
1s the quenched part1al melt, occur around much of the
biOtite, and along many gra1n boundanes between quartz
and plagioclase. The light grey nms around the biOtite, and
elsewhere 1n the sample, are small accumulations of solid
products of react1on.
 A tlas of M igmat itcs
------------------------------- 249

Figure 4

Fig. F4. Resu lts of an experiment t hat contained a high Location : Deformation and melting experiment BPQ- D32.
fraction of melt (35%) run at 950°C. The image shows a Rock type : biotite quartz plagioclase gneiss, deformed at
large crystal o f biotite (Bt) surrounded by glass (Liq) that T =950°C, P I0 kbar, strain rate I x I0 · S s ', run duration
contains many small crystals of various reaction-products 36 h. Scale: bar is 200 f_Jm long. Optical microscope, crossed
(RP). The biotite crystal was originally located between polarizers. Image and caption : Caleb Holyoke Ill. This image
large grains of quartz (Qtz) and plagioclase (PI). The biotit e, was published as fig. 9d in Holyoke & Rushmer (2002), and
quartz, and plagioclase all have a rounded outline, indicating IS reproduced with t he permissio n of Blackwell Publishing.
that t hey have partially react ed. The incongruent break-
down of biotite produced melt (now quenched to glass) Further readmg: see Fig. FI.
and t he nu merous small crystals of orthopyroxene and spi-
nel that are in the glass. Crystals of the reaction products
are largest in the center of the glass domains, close to the
corroded biotite, and they do not have a strong preferred
orientation. However, smaller crystals of the reaction
products occur abundantly in a band located close t o, and
parallel with, the edge of t he quartz grain. A large propor-
tion of these small crystals are aligned, and this is due to
flow of the crystal-bearing melt as the sample was short-
ened. T herefore, t his band of crystals is analogous to the
schlieren seen in some migmatites. Some of the reaction
products in the glass at the left-hand edge of the image
appear as skeletal crystals; such crystals are a feature also
seen in the reaction products in some anatectic rocks from
low-pressure contact-aureoles, e.g., the Duluth Igneous
Complex.
250 S~U~B~
----------------~ ~R
SU ~O
~F~A~C~E~C ~ T~
N~ C~
A~ - A~U~R~E~O~L~E~S:
T~
THE GLEN MORE PLUG , SCOTLAND

Figure S

Fig. FS . Glassy rocks extend almost I m from the con - Location: Glenmore dolente plug. Ardnamurchan, Scotland.
tact of a dolente plug 30 m 1n diameter at Glenmore, Rock type : part1ally melted arkose. Scale: the field of v1ew
Ardnamurchan int rus1ve complex, Scotland. That extent is 0.9 mm. Plane-polanzed l1ght. /mage and caption: Marian
of melted rocks around such a t~ny 1ntrus1ve body 1nd1cates Holness.
that the plug represents a long-lived conduit of magma.
This first photomicrograph is of part1ally melted arkose that Further readmg: Butler. B.C.M. (196 1): Metamorphism and
metasomatism of the Mo1ne Senes by a dolerite plug at
underwent a relat1vely low degree of part1al melt1ng in the
Glenmore, Ardnamurchan. Mmeraloglcal Magazme 32,
outer part of the contact aureole. Relict quartz is clear and
unclouded, with a corroded outline. The relict feldspar is 866- 897.
now sieve-textured and t urbid, or cloudy-looking; the dark
Holness, M.B., Dane, K., Sides, R.. Richardson. C. & Caddick,
elongate patches are former grains of biotite. Brown glass
M. (2005): Melting and melt segregat1on in the aureole of
forms a rim around the relict quartz and occup1es the site
t he Glenmore Plug. Ardnamurchan. journal of Metamorphic
of the onginal gra1n-boundary between the quartz and
Geology 25, 29 44.
adJacent feldspar. T he width of the glass nm 1ndicates the
extent to which quartz and feldspar have been consumed
1n generat1ng melt. The small elongate needles that have
nucleated on the quartz. whiCh locally form a fringe, are
orthopyroxene.
 A d a;, of Migmatites
---------------- -------------- 25 1

Figure

Fig. F6. The photomicrograph shows a partially melted

arkose from Glenmore in which there was a high degree
of partial melting, and the rock contained a larger frac-
tion of melt. The fused arkose 1n th1s sample cons1sts
largely of brown glass. The glass conta1ns corroded
relics of clear quartz, s1eve-textured feldspar (i.e., the areas
of fine-gra1ned crystals w1th brown glass), and biotite (the
dark elongate patches near the center of the photograph).
Elongate, needlelike crystals in the glass are orthopyroxene,
and a product of the partial -melting react1on.

Location: Glenmore dolente plug, Ardnamurchan, Scotland.

Rock type: partially melted arkose. Scale: the field of v1ew
is 0.9 mm. Plane-polanzed light. /mage and caption: Marian
Holness.
252 _E_D
----------~E~R~U_PT T~
~·~P_A~R~ Y_M~E~L~
IA_L~L~ T~ ~X~E~N~O
ED H~
T~
~L~I_ S:
EL JOYAZO, SPAIN

Figure 7

Fig. F7. Close-up v1ew of a part1ally melted res1dual enclave Cesare, B. & Ma1nen, C. (1999): Flu1d-present anatex1s of
erupted 1n a daCite lava. The enclave IS full of blu1sh cord1er- metapelites at El joyazo (SE Spain): constra1nts from Raman
1te, black biotite, wh1te s1lhmanite, and euhedral crystals of spectroscopy of graph1te. Contnbuvons to Mmeralogy and
red garnet. In thin sect1on, all these m1nerals are intergrown Petrology 135,41-52.
with glass and contain glass 1nclus1ons. The glass, of course,
Cesare, B., Salvioh Mariani, E. & Venturelli, G. (1997):
represents quenched anatectiC melt. The detailed 1mages 1n
Crustal anatexis and melt extraction in restitic xenoliths at
the three following figures are from enclaves such as this.
El Joyazo (SE Spain). Mmeralog1col Magaz1ne 61 , 15-27.
Locat1on: El joyazo, southeastern Spain. Rock type: resid-
ual pelite enclave in dacite volcanic rock: partial melting
at T 850 ± 50°C, P >5 kbar, but cooled rapidly by erup-
tion. Scale: the field of view is 4.0 em. Image and caption:
Bernardo Cesare.

Further readmg: Cesare, B. (2000): Incongruent melt1ng of

biot1te to spinel in a quartz-free rest1te at El joyazo (SE
Spain): textures and reaction charactenzat1on. Contributions
to Mmeralogy and Petrology 139, 273-284.
 A tlas of Mig ma tites
------------------------------- 253

Figure

Fig. F8. Microstructures involv1ng b10t1te from a domain

that corresponds to part1al melt1ng 1n a quartz-present
and AI 2Si05-free system. The biotite crystals show a th1n
react1on-nm consisting of orthopyroxene. 1lmen1te. and
glass. The reaction-nm is discontinuous, and appears to be
developed ma1nly at contacts between b1ot1te and quartz
(top and nght). In contrast, the boundaries between biotite
and cordierite (bottom left) seem to be in chem1cal equi-
librium. The inferred melting reaction, biot it e + quartz =
orthopyroxene + ilmenite + melt, could not be balanced
with the chemical composit ions determined from t he min-
erals that comprise this microstructure.

Location: El joyazo. southeastern Spam. Rock type: biot1te

from an enclave of res1dual pelite in a dac1te, part1al melt1ng
at T 850 ± 50°C, P >5 kbar, but cooled rap1dly by erupt1on.
Scale: the field of view IS 0.65 mm w1de. Plane-polanzed
light. Image and capt1on: Bernardo Cesare.

Further readmg: as for Fig. F7.

 ERUPTED, PARTIALLY MELTED XEN OLITHS:
254 ------------------------------
EL JOYAZO. SPAIN

Figure

Fig. F9. Microstructures 1nvolv1ng b1ot1te from a doma1n

that corresponds to part1al melt1ng 1n a quartz-free system.
The b1ot1te crystals are surrounded by a grey, fine-gra1ned
m1xture (mix) of fibrolitlc sillimanite and glass (former
melt). All the biotite crystals are 1rregular 1n shape, and
have deep embayments, wh1ch indicates that they have
been corroded. Furthermore, the crystals d1splay well-de-
veloped, clear reaction-rims. Each rim consists of brownish
green hercynitic spinel and laths of opaque (i.e., black) ilme-
nite in a colorless (i.e., white) glass. Notice the euhedral,
or subhedral, form of the spinel where 1t IS 1n contact with
the glass, which represents the former melt. On the basis
of compositions of the m1nerals in this microstructure
and 1n its surroundings, Cesare (2000) has balanced the
possible biotite-melt1ng react1on as b10t1te + plag1oclase +
m1x + garnet = ilmen1te + melt + b1ot1te 1 + hercymte +
plag1oclaser

Location : El joyazo, southeastern Spa1n. Rock type: biot1te

from an enclave of residual pellte 1n dac1te, part1al melting
at T 850 ± 50°C, P >5 kbar, but cooled rapidly by eruption.
Scale: the field of view is 0.65 mm wide. Plane-polarized
light. /mage and caption: Bernardo Cesare.

Further reading: as for Fig. F7.

 A tlas o f M igmat ites
------------------------------ 255

Figure 0

Fig. F I 0. Back-scattered electron image (BSE) of a cor-

roded grain of biotite from a quartz-free domain in an
enclave of residual pelite. T he biotite is hosted by an aggre-
gate of finely intergrown, fibrolitic sillimanit e and glass
(labeled "mix"). The outline of the biotite has deep embay-
ments, which indicates t hat it has been corroded, and
hence was unstable. A well -developed reaction-rim occurs
around the biotite and contains crystals of hercynitic spinel
(Spl) and laths of ilmenite (lim) in a glass (melt); the ilme-
nit e appears white in this BSE image. Crystals of both spinel
and ilmenite are euhedral or subhedral, and are int erpreted
as products grown in the melt formed by the incongruent
breakdown of biotite. The composition of the outermost
rim of the biotite is richer in both MgO and T i02 (Bt 2) than
t he core (Bt1) of the crystal. The possible biotite-melt-
ing reaction can be balanced as biot ite + plagioclase 1 +
mix + garnet = melt + ilmenite + biotite2 + hercynite +
plagioclase2.

Location : El joyazo, southeastern Spain. Rock type: biotite

from an enclave of residual pelite erupted in dacit e lava,
partial melting at T 850 ± 50°C, P >5 kbar, but cooled rap-
idly by eruption. Scale: the field of view is 0.65 mm wide.
Plane-polarized light. Image and caption : Bernardo Cesare.

Further reading: as for Fig. F7.

 SUBSURFACE CON TACT-AUREOLES :
256 -----------------------------
COMPLEX . SCOTLAND
THE RUM I GNEOUS

Figure I I

Fig. F II . Part1ally melted Lew1sian gneiss conta1ning quartz

and plag1oclase, with pyroxene aggregates after hornblende
(not all are obv1ous from the photograph). Th1s amphl-
bole-beanng gne1ss has been contact-metamorphosed at
low pressure by the Rum Igneous Complex. Part1al melt1ng
occurred locally 1n the gneiss where 1t was 1n close prox-
imity to the mafic intrus1ve body. The example shown in
this photomicrograph contains a thin rim of granophyre
developed along t he boundary between quartz and
plagioclase crystals; the onentation of this slide is such
that most of the quartz crystals in the photomicrograph
are wh1te. This granophyre 1s of spec1al Interest in that
much of the quartz in it forms elongate plates; these are
paramorph1c after tndym1te. Generally, quartz 1n grano-
phyre from part1ally melted rocks occurs as rounded and
elongate blebs.

Location: Pro1mh Lochs, Isle of Rum, Scotland. Rock type:

partially melted Lew1s1an gne1ss. Scale: the field of v1ew IS
4.25 mm. Cross-polanzed light. Image and capt1on: Manan
Holness.

Further reading: Holness, M.B. & Isherwood, C.E. (2003):

The aureole of the Rum Tert1ary Igneous Complex, Inner
Hebndes, Scotland. journal of the Geolog1cal Sooety of London
160, 15- 27.
 A tl as of Migmarires
------------------------------- 257

Fig. F 12 . The center of the photomtcrograph ts occupted

by a large gratn of feldspar that ts full of tnclustons. Nearby
are two large. rounded grains of quartz. The boundary
between these quartz and feldspar gratns ts decorated by
a "stnng of beads" microstructure conststtng of small gratns
of feldspar: these are interpreted to have crystallized from
a thtn rim of anatectic melt that separated the larger feld-
spar and quartz grains. This microstructure ts interpreted
as a slowly cooled version of the rather more common
granophyric nms that develop on grain boundanes during
local tn sttu parttal melttng followed by more rapid cooling.

Locatton: Rum Igneous Complex, Scotland. Rock type: par-

ttally melted Lewtstan gnetss. P ca. ISO bar. Scale: the field
of vtew ts 0.9 mm. Cross-polanzed ltght. Image and captton:
Manan Holness.

Further readmg: as for Fig. FII.

 TA
~C=-0=--:...::N...:. C...:.
:...:.= T-...:_A.:..::U:...:.R.:..::E:...:O:...:L:..=E.:..:
258 __.:..:SH_:.:A~LL:.:O:...:.W
:..::A
_:_R
S :._T:...:.H..:..;E:_T B:H
G:...:.H..:....::.
:...:.I:...: ...:.:...: N
A:...:.
NA SGURRA SILL ON MULL, SCOTLAND

Figure I3

Fig. F 13. This sample of psammite did not conta1n much Further readmg: Holness, M.B. & Humphreys. M.C.S. (2003):
m1ca, and the melt present at the peak temperature was The Tra1gh Bhan na Sgurra s1ll, Isle of Mull: flow localisa-
denved predominantly from the quartz and feldspar 1n the tion in a maJor magma condUit. journal of Petrology 44,
rock. In th1s cathodoluminescence (CL) 1mage. each feld- 1961 1976.
spar grain 1s surrounded by a bnghtly lum1nescent rim of
Holness. M.B. & Watt. G.R. (2002): The aureole of the
granophyre from which cracks emanate; they are 1nferred
Traigh Bhan na Sgurra sill, Isle of Mull: reaction dnven micro-
to have been filled with melt. and now form a completely
cracking during pyrometamorphism. journal of Petrology 43 ,
interconnected network. Note that the final generat1on of
511 - 534.
cracks (black in this image) cut across the features related
to part1al melting and anatect iC melt.

Location: Isle of Mull, Scotland. Rock type: partially melted

psamm1te 44 em from the contact w1th the dolente s1ll.
Scale: 1ndicated on the 1mage. Image and caption: Manan
Holness. Th1s image was published as fig. 13d 1n Holness
& Watt (2002), and 1s reproduced w1th the permiSSIOn of
Oxford Univers1ty Press.
1
~ Atla; of Migma tites
----------- ----------- -------- 259
i

• Figure 14

•
•
•
~

1
•
•

Fig. Fl4. This cathodoluminescence 1mage of a psamm1te

shows elongate bright reg1ons that are the s1tes of reacted
muscovite grains. Note also the dark, rectangular grains of
retrograded, euhedral cordierite with1n domains represent-
Ing the former gra1ns of muscov1te. The muscov1te was set
1n quartz, which IS dark in this image. The 1mage shows an
abundance of bright. linear features onented at a high angle
to the foliation, wh1ch 1n the sample is defined by the on-
entation of the muscovite. These bright linear features are
cracks generated by the volume change assoc1ated with
the breakdown of muscovite. These cracks have been filled
w1th anatectic melt: they are exactly analogous to those
formed experimentally by Connolly et al. ( 1997).

Location: Isle of Mull, Scotland. Rock type: part1ally melted

psamm1te 80 em from contact w1th the sill. Scale: 1nd1cated
on the 1mage. Image and coptton: Marian Holness. Th1s
image was published as fig. 9 in H olness & Watt (2002). and
is reproduced with the permission of Oxford University
Press.

Further readmg: Connolly, J.A.D., Holness, M.B., Rubie, D.C.

& Rushmer, T. (1997): React1on-1nduced micro-crack1ng: an
expenmental investigation of a mechan1sm for enhancing
anatectic melt extraction. Geology 25, 591 - 594.
 SHALLOW CONTACT-AUREOLE S: TH E TRAIGH BHAN
260 ------------~---------------
NA SGURRA SILL ON MULL. SCOTLAND

Ftgure IS

Fig. F 15. T his photomicrograph IS a close-up of reacted

gra1ns of muscov1te in a psamm1te. The muscov1te 1s now
replaced by mullite, b1ot1te. K-feldspar. sp1nel. and some
pnsmatic gra1ns of cord1ente. The cord1ente IS now ent1rely
replaced by a yellow product of alterat1on. The s1tes of the
reacted muscovite (parallel to the short s1de of the photo-
micrograph) were linked by melt-filled fractures, which are
now filled wit h brownish granophyre. Most of the fractures
in this image contained anatectic melt. but th1s is only really
apparent on back-scattered electron or cathodolumines-
cence images. The large colorless gra1ns are quartz.

Location: Isle of Mull, Scotland. Rock type: part1ally melted

psamm1te 80 em from contact w1th the sill. Scale: the field
of v1ew 1s 0.9 mm wide. Plane-polanzed hght. /mage and
caption: Marian Holness.

Further readrng: see Fig. Fl3.

 Atlas of Mig ma tites
------------------------------ 261

Figure 16

Fig. F 16. Th1s part1ally melted psamm1te IS h1ghly fractured

and cons1sts pnnc1pally of large, colorless gra1ns of rounded
quartz (e.g., left s1de of the photomicrograph). The
fractures are qu1te w1de and show the growth of quartz on
thew walls. Possibly, the melt rema1ned stat1c 1n the frac-
tures for some t1me, and the fracture walls moved back
(retreated) as the quartz dissolved into the melt. When
cooling began and the melt started to crystallize, the quartz
that grew out of the melt formed euhedral overgrowths of
quartz on t he walls, trapping melt in small inclusions. The
dark, ovo1d doma1ns on the right are the s1tes of reacted
gra1ns of muscov1te; note the colorless plates of tndym-
lte that are now replaced by quartz. associated w1th the
reacted muscov1te.

Location: Isle of Mull, Scotland. Rock type: part1ally melted

psammite from the contact w1th the sill. Scale: the field
of v1ew 1s 0.9 mm w1de. Plane-polanzed light. /mage and
capuon: Manan Holness.
 SHALLOW- TO MED IUM-DEPTH CONTACT-AUREOLES:
262 THE DULUTH IGNEOUS CO MPLEX

Figure 17

Fig. F 17. This pelit1c rock was collected from near the Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Mmnesota, U.S.A
"melt-in" isograd > 140 m below the contact 1n the foot- Rock type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; Virgima Formation
wall of the Duluth Igneous Complex. Th1s 1mage was taken metapelite protolith, part1al melt1ng at the "melt-1n" 1sograd,
us1ng a one -wave, quartz accessory plate. Depend1ng on the T ca. 700-725°C. Scale: the width of the photograph IS
orientat1on of grains, this e1ther adds, or subtracts, about 2.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light and quartz plate 1nserted.
570 nm to the color value. Thus, gra1ns that would other- /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
WISe be first-order grey are changed to between first-order
red and second-order blue, and consequently, individual
grains in a mat rix become easier to distinguish, as they are
no longer all grey. Locally, the rock contains small irregu-
lar patches of quartz or feldspar (three are 1ndicated with
arrows) that contain rounded 1nclus1ons of quartz, pla-
gioclase, and rarely, b1ot1te; these patches are Interpreted
as former pockets of anatectiC melt and can be thought
of as m s1tu m1croleucosome. Th1s rock conta1ns a h1gh
modal percentage of b10t1te, no orthopyroxene and only
minor amounts of cordiente, wh1ch 1nd1cates that partial
melt1ng was at an incipient stage. The presence of b1otite
along many of the grain boundaries makes 1t difficult to
find cuspate extensions of quartz or feldspar between the
corroded gra1ns of the matnx.
 A tlas of M ig matitcs
263

Figure 18

Fig. F 18. PelitiC rocks w1th res1dual bulk compos1- Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota, U.S.A
t1ons occur 1n metasedimentary xenoliths of the V1rg1n1a Rock type: xenolith of Virg1nia Format1on metapelite
Format1on from the nonte of the D uluth Igneous Complex. located about 25 m 1nto the intrus1ve body, anat exis at
This image was taken using a one-wave quartz accessory T > 900°C. Scale: t he widt h of the phot ograph is 2.5 mm.
plate so that some of the former pools of melt appear yel- Cross-polarized light and quartz plate 1nserted. Image: E.W .
low and are, therefore. easier to see (others are blue. red. Sawyer.
and purple, but harder to see). These former pockets of
melt have cuspate shapes (A) w1t h t h1n, tapenng extens1ons
• penetrating along adjacent grain-boundaries between the
reactant minerals. Moreover, the matnx minerals 1n cont act
• w1th the yellow doma1ns are rounded, and thus Interpreted

• as evidence that they are corroded. The former pockets

of melt contain small, rounded gra1ns of quartz, plagio-
• clase, and biotite. Most of t he orthopyroxene crystals (h1gh
relief) are sub1dioblast1c, but a large one (B) grown 1nto a
• melt pool has rat1onal faces and IS, therefore, ldioblas-

• tic. The microstructures 1ndicate that the melt1ng reaction

in t h1s res1dual rock was biotite + plag1oclase + quartz =
• orthopyroxene + melt + ilmenite. The melt ing was well
advanced, and little of the reactant biotite and quartz
• rema1ns; most of the b1ot1te present 1n the rock forms large

• bladed porphyroblasts and grew later from t he melt.

'
 SHALLOW- TO MEDIUM-DEPTH CONTACT-AUREOLES:
264
THE DULUTH IGNEOUS CO M PLEX

Figure 19

Fig. F 19. Microstructures 1ndicat1ve of part1al melt1ng can

also be found 1n many of the other litholog1es around the
Duluth Igneous Complex. Irregular doma1ns of quartz
and feldspar contain1ng rounded 1nclus1ons of quartz,
b1otite. plag1oclase, and cordiente mark the s1tes of par-
tial melt1ng in this graph1te + Fe-ox1de-beanng metapelite.
There are several such doma1ns in this photomicrograph,
and the most prominent one 1s the yellow area just right
of the center. Others are Indicated w1th arrows. Note the
basal sect1ons of large, irregularly shaped crystals of bio-
tite 1n the rock: these are interpreted to have grown e1ther
from the anatect1c melt, or from a react1on between the
melt and m1nerals such as K-feldspar or cordierite. The
bulk compos1t1on of the metapelite, and the low pressure
of metamorph1sm 1n the aureole of the Duluth Igneous
Complex, mean that K-feldspar and cordiente are abundant
1n many of the pelitic hornfelses, and the earliest generation
of both m1nerals formed before part1al melting began.

Locotton: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota. U.S.A Rock

type: metatex1te m1gmatite: graph1te + Fe-ox1de-beanng
metapel1te protolith, anatex1s at T ca. 750 800°C. Scale:
the w1dth of the photograph IS 2.5 mm. Crossed polarizers
and quartz plate. /mage: from a thin section provided by
Steve Hauck.
 Atlas of Migmatites
-------------------------------265

Figure 10
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fig. F20. The onset of partial melting in sulfide-rich

(> I 0 modal %) pelitic rocks produces microstructures in
the silicate portion that are very similar to those in nor-
mal pelit ic rocks. The ferromagnesian silicate minerals are
far more magnesian, however, and have compositions very
close to the Mg end-members. Equant domains of anhedral
• quartz and plagioclase several t imes larger t han the grains in
the mat rix occur throughout t he rock (three are indicated
• by arrows) and are interpreted to be crystallized pock-

• ets, or pools, of anatect ic melt. Many of the large crystals

of quartz and feldspar that comprise the domains contain
• small, rou nded inclusions of quartz, plagioclase, and biotite .
These inclusions are interpreted to be the corroded rem-
• nants of the reactant minerals. Most of the former pools

• of melt have cuspate forms; some thin, tapered offshoots

extend along the boundaries of rounded matrix grains .

• Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A. Rock

type: metatexite migmatite; the protolith was the bedded
pyrrhotite unit, Virginia Formation, anatexis at T ca. 800°C.
• Scale: the width of the photograph is 2.5 mm. Crossed

• polarizers and quartz plat e insert ed. /mage : from a thin

section provided by Steve Hauck .

•
•
 SHALLOW- TO MED IU M-DEPTH CONTACT-AUREOLES:
266 T HE DU LUTH IG N EOUS CO MPLEX

Figure 21

Fig. F2 1. Part1al melting has also affected the (clinopyrox- Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex. M1nnesota. U.S.A. Rock
ene + magnet1te)-bearing quartz-nch rocks of the B1wabik type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; magnet1te-beanng quartz-
Format1on, which occur 1n the footwall of the Duluth Ite protohth. anatex1s at T ca. 900°C. Scale: the width of
Igneous Complex. Th1s photograph shows an example the photograph IS 6 mm. Cross-polanzed hght. Image: E.W.
where 1nc1p1ent partial melting has led to the corros1on of Sawyer.
the quartz at grain junctions and to the development of
films of anatectic melt on some grain boundaries. Upon
freezing, the films of melt on the grain boundaries have
crystallized to feldspar and quartz. Locally, some larger
pools of melt have developed (A), and they crystall1zed to
a characteristic micrographic intergrowth (granophyre) of
quartz and feldspar (A). Melt that occup1ed smaller pores
(B) crystallized only plag1oclase. The anatectiC melt 1n
rap1dly cooled m1gmatites quenches to glass (see F1gs. FS
and F6), whereas in very slowly cooled migmatites such as
those formed by reg1onal metamorphism, 1t crystallizes to
produce normal 1gneous microstructures. However. 1n the
reg1me of Intermediate rates of cooling. typ1cal of contact
aureoles 1n the I 3-kbar range, the anatect1c melt com-
monly crystallizes to granophyre. as in this example (see
also Fig. Fll) .
 A tlas of Mig ma tites
------------------------------267

Figure ll

•
•
•

•
•
•
•

~
Fig. F22. In th1s part1ally melted 1mpure quartz1te from Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota, U.S.A. Rock
• the B1wab1k Format1on, some of the quartz gra1ns (Qr)
are rounded ow1ng to dissolution into the anatectiC melt,
type: metatex1te m1gmat1te: 1mpure quartz1te protohth, ana-
texis at T ca. 900°C. Scale: the w1dth of the photograph IS
and they contain abundant inclus1ons and cracks: these are 2.7 mm. Cross-polanzed light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
• Interpreted to be grains of residual quartz. However, other
quartz gra1ns have straight edges, and t h1s quartz IS Inter-
preted to have grown from t he anatect ic melt. possibly

• as an overgrowth on a grain of residual quartz. Some

crystals of quartz (Qm) are rectangular and may indicate
that t he quartz grew as bet a quartz. Large grains of feldspar
(F), some of which display wispy films of sod1c plagioclase of
• exsolut1on ong1n, occur between the quartz crystals. The
large, grey crystal of feldspar near the center of the pho-
tograph conta1ns both rounded and rectangular crystals of
quartz. The boundary of th1s gra1n IS h1ghly 1rregular: locally.
1t extends between quartz crystals and term1nates 1n cus-
pate proJeCtions at quartz triple junctions (arrow). Feldspar

• crystals 1n the upper right and lower left are 1n extinction

pos1t1on and, therefore, appear black, but they too extend
between quartz gra1ns and have cuspate terminat1ons. Th1s
microstructure is interpreted to indicate that the feldspar in
th is m1gmatite cryst all ized from t he anatectic melt that was
Interstitial to the quartz grains.

4
 SHALLOW- TO MEDIUM-DEPTH CONTACT-AUREOLES:
268 THE DULUTH IGNEOUS COMPLEX

Figure 23

Fig. F23. In the melt-nch parts of m1gmat1tes, the former

patches of melt have a microstructure dom1nated by crys-
tallization of the melt, and not by the dissolut1on of reactant
m1nerals. This photom1crograph from a diatex1te m1gma-
t1te shows a region of melt that conta1ned small. euhedral
(rectangular) gra1ns of plag1oclase. equant euhedral grains
of cordiente. some w1th a hexagonal shape show1ng sector-
twinning (Crd), euhedral (rectangular) grains of untw1nned
K-feldspar, and crystals of blade-shaped biot1te: there 1s also
a prominent and somewhat skeletal gra1n of orthopyrox-
ene that is partially replaced by b1ot1te and other products
of alterat1on. Most of the melt that contamed these crys-
tals crystallized to large subhedral gra1ns of quartz and
K-feldspar. Th1s particular photomicrograph shows mostly
the quartz. The abundance of rectangular feldspar and
cord1ente crystals g1ves th1s domam of former melt a dis-
t1nct1ve blocky outline, wh1ch contrasts w1th the cuspate
outline of pockets of melt formed dunng part1al melt1ng.

Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota. U.S.A.

Rock type: diatexite m1gmatite: pel1t1c protoilth, 130 m
from the footwall contact: T 850 900°C. Scale: the w1dth
of the photograph is 2.5 mm. Cross-polarized light. Image:
E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of Mig mat ites
------------------------------269

Figure 24

Fig. F24. The last parts o f the granit ic melt to crystal-

lize are dominated by quartz and K-feldspar. In this part
of a melt pocket. it is the quartz that crystall ized last,
and it formed large irregularly shaped grains that enclose
plagioclase (PI), K-feldspar (Kfs), cordierite (Crd), and
biotite (Bt), i.e., all the other minerals. K-feldspar, which
occurs as several large, euhedral crystals (e.g., t he grain
at the center of the photomicrograph), and biotite bot h
appear t o have crystallized relatively late. The quartz,
K-feldspar, and biotite all contain small, euhedral inclusions
of plagioclase and cordierite, although t he inclusions are fa r
more abundant in the quartz. The common occurrence
of rat ional faces on the crystals and the euhedral habit
of most of t he cryst als together indicate that t his micro-
st ructure formed as the anatectic melt crystallized.

Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A Rock

type: diatexite migmat ite; Virginia Fo rmation pelit e proto-
lith, 103 m fro m the contact, T ca. 850- 900°C Scale: the
width of the photograph is 2.5 mm. Cross-polarized light
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 SH A LLOW- TO MEDIUM - DEPTH CONTACT - AUREOLES:
270 THE DULUTH IGNEOUS COMPLE X
Figure 25
Fig. F25. T he two prominent, rectangular crystals 1n th1s
photomicrograph are euhedral phenocrysts of K-feldspar.
and both conta1n abundant 1nclus1ons. The d1stnbut1on of
the Inclusions 1n the light grey crystal at the lower nght is
zoned. An 1nner reg1on contains an abundance of small.
round 1nclus1ons of reddish brown biot1te. and these are
Interpreted to be partially dissolved reactant biot1te. An
adjacent zone conta1ns several larger 1nclus1ons of subhedral
b1otite that poss1bly grew in the anatectic melt. and rounded
reactant quartz. Both of these zones are surrounded by a
reg1on w1th JUSt a few small 1nclus1ons of subhedral crys-
tals of cordierite, 1nterpreted to have grown from the melt.
The outermost zone 1s best developed at the ends of the
crystal, and conta1ns abundant euhedral and subhedral
crystals of cord1ente and plag1oclase, plus some rounded
inclus1ons of quartz and iron oxide. The other phenocryst
of K-feldspar has a similar outer zone 1n which euhedral
Inclusions of cordiente are concentnc to the crystal outline.
However, the 1ntenor of th1s K-feldspar 1s different; it con-
tam large subhedral crystals of b1ot1te w1th quartz, which
resembles the groundmass outs1de the phenocryst; poss1bly.
the K-feldspar was hollow and conta1ned melt. which
crystal lized later. The groundmass around the K-feldspar
crystals comprises large, anhedral crystals of quartz that
conta1n abundant Inclusions of euhedral plag1oclase and
cord1ente, and larger subhedral 1nclus1ons of b1otite.
The zone in the K-feldspar phenocryst that conta1ns the
rounded 1nclus1ons of b10t1te may have grown as a solid
product of the melt1ng react1on. and may have been the
substrate upon which the K-feldspar that grew from the
anatectic melt nucleated. and then trapped euhedral crys-
tals of cord1ente as 1t grew. The marg1ns of both crystals of
K-feldspar part1ally envelop much larger euhedral crystals of
plagioclase. cordiente. and b1ot1te that are shared with the
large subhedral gra1ns of quartz that are adjacent. This rela-
t1onsh1p may 1nd1cate that the last increment of K-feldspar
growth occurred as quartz crystallized from the last melt
1n the migmat1te.
Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota. U.S.A Rock
type: diat exite migmat1te; Virginia Formation petite proto-
lith, I 03 m from the contact; T ca. 850 900°C. Scale: the
width of the photograph IS 3.5 mm. Cross-polanzed hght.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 Ada., of Migmatitc;,
------------------ -271

Figure 1

Fig. F26. As an H,O-undersaturated gran1t1c melt pro-

gressively crystall1zes, the H 0 content 1n the remain1ng
L

melt fract1on 1ncreases 1f most of the m1nerals that crys-

tallize first, such as plag1oclase. are anhydrous. Th1s
photomicrograph shows a doma1n where the crystallization
of the last Increments of now H,O-nch melt has resulted
1n the growth of blades of muscov1te (Ms. yellow and blue
Interference colors), and also to the replacement of earli-
er-formed orthopyroxene (Opx) by small bladed crystals
of biotite and muscovite. The extent of the former pocket
of melt IS Indicated by the quartz (wh1te): the melt also
conta1ned abundant. small euhedral crystals of plag1oclase,
K-feldspar, and cordiente. together with some larger, bladed
crystals of b1ot1te. Note (see F1gs. Fl7 F28) that the crys-
tals with the largest grain-size in the m1gmat1tes at Duluth
are generally the minerals that were the last to crystallize.
typically quartz, plag1oclase, and K-feldspar.

Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A. Rock

type: diatex1te m1gmat1te; Virg1n1a Format1on pelite proto-
lith, 97 m from the contact; T ca. 850 900°C. Scale: the
w1dth of the photograph 1s 2.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 SHALLOW- TO MEDIUM - DEPTH C ONTACT-AUREOLES :
272 THE DULUTH IGNEOUS COMPLEX

Figure 27

Fig. F27. Some of the m1gmat1tes in the contact aure-
ole at the Duluth Igneous Complex (DIC) contain crystals
that have a skeletal, or hollow, form; skeletal crystals are
a common feature 1n many raptdly quenched parttal-melt-
ing expenments. Thts photomicrogr aph, of a diatextte
migmat1te denved from a pelitic protolith, shows two dif-
ferent morphologtes of cordiente. Most of the cordiente
grams (Crdl) occurs as very small (<0.25 mm across),
equant, euhedral crystals, some of which show a well-
developed sector twtnntng. S1m1lar small crystals of cordier-
tte also occur abundantly as tnclusions 1n plagioclase,
K-feldspar, and quartz. Consequently, these small crystals
are Interpreted to have crystallized 1n the anatect1c melt.
The center ofthe photograph shows a rare, large (ca. 1.5 mm),
isolated phenocryst of cordtente (Crd2) that has grown in
the most leucocratiC and coarsest-gratn ed part of the dta-
textte mtgmatite. Because this leucocratic doma1n conststs
predominantly of large anhedral crystals of quartz, plagto-
clase, and K-feldspar, 1t IS mterpreted to be one of the last
places 1n the dtatexite to have crystallized. The phenocryst
1s skeletal, 1t has angular embayments, and 1ts core contains
quartz, plagtoclase. K-feldspar, and b1ot1te that resemble the
ground mass outstde the phenocryst. lnteresttngly, there are
some small fan-shaped clusters of muscovtte (Ms) 1ns1de
the cordiente, whtch suggests that the mtnerals in the core
of the cordierite crystallized from an evolved melt that
was parttally enclosed by the cordtente. This fact, and the
presence of straight crystal faces against both quartz and
feldspar, lead to the 1nterpretat1on that the cordiente grew
from the melt, and that 1ts skeletal, or embayed, morphol-
ogy is a growth feature, and not due to its dissolution. In
their most melanocratiC parts, some dtatextte mtgmatttes
1n the DIC aureole contain cordtente that has a thtrd mor-
phology. Such cordierite is generally not twinned and forms
subtdioblasttc crystals up to I mm across that conta1n
equant Inclusions of btottte and quartz. These crystals are
interpreted to be residual cordierite that formed by meta-
morphic reacttons pnor to partial melttng.
Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Mtnnesota, U.S.A. Rock
type: d1atex1te m1gmat1te; Virgtnia Formation pelite proto
lith, I03 m from the contact; T ca. 850 900°C. Scale: the
width of the photograph 1s 3.5 mm. Cross-polarized light.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 A d as o f Mig ma tites
---------------- -------------- 273

Figure 18

Fig. F28. Th1s photomicrograph shows elongate crystals of the plag1oclase present cryst allized from the melt and 1s,
of orthopyroxene and plagioclase t hat are strongly aligned therefore, considered to be a melt-crystallization product.
1n a narrow zone onented parallel to the bottom-left-to- 1.e., a liqu1dus phase. The leucosome is cons1dered to be
top-nght d1agonal of the photograph. The strong preferred 1ncip1ent because the doma1n does not have clearly defined
onentat1on of the elongate grains occurs 1n the center of edges, and is not ev1dent in the hand sample.
th1s 1ncipient 1n-source leucosome, and is due to flow of
magma that conta1ned the elongate crystals, 1.e., th1s 1s Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, Mmnesota, U.S.A.
an example of the flow of a crystal-rich magma. Smaller, Rock type: InCipient leucosome 1n a residual metatex-
equant crystals of subhedral plagioclase, K-feldspar, and ite migmatite; Vi rginia Formation pelit e protolit h, xenolit h
cordierite occur between the larger, better-onented crys- T > 900°C. Scale: the w 1dth of the photograph IS 2.5 mm.
tals, and were not aligned because of thew equant shapes. Cross-polanzed light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Large, Irregularly shaped reg1ons of quartz, K-feldspar. and
m1nor plag1oclase occur around and between the elon-
gate (aligned) and equant (not aligned) subhedral crystals
of plagioclase and orthopyroxene, and are Interpreted to
be the places w here the last of t he interstit ial melt crystal-
lized after flow of the magma had ceased. Some patches of
interstitial melt were surrounded by euhedral crystals that
had grown from the melt. and the1r charactenst1c blocky
outline IS preserved (two patches are mdicated by arrows).
The orthopyroxene 1n th1s rock IS a solid product of the
Incongruent melting of b1otite (some authors use t he term
"peritectic phase" for minerals formed in th1s way), and
because t hey grew in t he presence of an anatect ic melt,
some crystals have wel l-developed faces. In contrast, most
274 ______________________D~E_E_P_E~R_C~O~N_T_A~C~T~-~A~U~R~E~O~L~E~S:
THE BALLACHULISH IGNEOUS COMPLEX

Figure

Fig. F29. Th1s photomiCrograph 1s from a th1n section taken Further readtng: Harte. B., Patt1son. D .R.M. & L1nklater, C.M.
from a nebulitic metatex1te m1gmat1te derived from a semi- ( 1991): Field relations and petrography of part1ally melted
pelitic protolith. The quartz has an 1nterst1t1al to poikilit1c pehte and sem1-pelit1c rocks. In Equilibnum 1n Contact
morphology and surrounds subhedral to euhedral gra1ns of Metamorphism: the Ballachuhsh Igneous Complex and 1ts
K-feldspar and, to a lesser extent. cord1ente. The K-feldspar Aureole (G. Voll, j. Topel, D.R.M. Patt1son & F. Seifert, eds.) .
1s h1ghly altered, and so appears patchily dark, and some- Spnnger-Verlag, He1delberg. Germany (181-209).
w hat streaked. The cord1ent e gram on the extreme nght
IS alt ered largely t o a sh1mmer aggregate. The outline of
several K-feldspar grains shows clear evidence of a defi-
nite shape o f t he crystals. T he quartz, wh1ch IS clear (white)
to yellow1sh brown in color, has an 1nterstit1al, pore-fill1ng
form between the gram of K-feldspar and cord1erite. but
1t 1S po1k11itic overall and 1n the field of v1ew cons1sts largely
of two cryst als: one 1n the lower left and center has wh1te
bwefnngence-colors. and the other has yellow1sh colors.
The K-feldspar 1s considered to have crystallized from the
anatectic melt earlier than the quartz. which crystallized
around the K-feldspar (and cord1ente) crystals as 1t filled
the rema1ning " pore space"; hence. 1t has both a poik1lit1c
and an 1nterst1tial hab1t.

Locat1on: Ballachulish Igneous Complex. Scotland. Rock type :

nebulitic met atexite m1gmat1te ; sem1pelitic proto lith. Scale:
t he width of the photograph IS 1.5 mm. Cross-polarized
light. Image and capt1on: Ben Harte and Cla1re M. Linklater.
 Atlas of Migmatites
----------------------~-------275

Figure 30

Fig. F30. This photomicrograph is from a sample of neb-

ulitic metatexit e migmatite developed from a semipelit ic
protolith. It shows quartz grains 1n a matrix of K-feldspar.
The K-feldspar is highly altered ; it appears dark and streaky.
The shapes of the quartz grains range from roundish to
subhedral, and there are small segments of t he grains that
are possibly crystal faces. The quartz is interpreted to be
principally rounded, or corroded, res1dual grains formed by
the partial melting of quartz-rich rocks. The flat-faced seg-
ments on the quartz crystals are considered to be portions
that grew later as the melt crystallized. T he original crystal
of K-feldspar had a morphology interpreted as interstitial,
and is considered to have crystallized largely from the melt,
which formerly occupied the pore space.

Location : Ballachulish Igneous Complex, Scotland. Rock type :

nebulitic metatex1te migmatite; semipelitic protolith. Scale:
the width of the photograph is 1.5 mm. Cross-polarized
light. Image and caption: Ben Harte and Claire M. Linklater.

Further readmg: same as Fig. F29.

 DEEPER CONTACT- AUREOLES :
------
276--- ------THE ------ ------ --
BA LLAC H ULI SH IGNEOUS CO MPLEX

Figure 3I

.,.....
,..,:

"i : •
' ,,

....
Q tz

·. . ~

, ... ..~ ..
...... ... '\

Fig. FJI . T h1s 1mage shows microstructures typ1cal of the

Appin Quartz1te (wh1ch actually conta1ns abundant feldspar
(Fsp). and so may be better described as an arkose) from
close to the intrusive body. which has melted almost com-
pletely. The quartz gra1ns are recogn1zed by thew clanty. or
transparency, and are roundish, whereas 1n contrast, the
feldspar gra1ns are slightly cloudy, or turb1d, and have highly
cuspate forms; the feldspar- quartz dihedral angles are low.
The feldspar is typical of that grown in melt pocket s. and its
shape suggests that it has replaced the melt.

Locat1on: Ballachulish Igneous Complex, Scotland. Rock

type: part1ally melted App1n Quartz1te one meter from the
contact. T ca. 775°C, P 3 kbar. Scale: the field of view is
0.9 mm w1de. Cross-polarized light. Image and capt1on:
Marian Holness.

Further readmg: Holness, M.B. & Clemens, J.D. (1999):

Partial melt ing of t he Appin quartzit e driven by fracture-
controlled H 20 Infiltration in the aureole of the Ballachulish
Igneous Complex, Scottish H1ghlands. Contnbuuons to
Mineralogy and Petrology 136. 154- 168.

Holness. M. B. & Watt G.R. (200 1): Q uartz recryst allisat ion
and fiuid now during contact metamorphism: a cathodolu-
minescence study. Geoflwds I , 2 15- 228.
 A ria; of Mig matites
---------------- --------------277

Figure :12

/ .

• ..
• 0
. . .. ..
. '
. . ..
• .. •
,
.f
."
·.,

0 0 . .... ..:

Fig. F32. T he quartz grains in this photomicrograph have

undergone sign1ficant growth. The ti ny, triangular grains
of feldspar (Fsp) that used to be located at three-gra1n
JUnctions are now entwely enclosed w1th1n a s1ngle gra1n
of quartz (Qtz). The feldspar (turb1d) IS h1ghly cuspate 1n
shape, and has some elongate, tapenng extens1ons along
the boundanes between the adjacent gra1ns.

Location: Ballachulish Igneous Complex, Scotland. Rock type:

partially melted App1n Quartzite I m from the contact,
T ca. 775°C, p 3 kbar. Scale: the field of VIeW IS 0.9 mm Wide.
Cross-polanzed light. Image and captton: Manan Holness.

Further readmg: see Fig. F31.

 REG IONAL MIGMATITE TERRANES:
278 --------- --------- --------- ---
THE ASHUANIPI SUBPROVINCE
Figure i3
Fig. F33 . Th1s sample contains irregularly shaped doma1ns
of K-feldspar (domains of quartz and plagioclase are rarer)
that are up to four t1mes the s1ze of the equant. polygonal-
shaped groundmass minerals, quartz, and plag1oclase and
bladed biotite. The largest domains are shown in orange
for clanty, but there are others of different colors as well.
Typ1cally, the Irregularly shaped doma1ns have cuspate out-
lines, because the adjacent m1nerals are rounded owing to
dissolution; Mehnert et al. (1973) produced very similar
microstructures in part1al-melting expenments. In places,
th1n, tapered extensions from the doma1ns follow the gra1n
boundanes between adJacent minerals. The microstruc-
ture present at the t1me of partial melting thus is preserved
and d1d not undergo textural re-equilibrat1on e1ther when
melt was still present or subsequently in the subsolidus
state (e.g., Holness et al. 2005, see Further reading below).
Most of the cuspate domains conta1n rounded Inclusions of
quartz, plag1oclase, and b1otite. An orthopyroxene crystal
located 1n the center of the photomicrograph has well-
developed, rational faces where it is in contact with a
K-feldspar domain. Th1s microstructure is interpreted to
1nd1cate a s1te where part1al melt1ng occurred by the reac-
tion: biotite+ quartz+ plagioclase= melt+ orthopyroxene
+ Fe-oxide. The distribution of melt in this rock was, there-
fore. controlled by where the melt1ng react1on occurred,
1.e., by the locat1on of b1ot1te in the rock. Consequently, the
former pools of melt are, 1n general, oriented parallel to the
foliation. In other places, thin films of m1nerals represent-
ing former melt occur along grain boundaries and at grain
JUnctions. From po1nt counting and a mass-balance calcu-
lation, th1s particular rock is Interpreted to have a residual
bulk composition resulting from the loss of 15.8% melt, but
2.1% melt was retained in the pools, grain boundaries, and
grain JUnctions. The microstructures that 1nd1cate the for-
mer presence of melt in this rock are unusually large (up to
I mm, or four times the grain size) for migmatites formed
m a reg1onal metamorphic terrane; more typical examples
are shown 1n Figs. F35 and F36.
Locat1on: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type :
residual part of a metatexite m1gmat1te; metagreywacke
(psamm1te) protolith, anatex1s 1n the granulite faoes at
T 825-875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the long s1de of the photo-
graph corresponds to 3.5 mm. Cross-polarized light and
quartz accessory plate 1nserted. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
Further reading: Holness, M .B., Cheadle, M.J. & McKenz1e,
D. (2005): On the use of changes in dihedral angle to
decode late-stage textural evolut1on 1n cumulates. journal of
Petrology 46, 1565- 1583.
Sawyer, E.W. (2001): Melt segregation in the continental
crust: distribution and movement of melt 1n anatect1c rocks.
journal of MetamorphiC Geology 19, 291 - 309.
 A tl as of Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 279

Figure 4

Fig. F34. Same image as shown in F1g. F33, but in cross-

polarized light without an accessory plate. The microstruc-
tures indicative of the former presence of melt are much
harder to see w1thout the aid of the quartz accessory plate.
Using the accessory plate confers a cons1derable advantage
m distinguishing, and hence 1dentify1ng, microstructures that
conta1n d1fferently onented gra1ns of m1nerals that all have
low, first-order interference-colors, such as quartz, plagio-
clase, and K-feldspar.

Location: Ashuanip1 Subprovince, Quebec, Canada.

Rock type: residual part of a metatex1te m1gmatite;
metagreywacke (psamm1te) protolith. anatex1s 1n the gran-
ulite facies at T 825 875°C. P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the long s1de
of the photograph corresponds to 3.5 mm. Cross-polanzed
light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
280 __________________R~E~G~IO~N--A~L~M~IG~M~A~T~IT~E~T~E~R~R~A~N~E~S:
THE ASHUANIPI SUBPROVI NCE

Figure J5

Fig. F35 . Th1s res1dual metagreywacke conta1ns a few scat- Location: Ashuan1p1 Subprov1nce, Quebec. Canada.
tered 1rregularly shaped doma1ns of K-feldspar, quartz and Rock type: res1dual part of a metatex1te migmat1te;
plag1oclase in contact w1th rounded quartz, plag1oclase, metagreywacke (psammite) protolith. anatex1s 1n the gran-
and espeCially biotite. The doma1ns are very small (<0.15 ulite faCies at T 825 875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the w1dth
mm), comparable to the grain s1ze, and not easy to find. of the photograph corresponds to 4.0 mm. Cross-polarized
The ones that are most obv1ous in th1s 1mage are orange light plus quartz accessory plate. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
1n color, but others are blue or violet; some are indicated
Further reading: Guernina, S. & Sawyer, E.W . (2003) : Large-
by arrows. The domains are Interpreted as the sites where
scale melt-depletion 1n granulite terranes: an example from
partial melting occurred via the reaction: biotite + quartz +
the Archaean Ashuan1pi subprov1nce of Quebec. Journal of
plag1oclase = melt + orthopyroxene + Fe-ox1de. The
Metamorphic Geology 21 , 18 1 201.
domains of former melt 1n th1s rock are much smaller,
relat1ve to the grain size of the matrix, than those 1n Figs.
F33 and F34, and have a geometry that IS more sugges-
tive of films of melt located along gram boundanes, rather
than discrete pools of melt 1n the matnx. The distnbut1on
of the former films of melt 1s strongly linked to the loca-
tion of b1ot1te, the hydrous reactant mineral present 1n the
rock; hence, melt formed preferentially 1n the plane of the
foliat1on .

Figure 16
•
Fig. F36 . The thin sect1on shown 1n th1s photomicro-
graph has been cut parallel to the foliat1on plane to show
the shape of the former pools of melt m the plane of the
foliat1on. The center of th1s image shows several Irregu-
larly shaped, cuspate minerals between t he rounded matrix
grains of biotite (Bt), quartz (Qtz), and plag1oclase (PI).
T here is no orthopyroxene in this photomicrograph, but
it occurs elsewhere in t he thin section. Interstitial films of
K-feldspar, plagioclase, and quartz are identified by arrows.
The rounded outline of the quartz, biotite, and plagioclase
gra1ns near the K-feldspar is interpreted to be the result
of dissolution during the melt-produc1ng metamorphic
react1on. On the bas1s of th1s interpretation and the pres-
ence of orthopyroxene elsewhere 1n the th1n sect1on.
part1al melt1ng 1s 1nferred to have occurred v1a the react1on:
b1ot1te + quartz + plag1oclase = melt + orthopyroxene +
Fe ox1de. K-feldspar does not occur on the mutual bound-
anes between adjacent grains of plag1oclase or between
adJacent gra1ns of quartz; 1t occurs adJacent to b1ot1te.
Consequently, the irregularly shaped grains are Interpreted
to have crystallized from anatectic melt that formed at
triple-grain junctions, or along gra1n boundaries adJa-
cent to the grains of reactant biotite. The distnbution of
melt in the foliation plane of this rock is thus controlled by
where the melting reaction occurred. The K-feldspar has a
Atlas of Migmatites
------------------------------281
cuspate outline and thm tapered proJeCtions along the gra1n
boundanes between adJacent res1dual m1nerals. The micro-
structure that developed at the t1me of part1al melting
thus has not been mod1fied to any Significant degree sub-
sequently. The presence of 1ntergranular K-feldspar. quartz,
and plagioclase suggests that the anatectic melt that crys-
tallized might have had a granit ic bulk composition, and this
IS broadly confi rmed by det ermining the mineral modes of
t he intergranular patches by point count1ng.
Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Canada. Rock type: res1dual
part of a metatex1te m1gmatite; metagreywacke (psammite)
protolith, anatex1s 1n the granulite fac1es. T 825 875°C.
P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the w1dth of the photograph corresponds
to 2.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light plus quartz accessory
plate. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further readmg: see Figs. F33 and F35.
 R~
----------------~ ~I~O~N_A_L~
EG ~A
IG~M
M~ T~
~T~I~ R~
E~T~E~ A~
R~ S:
N~E~
282
THE OPATICA SUBPROVINCE

Figure 17

Fig. F37. This is a photomi crograph of a biotite quartz- quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar + H 20 = melt. and pro-
gressed unt1l all the reactant K-feldspa r was consume d.
plagioclase leucoton ahte that underwe nt part1al melt1ng and
lost most of the melt fraction that was generate d. In the
Locot1on: Opatica Subprovi nce. Quebec, Canada. Rock type :
upper left quadrant , a large purple, rounded gra1n of quartz
melt-dep leted res1duum: leucoton alite protolith . anatex1s at
lies 1n a group of large crystals of plag1oclase; the quartz
T ca. 750oC. P 5- 7 kbar. Scale: the width of the photogra ph
1s enclosed by a th1n film of K-feldspar. wh1ch separate s 1t
correspo nds to 4 mm. Cross-po lanzed light plus quartz
from d1rect contact w1th the ne1ghbonng gra1ns of plagio-
accessor y plate. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
clase. The K-feldspar 1n th1s rock occurs only as films such as
th1s between quartz and plagioclase; it does not form large Further readmg: Sawyer. E.W. (1998): Formatio n and evo-
subhedra l crystals like quartz and plag1oclase. Furtherm ore, lution of gran1te magmas dunng crustal rework1ng: the
the distributi on of K-feldspar 1s not restncte d to the VICin- s1gn1ficance of d1atex1tes. journal of Petrology 39, 11 47 1167.
ity of biot1te. The lower nght quadrant of th1s 1m age shows
rounded (i.e.. corroded ) crystals of quartz (yellow1sh) Sawyer, E.W. (2001): Melt segregat1on 1n the continen tal
and plagioclase (blue) that are separate d by a thin film of crust: d1stribution and moveme nt of melt 1n anatectiC rocks.
tw1nned plag1oclase (orange yellow). This microstr ucture journal of MetamorphiC Geology 19. 291 - 309.
is very much like that shown in many quenche d partial-
melting expenme nts 1n wh1ch a thm film of glass separate s
the corroded reactant phases. In this case, the plane of
the th1n sect1on cuts through the part of the melt pocket
that crystallized to plagioclase. Biotite does not appear to
be corroded 1n th1s rock. or to be spat1ally assoc1ated w1th
the K-feldspar films, wh1ch suggests that the melt1ng reac-
tion may not have Included biot1te as a reactant. Melt1ng
poss1bly occurred by a flu1d-present react1on such as
 A tlas o f Mig ma tit es
------------------------------~ 283

Fig. F38. Th1s photomicrograph shows a th1n, three- Location: Opat1ca Subprovince, Canada. Rock type: melt-
branched film of K-feldspar locat ed along the gra1n boundary depleted res1duum. leucotonahte protolith. T ca. 750°C,
between rounded (corroded) gra1ns of quartz and plagio- P S- 7 kbar. Scale: t he 1mage IS 3 mm w1de. Cross-polanzed
clase 1n a b1ot1te quartz-plagioclase leucotonalite. To the light plus the quartz accessory plate. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
left, a smaller film of K-feldspar encloses a rounded gra1n
of plag1oclase that is still in optical continu1ty with a larger
grain of plagioclase nearby. This microstruct ure resem-
bles those found in quenched partial-melt ing expenments
as well. and is int erpreted as evidence for part1al melting.
Considering t he whole t hin sect ion, t he fi lms of K-feldspar
occur between matrix grains of plagioclase and quartz, and
not w1th biotite. Hence, the melting may have occurred
by a react1on such as quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar +
H 10 = melt. Films of plag1oclase and quartz are rare: 1n
general, the gram boundanes between the crystals of resid-
ual quartz and plag1oclase contain small rounded grams of
quartz (indicated with an arrow) and plag1oclase. These
small gra1ns are Interpreted to be the rema1ns of melt films
that have subsequently recryst allized. Thus, the distribution
of films of K-feldspar and the small recrystallized gra1ns of
quartz and plag1oclase can be used to 1nfer t he former dls-
tnbution of melt in the rock (e.g., Sawyer 200 I).
 MICROSTRUCTURES IN RES IDUAL ROCKS
284 ----------- ----------- -------

Figure 39

Fig. F39. Th1s photomicrograph shows some of the fea-
tures typ1cally seen 1n the res1dual rocks adjacent to areas
of leucosome. At the out crop scale, t h1s m1gmat1te conta1ns
narrow(< I em), parallel bands of leucosome t hat, toget her
w1th the1r adjacent domains of melanosome, are onented
parallel to the bedd1ng, result1ng 1n a stromatic metatex1te
m1gmat1te. The 1mage shows the full w1dth of the melano -
some: t he leucosome (plag1oclase + quartz + K-feldspar)
is just visible at right edge of the image, and the plagio -
clase + quartz + b1ot1te + garnet paleosome at the other.
The modal proportions of quartz and plag1oclase (color-
less m1nerals) decrease in a systematiC fashion throughout
the melanosome toward t he leucosome, and concom1tant
with th is, t here is an 1ncrease in the modal proport1on of
biotite. Moreover, the average grain-s1ze of b1otlte 1n the
melanosome Increases toward the leucosome (1.e., from
left to nght across the photomicrograph). In contrast, the
gra1n size of quartz and plagioclase remains approx1mat ely
constant, except for t he domains where biotite is especially
abundant: t here, quartz and plag1oclase crystals are smaller.
Garnet IS un1formly distributed 1n th1s part1cular melano-
some, although the largest gra1n IS located closest to the
leucosome. Garnet grains close to t he leucosome contain
small, rounded inclusions of biotite, a feature absent from
garnet 1n the paleosome. Many gra1ns of garnet, espec1ally
those nearest the leucosome, are part1ally enclosed by
coarse-grained b1ot1te, wh1ch suggests that b1ot1te has
part1ally replaced garnet. The only occurrence of cordiente
(slight ly yellow because of alteration) in t he melanosome
1S 1n, and around, a shallow embayment in t he largest crys-
tal of garnet close to the leucosome: the s1gn1ficance of th1s
relat1onsh1p 1s unclear. There is no silhmamte, or K-feldspar,
1n the melanosome: the part1al-melt1ng reaction may have
been biotite + sillimanite + quartz + plagioclase + H 20 =
melt + garnet. Biot1te and cor d1ente could both result from
1nteract1on between the residual crystals and the rema1nmg
anatectiC melt 1n the melanosome following the m1grat1on
of the melt to t he leucosome.
Locauon: Nemiscau Subprovince, Q uebec, Canada. Rock
type: melanosome from a stromatiC metatexite m1gmat1te:
sem1pelit1c protohth, upper amphibolite or lower granu-
lite faoes (no orthopyroxene). Scale: t he long s1de of the
photomicrograph corresponds to 12 mm. Plane-polarized
light. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
Further readmg: Wh1te, R.W. & Powell, R. (2002): Melt loss
and the preservation of granulite fac1es mineral assem-
blages. journal of Metamorphic Geology 20, 621 632.
 Atlm, of Migmatite;
---------------- --------------285

Figure 10

Fig. F40. T his phot omicrograph shows the same field

of view as Fig. F39, but is taken in cross-polarized light to
better show the vanation 1n the gra1n s1ze of quartz and
plag1oclase.

Locat1on: Nem1scau Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock

type: melanosome 1n a stromat1c metatex1te m1gmat1te;
semipelitic protol1th, upper amphibolite or lower granulite
facies (no orthopyroxene). Scale; the long s1de of the pho-
tomicrograph corresponds to 12 mm. Cross-polanzed light.
Image; E.W. Sawyer.
 MICROSTRUC TURES IN RES I DUAL ROCKS
286 ------- ------- ------- ------- -
Figure 41
.,.....
•
Fig. F41 . The edge of the leucosome in this photomicro-
graph IS clearly defined by the abrupt change in the modal
abundance of fer romagnesian minerals and by the change
in the grain s1ze of quartz and feldspar; the contact IS com-
paratively planar. In outcrop, the migmatite cons1sts of
only two parts. the leucosome representing the products
denved from anatectiC melt and the res1duum; there IS no
paleosome. The areas of leucosome are not bordered by a
conspicuous melanosome; rather, the melt-depleted region
complementa ry to the leucosome is the entire layer host-
Ing the leucosome, and such layers can be as much as
50 em wide. The melt-producing reaction 1n this migmatite
=
was b1otite + quartz + plag1oclase melt + orthopyroxen e +
ilmenite (or magnet1te). These layers are remarkably un1form
1n chemical composition, mineralogy. and microstructure .
They have melt-depleted maJor- and trace-element com-
positions, consist of the assemblage plag1oclase + b1otite +
orthopyroxen e + quartz + ilmenite, and locally contain
microstructures ind1cat1ve of the former presence of melt
(see Figs. F33 F36). The leucosome in the photomicrogra ph
IS not bordered by melanosome that becomes progres-
Sively more enriched 1n ferromagnes1an m1nerals toward 1t.
However, the photomicrogra ph (see F1g. F42 for the same
th1n section in cross-polarized light) shows that there is a
very slight 1ncrease 1n the gra1n s1ze of plag1oclase Immedi-
ately adjacent to the leucosome and that the modal content
of quartz is lowest next to the leucosome. The gra1n size of
the plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar leucosome is smaller
at its marg1n compared to the intenor, possibly because the
plagioclase crystallizing from the melt at the margins of the
leucosome was able to nucleate on plagioclase crystals 1n
the wallrock. Hence, there are more, but smaller, crystals of
plagioclase at the margins of the leucosome. The neosome
shown 1n this photomicrogra ph is typ1cal of the leucosome
residuum relat1onsh1p in the metatex1te migmatites denved
from aluminum-poo r metagreywackes in the Ashuanipi
Subprov1nce; orthopyroxen e is the green1sh grey to pinkish
mineral w1th h1gh relief
Location: Ashuan1pi Subprov1nce. Quebec, Canada. Rock
type: metatex1te m1gmat1te; alum1num-poor metagreywacke
protolith, granulite facies. T 825- 875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale:
the width of photograph corresponds to 13.5 mm. Plane-
polanzed light. Image: from a thin sect1on lent by Robert
Theriault.
Further readmg: Guemna, S. & Sawyer, E.W. (2003) : Large-
scale melt-depletion 1n granulite terranes: an example from
the Archaean Ashuanipi subprovince of Quebec. journal of
Metamorphic Geology 21 , 181 -20 I.
Sawyer, E.W. (2001) : Melt segregation in the continental
crust: d1stribut1on and movement of melt in anatectiC rocks.
journal ofMetamorph1c Geology 19, 291 309.
 A tl as of Migmat ites
------------------------------ 287

Figure 42

Fig. F42 . The photomicrograph shows the same field of

view as Fig. F41. but 1n cross-polanzed light to show the
microstructures 1ndicative of recovery and recrystallization
1n the quartz. Gra1n-boundary readjustments 1n the quartz
and feldspar dunng and after deformat1on have mod1fied
some of the pnmary gra1n-boundary relat1onsh1ps (e.g..
stra1ght faces on plagioclase aga1nst quartz) formed when
this leucosome crystallized from anatectic melt.

Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock

type: metatex1te migmat1te; alum1num-poor metagreywacke
protol1th. granulite fac1es. T 825-875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale:
the w1dth of the photograph corresponds to 13.5 mm.
Cross-polanzed light. Image: From a th1n sect1on lent by
Robert Thenault.
 MIC ROSTRU CTURE S IN RES IDUAL ROC KS
288 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -

Figure :1.3

Fig. F43. Th1s photomicrograph IS from a meter-w1de
layer of Archean pelit1c sch1st. The pelite layer contains a
few small doma1ns of leucosome that are located 1n small
shear bands and 1n irregular dilatant sites that are oriented
approx1mately orthogonal to the layering. The borders of
the leucosome domains are diffuse, and t hey do not have
a consp1cuous melanosome around them. If compared
to the average of 30 lower-grade pelit1c sch1sts from t he
same sequence, the whole-rock major- and trace-ele-
ment compos1tion of the peht1c sch1st can be 1nterpreted
as being res1dual after the loss of some anatectic melt. The
textural relationships among the m1nerals 1n th1s rock
confirm its residual nature. The m1neral assemblage IS
plag1oclase (PI) + b1otite + quartz + cordierite + K-feldspar +
ilmen1te; s1111man1te 1s present, but IS not part of the par-
agenesis. Cordierite (Crd) forms porphyroblasts up to
7 mm long that are elongate 1n the plane of the foliat1on:
most of the porphyroblasts conta1n ac1cular inclus1ons of
Sillimanite and small rounded inclusions of quartz and of
b1ot1te. However, the b10t1te. quartz, and sdliman1te Inclu-
sions are never in mutual contact; t hey are separat ed by
cordierite. Some mclus1ons of quartz conta1n small needles
of sillimanite. Silliman1te does not occur in the sch1st outside
the cord1ente poikiloblasts. Th1s spatial relat1onsh1p among
t he m1nerals suggests that the melt-producing react 1on
was b1ot1te + silliman1te + quartz + plag1oclase = melt +
cord1ente + K-feldspar + Ilmenite. Most of the cordierite
is fresh, w1th only very m1nor alterat1on to chlonte at the
ends of some porphyroblasts; the removal of t he anatec·
t1c melt and the H, 0 1t conta1ned effectively dehydrated
the res1duum so that very lit tle rehydration of the cordier-
ite could occur as metamorphic temperatures declined
beyond the solidus. M1nor amounts of texturally late mus-
covite (Ms) occur 1n the schist; it may be the product of
late, near-solidus react1on of cord1ente + K-feldspar w1th
t he last rema1ning, Interstitial anatectiC melt.
Locat1on: Quet1co Subprov1nce, Ontario, Canada. Rock
type : residuum in a metatex1te m1gmatite: pelit ic protolith,
T 700- 800°C, P 3 4 kbar: Scale: the long s1de of the photo-
micrograph corresponds t o 2.5 mm. Cross-polarized light.
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. (1987): The role of part1al
melt1ng and fractional crystallization 1n determin1ng discor-
dant m1gmat1te leucosome compos1t 1ons. journal of Petrology
28, 445-473.

Figure 44
Fig. F44. In outcrop. the cord1ente + K-feldspar + biotite
+ quartz pelit1c sch1st from wh1ch th1s sample was col-
lected contains scattered domains of K-feldspar + quartz +
plagioclase leucosome oriented parallel to the folia-
tion. Smaller but compositionally s1milar domains occur in
extens1onal shear bands. Because the leucosome does not
amount to more than I 0% of the outcrop, the two onen-
tatlons create a very open, net-like array of leucosome 1n
outcrop. This photomicrograph is from a sample of pelitic
sch1st collected from between the net-like array of leuco-
some doma1ns. Both cordiente (Crd) and K-feldspar (Kfs)
form abundant (20 modal % each) rounded po1k1loblasts
that conta1n abundant Inclusions of biotite and round.
corroded quartz. The foliat1on 1n the sch1st is defined by
the preferred onentat1on of b1otite. and wraps around
the cord1ente + K-feldspar domains. creating an augen-
like microstructure; some penetrative deformat1on thus
occurred in this migmatlte after the poikiloblasts had
formed. Sillimanite 1s not present in th1s particular sam-
ple, but 1n the adJacent schist. a small proportion of the
cordierite poik1loblasts conta1ns aggregates of sillimanite
needles that outline small crenulation-type folds, but the
sillimanite inclusions are not 1n contact with quartz and bio-
tite. also present as inclusions in the cord1ente. Hence, a
possible melt-produc1ng reaction for the m1gmat1te 1n the
photomicrograph was b1ot1te + s1lliman1te + quartz
melt + cordiente + K-feldspar. Because cord1ente IS w1dely
A d a> of Migma tites
----------- ---------- ------- 289
preserved 1n th1s res1dual rock and not replaced by b1ot1te.
muscovite. or sill1mamte. H,0 generated from the dehydra-
tion melt1ng of reactant b1otite must have left the res1duum
1n the anatectic melt. Hence, from its mineralogy and the
lack of retrograde rehydrat1on. this sample of m1gmat1te 1s
Interpreted to be melt-depleted res1duum .
Location: Central Zone of the Damara Belt, Namib1a. Rock
type: res1duum in a metatexite migmatite: plagioclase-poor.
alum1nous pelite protolith. anatex1s 1n the lower granulite
fac1es, T ca. 800oC. P 3 4 kbar. Scale: the long side of the
1mage corresponds to 5.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light. Image:
E.W . Sawyer:
Further readmg: P1ckering. J.M. & Johnston. A.D. (1998):
Flu1d-absent melt1ng behav1or of a two-m1ca metapeiltes:
experimental constra1nts on the on gin of Black Hills granite.
journal of Petrology 39, 1787 1804.
Wh1te. R.W. & Powell. R. (2002): Melt loss and the pres-
ervation of granulite facies mmeral assemblages. journal of
Metomorphtc Geology 20. 621-632.
Wh1te. R.W., Powell, R. & Holland, T.B J. (2001): Calculation
of part1al melt equ1libna in the system Na 20 - Ca0 K 0 -
FeO MgO- AI,Q SiO H.O (NCKFMASH). Journal of
= Metomorphtc Geology 19. 139 153.
 MICRO STRUCTURES IN RESIDUAL ROCKS
290 ------- ------- ------- ------- ---
Figure 's
Fig. F45 . Th1s photomicrograph shows a h1ghly residual,
granulite-faoes rock that 1n outcrop occurs as th1ck, light-
colored layers and as 1solated boudins in syn-anatectic
shear zones. Ne1ther mode of occurrence has many spa-
t ially assooated doma1ns of leucosome. Th1s sample was
collected > 20 em from the nearest domain of leucosome.
The m1neral assemblage 1s cordiente + orthopyroxen e +
biot1te + silliman1te + sp1nel. Cordiente IS easily Identified
by 1ts prominent, yellow pleochroic halos, and the ortho-
pyroxene, by its h1gh relief A few t1ny, isolated. equant gra1ns
of quartz also are present in some of the b1otite aggre-
gates. but quartz represents no more than t race amounts.
B10t1te occurs as large indiv1dual gra1ns. or as aggre-
gates generally 1nterst1t1al to the cord1ente and part1ally
enclosing some orthopyroxene grains. Very small round
1nclus1ons of b1ot1te occur 1n the cordiente: 1n contrast. the
inclusions of b1ot1te m the orthopyroxene are larger and
more Irregular 1n shape. However, both types are inter-
preted as relics of reactant b1ot1te. The photomicrograph
shows t hat some cordiente-cord1erite and cordierite
orthopyroxen e boundaries are almost black. This coloration
reflects the presence of various very fine-gra1ned m1nerals.
Green hercyn1te occur s as a dust ing of tiny crystals along
some orthopyroxen e cordient e contacts (A) and, rarely,
as tiny aggregates in cord1ente: the sp1nel IS poss1bly a
product of quartz-absent prograde reactions. Aggregates
of very small elongate crystals of biotite occur along some
•
•
cordiente and orthopyroxen e grain boundanes; these are
•
commonly onented at a h1gh angle to the gra1n edges and +
might be a late alteration of cord1erite and orthopyrox-
ene. There are also cord1ente cordiente boundanes that •
are dark brown (B): th1s IS due to a very fine mtergrowth
of biot1te and sillimanite in which the orientation of the
t1ny aocular crystals 1s controlled by the crystallographic +
onentat1on of the cord1ente. and not the onentat1on of +
the grain boundary. Melt 1ng involv1ng biotite, quartz, silli-
mamte. and plagioclase IS Interpreted to have proceeded
to the extent that quartz, sillimanite, and plagioclase
were all consumed, leaving a residuum dominated by
cordiente + orthopyroxene. Some b1ot1te may be res1dual.
+
but the aggregates of large gra1ns of biotite assoc1ated with
the quartz blebs. the aggregates of small grains of biotite.
and the b1ot1te s1lliman1te Intergrowths are all Interpreted
•
as the result of a react1on between the res1dual mmer-
als cord1erite and orthopyroxene, and a small amount of
•
mtergranular melt left on the gra1n boundanes after VIr-
tually all of the melt generated by anatex1s had migrated
away and contributed to the leucosome elsewhere in the
m1gmat1te.
LocatiOn: Wuluma Hills, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
res1duum 1n a metatex1te m1gmat1te; aluminous metapelite
protolith, granulite-faoes anatex1s, T 825 875°C, P ca. 5 kbar.
Scale: the long side of the image corresponds to 7 mm.
Plane-polanzed light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 A tlas of Migmatites
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 291

Figure 6
~

•
•
•
•
•

Fig. F46. Rocks that have undergone a high degree of
partial melting and loss of melt are dist1nCt1ve because of
their very h1gh modal proport1on of residual m1nerals. The
extremely melt-depleted nature of the pelit1c migmatite
1n th1s photomicrograph is indicat ed by the abundance of
large, zoned crystals of garnet . The colorless (white) inter-
partial melting. The h1ghly unusual field-relat1ons of this par-
ticular rock are examined in F1g. B33.
Location: Abaukoma, Yaounde, Cameroon. Rock type:
residuu m in a met atexite migmatite; metapelitic prot olith,
anatexis at T ca. 850oe, P I 0- 12 kbar. Scale: the long side

• stit ial areas between the garnet crystals consist of quartz,

K-feldspar, and plagioclase (An10 40 ), and are interpreted to
of the photograph corresponds to 25 mm. Plane-polarized
light. Image: Pierre Barbey.
be derived from t he crystallization of anatectic melt that
was interstitial to the garnet crystals. Large crystals of bio-
Further reading: Barbey, P., Macaudiere, J. & N zenti, J.P.
( 1990): High-pressure dehydrat ion melt1ng of metapelit es:
tite partially replace the garnet , and they may have formed
ev1dence from migmatites of Yaounde (Cameroon). journal
by react1on between the residual garnet and the small
of Petrology 31 ,401-427.
amount of anatectic melt trapped between the garnet crys-
• tals. The rock also has a high modal abundance of accessory
mmerals: th1s m1ght also be cons1stent with a h1ghly resid-
Nzent1, J.P., Barbey, P., Macaudiere, J. & Soba, J. (1988):
Ong1n and evolution of the late Precambnan h1gh-grade
ual nature. Geochem1cal mass-balance calculations based Yaounde gneisses. Precambnan Research 38, 91 109.
• on the whole-rock composition of th1s rock and a plausi-
ble pelitic protol1th are consistent with the garnet-nch rock
be1ng the melt-depleted residuum from a pelitiC protolith
that has undergone extensive part1al melting, and has lost
at least 50 vol.% anatectic melt. However, 1t is not clear
whether such extensive partial melting occurred by dehy-
dration melt1ng of biotite at metamorphic temperatures
in excess o f 850°C, or whet her it occurred at somewhat
lower temperatures (750 800°C) through H 20-fluxed
 C RYSTALLIZATION- INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
292 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure 47

Fig. F47. Mount Stafford rs located rn the Proterozorc Arunta
Inlier of central Australia. The area around Mount Stafford con-
sists largely of Paleoproterozorc metasedrmentary rocks rn
which a sequence of five metamorphrc zones that range from
the greenschist to t he granulite facies have been mapped. The
area rs intnguing because granulite-faoes anatexrs has occurred
at shallow levels rn the crust, correspondrng to pressures of
about 3.2 kbar. and has many features that suggest contact
metamorphism. For example, partial melting in the interbed-
ded metapsammites, metasiltstones (protolith for cordiente
granofels) and alumrnous metapelites has, in places (zones 3 and
4), occurred without segregatron of the melt fractron from the
solid fractron and generated some unusual migmatites (see Figs.
AI and Bl7) that have essentrally rsotropic neosome, r.e., wrth-
out foliatron or magmatrc flow-rnduced structures. However.
leucosome is developed in some migmatites. An optically con-
trnuous quartz crystal (light grey) encloses euhedral crystals
of K-feldspar withrn a leucosome; thrs microstructure rs typr-
cal of the crystallization of a granrtrc magma. The K-feldspar
has perfectly developed crystal faces against the interstitial
quartz; contacts between K-feldspar crystals are less well devel-
oped; however. they are, rn general, also planar: N umerous
small inclusions of quartz occur in the core of many crystals of
K-feldspar: Most probably the intenor of the K-feldspar grains
formed dunng the subsohdus breakdown of coexrsting musco-
vite and quartz. The absence of strain features rn the quartz,
such as undulose extinction, or evidence for the mobility of
grain boundaries, rs very unusual for a regronal metamorphic
terrane, and illustrates that the migmatites at Mt. Stafford crys-
tallized rn an envrronment of low strarn.
Location: Mt. Stafford, Arunta Inlier; Australia. Rock type:
leucosome; semipelitrc protolith, anatexis at T 780- 810°C.
P 3.5 4 kbar: Scale: the long srde of the image corresponds to
3 mm. Cross-polanzed light. /mage and captron: Rrchard Whrte.
This rmage was published as fig. 2g in W hite et al. (2003) and is
reproduced wrth the permrssron of Oxford University Press.
Further readrng: Greenfield, j.E., Clarke, G.L., Bland, M. &
Clarke, D.L. (1996): In srtu migmatite and hybrid diatexite at Mt.
Stafford, central Australia. joumal of Metamorphrc Geology 14,
413 426.
Vernon, R.H., Clarke, G .L. & Collins, W.J. ( 1990): Local,
mrd-crustal granulite facies metamorphism and meltrng: an
example from the Mount Stafford area, central Australia. In
H igh Temperature Metamorphism and Crustal AnateXIS u.R.
Ashworth & M. Brown, eds.). Mineralogical Society, Series 2.
Unwrn Hyman, London, U.K. (272-319).
W hrte, R.W., Powell, R. & Clarke, G.L. (2003): Prograde met-
amorphic assemblage evolution during partial melting of
metasedrmentary rocks at low pressures: mrgmatrtes from Mt.
Stafford, central Australia.Jouma/ ofPetrology 44, 1937 1960.
 Atlas of Migmatites
------------------------------ 293

Figure 48

Fig. F48. An optically continuous crystal of K-feldspar (light

grey, faintly striped mineral) encloses euhedral crystals of
quartz (hexagonal outlines) in a leucosome from metamor-
phic zone 4 at Mt. Stafford. Some of the quartz crystals
appear black because they are viewed along the c crystallo-
graphic axis and seem, therefore, isotropic. Biotite crystals
are bladed in shape, and have some straight faces (i.e., they
are subhedral) where in contact with t he K-feldspar. This
microstructure is interpreted to indicate that both biotite
and quartz crystallized from the anatectic melt forming t he
leucosome, and before the K-feldspar crystall ized from the
remaining melt.

Location: Mt. Stafford, Arunt a Inlier, Austral ia. Rock type:

leucosome; semipelite protolit h, anatexis at T 780 810°C,
P 3.5- 4 kbar. Scale: t he lo ng side of the image corresponds
to 2.2 mm. Cross-polarized light. Image and caption: Richard
White. This image was published as fig. 2h in White et al.
(2003) and is reproduced with the permission of Oxford
University Press.

Further reading: as for Fig. F47, Greenfield, J.E., C larke,

G.L. & White, R.W. (1998): A sequence o f partial melt-
ing reactions at Mt. St afford, central Austral ia. Journal of
Metamorphic Geology 16, 363- 378
 CRYSTALLIZA TION-INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
294 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure 49 F1gure 9

Fig. F49. This mosaic shows an in situ lens of leucosome
(about 20 m m long) locat ed bet ween two boudins in a
metasedimentary rock of the Biwabik Format ion, from t he
foot wall of t he Dulut h Igneous Complex. The host is thinly
bedded iron-formation in which t he bedding is manifested
by changes in the modal proportions and grain size of mag-
netite, plagioclase, quartz, and clinopyroxene. T he bedding
is oriented subparallel to t he short side of the figures. The
leucosome has very irregular margins at t he grain scale,
a featu re t hat is common in bodies of in s1tu leucosome.
T he central part of the leucosome is characterized by large
crystals of plagioclase that contain conspicuous graphic
intergrowths of quartz. However, in a few plagioclase crys-
tals, the graphic intergrowth is wit h K-feldspar (microcline)
and not quart z. Most of the quartz and plagioclase at the
ends of the lens of leucosome occurs as separat e anhedral,
equant grains; a graphic intergrowth of quartz in plagio-
clase t here is very rare, and is also very poorly formed.
Because quart z is the more abundant mineral at the ends
of t he leucosome domain, and plagioclase more abundant
in the center, t here is a com posit ional gradient along t he
leucosome. N evertheless, overall it has a granodiorit ic bulk
composition. Some of t he magnet it e and clinopyroxene
crystals t hat project into t he leucosome from t he wallrocks
have cryst al faces against t he plagioclase in t he leucosome.
These minerals are t hus interpreted to have grown into
a space filled with melt. In contrast. t he opposit e ends of
A tl as of Migmatites
------------------------------295
t hese same crystals have curved and interlocking grain
boundaries, consistent w it h growth in a solid, i.e., t he wall -
rock. The grain size of the crystals in t he wallrock shows
a systemat ic incr ease toward t he leucosome. This is most
readily seen around t he w idest part of t he leucosome,
w here all the minerals show an increase in grain size by a
factor of 5 I 0 toward the leucosome. The increase in grain
size may occur because t here was anat ectic melt along
a significant proportion of t he grain boundaries close
to the leucosome, and this enabled a more rapid grain-
boundary migrat ion, and hence grain coarseni ng to occur
t here. Magnet it e crystals that are complet ely enclosed
within t he leucosome are eit her euhedral or skeletal in
form, whereas those in the wallrocks have irregular or
rounded grain-boundaries. The presence of a granophyric
microstruct ure, and of crystals w it h skeletal shapes in the
leucosome, are bot h features that indicate a rapid to mod-
erat ely rapid rate of cooling for the anat ectic melt in t he
contact aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex.
Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A.
Rock type: m Situ leucosome in a metatexite migmat it e;
Fe-oxide-rich metasedimentary protolith, T ca. 900oC.
P 1.5-2 kbar. Scale: t he width of t he photograph is 10 mm.
Left: cross-polarized light. Right: cross-polarized light plus
t he quart z accessory plat e. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 CRYSTALLIZAT ION-INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
296 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure FSO

Fig. FSO. One of the first macroscop1c s1gns of partial Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex. M1nnesota, U.S.A.
melt1ng in the contact aureole around the Duluth Igneous Rock type: tn Situ leucosome 1n a patch metatex1te
Complex (DIC) is the development of small (<I 0 mm) migmat1te; Virgin1a Format1on metapelite, T ca. 750°C,
patches of neosome 1n the pelit1c hornfelses. Th1s small P 1.5 2 kbar. Scale: the w1dth of the photograph IS 9 mm.
tn s1tu patch of neosome 1s typical of those 1n the lowest- Cross-polarized hght. /mage: E.W. Sawyer:
grade migmatites. It has a large 1nner part that consists of a
quartz + plag1oclase + K-feldspar + muscovite leucosome
in wh1ch the muscovite (Ms) IS commonly arranged 1n small
aggregates of radiating crystals. In contrast, neosome, leu-
cosome, and leucocrat1c ve1ns 1n the h1gher-temperature
mner part of the contact aureole rarely conta1n musco-
vite. The quartz and feldspar 1n the leucosome tend to
form small anhedral, mterlock1ng crystals, wh1ch results 1n
a microstructure that IS substantially d1fferent from that in
the leucosome from the highest-grade parts of the aure-
ole (e.g., F1gs. F53 and F54); 1n part1cular, the gra1n size 1S
so small that no gra1ns extend from the marg1ns to the
center of the leucosome. The outer part of the neosome
1s a narrow annulus (<0.5 mm) of melanosome that 1s
rich 1n biot1te. However, cordiente does not appear to be
ennched in the melanosome compared to the metapelite
host farther away. Melting 1n the outer parts of the aureole
thus may not have 1nvolved the incongruent breakdown of
b1otite, but could have 1nvolved the H, 0-fluxed melting of
quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar:
 A tla> of Migm at ites
---------------- --------------297

Figure 5I

Fig. F51 . This 1n-source leucosome, from about halfway difference is t hat the doma1ns of leucosome in the outer
between the onset of partial melt1ng and the appearance aureole are significantly finer-grained relative to their width
of diatexite m1gmat1tes. IS typ1cal of the larger bod1es of than those 1n the 1nner aureole. Consequently, they have
leucosome from the outer, lower-grade part of the con- a d1fferent microstructure dom1nated by small anhedral
tact aureole of the Duluth Igneous Complex. Like most of gra1ns that have 1rregular gra1n-boundaries.
the leucosome 1n the outer part of the aureole, this one IS
1n an extensional shear zone (see F1g. F88 for an example) LocatiOn: Wyman Creek, Duluth Igneous Complex,
and, therefore, IS slightly discordant to the foliation in the M1nnesota, U.S.A. Rock type: in-source leucosome,
fine-grained host, a quartz biotite-plagioclase K-feldspar mctatex1te m1gmatite; pelitic protolith, pyroxene hornfels
cordierite pelitic schist. Comparing th1s leucosome with fac1es. T ca. 750°C, P 1.5 2 kbar. Scale: the long s1de of the
that in Fig. F53 shows that there are s1gn1ficant petrologi- photomicrograph corresponds to 9 mm. Cross-polanzed
cal differences between the outer and 1nner aureoles. The light. Image: E.W. Sawyer:
ma1n difference 1S the widespread occurrence of bladed
muscov1te (Ms) 1n the leucosome of the outer aureole,
and the narrow, dark-colored nm around the leucosome
(most clearly evident on the left side) due to alterat ion
of cordierite in the adjacent wallrock; the dark rim is not
melanosome. Both of these features 1ndicate that the melt
from wh1ch the leucosome crystallized 1n the outer aure-
ole was ncher 1n H 0 than the melt in the 1nner aureole.
The bulk compos1t1on of the leucosome suggests that 1t
is not the product of fractional crystallization. Therefore,
the higher H 10 contents may be due to the occurrence of
H 20-fluxed melting in t he out er aureole, whereas dehydra-
tion melting predominated in the inner aureole. Another
 CRYSTALLIZATION-INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
298 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure Sl

Fig. F52. T his photomicrograph shows part of a small after the deformation that elongated the leucosome.
(2 em long) elongate pat ch of m situ leucosome in a resid- The photomicrograph shows the contact between large,
ual metapelite that was collected from a xenolith located late-cryst allized crystals of quartz (blue) and K-feldspar
close to the contact w1th the Duluth Igneous Complex. (yellow).
Consequently, th1s occurrence of leucosome IS from the
Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota. U.S.A. Rock
very h1ghest grade part of the contact aureole. The patch
of leucosome contains ev1dence that the melt in it nowed,
type: m Situ leucosome 1n a res1dual metatex1te m1gmat1te;
V1rg1n1a Formation pelite protolith, T > 900°C, P 1.5-2
and hence t hat 1t s elongate shape was acquired before t he
leucosome solidified. The melt in the leucosome contained kbar. Scale: t he w1dt h of the photograph is 2.5 mm. Cross-
polarized light and t he quartz plate inserted. Image: E.W.
a few scattered, equant crystals of orthopyroxene (h1gh
relief), but 1t also contained many small, elongate, euhe- Sawyer.
dral crystals of plagioclase. The plag1oclase crystals locally
show a strong alignment that 1s parallel to the long ax1s of
the patch of leucosome. This alignment IS Interpreted to
have occurred when t he small lens of magma in the pelite
was deformed and became elongated. The last part of the
microstructure t o form developed when the melt conta1ning
the aligned m1nerals crystallized and formed the large
xenomorph1c gra1ns of quartz. K-feldspar. and plagio-
clase that now host the aligned smaller crystals. The lack
of any opt1cal ev1dence for crystal-plast1c deformation 1n
the last-cryst allized minerals, such as undulose extinc-
t ion or the formation of polygonal subgrains. 1ndicates
that the final stages of cryst allization of the melt occurred

Figure 53
Fig. FS3. Thts example of leucosome is from the transttion
from metatextte to dtatextte mtgmattte. The photomicro-
graph shows a fine-gratned pelit1c hornfels (upper right)
that has a foliatton defined by the onentatton of bto-
tite. The foltatton ts crossed at an angle of about 20° by
a 4-mm-wtde, dtscordant domain of leucosome (lower
left) . There ts no melanosome next to thts segment of
the leucosome, which suggests that the leucosome ts not
m sttu. Consequently, it should be called a leucocratic vein.
However. as the leucosome can be traced back a few centi-
meters to where tt becomes parallel to the foltatton and has
a melanosome that ts enriched in cordiente, at least that
part of the leucosome can be constdered to be tn sttu. Thus,
the term leucosome does seem appropriate. The miCro-
structure of the leucosome IS domtnated by large. anhedral
crystals of quartz (Qtz), whtch extend from the margins of
the leucosome to tts tntenor (cf Fig. F51). Close examtna-
tton shows that the contact of the leucosome appears to be
somewhat diffuse. and quartz crystals tn the leucosome can
be traced to the wallrock contact, and locally beyond it into
the wallrocks whtle maintatntng opttcal continutty. The melt
from which the leucosome crystallized contatned abundant
small crystals, and these are now preserved as tnclustons
in the large crystals of quartz. Abundant large, dark blutsh
grey or black (in extinction posttton) equant inclustons tn
Atl as o f M igmatites
------------------------------ 299
the quartz are K-feldspar (Kfs), and these are tnterpreted
to have crystallized from the melt. Small, dark, hexagonal
crystals wtth sector twtnntng are euhedral cordtente (Crd),
and thts too probably grew from the melt. Plagtoclase is
abundant and occurs mostly as small anhedral gratns tnter-
stttial to the large crystals of quartz and K-feldspar. Some
plagtoclase exhibits lamellar twtns. Btottte occurs as small
rounded tnclusions in quartz and feldspar and as large, ran-
domly oriented bladed crystals: the former are interpreted
to be relics of residual btottte, and the latter, as late btottte
grown from the melt. There ts no muscovite. The photo-
mtcrograph is not representattve of the leucosome as
a whole, as tt ts somewhat richer tn quartz: thts part was
selected because it shows a greater range tn tnterference
colors, maktng tt easter to disttngUtsh the indivtdual crystals.
Locatton: Wetlegs, Duluth Igneous Complex, Mtnnesota,
U.S.A. Rock type: leucosome in a metatexite mtgmatite:
peltttc protoltth, pyroxene hornfels facies, T ca. 800°C,
P 1.5 2 kbar. Scale: the long stde of the photomtcrograph
corresponds to 4.5 mm. Cross-polanzed ltght. Image: E.W .
Sawyer.
 CRYSTALLIZATION-INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
300 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure F

Fig. FS4. Th1s photomicrograph shows a K-feldspar-nch pelitic protoliths (see Further reading). However, most
leucocrat1c vein 4 mm wtde 1n a parttally melted. sulfide- are the result of the fract1onal crystallization of the
bearing quartz + phlogop1te + plagtoclase + K-feldspar + anatectiC gramt1c melts. From the presence of the tourma-
cordierite alumtnous metasediment. The contacts between line and muscov1te. one can infer that th1s leucocratic ve1n
the leucocrat1c ve1n and its host are Irregular. possi- crystallized from an anatectic melt that had an evolved bulk
bly because the host was itself partially molten when the composition, possibly due to the crystallization and frac-
ve1n was inJected. The vein has the mtneral assemblage tionation of plagioclase.
K-feldspar + quartz + plagioclase. with minor amounts
of muscovite and tourmaline. The microstructure 1n Location: Wetlegs. Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota,
the leucocratic vein is dominated by equant shapes of U.S.A Rock type : in-source leucosome. sulfide-bearing
crystals, and is different from that in leucosome from lower- metatexite migmatite; pelit1c protolith. pyroxene horn-
temperature mtgmatites (cf Ftgs. F50 and F51). Small fels facies, T 800- 850oC. P 1.5 2 kbar. Scale: the long stde
crystals of quartz and plagioclase are prevalent at the of the photomicrograph corresponds to 9 mm. Cross-
border, whereas large (2 mm) crystals of K-feldspar are polanzed light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
preponderant 1n the center: However, 1n places (e.g.. at the
Further reading: Grant, j.A (2004): Ltqutd compos1tions
lower left). the center of the vein conta1ns large crystals of
from low-pressure expenmental melting of pelitic rock from
muscov1te that are associated with an 1ntergrowth of tour-
the Morton Pass, Wyomtng. USA journal o( Metamorphtc
maline (light grey) and K-feldspar (dark blue grey). Some of
Geology 22. 65-78.
the large crystals of K-feldspar 1n the center of the ve1n have
straight contacts against quartz. a microstructure gener-
ally interpreted as evidence for crystallization from a melt.
Leucosome and leucocratic veins of syenogranitic com-
position are relatively common in the migmat1tes around
the Duluth Igneous Complex. Some of t hese are undoubt-
edly primary anatectic melts derived from plagioclase-poor
 Atlas of Migma[itc
----------- ------------------- 301

Figure 5

Fig. FSS. Although the mineral assemblage 1n th1s leuco-

cratlc ve1n, K-feldspar + quartz + plag1oclase + muscov1te +
tourmaline. is the same as that in Fig. F54, it s microst ruc-
t ure is very different. The const ituent minerals of this vein
are generally not equant, and have a far great er t endency
to show irregular and embayed shapes. In places, however,
cryst al faces are developed where K-feldspar or plag1oclase
are against quartz. Tourmaline (white mineral near t he cen -
ter of the image) is rare and occurs as irregularly shaped
cr ystals intergrown with K-feldspar and quartz. Muscovit e
occurs as large grains, locally intergrown w1th quartz, and
as a minor replacement of K-feldspar. The difference in
microstructu re may be due to t he greater width of this vein
(15 mm), or to its location farther out in t he aureole, and
therefore, its format ion in lower-temperature migmatites.
The presence of tourmaline and muscovite 1ndicates that
th1s leucocrat ic vein crystallized from a melt that may have
had an evolved. or fractionat ed, composition.

Locat1on: Wetlegs. Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota,

U.S.A Rock type: leucocrat ic ve1n in sulfide-bearing
metatexite m1gmatite; pelitic protohth, pyroxene horn-
fels facies, T ca. 750- 800°C, P 1.5- 2 kbar. Scale: the long
side of the photomicrograph corresponds t o 9 mm. Cross-
polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 CRYSTALLIZATION-INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
302 PARTS OF MIGMATITES: LEUCOSOME AND LEUCOCRATIC VEINS

Figure 56

Fig. F56. This photomicrograph. from a domain of veins somewhere in the migmatite should be derived from
leucosome IS mm wide in a migmatite derived from a pla- t his evolved. expelled melt and have appropriate mineral
gioclase-rich pelite protolith (similar to that 1n Fig. F43). assemblages, microstructures, and bulk compositions (see
shows features common to leucosome from many regional Further reading).
migmatite terranes. Equant. subhedral to euhedral crys-
tals of plag1oclase form a framework of touching crystals. Location: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
The interstices in the framework of feldspar crystals are 1n-source leucosome w1th plag1oclase cumulate microstruc-
filled w ith quartz, as in this photograph, or in other cases, ture and composition from a metatexite migmatite: pelit 1c
by quartz + K-feldspar. Some of t he plagioclase crystals protolith, T 700 - 800°C, P 3 4 kbar. Scale: the long side
have st raight, rational faces against the quartz, a feat ure of the photomicrograph corresponds t o 5.5 mm. Cross-
that is commonly taken to indicate crystallization from polanzed light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
a melt. However, some of the other plag1oclase crys-
Further readmg: Sawyer, E.W. (1987): The role of part1al
tals in the framework have lobate contacts w1th quartz.
melting and fractional crystallization in determining discor-
Straight plagioclase plag1oclase contacts are commonly the
dant migmatite leucosome compositions. journal o( Petrology
result of a planar. rational face on one of the crystals and
28,445 473.
simple impingement by t he other, but many plagioclase-
plagioclase contacts are irregular. The bulk composition of a
plagioclase-rich leucosome, such as this one, can com-
monly be modeled as a plag1oclase cumulate derived by
the fractional crystallization of an anatect1c melt of gra-
nitic composition. Evidently, if an evolved melt has been
expelled in making a cumulate leucosome, such as this
one, then other bodies of leucosome (see Fig. F57) or
 A tlas of Mig mat ites
------------------------------- 303

Figure 7

Fig. F57. N ot all feldspar frameworks in leucosome con - from an anatectic melt of granit ic composit ion. Thus, t his
sist of plagioclase. T his phot omicrograph shows another leucosome could have crystallized from the evolved melt
example of leucosome, 25 mm w ide, from the Q uetico gener at ed by a cumulate process t hat made a plagioclase-
Subprovince, but in t his instance, t he feldspar framework rich leucosome of the t ype shown in Fig. F56.
is constructed of subhedral and euhedral cryst als of micro-
cline. The interst ices in the microcline framework are filled Location: Quet ico Subprovince, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
w ith quartz, and in places, t he microcline has straight crys- st romat ic, in-source leucosome in a met at exit e migma-
tal faces against t he quartz, evidence t hat its precursor t ite; pelitic prot olith, anatexis at T 700- 800°C, P 3- 4 kbar.
(a disordered feldspar) cryst allized from a melt. This leuco- Scale: the long side of t he photomicrograph corresponds to
some also contai ns some subhedral and euhedral crystals 9 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage : E.W . Sawyer.
of plagioclase (not iceably cloudy owing t o alteration to
small crystals of w hit e mica) w hich, alt hough smaller t han
the microcline cryst als, are nevert heless also part of the
feldspar framework in t he leucosome. Plagioclase crystals in
the feldspar framework rarely contain inclusions of quartz
or K-feldspar, whereas t he K-feldspar crystals in t he frame-
work commonly contain inclusions of bot h quartz and
plagioclase. Bodies of K-feldspar-rich leucosome in metat ex-
it e migmat it es derived fro m aluminum-poor psammitic and
plagioclase-rich pelit ic protolit hs can commonly be mod-
eled as cryst allizing from the fract ionated, or evolved, melts
generated by t he fract io nal cr yst allizat ion of plagioclase
 CRYSTALLIZ ATION-INDU CED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE MELT-DERIVED
304 PARTS OF MIGMATITES : LEUCOSOM E AND LEUCOCRAT IC VEI N S

Figure 58

Fig. F58. This leucocratic vein is hosted by a biotite

quartz plagioclase psammitic schist (greywacke layer) that
has not undergone partial melting, and hence it is inter-
preted t o have been injected. The overall bulk composition
of the leucocratic vein is gran1t1c to syenogran1t1c, which
suggests t hat it crystallized from a melt t hat had an evolved
bulk composit ion. Compared to the leucosome in Fig. F57,
which has a sim1larly h1gh content of microcline, t his exam-
ple is richer in biot ite; possibly the biotite is residual. The
feldspar crystals tend to be rectangular, and locally, they
have st raight boundaries against quartz, which is inter-
preted to 1ndicate that they crystallized from a melt.

Location: Quet ico Subprovince, Ont ario, Canada. Rock type:

stromat1c, leucocratic ve1n in a metatex1te migmat1te; pelitic
prot olith, anat exis at T 700- 800°C, P 3- 4 kbar. Scale: the
long s1de of t he photomicrograph corresponds to 14 mm.
Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 Atla~ of Migmat ites
----------------- -------------- 305

Figure 59

Fig. F59. The equant, euhedral to subhedral crystals of Locat1on: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada.
plagioclase in this diat exit e migmatite fo rm a very o pen Rock type: diatexite migmatite ; plagioclase + quartz +
framework 1n wh1ch the cryst als touch, almost exclu- biOtite metagreywacke protolith, anatexis at T 825 850°C,
sively at their corners. The interstitial space is close to the P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the long s1de of the photomicrograph
theoret1cal maximum for a framework, and IS filled mostly corresponds to 12.5 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W.
w1th quartz. There IS a minor amount of t itan1ferous bio- Sawyer.
tite and trace amounts of K-feldspar also. Almost all of the
plagioclase grains have crystal faces against quartz, which
is interpret ed as evidence for growth in a melt. T he pres-
ervation of this delicate framework and the equant but
1rregular shape of the interstitial quartz suggest that there
was little synmagmatic or postmagmatiC stra1n. However,
the undulose ext1nct1on in some of the quartz indicates
minor post-solidification strain. The plag1oclase is unlikely
to be residual in o rigin, because in the residual, melt-
depleted metagreywackes, it has a grain size of about
0.5 mm, w hereas in the diatexite migmatites, t he grains
are 1-5 mm across. C rystals of residual plagioclase in t he
anatectic melt may have provided s1tes for the growth of
plag1oclase from the melt.
 CRYSTALLIZA TION-I NDUCED MICROSTRU CTURES IN THE
306 MELT-RICH PARTS OF MIGMATITES: D IATEXITE MIGMATITES
•
Figure 0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fig. F60. Th1s photomicrograph shows a d1atex1te migma- Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
tlte that has a very dense framework structure compnsed type: plag1oclase-nch diatex1te m1gmat1te; plag1oclase +
of equant subhedral to euhedral crystals of plag1oclase. quartz + biotite metagreywacke protolith, partial melting at
Virtually all the plagioclase crystals are in contact along their T 825- 850°C, P 6 7 kbar: Scale : the long side of the photo-
faces rather than JUSt at their corners; consequently, there micrograph corresponds to 12.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light.
is very little interstitial space. That interstitial space is filled Image: E.W. Sawyer.
w1th quartz, K-feldspar, and biotite. Locally, the crystals of
plag1oclase have straight, rational faces against the Intersti-
tial quartz, suggesting that they crystallized in a melt. The
pore-space IS partially lined with a th1n film of K-feldspar
in some places, but 1t 1S primarily filled with quartz. The
irregular form of biotite and its location at grain junctions
suggest that 1t crystallized from the melt 1n the interstitial
pore-space. In outcrop, th1s diatexite m1gmatite contains
biotite schlieren and onented, elongate rafts, or schollen,
of res1dual metagreywacke, wh1ch together indicate a high
shear strain 1n the diatexite magma. The plag1oclase in the
framework is not strongly oriented, nor do the plagioclase
crystals appear to be deformed; hence, the flow must have
occurred while the diatexite conta1ned a s1gn1ficant fraction
of melt. Subsequently, a large proportion of the fraction-
ated melt generated by the crystallization of the plag1oclase
was expelled. The result is a plag1oclase-dom1nated diatex-
ite with a bulk composition that can be modeled by the
accumulat1on of plagioclase.
 A tl as of M igmat ites
-----------------------------307
•
Figure I
•
1
•
f

•
•

•
Fig. F61 . The plagioclase framework in this diat exit e
migmat it e is very open, like that in Fig. F59, with most pla-
gioclase grains in contact at the corners only. About half of
t he interstit ial space has been filled by a large, single crys-
tal of K-feldspar (now microcline); quartz and biotite fill
t he rest of the interst it ial space. T he bulk composition of
this rock is granitic. Some interstices show t hat the space
was first lined with a thin film of K-feldspar, and then filled
with quartz. Overall, this microstructure indicates that pla-
gioclase crystallized as euhedral and subhedral grains first,
and formed the framework structure before K-feldspar and
then quartz began to crystallize and fill in t he pore space.
A few crystals of plagioclase have rational faces against
either K-feldspar or quartz, indicative of crystallization from
a melt. The overall microstructure can be interpreted as
result ing from the crystallization and accumulation of pla-
gioclase before the other phases formed.

Location: Ashuan ipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada . Rock

type: diat exit e migmatite ; plagioclase + quartz + biotite
metagreywacke prot olith, anatexis at T 825-850°C, P 6- 7
kbar. Scale: the long side of the photomicrograph corre-
sponds t o 7 mm. Cross-polarized light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 CRYSTALLIZATION- INDUCED MICROSTRUCTURES IN THE
308 MELT-RICH PARTS OF MIGMATITES: DIATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure l

Fig. F62 . The open framework made up of subhedral feldspar that form the open framework structure in this
to euhedral crystals of feldspar 1n this diatex1te migmat1te d1atex1te m1gmatite are not strongly aligned; the orient a-
includes of both K-feldspar (now microcline), which pre- tion of the schollen and the formation of the schlieren thus
dominates, and plagioclase. The bulk composition of this must predate completion of the framework.
m1gmatite IS monzogranite t o syenogranite. As the proto-
Location: A shuan1p1 Subprovince, Quebec, Canada.
lit h was a plagioclase + quartz + biotite schist, this bulk
Rock type: diatexite migmatite; plagioclase + quartz +
composition suggest s derivat1on from an evolved, or frac-
b1otite metagreywacke prot olith, anatexis at T 825- 875°C,
tionated, anatectic melt that had already crystallized some
P 6- 7 kbar. Scale : the long side of the photomicrogr aph
plagioclase. Such a melt could have been expelled from a
corresponds to 13.5 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage:
diatexite migmatite like that shown 1n Figs. F59 or F60. Most
E.W. Sawyer.
of the space between the feldspar grains 1n the framework
is filled by large crystals of quartz, but in places, it is filled
with an aggregate of small, equant, anhedral crystals of
sodic plagioclase, microcline, and quartz. Elsewhere, irregu-
larly shaped crystals of biotite, or aggregates of biotite, fill
the space between the framework of feldspar grains. The
overall microstructure in this diatexit e m1gmatite Indicates
the crystallization and accumulation of K-feldspar and pla-
gioclase from a melt, or a magma. At the outcrop scale, the
m1gmatite contains schl1eren and onent ed schollen (rafts)
of residual metagreywacke, and both t hese features indicate
flow of the diatexite in the magmatic state. T he cryst als of
 Atlas of Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 309

Figure 3

Fig. F63. Crystal frameworks are created w here sufficient final cryst allization of the magma, the exsolved H 20 would
crystals are present in a magma t hat t hey begin to impinge have led to the replacement of the orthopyroxene by
on one another. Plagioclase is typically the first major phase hydrous phases, such as b1otite. Indeed, the orthopyroxene
to crystallize abundantly in magmas of gran1t1c composit ion. in diatexite migmatites that have a more evolved bulk com-
and hence 1t commonly forms the framework. However, position and a crystal framework containing both K-feldspar
other minerals can also be part of a framework structure. and plagioclase is generally extensively altered to b1ot1te,
This photomicrograph shows a biotite orthopyroxene- or to biotite + quartz symplect1te, as shown in Figs. F80
quartz-plagioclase diatexite migmat ite in which the crystal and F81.
framework consists mostly of euhedral plagioclase, but also
contains euhedral crystals of orthopyroxene (Opx) that Location: Ashuan ipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
are of a similar size and shape to the plagioclase. The inter- type: diatexite migmatite; plagioclase + quartz + biotite
stices of the framework are filled by quartz and biotite. metagreywacke protolith, T 825- 875°C, P 6- 7 kbar. Scale:
Both the plagioclase and the orthopyroxene have crystal the long s1de of the photomicrograph corresponds to 13.5
faces against the interstitial quartz. wh1ch can be inter- mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: from a thin section lent
preted as evidence of growt h in, or from, a magma. Grains by Robert T heriault.
of orthopyroxene in t he residual rocks associated with this
diatexite migmatite are small (<0.5 mm) and xenoblast ic;
therefore, the 4-mm-long euhedral crystals in this photo-
micrograph are Interpreted as a cotectic phase, and not as
mherited residual gra1ns. The orthopyroxene shows only
minor replacement by biotite along the edges and cor-
ners. This finding. and t he general absence of K-feldspar
in t his rock, indicate t hat t he crystallizing magma had lost
most of t he evolved melt fraction, and with it, H 20. Had
t he evolved melt and its H 20 remained, then t oward the
 CRYSTALLIZATION-INDUC ED MI CROSTRUCTURES IN THE
310
MELT-RICH PARTS OF MIGMATITES : DIATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure
Fig. F64. Many dratexite migmatrtes did not develop an
obvrous framework of crystals. Thrs example contarns
scattered, euhedral crystals of plagioclase, which locally
form small aggregates, or clumps of crystals. The rndi-
vrdual crystals rn some of the aggregates are arranged rn
an imbricate or tiled pattern that is rnterpreted to result
from the rmprngement of crystals that were rotating in a
magma undergorng shearing. In much of thrs thrn sectron,
there is no framework of large euhedral or subhedral cr ys-
tals, rndicating that the diatexite magma was not carryrng
many large crystals. The mrcrostructure of thrs diatexrte
consists mostly of equant, but commonly irregularly shaped
crystals of quartz, plagroclase, K-feldspar, muscovrte, and
brotrte. Partral meltrng at Sarnt-Malo pnncrpally progressed
through the breakdown of muscovite; biotite remained sta-
ble rn most of the mrgmatites there. Consequently, much of
the biotite rn the diatexrte mrgmatite is resrdual and did not
crystallize from the anatect ic melt. Furthermore, melting
reactrons rnvolvrng the breakdown of muscovrte gener-
ated melts wrth relatrvely high contents of H 20. In the late
stages of crystallizatron, muscovite was a liquidus phase. In
thrs dratexrte migmatrte, a small amount of K-feldspar had
crystallized before muscovite appeared on the liqurdus.
However, some migmatrtes at Sarnt-Malo have substan-
tral amounts of K-feldspar, whereas rn others, muscovite
formed instead of K-feldspar.
Location: Sarnt-Malo mrgmatrte terrane, Bnttany, France.
Rock type : diatexrte mrgmatite; semipelitrc protoltth, ana-
texts at T ca. 750°C, P 4 7 kbar. Scale : the long side of the
photomiCrograph corresponds to II mm. Cross-polanzed
light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further readmg: Brown, M. (1979): The petrogeneSIS of the
St-Malo mrgmatrte belt, Armoncan Massrf, France, with
partrcular reference to the diatexites. Neues jahrbuch (i.ir
Mmerologre, Abhandlungen 135, 48 74.
Milord, 1., Sawyer, E.W . & Brown, M. (2001): Formation of
diatexrte migmatrte and granrte magma dunng anatexrs of
semi-pelitic metasedimentary rocks: an example from St.
Malo, France. journal o(Petrology 42 ,487 505.
Weber, C., Barbey, P., Cuney, M. & Martin, H. (1985): Trace
element behaviour during migmatization . Evidence for a
complex melt resrduum flurd interactron rn the St. Malo
migmatrtrc dome (France). Contnbuttons to Mmerology and
Petrology 90, 52-62.

Figure 6S
Fig. F65 . Depend1ng on the earlier history of crystal liza-
tion, some diatexite migmatites formed from crystal-poor
anatectic melts that had previously crystallized much pla-
gioclase. These d1atex1te m1gmatites have fractionated, or
evolved, bulk compos1t1ons. Th1s photograph IS of such a
b10t1te- plag1oclase quartz-K-feldspar diatex1te m1gmatite
of syenogranite to gran1te compos1t1on from the Opatica
Subprovince. In outcrop, it is a pink-colored, coarse-grained,
leucocrat ic rock dominated by K-feldspar, a proportion of
which forms euhedral crystals up to 10 mm long. Although
the rock conta1ns biot1te schlieren and elongate schol-
len (or rafts) of paleosome and res1dual matenal, 1t does
not have a foliation due to aligned feldspar, or al1gned bio-
tite. Eit her the microstructure has been reset or the flow
indicated by the schlieren and oriented schollen occurred
when t he magma contai ned few crystals. T he photomicro-
graph shows some large, subhedral crystals of plagioclase
(composition An " ) with a cloudy interior, but most of
the feldspar 1s clear miCrocline. K-feldspar occurs as large
euhedral to subhedral crystals that with plagioclase form an
open framework structure, as large crystals that fill some of
t he interstices 1n the framework structure, and as smaller
irregularly shaped gra1ns t hat together w it h quartz, bio-
tite, and a vermicu lar intergrowth (myrmekite) of quartz
and sodic plagioclase (An 8 0 ), fill the rema1ning interstitial
A tl as of Migmatites
311
space. T he plagioclase in the K-feldspar-rich diatexites of
the Opatica Subprovince is consistently more sodic (An 1s 8)
than the plagioclase (An" , ,) that comprises the feldspar
framework in the K-feldspar-poor, plagioclase-nch diatexite
migmatites. The anatect1c melt 1n the Opat1ca Subprov1nce
thus underwent fractional crystallization as the diatex1te
migmat1tes were formed.
Location: Opatica Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
diatexite migmatite; plagioclase + quartz + K-feldspar +
b1ot1te leucotonalite or trondhjemite protolith, anatexis
1n the upper amphibolite faCies, T ca. 750°C, P 5 7 kbar.
Scale: the long s1de of the photomicrograph corresponds to
11.5 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. (1998) : Formation and evo-
lution of granite magmas during crustal reworking: t he
significance of diatexites. journal of Petrology 39, 1147 1167.
Sawyer. E.W. (2001): Melt segregation in the contmental
crust d1stribution and movement of melt 1n anatectiC rocks.
journal of Metamorphic Geology 19, 291 - 309.
 MI C RO STRU C TURES FO RM ED BY FLOW
--~~==~
312 --------------IN ~==~
DI ATEXITE MIG MATITES

Figure 66

Fig. F66. The tabular, subhedral crystals of biotite shapes. The magmatic-flow stage of the diatexite may have
(0.7 mm) in this diatexite migmatite have a very strong ended abruptly owing to a sharp increase in viscosity as the
preferred orientation that defines the foliation in the rock. magma neared solidification.
The matrix around the biotite consists of much smaller
LocatiOn: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota. U.S.A.
(ca. 0.2 mm). interlocking, equant crystals of plagioclase,
Rock type: diatexite migmatite; pelite protolith, anatexis in
quartz, and K-feldspar, with still smaller crystals of euhe-
the pyroxene hornfels facies. T 800-850°C, P 1.5 2 kbar.
dral cord1erite scattered throughout. Locally, the matrix
Scale: the long side of the photomicrograph corresponds to
contains somewhat larger, euhedral, lath-shaped crystals of
5.5 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
plagioclase (e.g., in the bottom right corner), and the long
axes of these are oriented parallel to the foliation defined
by the large crystals of biotite. The diatexite magma con-
sisted of abundant large flakes of biotite, scattered large
laths of plagioclase, and small, euhedral crystals of cordier-
ite (the product of the incongruent breakdown of biotite)
in an anatectic melt of granitic composition. The orientation
of the biotite and similar-sized plagioclase crystals is inter-
preted to have resulted from rotation during shearing and
flow when the diatexite was a magma. The cordierite crys-
tals are small (0.07 mm) and have a low aspect-ratio. and
so any preferred orient ation t hey may have is not evident.
Because most of the crystallization occurs near the solidus
1n a melt of granitic composition. the late-crystallizing min-
erals cannot grow freely and tend to develop interlocking
 A tlas of Mig matites
---------------------------- 313

Figure 7

Fig. F67. Th1s cordierite- b1ot1te- K-feldspar- quartz They developed in response to an applied shear stress. The
plag1oclase diatexite migmat1te illustrates the ma1n cnteria large intergranular crystal of quartz crystallized from one of
for identify1ng a magmatic foliation. The large bladed crys- the last pockets of melt remaining after the tabular crystals
tals of biotite (0.5 0.7 mm long) are aligned and define a had become oriented to create the foliat1on. The absence
foliation that 1s approximately parallel to the long s1de of of undulose extinction in the quartz means that no s1gn1fi-
the photomicrograph. The largest of the plagioclase crys- cant penetrative deformation occurred after this diatexite
tals (about 0.5 mm lo ng) in the diatexite also are tabular had fully crystallized.
in shape, and t heir long axes are subparallel to the ori-
entation of the large grains of biotite. Most of the small Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A
crystals (0.15 mm) in the groundmass (cordierite, plagio- Rock type : diatexite migmatite; pelite protolith, anatexis in
clase, K-feldspar, and quartz) are equant and, therefore, t he pyroxene hornfels facies, T 850 900°C, P 1.5-2 kbar.
do not appear to contribut e to the foliation. The large and Scale: the long side of the photomicrograph corresponds to
somewhat embayed porphyroblast of cordierite in the cen- 2.7 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
ter of the photomicrograph is slightly elongate in a direct1on
subparallel to the b1otite, although t he cord1erite could also
be cons1dered as a pa1r of better-oriented, elongate grains
that have become Joined. In contrast. the large, equant but
highly 1rregular crystal of quartz (wh1te in the center of
the p1cture) that envelops the porphyroblast of cordierite
shows no tendency to be elongate and, moreover, dis-
plays a uniform pattern of extinction, indicating that it has
relatively little internal strain. The microstructure in this dia-
texi te migmatite is interpreted to indicate that t he elongate
crystals of biot ite, plagioclase, and cordierite became ori-
ented as a result of flow gradients in the diatexite magma.
 M ICROSTRUC T URES FOR M ED BY FLOW
3 14 --------------------------~-
IN D IATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure 8
Fig. F68. T his photomicrograph shows three layers in a
diat exit e migmatite; they have the same biot it e + quartz
+ plagioclase + K-feldspar + orthopyroxene + cordier-
ite assemblage, but the modal proportions and grain size
differ among the layers. The cordierite-rich layer in the
lower right is coarse grained, and because it has the low-
est content of biotite, it appears the lightest in color. A
coarse-grained orthopyroxene-rich (the high-relief min-
eral) layer on the left side of the phot omicrograph has a
slightly higher content of biot ite, whereas t he fine-grained,
orthopyroxene-rich layer that separates t hem has the
highest content of biot it e and appears the darkest. These
layers probably reflect an original compositional layering
(i.e., bedding) in the metasedimentary protolith. T he bio-
tite in this migmatite displays two principal morphologies:
( I) small bladed crystals that commonly define a foliation
and (2) large, subhedral , randomly oriented (basal sections
are common) crystals that commonly have an irregular out-
line (several are in the top left corner) . The first type is
interpreted to be residual biotite, and the second type,
which is present in virtually all the diatexite migmatites at
Duluth, is interpreted to have grown during crystallization
of the diatexite magma. T he coarser-grained layers mostly
contain the late generation of large, irregularly oriented bio-
t it e, but this biotite became oriented close to the contact
with the fine-grained layer. In contrast, the fine-grained
layer contains mainly the small residual crystals of biot it e,
and t hey define an S-shaped, sigmoidal foliation. The fine-
grained layer is interpreted to be derived from a less fertile
layer of the protolith, and so generated less anatect ic melt
than adjacent layers. This layer recorded strain th roughout
its history. T he fertile layers next to it consumed their reac-
tant biotite and progressed to the magmatic state, and thus
had the record of their early strain history erased when
t hey became a magma. T hey carried the less-melt ed layer as
a scholle, and during t ransport, it was ablated at its margins
(magmatic erosion) . When cooling started, the large crys-
tals of biotite began to grow from the diatexite magma, and
because of t he gradient in shear st rain close t o the scholle,
those large cryst als of biot ite near t he scholle became ori-
ented and recorded the sense of the late magmat ic shear
around t he scholle. Most of t he diatexite crystallized after
the magma was sheared and did not develop a magmatic
foliation.
Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A Rock
type : diatexite migmatite; pelit ic hornfels protolit h, pyrox-
ene hornfels facies, T 800- 850°C, P 1.5-2 kbar. Scale: the
long side of t he photomicrograph corresponds t o 9 mm.
Plane-polarized light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
"""""'

Arlao, o f Migma[i[cs
----------- ---------- ------- 315

Figure 69

Fig. F69. Partial melttng and the formatton of migmatttes It may have reacted wtth the mtnerals already crystallized.
at Satnt-Malo occurred largely through the breakdown of Both these effects are common at Satnt-Malo, where mus-
muscovtte and was, consequently, mostly in the stability covtte ts typtcally one of the last phases to crystallize from
field of biotite. Therefore, a large proportion of the btottte the melt (e.g., Fig. F64) and, as shown tn this photomicro-
tn the migmatttes ts of restdual ongtn and can be used as a graph, biotite is parttally replaced by muscovtte.
marker for an tnvesttgatton of the magma-now htstory and
Locauon: Saint-Malo mtgmattte terrane. Bnttany. France.
the processes tnvolved; tt can also be used to tdenttfy sttes
Rock type: diatexite mtgmatite; semtpelitic protoltth, ana-
of crystal accumulatton tn the mtgmatttes. This photomtcro-
texts at T ca. 750°C, P 4 7 kbar. Scale: the long side of the
graph shows the parallel alignment of large, bladed crystals
photomtcrograph corresponds to II mm. Cross-polanzed
of btotite and of subhedral, tabular plagtoclase, respecttvely
light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
of restdual ongtn and early products of melt crystallizatton,
onented when the magma that contatned them was sub-
Further readmg: Brown, M. ( 1979): The petrogenesis of the
Ject to a shear stratn. Subsequent crystallization produced
St-Malo migmattte belt, Armorican Masstf, France, wtth
large, equant crystals of quartz and microcli ne and smaller,
particular reference to the diatexttes. Neues Jahrbuch {Dr
equant crystals of plagtoclase and biottte between the on-
Mmeralog1e, Abhandlungen 135, 48- 74.
ented crystals of btottte and plagtoclase. Because most of
the crystalltzatton occurs near the solidus in melts of gra-
ntttc compostt ion, the late-crystalliztng mtnerals cannot
grow freely and cannot be rotated into the fo liation. Thus,
they tend to develop tnterlocktng shapes. In thts way. mag-
matte now may have ended abruptly tn thts migmattte owtng
to a sharp tncrease in vtscostty as the magma neared solidi-
fication. As anhydrous phases progressively crystallized. the
H 20 content of the remaining melt increased, and at the
late stages of crystallization. an aqueous nuid was exsolved.
 INCLUSIONS OF MELT QUENCHED TO GLASS IN MINERALS
316 -----------------------------

Figure 0

'•
Fig. F70. Details of the mineral inclus1ons 1n a gar- Cesare, B., Salvioli Manan1, E. & Venturelli, G. (1997):
net porphyroblast from a metapelitlc enclave that was Crustal anatexis and melt extraction in restitic xenoliths at
rap1dly quenched when erupted in a dacitic lava. Most of El joyazo (SE Spam). Mrneralogical Magazrne 61 , IS 27.
the inclus1ons in the garnet crystal are quartz, but one of
the quartz 1nclusions contains a glass Inclusion, and this indi-
cates the former presence of anatectic melt in the rock.
The metapelit1c enclave contains the mineral assemblage
biotite + garnet + sillimanite ; quartz is virtually absent. and
is only present as inclusions in the other minerals. This indi-
cates that the quartz in the matrix of the pelite was totally
consumed by the melt ing reaction, and hence that the min-
eralogy of the enclave is residual.

Locot1on: El joyazo, Spain. Rock type: melt inclus1on in quartz

1n garnet; met apelite pr otolith melted at T 850 ± 50°C,
P > 5 kbar, but quenched by eruption. Scale: the w1dt h of
th1s plane-polarized light photograph is 1.35 mm. Image and
capuon : Bernardo Cesare.

Further readrng: Cesare, B. (2000): Incongruent melting of

b1otite to spinel in a quartz-free restite at El joyazo (SE
Spain): textures and react ion characterization. Contributions
to Mineralogy and Petrology 139, 273 284.
 A tlas of Mig matites
317

Figure 71

Fig. F71. N umerous slightly elongate and equant inclu- Further reading: Lowenstern, j .B. ( 1995): Applications of sili-
sions of glass form parallel arrays in a plagioclase crystal in cate melt inclusions to the study of magmatic volatiles. In
a metapelitic enclave brought rapidly to the surface by an Magmas, Fluid and O re Deposits (J.F.H. T hompson, ed.).
eruption of dacitic lava. In some places, the glass inclusions Mineralogical Association of Canada Short Course 23,
have a negative crystal shape, but most are outlined by 71-99. See Fig. F72 for more reading.
two parallel faces, which correspond to specific crystallo-
graphic directions in the plagioclase host; the ends of many
inclusions are somewhat irregular. The glass is clear and
colorless, and shows no signs of having either crystallized
or devitrified. Virtually all of the melt inclusions contain a
conspicuous "shrinkage bubble," which formed as the glass
contract ed on cool ing. The size and number (i.e., total vol-
ume) of the shrinkage bubbles in a melt inclusion depend
upon cooling rate (Lowenstern 1995) . Furt hermore, the
bubbles may eit her be empty or contain volatiles, such as
H 20, that were dissolved in the melt.

Location: El Joyazo, Spain. Rock type : glass inclusions in

plagioclase; metapelite protolith, melted at T 850 ± 50 °C,
P > 5 kbar, quenched by eruption. Scale: the w idth of
photomicrograph is 0.65 mm. Plane-polarized light. Image
and caption: Bernardo Cesare.
 IN CLUSIO N S OF MELT QUENCHED TO GLASS IN MINERALS
318 -----------------------------

Figure 72

.. .. • • • •

Fig. F72. The glass inclusion near the center of t his photo-
micrograph is 60 1Jm long and located in a cordierite crystal
from an enclave of residual pelit ic material in a volcanic
rock. The inclusion has the bulk com posit ion of a peralumi -
nous rhyolite, and is typical of pelite-derived leucogranites
in general; it represents the anatectic melt that was t rapped
as the host cordierit e crystal grew. The melt inclusion
contains three conspicuous "shrinkage bubbles".

Location: Mazarr6n, southeast Spain. Rock type : glass inclu-

sion; pelite protolith, partially melted at T 850 ± 50°C,
P 2- 3 kbar. Scale: the field of view is 0.3 mm wide. Plane-
polarized light. Image and caption; Bernardo Cesare.

Further reading: Cesare, B., Marchesi, C., Hermann, j. &

G6mez-Pugnaire, M.T. (2003): Primary melt inclusions in
andalusite from anatectic graphitic metapelites: implica-
t ions for the position of the AI 2Si05 triple point. Geology
31 ' 573-576.
 Atlas of M igmatites
------------------------------- 319

Figure 3

Fig. F73. Th1s photograph shows a large and irregularly

shaped glass inclus1on (55 IJm long) in a plag1oclase crys-
tal from an enclave of residual metapelite 1n a volcan1c rock.
The glass 1nclus1on has a rhyolitic compos1t1on. and contains
a double shnnkage bubble that indicates the presence of a
fluid, probably derived from the H 20 that was d1ssolved 1n
the anatect1c melt. T he plagioclase crystal also contains two
more large and irregular ly shaped glass inclusions that have
conspicuous shrinkage-induced bubbles, but these bubbles
are too small to check if they also are double. Furthermore,
the plagioclase cont ains innumerable much smaller Inclu-
sions. many of wh1ch are square or rectangular 1n outline,
and almost all of them contain tiny bubbles.

Location: Mazarron, southeast Spain. Rock type: glass Inclu-

Sions in plagioclase; pelitic protolith, part1ally melted at
T 850 ± 50°C, P 2- 3 kbar. Scale: the field ofv1ew IS 0.35 mm
w1de. Plane-polarized light. Image and caption: Bernardo
Cesare.

Further readmg: as for Fig. F72.

 CORDIE RITE - , GARNET-, AND O RT HOPYROXEN E-
320 ----------~----~-----------
QUARTZ INTERGROW T H MICROSTRUCTU RES

Figure 74

Fig. F74. Close-up of the intergrowth between quartz Location; Wu luma Hills area, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock
and garnet from the core of a patch of neosome in which type: neosome in a metatexite migmatite; semipelitic pro-
a leucocrat ic (quartz + K-feldspar + plagioclase) rim and tolith, anatexis at T 825-875°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the long
a melanocratic (garnet) core developed in a biotite + side of the photograph equals 9 mm. Cross-polarized light
plagioclase + quartz semipelite host. Figure 830 is an and quartz accessory plate. Image : E.W. Sawyer.
outcrop photograph of th is type of intergrowth between
quartz and garnet. The mineral assemblage in the host Further reading; Barbey, P., Marignac. C, Mantel, J.-M.,
corresponds to the reactants, and the neosome, to the Macaudiere, J., Gasquet, D. & Jabbori, J. ( 1999): Cordierite
products in a biotite-dehydration-melting reaction similar growth textures and the conditions of genesis and
to biotite + quartz + plagioclase + sillimanite = garnet + emplacement of crustal granitic magmas: the Velay Granite
melt + K-feldspar. The reaction may possibly have termi- Complex (Massif Central, France) . journal of Petrology 40,
nat ed because all the sillimanite in the semipelit ic protolith 1425-1441.
was consumed. N ot e that the quartz appears to com-
Waters, D.j. (200 I): The significance of prograde and ret-
prise just two main crystals (one yellow and one blue in
rograde quartz-bearing intergrowth microstructures 1n
this image) in t he host garnet (purple). The partial melt-
partially melt ed granulite-facies rocks. Lithos 56, 97- 110.
ing is Paleoproterozoic in age, but the undulose extinction
in the quartz is due to much younger deformation asso-
ciated with t he Paleozoic Alice Springs orogeny. Many of
the patches of neosome occur in small shear zones; on the
basis of their major- and trace-element compositions, t hey
have lost some of their melt fraction.
 A tla> of M igmat ites
---------------- -------------- 321

Figure 75

Fig. F75. This photomicrograph shows t he 1nternal part

of anot her neosome in a biotite + plagioclase + quartz
semipelit1c host from the same locality as Fig. F74. In this
example, the morphology of the garnet- quartz mter-
growth IS somewhat d1fferent. The quartz occurs as deep
embayments 1n the garnet and as equant, o r slightly elon-
gate, bleb-like 1nclusions with1n it. Some of the larger
inclusions of quartz also contain small roundish crystals of
partially altered plagioclase. The garnet IS surrounded by a
rim of quartz, wh1ch is, in t urn, surrounded by an annulus of
K-feldspar that conta1ns a few small gra1ns of plag1oclase and
quartz. The K-feldspar and garnet in the neosome are Inter-
preted to be the solid products of an Incongruent melt1ng
=
reaction such as biot1te + sillimanite + quartz + plagioclase
melt + garnet + K-feldspar. Sillimanite is no longer present
in the host and is considered to have been entirely con-
sumed by the melt-producing reaction; biotite is absent
from the neosome and only found in the host.

Location: Wuluma Hills area, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock

type: neosome from a metatexite m1gmat1te; sem1pelit1c
protolith, part1al melt1ng at T 82S 875°C, P ca. 5 kbar.
Scale: t he long side ofthe photograph equals 14 mm. Cross-
polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 CORDIERITE - . GAR N ET-, AND ORTHO PYROXENE-
322--------------~----~~~--­
QUARTZ INTERG ROWT H MICROSTRUCTURES

Figure 6

Fig. F76. Occurrences of a garnet- quartz intergrowth are Location: Wuluma Hil ls area, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock
very common in the neosome of the Wuluma Hills mig- type: neosome in a metatexite migmatite; Al-poor psam-
matites; intergrowths between orthopyroxene and quartz, mite protol it h, anatexis at T 825- 875°C, P ca. 5 kbar. Scale:
and between cordierite and quartz, also occur, however: t he long side of t he phot ograph corresponds to 9 mm.
The orthopyroxene cryst al (yellow) in th is intergrowt h C ross- polarized light and t he quartz accessory plate. Image:
contains two large, rounded inclusions of quartz (orange E.W. Sawyer.
and pink) and is almost completely surrounded by a very
narrow rim of small crystals of quartz (most ly blue), part
of which also forms a deep embayment in the orthopy-
roxene. The quartz and orthopyroxene are su rrounded
by a single grain of perthit ic K-feldspar (red and purple).
Although not visible in this photograph, the K-feldspar is, in
turn, surrounded by a rim of medium-grained quartz + pla-
gioclase + K-feldspar that constitutes t he leucosome part of
t he neosome. The o rthopyroxene and t he large K-feldspar
grain surrounding it are interpreted as t he solid products
of the incongruent reaction: biotite + quartz + plagioclase =
o rthopyroxene + K-feldspar + melt. They const it ute the
residuum part of the neosome. and it is. of course. in Situ.
The outer granit ic part of the neosome may have been
largely derived from the crystallization of the anatectic melt
produced by t he reaction, and can therefore be considered
as the in Situ leucosome portion.

Figure 7
Fig. F77. Although most of the mtergrowth miCrostruc-
tures conta1n only one ferromagnes1an phase. some conta1n
several. The core of this neosome is a large (IS mm) crys-
tal of cord1erite (yellow. bottom left). wh1ch is enclosed
by a thin (up to 2 mm thick). discontinuous nm of quartz
(mostly blue and purple) that locally fills embayments 1n
the cordierite. Th1s cordierite + quartz core is enclosed by
an annular zone containing garnet, K-feldspar. and idioblas-
tic orthopyroxene with lesser amounts of biotite. quartz.
and plagioclase. T his zone is in turn enclosed by an outer,
quartz + plag1oclase + K-feldspar leucocrat1c rim (not
present in the m1crograph) that is of broadly gran1t1c
compos1t1on and is in contact w1th the host. a biotite-
quartz orthopyroxene-plagioclase-cordiente sem1pelit1c
sch1st. Locally. th1s leucocrat1c outer zone IS h1ghly stra1ned
and attenuated. The outer granit1c zone of the neosome 1s
Interpreted to have been derived from the crystall1zat1on of
anatectiC melt and can be viewed as an in s1tu leucosome.
In contrast. the 1nner zones with cord1ente. garnet. ortho-
pyroxene. and K-feldspar are interpreted to be the solid
products of the partial-melting reaction . and are the resid-
uum portion of the neosome. The biotite present 1n the
zone that surrounds the cordierite crystal is mostly only on
the margins of the garnet and the ort hopyroxene. Hence.
this b1ot1te is interpreted to have formed from both gar-
net and orthopyroxene by reaction with the last rema1ning
Atlas of M igmat ites
------------------------------- 323
anatectic melt in the neosome. Thus. the b1ot1te crystal-
lized at a late stage of m1neral growth 1n the neosome and
formed dunng cooling and subsequent to the loss of some
melt from the neosome.
Location: Wuluma Hills area. Arunta Inlier. Australia. Rock
type: neosome in a metatexite migmatite; pelitic protolith,
anatexis at T 825-875°C, P ca. 5 kbar: Scale: t he long side
of the photograph equals 9 mm. Cross-polarized light and
quartz accessory plate. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further reading: Barbey. P.. Marignac. C.. Monte!. J.-M ..
Macaudiere. j .. Gasquet. D. & Jabbori. J. (1999): Cordierite
growth textures and the cond1t1ons of genes1s and
emplacement of crustal gran1t1c magmas: the Velay Granite
Complex (Massif Central. France). journal or Petrology 40,
1425- 1441.
Waters. D.j. (2001 ): The s1gn1ficance of prograde and
retrograde quartz-beanng intergrowth microstructures 1n
part1ally melted granulite-faCies rocks. L1thos 56, 97- 11 0.
White, RW.. Powell, R. & Halp1n. J.A. (2004): Spatially
focussed melt formation 1n aluminous metapelites from
Broken Hill, Australia: the importance of m1neral textu re
development in melt formation. journal or MetamorphiC
Geology 22. 825 845.
 BIOTITE - QUART Z AND BIOTITE - PLAGIO C LASE
324 ----------~----- ------------
ROWTH MICROS TRUCTU RES
SYMPLE CTITIC INTERG

Figure 8

Fig. F78. This photomicrograph 1s from a melt-depleted, Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
semipelitic layer in a granulite-facies metatex1te m1gmatite. type: residual part of a metatex1te m1gmat1te; sem1pelite
It shows a symplect1t1c 1ntergrowth (Sym) of late-gener- protolith, anatexis at T 825-87 5°C, P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the
ation biotite + quartz replacing orthopyroxene (Opx). long side of the photograph equals 2.7 mm. Plane-polanzed
The garnet (bottom left) 1n the rock is not affected, and light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
contains several rounded grains of biotite Interpreted as
Further readmg: Waters, D.j. (2001): The s1gnificance of
belonging to the older, reactant assemblage. The color-
prograde and retrograde quartz-beanng 1ntergrowth
less, low-reli ef matnx consists of perth1t1c K-feldspar (Kfs) +
microstructures in partially melted granulite-fac1es rocks.
plagioclase + quartz. Garnet, orthopyroxene, and K-feldspar
Lithos 56, 97 110.
are interpreted to be the products of various incongru-
ent melt1ng react1ons Involving the breakdown of biotite
and, initially, sillimanite. Most of the melt generated by the
breakdown of the b1otite has been removed, and a residual
plagioclase+ K-feldspar+ garnet+ quartz+ orthopy roxene +
biotite assemblage remains. The symplectite microstructure
formed when the small amount of anatectiC melt trapped
in the matrix reacted with the residual orthopy roxene in a
=
reaction such as melt + orthopyroxene b1ot1te + quartz.
The reaction that formed the symplectite 1s essent1ally
the reverse of the partial-melting reaction responsible for
generating the orthopyroxene.
 Atlas of M igmatites
------------------------------ 325

Figure 9

.·
-----
- -· 4fll" • f

- J
Fig. F79. A symplectit e (Sym) of q uartz + bladed biotite
and larger, more equant crystals of biotite replace both gar-
net (Grt) and orthopyroxene (Opx) in this metapelite layer
from a melt-depleted metatexite migmatite. T he domain
that contains t he symplectite is bordered by a leucocrat ic
region t hat consists principally of perthite (faintly mot-
t led appearance) and minor amounts of plagioclase and
quartz. The format ion of t he symplectite is interpreted
to be t he result of a react ion between t he last-remain-
ing anatectic melt in the residu um and t he residual garnet,
orthopyroxene, and K-feldspar (Kfs). The reaction responsi-
ble is inferred to have been melt + garnet + orthopyroxene
+ K-feldspar = biot ite + quartz. It occurred after almost all
of the melt generated d uring anatexis had migrated away.

Location : Ashuanipi Subprovince, Canada. Rock type:

melt-depleted (residual) part of a metatexite migmatite;
metapelite prot o lith, anatexis at T 825- 875°C, P 6- 7 kbar.
Scale: the long side of t he photograph equals 14 mm. Plane-
polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 BIOTITE-Q UARTZ AND BIOTITE- PLAG IOCLASE
326 SYMPLECTITIC INTERGROWT H MI CROSTRUCTURES

Figure 80

Fig. F80. Th1s example, from a d1atex1te m1gmat1te. shows
a rectangular. b1ot1te-nch doma1n replaong an ld1oblast1c,
rectangular crystal of orthopyroxene. The orthopyroxene
1S Interpreted either as the product of Incongruent melting
of b1otite. or as a product of crystallization of the anatec-
tic melt. The replacement of the orthopyroxene crystal by
b1ot1te and quartz appears to have occurred in two stages.
T he b1ot1te forms thin plates in a symplectit e w1th quartz in
the portion where corroded relics of t he orthopyroxene
st1ll rema1n. H owever, the b1otite and quartz are conspicu-
ously coarser gra1ned and generally not mtergrown 1n the
reg1on where no relics of the orthopyroxene rema1n. The
orthopyroxene crystal 1n the photomicrograph IS part of a
large-scale framework structure in the diatexite that con-
SISts pnncipally of large subhedral crystals of plag1oclase (top
left) and K-feldspar (bottom right). Smaller anhedral crystals
of K-feldspar, plag1oclase, quartz, and biotite are 1nterst1-
t1al to t he framework structure, and are believed to have
crystallized from the melt trapped within the crystal frame-
work. The overall miCrostructure of the diatexite migmat 1t e
IS, therefore, Interpreted to be magmat1c. On the bas1s of
the abundance of K-feldspar, th1s diatex1te IS Interpreted to
have crystallized from a relat1vely evolved or fract1onated
magma. The symplectite microstructure is Interpreted to
be the result of a react1on between the remainmg melt 1n
the d1atex1te, or an H 0-nch flu1d exsolved from the melt
as 1t crystallized, and the orthopyroxene crystals through a
react1on such as melt + orthopyroxene ::: biot1te + quartz
+ plag1oclase. The replacement of orthopyroxene by a
symplectlte of biotite + quartz IS rare in the plagioclase-
rich. cumulate diatexite m1gmat1tes from the Ashuan1pi
Subprov1nce, but IS very common 1n the more evolved,
K-feldspar-nch ones. Th1s may s1mply reflect a h1gher con-
tent of H 20 in the evolved magmas. This microstructure
suggests that the large, rectangular aggregates of b1ot1te
present 1n some orthopyroxene-free d1atex1te m1gmat1tes
1n the Ashuamp1 Subprov1nce may 1n fact be pseudomorphic
after orthopyroxene.
Location: Ashuan1p1 Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
type: diatex1te m1gmat1te; metagreywacke protohth, ana-
teXIS 1n the granulite fac1es, T 825 875°C, P 6- 7 kbar. Scale:
the long s1de of the photograph corresponds to 3.5 mm.
Cross-polarized light. /mage : E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of Migmarires
------------------------------- 327

Figure I

Fig. F81 . The photomicrograph shows a cluster of Location: Ashuanipi Subprovince, Canada. Rock type: dia-
orthopyroxene crystals in the perthite + plagioclase + texite migmatite; metagreywacke protolith, anatexis in the
quartz matrix of a diatexite migmatite. The origin of the granulite facies; T 825~875°C, P 6~7 kbar. Scale: the long
orthopyroxene is uncertain; it could be the product of the side of the photograph corresponds to 2.7 mm. Plane-
incongruent melting of biotite and, hence, interpreted as polarized light. /mage: thin section provided by Robert
residual crystals in the diatexite magma, or alternatively, Theriault.
it could have crystallized from the diatexite magma. The
matrix around the orthopyroxene consists of large, sub-
hedral crystals of K-feldspar (Kfs) and plagioclase (PI) with
small interstitial crystals of quartz and minor amounts of
fe ldspar. On the basis of its bulk composition, the diatex-
ite is interpreted to have crystallized from a moderately
evolved anatectic melt. T he orthopyroxene cryst als have
been partial ly replaced by a biotite + quartz symplect it ic
intergrowth. Symplectite is not generally developed at the
contacts between the large subhedral crystals of K-feldspar
and the o rthopyroxene; rather, it appears to be concen-
trated in regions where o rthopyroxene is in contact w ith
the small grains of interstitial quartz and feldspar. This
spatial relationship suggest s t hat the symplectite resu lts
from reaction bet ween the o rthopyroxene crystals and t he
interstitial melt , or an H20-rich fluid exsolved from it.
 BI O - ; : : J r iTE- SILLI MANITE AND BIOTITE AGGREGATES
'8 ----.:.....=:.._____ REP LACING GARNET OR CORD IERITE

Figure

Fig. F82 _ _ _ . The large crystal of cordtente (Crd) 1n thts Further reading: Buttner, S.H., Glodny, j., Lucassen, F.,
residual d - - . i atexite shows incipient replacement by btottte Wemmer, K., Erdmann, S., Handler, R. & Franz, G. (2005):
and sillima nite around the edges. Sillimantte crystals at the Ordovician metamorphism and plutonism 1n the Sierra de
contact bc:::::z:> <?tween cordterite and 1ts quartz + plagtoclase Quilmes metamorphic complex: tmpltcattons for the tec-
+ K-felds p .-. .,.c::::>ar matrix are relatively small, but some of the tontc setting of the northern Sierras Pampeanas (NW
sillimanite _ c r ystals (Sil) in the biotite are larger and more Argenttna). Lithos 83, 143 181.
equant in t h eir form. The cordierite can be identified by
the yellovv - - - ' p leochroic halo around small, high-relief Inclu- Waters, D.j. (200 I): T he significance of prograde and ret-
sions, and by t he characteristic fractures across the grains. rograde quartz-bearing intergrowth microstruct ures in
The cordi c:::::::::::> C? r ite in this rock is a product of the incongru- partially melted granulit e-factes rocks. Ltthos 56, 97- 110.
ent breakd _ own of biotite and sillimanite and was replaced,
following u ---;1..,_::.::::... h e loss of some of the melt fraction, as the dta-
texite crys ;;;;;;;;;;.t a llized. A reaction between the last tncrements
of melt lef ~t in the rock and the surfaces of the crystals of
residual co ,.----r~ rdiente generated the biotite+ sillimantte fnnges
around the ~ cordierite. See Waters (200 I) for an alternattve
interpretati _ ·i i on of the replacement of garnet or cordtente by
aggregates c=:- of biot1te and sillimamte.

Locot1on: ac Kenogami, Grenville Province, Quebec,

Canada. Ro ~~ck type: residual diatextte migmatite; metapelittc
protolith, a .-. ~ n atexis tn the lower granulite facies. Scale: the
long side o r f' the photograph corresponds t o 2.5 mm. Plane-
polarized li g ::c:z:-
g ht. /mage: E.W . Sawyer.
 Atlas of M igmatites
------------------------------329

Figure 3

Fig. F83. This plagioclase crystal from the center of a large Location Glenelg River Complex, Victoria, Aust ralia. Rock
domain of leucosome exhibit s an unusual, mottled zona- type plagioclase from leucosome. Scale: the long edge of
t ion (An 47 23 ) in its core, and has concentric overgrowt hs the photograph represents 2.5 mm. Cross-polarized light
of a more sodic plagioclase (An 31 26). The host migmatites Image and caption: Tony I.S. Kemp.
(mostly diatexite at t he location) are intruded by sheets of
quartz gabbro and meladiorite, and contain partially hybrid- Further reading: Castro, A (200 I): Plagioclase morphologies
ized enclaves of this mafic material. As such, plagioclase in assimilat ion experiments. Implications for disequilibrium
cores are not encountered in the leucosome remote from melt ing in t he generat ion of granodiorite rocks. Mineralogy
the mafic intrusive bodies; the complex zonat ion in this pla- and Petrology 71 , 31 - 49.
gioclase is attributed to the presence of t he mafic intrusive
Kemp, AJS. (2004): Petrology of high-Mg. low-T i igne-
bodies in the diatexite. The complexly zoned plagioclase
ous rocks of the Glenelg River Complex (SE Australia) and
may (I) be inherited by contamination of t he anatectic dia-
t he nature of their interaction with crustal melts. Lithos 78,
t exit e magma by the relatively calcic mafic magma or (2)
119 156.
result from the remelting of early-formed crystals of plagio-
clase in the anatectic magma as a consequence of heating by
t he intrusion of the mafic magmas into the diatexite migma-
tite, followed by thermal re-equil ibration and precipitation
of more sodic plagioclase from t he diatexite magma as con-
centric zones on the core. In either case, the presence of
plagioclase crystals w ith a com plexly zoned and more calcic
core provides evidence for the presence of mafic magma in
the crust-derived anatect ic one.
33Q ______C_O_N_TACT BETWEEN THE LEUCOSOME AND
MELANOSOME IN METATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure 4

Fig. F84. Thts photomicrograph shows the edge of an 1n to diatextte mtgmatites (see Figs. D41 -D43). Note that
sttu leucosome developed at the start of partial melting in a recrystall ization has occurred along some of the former
quartz-nch layer of the Btwabik Formation tn the footwall of melt quartz contacts, and that the quartz has developed
the contact aureole around the Duluth Igneous Complex. small lobes, whiCh result 1n a cuspate outline. Anatecttc melt
Because the protoltth ts a whtte quartztte, there 1s restd- etther dtd not develop, or did not penetrate along, all of the
uum 1n th1s mtgmattte, but no melanosome. The melt-nch quartz-quartz gratn boundanes (C). and several two- or
(left) and restduum-rich (right) parts of the neosome are three-gratn aggregates of quartz can be seen.
better distingutshed by thetr dtsttnctive mtneralogies and
especially thetr microstructures. The part that formed Locatton: Du luth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A. Rock
from the anatectic melt consists mostly of a graphic inter- type: metatexite migmattte; quartzite protolith, pyroxene
hornfels facies, T 850 900°C. P 1.5-2 kbar. Scale: the long
growth of feldspar and quartz in the leucosome and the
larger tntergranular domains in the residuum. but is a film stde of the photomicrograph corresponds to 7 mm. Cross-
polanzed light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
of plagtoclase 1n the smallest tntergranular pores (A) and
along gratn boundanes (B) that extend 1nto the residuum.
The residual part conststs mostly of large corroded grains
of quartz and some grains of opaque Fe-oxtde. The bound-
ary between the melt-derived and the residual parts of
the neosome IS highly Irregular at the grain scale; the melt-
derived part can be traced along gra1n boundanes between
the residual quartz grains for a dtstance of at least four gratn
diameters tnto the matnx of the quartztte. Gratns of restd-
ual quartz become surrounded by anatectiC melt and t hen
detached from the residuum and incorporated int o the
melt-derived part; t his pattern is very similar t o that shown
at the outcrop scale by some trans1t1ons fro m met atexite

Figure 85
Fig. F85. Th1s photomicrograph shows part of a larger
(about IS mm across) diffuse leucosome generated in
a pelitic layer that 1s much closer to the contact of the
Duluth Igneous Complex than that shown 1n F1gs. F86 and
F87. Consequently, the partial melting 1n th1s rock was at
a higher metamorphic temperature and consumed much
of the reactant b10t1te. Thus, the fract1on of melt that was
produced was greater, and the res1duum richer 1n cordier-
ite and K-feldspar, the solid products of the incongruent
breakdown of b1ot1te. Much of the melt remained where
1t formed and enabled the residuum to recrystallize to a
much coarser gra1n-s1ze and to develop a relat1vely ISOtro-
pic microstructure typ1cal of contact metamorphic rocks.
Some of the melt that did segregate formed th1s patch of
m situ leucosome: 1t has an irregular and very diffuse out-
line, and in contrast to that in Fig. F86, has no biotite-rich
melanosome around it. In this case. there is an enrichment
of both cordierite and K-feldspar around the leucosome,
but th1s nm of res1dual material IS not melanocratic and,
therefore, 1nconsp1cuous 1n both the outcrop and the hand
sample. The fine-scale sed1mentary layering v1s1ble 1n many
rocks of the outer part of the m1gmat1te aureole IS no
longer v1sible in this one, it was lost during grain growth
and recrystallization. The complete absence of a foliation
indicates that no flow of the melt w1th its crystals occurred.
Thus, th1s IS a nebulitic m1gmat1te that conta1ns scattered
A tl as of Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 331
small patches of leucosome where some anatectic melt was
able to segregate. The leucosome contains small polygonal,
(commonly) hexagonal sector-twinned crystals of cordier-
lte, and somewhat larger rectangular crystals of K-feldspar
and plagioclase, set 1n a matnx of large anhedral crystals of
quartz, K-feldspar, and untw1nned plag1oclase. Th1s micro-
structure indicates that the leucosome crystall1zed from a
melt. The euhedral habit of both cordierite and K-feldspar
in the leucosome indicates that they crystallized 1n a melt,
but the1r exact ong1n IS uncerta1n. They could be either the
solid products of the 1ncongruent melting of b1ot1te that
happened to grow 1n the anatectic melt. or they could have
crystallized later from the anatectic melt 1tself as 1t cooled.
The large anhedral crystals of quartz, plagioclase. and
K-feldspar were the last minerals to form in the leucosome,
and certainly crystallized from the melt. Large. bladed crys-
tals of biotite occur throughout all parts of the migmat1te.
and they are interpreted to be either a late product of
crystallization of the melt, or to have formed when the final
Increments of melt that rema1ned reacted w1th the res1dual
cordiente.
Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A. Rock
type: nebulit ic migmatite: metapelitic protolith, pyroxene
hornfels facies, T 800 850°C, P 1.5- 2 kbar. Scale: the long
s1de of the photomicrograph corresponds to II mm. Cross-
polanzed light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
332 ______C:..::O_N...:...T...:...A.:...:C:.....T_ B=--E=--T_W_::_E::..:EN~T...:...H:..::E...:...L:..::E:..::U:..::C:...:O:...:S:...:O:...:.M..:..:E::..:A:....:.:....:N-=-
0
MELANOSOME IN METATEXITE MIG MATI TES

Figure 86

Fig. F86 . This small. rounded patch of neosome has between the melt and the residual phases. The contacts
developed in a plagioclase-poor quartz b10t1te-cord1ente between the leucosome and melanosome parts of this
K-feldspar metapelite close to the "melt-in" isograd. wh1ch neosome are well defined, but not sharp on the gra1n scale.
marks t he onset of partial melting 1n the aureole around
the Duluth Igneous Complex. The whole-rock composi-
Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesota, U.S.A. Rock
type: patch metatex1te m1gmatite: Virgin1a Format1on pelite
tion of th1s sample IS the same as similar rocks JUSt below
protolith, part1al melting 1n the pyroxene hornfels fac1es. T
the "melt-in" 1sograd, which suggests that no anatectiC melt
ca. 750°C, P 1.5 2 kbar. Scale: the long side of the photo-
has been lost or ga1ned and, therefore, that the patch of
micrograph corresponds to 4.5 mm. Plane-polarized light.
neosome formed in Situ. The patches of neosome in t his
Image: E.W. Sawyer.
rock are too small (<5 mm across) for practical extraction
and separation of the leucosome part from the melano-
some. The separat1on of the partial-melt fract1on from 1ts
res1duum has formed a small doma1n of leucosome I 3 mm
acr oss that contains the assemblage quart z + K-feldspar +
plag1oclase + b1otite + cordierite. The photomicrograph
shows the leucosome to be surrounded by melanosome
(cf. the neosome 1n F1g. F85) that is enriched in b1otite rela-
t ive to the adjacent paleosome. Biotite may not have been
involved in t he reaction that caused partial melt ing. but has
grown to a noticeably larger grain-s1ze than b1ot1te in the
paleosome. The leucosome part contains two populat1ons
of biotite: small crystals that may be residual 1n ong1n and
a few much larger; bladed crystals of biot it e that may have
crystallized from t he melt or may have formed by react ion
 A d as of Migmarires
------------------------------- 333

Figure 87

Fig. F87. The photomicrograph shows the same patch of Locat1on: Duluth Igneous Complex, M1nnesota, U.S.A. Rock
neosome as 1n Fig. F86, but 1n cross-polanzed light 1n order type: patch metatexite migmat1te: Virg1n1a Format1on pelite
to show the m1crostructure 1n the leucosome port1on. The protolith, partial melting in the pyroxene hornfels faoes,
quartz, K-feldspar, and plagioclase in the leucosome are T ca. 750°C, P 1.5- 2 kbar. Scale: the long s1de of the photo-
much coarser-grained (0.25 mm) than the same m1nerals in micrograph corresponds to 4.5 mm. Cross-polanzed light.
the adjacent paleosome (>0.15 mm) . The largest w h1t e and /mage: E.W. Sawyer:
grey crystals in the leucosome are quart z, and the smaller,
rectangular grains are euhedral crystals of plagioclase and
K-feldspar: Tiny (<0.07 mm, too small to see in this pho-
t omicrograph) inclusions of cordierite are common in t he
quartz, and because of their euhedral form, they are inter-
preted to have crystallized from the melt. Cord1ente and
K-feldspar in the paleosome are the products of subsolldus
metamorphic reactions and form larger (0.15 mm) xeno-
blastlc crystals that contain rounded inclus1ons of quartz
and plag1oclase. Some of the leucosome matenal 1n the
core of other patches of neosome 1n this and adJacent rocks
contains small blades or radiating aggregates of muscov1te
at 1ts center: the last melt to cr ystallize in these patches of
leucosome presumably was enriched 1n H 20 and crystal-
lized muscov1te in addition t o, or in place of, K-feldspar.
 CON TACT BE T WEE N TH E LEUCOSOME AND
334
MELANOSO ME IN METATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure 8
Fig. F88. This mosaic shows domains of leucosome from
just inside t he " melt -in" isograd of t he contact aureole at
t he D uluth Igneous Complex . Some key structural and pet -
rological feat ures are well illustrated in this migmat ite. T he
bedding in the met asedimentary hornfels is distinguished
by t he layer s of different grain size and color; the darker
layers are richest in biotite and Fe-oxide minerals. Most
of t he metasediment contains the assemblage cordierite
+ K-feldspar + quart z + plagioclase + biotite and shows
no evidence for anatexis; it is, t herefore, paleosome. The
grain size of the leucosome (up to 0.4 mm) is consider-
ably greater t han that of t he metasediment (0.1 mm) .
Leucosome is locat ed in small extensional shear zones that
formed when a relatively more competent, cordierite-rich,
semipelit ic bed was extended along its layering. A slight
sigmoidal curvat ure of the foliation indicat es dext ral move-
ment for t he shear zones as the layer was extended. Most
cont acts between the leucosome and the metasediment
are diffuse, and the leucosome thus seems t o have formed
in situ. There are several significant pet rological features in
this migmat ite. Because t here is no syst ematic difference in
t he modal proportion of cord ierite in the host rock close
to the leucosome compared t o farther away, cordierite
was probably not a product of t he melt-producing reac-
tion; it had formed, together with K-feldspar, by an earlier
subsolidus reaction. T he slightly darker color of t he host
rocks immediat ely around t he leucosome is t he result of
alteration of the cordierit e; cord ierite fart her (>2- 3 mm)
from t he leucoso me is unaltered. T he domains of leuco-
some are composed predominant ly of quartz, plagioclase,
K-feldspar, and mino r amount s of muscovit e; t he large
brown grains in t he leucosome and the adjacent host-rocks
are tourmaline. Together, these petrological feat ures sug-
gest that the rocks did not undergo fluid-absent melt ing of
biotite. If t hey did partially melt , t hen it was probably by t he
flu id-present melting of quartz, plagioclase, and K-feldspar;
moreover, t he fluid contai ned boron. If partial melting
did occur in these rocks, then the leucosome is in situ or
in-source, but if melting did not occur, then the term leuco-
cratic vein applies. In either case, it is likely t hat t he Hp
released as t he melt cr ystallized migrated from t he leuco-
some, hydrat ed t he cordierit e in the adjacent wallrocks, and
enabled growth of tourmaline there.
Location: Duluth Igneous Complex, Minnesot a, U.S.A Rock
type: net-structured metatexite migmatite; pelit ic protolit h,
pyroxene hornfels facies, T ca. 750°C, P 1.5- 2 kbar. Scale:
the long side of the photomicrograph corresponds to 45
mm. Plane-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 Atlas of M igmat ites
------------------------------ 335

Figure 9

Fig. F89. This phot omicrograph shows part of a small in among the leucosome, the melanosome, and the paleosome
situ pat ch of neosome formed in a mafic granulite where is variable in this migmatite. Parts of the neosome conform
the degree of partial melting was very low. T herefore, to the general case for in situ formation and have the mel-
t his image shows a t ypical relationship between t he leu- anosome between t he leucosome and the paleosome (see
cosome and melanosome that can be seen in many Fig. F86). However, in places, the melanosome assumes
examples of neosome formed at t he onset of anatexis. the contrary position and is in the center of the neosome,
The patch of neosome is about 3 em long and oriented with the leucosome in contact w ith t he paleosome. Melt ing
orthogonal to the weak layering and foliation in the mafic may have begun at several places, and t hese subsequently
granulite paleosome. The part of the neosome shown in coalesced to produce the irregular dist ribution.
the center of th is image is diffuse and is especially difficu lt
to see in the cross-polarized light image (Fig. F90). The Location: Mount H ay, Arunt a Inlier, Austral ia. Rock type:
neosome comprises a plagioclase + quartz leucosome and pat ch metatexite migmatite; metamafic protolith, anatexis
a coarse-grained (0.5- 1 mm), clinopyroxene-dominated in the granulite facies, T 825 - 875°C, P 6- 7 kbar. Scale: the
melanosome, both of which have a granoblast ic-polygonal long side of t he photo is equal to I I mm. Plane-polarized
microst ructure owing to subsequent text ural re-equilibra- light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
tion, which is typical of regional metamorphic t erranes.
T he plagioclase + hornblende + clinopyroxene paleosome
exterior to t he neosome is noticeably finer-grained
(ca. 0.3 mm), and has a more isotropic distribut ion of its
constituent minerals than the neosome. The difference
in grain size and dist ribut ion of minerals that results from
anatexis is a key factor in distinguishing neosome from
paleosome in migmatites w here the degree of partial melt -
ing was low. The boundary between the leucosome and
melanosome is highly irregular. T he spat ial relationship
 CONTACT BETWEEN THE LEUCOSOME AND
336 ----------------- -------------
MELANOSOME IN METATE X ITE MIGMATITES

Figure 0

Fig. F90. Same as Fig. F89, but t aken in cross-polarized

light to better show the coarser grain-size of the neosome
relative t o the paleosome.

Location: Mount Hay, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:

patch metatexite m1gmat1te; metamafic protolith, anatex1s
1n the granulite fac1es, T 825-875°C, P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the
long side of the photo 1s equal to I I mm. Cross-polarized
light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 A tlas of Migmat ites
------------------------------ 337

Figure I

Fig. F91 . At t he outcrop scale, the neosome in this mig- Location: Abitibi Subprovince, Superior Province, Quebec,
matite consists of well-defined portions of leucosome and Canada. Rock type : met atexite migmatite; metamafic pro-
melanosome. H owever, this phot omicrograph shows that tolith, anatexis in the uppermost amphibolit e facies,
the cont act between the two is very irregular at the grain T 800-850°C and P 8-10 kbar. Scale: the long side of t he
scale, a feature generally regarded as more consistent with photomicrograph corresponds to 7 mm. Plane-polarized
in situ formation of neosome than the injection of an ana- light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
t ectic melt. A mass-balance calculation for this migmat it e
using the bulk composition of the leucosome, its adja-
cent melanosome, and t he assumed prot olith supports an
in situ origin for the neosome, that is, segregation of melt
from its residue occurred w ithout loss of melt t o an exter-
nal sink. T he protolit h was a hornblende + plagioclase +
cl inopyroxene + garnet metamafic rock, and t he neosome
that resulted from partial melting comprises a clinopyroxene
+ garnet + plagioclase + hornblende melanosome and a
plagioclase + quartz leucosome. The garnet and clino-
pyroxene have a greater modal abundance and form larger
cryst als in the melanosome compared to the protolith (not
visible in the phot omicrograph). The clinopyroxene in the
melanosome has experienced minor ret rogression and has,
locally, developed a t hin rim of dark green hornblende.
 CO N TACT BETW EEN T HE LEU CO SO ME AND
338 -----------------------------
MELA N OSOM E I N METATE X ITE M IG MATITES

Figure 2

Fig. F92. The photomicrograph shows the same migma- Location: A bit ibi Subprovince, Superior Province, Quebec,
tite as in Fig. F91, but it is taken in cross-polarized light. T his Canada. Rock type: metatexite migmatite; metamafic
reveals the far larger grain-size in the leucosome relative prot olith, anatexis in the uppermost amphibolite facies,
to t he melanosome. Furthermore, some lobate grain- T 800- 850°C and P 8- 10 kbar. Scale: the long side of the
boundaries on t he quartz and undulose extinction are photomicrograph corresponds to 7 mm. Cross-polarized
evident in both t he quartz and t he plagioclase in the light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
leucosome. T hese features are the result of subsolidus,
intracrystalline plastic deformation, w hich has removed all Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. ( 199 1): Disequilibrium melt ing
the microstructural crit eria normally used to infer crystal- and the rate of melt-residuum separation during migma-
lization from a melt. Some small, irregularly shaped cryst als tizat ion of mafic rocks from the Grenville Front, Quebec.
of plagioclase in the melanosome are conspicuously zoned, Journal of Petrology 32, 70 1-738.
and generally have a more calcic rim; these grains are inter-
pret ed to be residual plagioclase. Microstructures such as
t his, which have been highly modified by subsequent defor-
mat ion and recrystallization so that t hey no longer retain
evidence t hat t hey crystallized from a melt, are t ypical of
t he leucosome from regional metamorphic terranes.
 A tl as of M igmati res
-------------------------------339

Figure 93

'
Fig. F93 . T his photomicrograph shows t he contact
between a stromatic leucosome and its melanosome in a
metatexite migmatite that was derived from a metapelit ic
protolit h. The contact between the leucosome and t he
melanosome is abrupt at bot h the outcrop scale and t he
hand-sample scale, but it is irregular on t he grain scale.
T he melanosome consists of the assemblage biotite +
garnet + sillimanite + K-feldspar + quartz + plagioclase,
and is interesting because it exhibits an int ernal mineralogi-
cal and textural zonation. Most of the garnet occurs close
to the contact w ith the leucosome, whereas t he sillimanite
is locat ed farther away and is not actually in contact with
t he leucosome. The biotite nearest to the leucosome is
considerably coarser-grained t han biot ite fart her away and
may, in part, replace the garnet. The leucosome is granitic
in composition, and has t he mineral assemblage quartz +
plagioclase + K-feldspar + minor biotite.

Location: Central Metasedimentary Belt, Grenville Province,

Quebec, Canada. Rock type: stromat ic metatexite migma-
tite; metapelitic protolith, anatexis in the lower granulit e
facies. Scale: t he long side of the photomicrograph corre-
sponds to 9 mm. Plane -polarized light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 CONTACT BETWEEN THE LEUCOSOME AND
340 ---------------- -------------
MELANO SOME IN METATE X ITE MIGMATITES

Figure 4

Fig. F94 . The photomicrograph shows the same rock as 1n

Fig. F93, but with crossed polarizers to show that the leuco-
some has a much coarser grain-size than the melanosome,
even after 1ts gram size has been reduced by deformation.
However, the grain s1ze of the m1nerals 1n the melano-
some decreases systematically away from the leucosome.
Deformation, recovery, and recrystallization have affected
the m1nerals in the leucosome and have eradicated all the
microstructural evidence that might have indicated crystalli-
zation from an anatectic melt. The quartz in the leucosome
has undergone some grain-boundary m1grat1on in response
to deformation, and this has resulted 1n the curved, bulg1ng
grain-boundanes. Some plag1oclase crystals show curved
alb1te-law tw1ns and undulose extinct1on.

Locat1on : Central Metasedimentary Belt. Grenville Province,

Quebec, Canada. Rock type: stromatic metatexite migma-
tite; metapelit1c protolith, anatexis 1n the lower granulite
facies. Scale: the long side of the photomicrograph corre-
sponds to 9 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 A tlas of Migmatites
------------------------------ 341

Figure 95

Fig. F95. Th1s photomicrograph shows the contact along with the garnet. represents the solid products of the
between a stromatic leucosome and its residuum 1n a mcongruent breakdown of biotite through a react1on like
metatexite migmatite formed from a plag1oclase-poor =
b1ot1te + sillimanite + quartz melt + garnet + K-feldspar.
aluminous metapelite in a regional metamorphic terrane. Much of the biotite in the leucosome occurs as large grains
The contact between the granitic leucosome, containing along the boundaries between feldspar grains, or as irregu-
quartz + plagioclase + K-feldspar + biotite + garnet. and larly shaped grains that appear to have grown interstitially
the adjacent residuum, containing sillimanite + garnet + with respect to quartz and feldspar.
K-feldspar + biotite + quartz + ilmenite, is sharp and pla-
nar in both the hand sample and the photomicrograph. The Location: Mount Hay, Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:
irregularity of the contact is on the scale of several grain- stromatic metatexite migmatite: aluminous metapelite
diameters. like those from other migmatites (e.g.. Figs. F84, protolith, melted in the granulite facies. T 825-875°C.
F9 1. and F93), but in this case, the grain size of the silliman- P 6-7 kbar. Scale: the long side of the photograph is equal
ite is only 0. 17 mm. Hence, the contact appears to be planar to 9 mm. Plane-polarized light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
principally because of t he fine grain-size of the sillimanite.
The rock adjacent to the leucosome is dominated by silli-
manite and is, therefore, not darker than nearby paleosome:
it is res1duum. Large crystals of garnet, in places embayed
and partially replaced by aggregates of large crystals of
biotite, occur within the sillimanite. The grains of garnet are
generally not in direct contact with the leucosome, how-
ever. Hence, the mineralogical zoning in the residuum next
to the leucosome is the converse of the situation in Figs.
F93 and F94. A lthough not show n in t he photomicrograph,
t he residuum farther away from t he leucosome contains
less sillimanite. and more biotite and K-feldspar: the latter,
 A da., of Mi gmatite'
---------------- ------------- 343

Figure 7

-
I
... / . .•

'

I ,

Fig. F97. Th1s photom1crograph shows part of a s1ngle, present elsewhere 1n the rock, composed of a net-like
biot it e-nch schliere I 2 mm wide in a K-feldspar (now arrangement of b1ot it e filaments that enclose subhedral
m1crochne) + quartz + plag1oclase + b1otite diatex1te crystals of plagioclase.
m1gmat1te denved from an evolved melt. Schlieren 1n th1s
m1gmat1te occur 1n a band about 30 em w1de that can be Location: OpatiCa Subprov1nce. Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
traced several meters. Most 1ndiv1dual schl1ere are th1n (mil- b1ot1te schliere 1n a diatex1te m1gmatlte; leucotrondhJemlte
limetnc) b1ot1te-nch fol1ae that extend for only 30-60 em. protolith, T ca. 750°C, P 5 7 kbar. Scale: the width of the
Locally, there are w1der (up to 10 mm) and longer schl1eren, photomicrograph corresponds to II mm. Plane-polanzed
but they are less b1ot 1t e-rich (t hey contain biotite + l1ght. Image : E.W. Sawyer.
plag1oclase). The microstructu re of the t h1n schliere 1n the
Further reading: Milord, I. & Sawyer, E.W. (2003): Schl1eren
photomiCrograph IS typ1cal : 1t IS no more than a few b10t1te
format1on 1n diatex1te m1gmatite: examples from the
gra1ns w1de, and locally w1dens where 1t encloses crystals
St. Malo m1gmat1te terrane, France. journal of Metamorph1c
of plag1oclase. It conta1ns crystals of b1ot1te that have a h1gh
Geology 21 , 341 362.
aspect-ratiO and that are arranged 1n a systematic, lmbn-
cat e or tiled manner, w1t h thew long axes at a low angle
to t he schliere. This schliere may have been assembled as
biotite flakes, forced to rot ate by the shear 1mposed on
the diatexite magma; they impinged on thew neighbors and
formed 1mbncate clusters of gra1ns. There are small clus-
ters of b1ot1te that appear to be 1nc1p1ent schliere next to
the pnnc1pal one. Interest ingly, these mop1ent schliere are
separat ed from the pnncipal schliere, and each other, by
a layer of plagioclase that IS just a single subhedral crystal
(ca. I mm) of plag1oclase wide. T his microstructure is remi-
niscent of the I 0-mm-wide biot1te + plag1oclase schlieren
 CONTACT BETWEEN THE LEUCOSOM E AND
342 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
MELANOSO ME IN METATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure 96

Fig. F96. Thts photomicrograph, of the same field of vtew

as Fig. F95. is taken 1n cross-polarized light to show that
the leucosome 1s much coarser-gratned than 1ts assoc1ated
residuum. A lthough the quartz and feldspar 1n the leuco-
some show undulose extinctton and some evidence of
mtgration of grain boundaries. some crystals of plagtoclase
and perthitic K-feldspar are subhedral and retain rational
faces against quartz. a microstructure that IS commonly
used to infer growth from a melt.

Locatton: Mount H ay. Arunta Inlier, Australia. Rock type:

stromattc metatexite migmattte; aluminous metapelite
protolith, melted 1n the granulite faoes. T 825 875°C,
P 6 7 kbar. Scale: the long side of the photograph is equal
to 9 mm. Cross-polanzed light. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 MICROSTRUCTURE OF SCHLIEREN
344 -----------------------------
I N D IAT EXITE M IGMATITES

Figure 98

Fig. F98. The ma1n part of this schliere IS composed of Location: Opatica Subprov1nce, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:
very elongate crystals of biotite that are arranged in an biotite schlieren 1n a d1atex1te m1gmat1te: leucotrondhjemite
1mbricate or t1led pattern. Consequently, the schliere IS, protolith; upper-amphibolite-facies anatex1s, T ca. 75ooe,
1n general, only a few grains wide. However, the b1ot1te P 5-7 kbar. Scale: the w1dth of the photomicrograph corre-
that forms the bridge between the two parallel schl1ere sponds to 9 mm. Plane-polarized light. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
has a lower aspect -rat io and is not organ1zed in an Imbri-
cate fashion. It also appears to be just one crystal of biotite
wide. Crystals of biotite in t he large subhedral crystals of
plagioclase located between the two schlieren are oriented
parallel to the schlieren, i.e., orthogonal to the bridge of
biotite. Thus, the lower aspect-ratio of the biotite in the
bridge could exist because the biot ite there (I) crystallized
from melt located between the adjacent subhedral crystals
of plagioclase or (2) recryst allized from smaller gra1ns origi-
nally onent ed parallel to the schlieren. It IS 1nterest1ng to
note that the tabular crystals of plagioclase 1n the host also
are imbncated or tiled in the same sense as the biotite. This
microstructure suggests that at the time the b1ot1te schliere
was forming, the magma also contained the tabular plagio-
clase crystals. Both the biotite and the plag1oclase were
aligned by the shear imposed on the diatex1te magma.
 A tlas of M igmatites
------------------------------- 345

Figure 9

Fig. F99. Some of the biotite schlieren that occur in the

melt-rich diatexite migmatit es in the Opatica Subprovince
have a conspicuous, narrow, white rim . This photomicro-
graph shows a biotite- rich schliere that has a plagioclase +
quartz border 3 mm wide on each side that separates it
from the coarse-grained K-feldspar + quartz + plagioclase
leucocratic diatexite. The grain size of quartz and plagio-
clase decreases across the rim t oward t he schliere. The
origin of the white, K-feldspar-free rim is problematical. The
bulk composition of the diatexite can be modeled as an
evolved melt. but the biotite schliere and its w hite plagio-
clase + quartz border do not resemble an anatectic melt
in terms of composition. It can be modeled as an accumu-
lation of these minerals, although how this cou ld happen
remains unknown. The change in microstructure and min-
eral assemblage could indicate that a local diffusion of
components, such as K, may play a part in the formation of
some schlieren.

Location: Opatica Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock type:

biotite schliere in a diat exite migmatite; leucot rondhjemite
protolith, T ca. 750°C, P 5- 7 kbar. Scale the length of the
photomicrograph corresponds to II mm. Cross-polarized
light Image : E.W. Sawyer.
 _________M_IC_ RO _U
_ ST_R _T
_C _ URE OF SCHLIEREN
346 IN DIATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure 100
~ . . ... .-....
.-.- ' -:- ~
. ).;.·
\ ..'
~·
'\ .,.,.

Fig. F I 00. This disc-shaped schliere IS about 20 mm across Location : Lac Kenogam1, Grenville Prov1nce. Quebec,
and 2 mm w1de: it occurs in a diatex1te migmatite that Canada. Rock type: b1otite schliere in a diatexite migma-
was derived from a pelitic protolith. It contains the min- tlte; pelitic protolith, anatex1s 1n the lower granulite fac1es:
eral assemblage biot1te + silliman1te + garnet + quartz + T ca. 800°C, p ca. 5 kbar. Scale: the long Side of the pho-
accessory phases and trace amounts of plag1oclase. The tomicrograph corresponds to II mm. Plane-polarized light.
central part of the schliere cons1sts pnmanly of b1otite that /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
encloses pnsmat1c Sillimanite and 1dioblastlc crystals of gar-
net; minor amounts of quartz occur as small. Irregularly
shaped grains between some of t he biotite flakes. Domains
of quartz + S1lliman1te + plagioclase occur with biot1te at
the border of the schliere. K-feldspar and cordiente are
confined to the d1atex1te host. although they are locally 1n
contact w1th the schliere. Most of the b1ot1te crystals 1n the
schliere have a h1gh aspect-rat1o. In the th1cker parts of the
schliere, however, the biotite microstructure is decussate,
whereas in t he thinner parts, it is imbncat e or t iled. These
relationships suggest that this schliere may be an attenu-
ated p1ece of res1dual material, rather than the result of the
accumulation of b1ot1te crystals.
 A tl as of Migmat ites
------------------------------347

Figure I0 I

Fig. F I 0 I . A thin (0.3 mm) mafic selvedge com- Location: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
posed of biotite occurs between a 2.5-cm-wide mafic selvedge to a leucocratic vein in a metatexite mig-
K-feldspar- plagioclase- quartz leucocratic vein and matite; met agreywacke host, anatexis at T 700-800°C,
its host biotite-quartz-plagioclase psamm1t1c schist P 3 4 kbar. Scale: the long side of the photomicrograph
(metagreywacke) . The leucocratic vein is discordant to the corresponds to 10 mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage:
compositional layering, interpreted to be bedding, and the E.W. Sawyer.
foliation in the psammitic host. The absence of K-feldspar,
sillimanite, cordierite, and patches of neosome is evidence
that the psammite probably did not undergo partial melt-
ing. However, thin pelitic layers elsewhere in the outcrop
did partially melt, as they contain neosome, cordierite, and
K-feldspar. Therefore, the psammite layers can be con-
sidered to be paleosome in the migmatite. Note that the
crystals of biotite in the mafic selvedge are strongly aligned
and oriented parallel to t he contact with the leucocratic
vein, and not parallel to the fol iation in the host. The bio-
tite cryst als also are slightly longer (0.6 mm) than those
in the host (0.4 mm). Two grains of plagioclase (indicated
by arrows) at the edge of the leucocratic vein have grown
after the mafic selvedge formed and deflected it. T he feld-
spar, mostly K-feldspar, in the center of the vein shows
more intense alteration to white mica than the plagioclase
at the edges of the vein.
 MIC ROSTRUCTURE OF BIOTITE- RICH
348------------------------------
SELVEDGE S IN MIGMATITES

Figure 101

Fig. F I 02 . This photomicrograph shows a mafic selvedge

I mm wide developed between an apatite- and garnet-
bearing quartz-plagioclase- K-feldspar leucocrat ic vein
IS mm wide and its quartz- biotite- plagioclase
metagreywacke host. The mafic selvedge is only a few
grains of biot ite wide and devoid of quartz or plagio-
clase; quartz and plagioclase thus may have been removed
as the mafic selvedge formed. C rystals of biotite in the
selvedge are not iceably larger, and like t hose in the host, do
not have much of a preferred orientation. Two large grains
of plagioclase located at t he edge of t he leucocrat ic vein
have undergone a late increment of growt h t hat may have
occurred after the mafic selvedge formed, as bot h cryst als
appear to have grown across t he biotite t hat forms t he sel-
vedge. The material for this lat e e pisode of grain growt h
possibly was derived fro m the redistribution of the plagio-
clase compo nent as the mafic selvedge fo rmed.

Location: Quetico Su bprovince, O ntario, Canada. Rock type:

mafic selvedge to a leucocratic vein in a metat exit e mig-
matite; metagreywacke host, anatexis at T 700-800°C.
P 3- 4 kbar. Scale: t he long side of t he photomicrograph
corresponds to 14 mm. Plane-polarized light. /mage: E.W.
Sawyer.
 A tlas of Migmat ites
349

Figure I 03

Fig. F I 03. In this example, the host is a psammit ic Location: Quetico Subprovince, O ntario, Canada. Rock type:
metagreywacke poor in both AI and K. Consequent ly, mafic selvedge to a leucocrat ic vein in a metatexite mig-
it contains the mineral assemblage plagioclase + mat ite; metagreywacke host, anat exis at T 700- 800°C,
biotite + quart z + hornblende. The disco rdant K-fe ldspar- P 3- 4 kbar. Scale : t he lo ng side of the photomicrograph
plagioclase- quartz leucocratic vein that is int ruded int o t he corresponds to I I mm. Cross-polarized light. /mage: E.W.
psammit e has a markedly d iffe rent microst ruct ure fro m Sawyer.
t hat in Fig. FIOI. Quartz was o ne of the last mi nerals to
crystallize in the interstices of t he framework st ruct ure
fo rmed by t he early cryst allizat ion of euhedral and su bhe -
dral K-felds par and plagioclase. Hence , the cryst als of quartz
have a blo cky o utline, as t here are many straight contact s
with the fe ldspar cryst als, consistent with crystallizatio n
from a melt. The leucocratic vein is II mm w ide. A narrow
mafic selvedge 1.8 mm wide t hat contains both biot ite and
ho rnblende has fo rmed between t he vein and it s host. In
contrast t o many mafic selvedges, t his one shows a more
gradual increase in t he grain size of both biotite and ho rn -
blende (Hb) fro m t he ho st toward t he edge of t he vein;
both are coarser by a factor of about five relat ive to t he
host. There is also a more gradual depletion of quartz and
plagioclase across t he mafic selvedge.
 MICROST RUCT URE OF BIOTITE-RICH
350
SELVEDGES IN MIGMATITES

Figure 104

Fig. F I 04 . Th1s photomicrograph shows the mafic selvedges surround1ng pleochroic halos are much larger. and more
at both s1des of a discordant K-feldspar-quartz plag1oclase consp1cuous, 1n the b1ot1te and hornblende of the selvedge,
leucocrat1c ve1n I 0 mm wide InJected 1nto a hornblende compared to those 1n the same mmerals in the host rock.
b1ot1te quartz plag1oclase met agreywacke schist. Plag1oclase
(cleavage and cloudy alterat1on) was the first maJOr min- Locat1on: Quet1co Subprovmce, Ontario, Canada. Rock type:
eral t o crystallize in the ve1n and was typ1cally euhedral mafic selvedge to a leucocratic vein in a metatexite mig-
or subhedral in shape. Q uartz (white featureless mineral) matite: metagreywacke host. anatexis at T 700 800°C,
was the last major phase to crystallize, and consequently, P 3 4 kbar: Scale: t he long s1de of the photomicrograph
it has an irregular shape and blocky out line that was inher- corresponds to 14 mm. Plane-polarized l1ght. Image: E.W.
ited from the shape of t he melt-fi lled pore-space within the Sawyer.
framework of feldspar cryst als. Bot h mafic selvedges are
narrow and show a five- to ten-fold 1ncrease in grain size
over that of typ1cal crystals of hornblende and b1ot1te in
the host. In general, the biotite in the mafic selvedge IS Ori-
ented parallel to the contact of the ve1n. but locally there
are gra1ns, or aggregates of grains, that have other orienta-
tions. Most commonly. the differently or~ented gra1ns are
spat1ally assooated w ith subhedral gra1ns of plag1oclase that
appear to have had a late, outwardly directed 1ncrement of
growth (or perhaps overgrowt h) into the mafic selvedge.
The late increment of plagioclase growth from the edge of
the vein may be related to the eliminat 1on of small crys-
tals of plagioclase (and quartz) from t he innermost part of
the mafic selvedge. Inclusions of accessor y phases and t heir
 A tl as of Migmatites
----------------- ------------- 351

anatectic melt. T herefore, deformation of a pluton at this

G.
MIGMATITE-LIKE ROCKS
Many rocks that are not m1gmat1tes have been m1staken for
t hem and shown on maps as migmat it es. In th is section, I
show some of the rock types t hat are commonly mistaken
for m1gmatites: I start with subsolidus segregations, and
follow with syntectonic plutons, and end with arrays of fel-
SIC ve1ns.
Layer-parallel or stromatic subsolidus
segregations [Figs. G I, G2]
Segregations consisting of laterally persist ent quartz or
quartzofeldspathic layers flanked by biotite-rich selvedges
are common 1n many low-, medium-, and h1gh-grade met-
amorphiC terranes. Typ1cally. the segregations are located
parallel to the compositional layenng or to the foliation
1n the host: consequent ly, the ones 1n higher-grade hosts,
in particular, can resemble stromatic metatexite migma-
t ites. Numerous st udies have shown t hat the segregat ions
are t he result of stress-1nduced chemical t ransfer of the
more mobile quartzofeldspathic components, leaving the
insoluble minerals, such as b1ot1te, beh1nd to form the
dark selvedge.
stage of crystallization can produce rocks with a morphol-
ogy that 1s remarkably s1milar to some types of m1gmat1te.
Furthermore, 1f parts of a pluton that conta1n magmas of
d1fferent compos1t1on are deformed to high, synmagmatic
shear stra1ns, then these reg1ons can develop a strongly
layered appearance w it h bands of distinct composit1on,
grain size, and microstructure, w hich can resemble some
stromatic m1gmatites.
Syntectonic plutons: rocks that resemble
diatexite migmatites [Figs. GII-GI4]
D1atexite migmatites conta1n a high fraction of melt rela-
tive to paleosome: therefore, similar-look1ng rocks might
be expected to form in environments where the ratio of
magma to solid rock was h1gh also. The margin of felsic
intrus1ve bodies where xenoliths are entrained 1n magma IS
one such sett1ng.
Arrays of felsic veins that look like
migmatites [Figs. G I S-G20]
The injection of felsic veins into mesocrat1c, high-grade
hosts can produce rocks that resemble many m1gmatites,
particularly if a melanocrat1c nm is developed around the
ve1ns. In these figures, I show some examples of ve~ned
rocks that could be m1staken for m1gmatites.

Fleck segregations [Figs. GJ, G4]

The t erm (leek is reserved for equant. centimeter-sized
segregations, typ1cally formed under hydrostatic conditions
by subsohdus, diffus1on-controlled growth; partial melting
1s not 1nvolved. Typ1cally, the segregations have a globular
form, although more complex shapes can anse from the
coalescence of adjacent flecks. Characteristically, flecks have
a melanocratic core surrounded by a leucocratic, quartzo-
feldspathic mantle.

Syntectonic plutons: rocks that resemble

metatexite migmatites [Figs. GS-G I 0]
Magmas pass from a suspension of crystals 1n melt to a
framework of crystals containing Interstitial melt and,
finally, to a solid as t hey cryst allize. W hen a framework
of touchi ng crystals w1th interstitial melt (a stage called
the rigid percolation threshold) forms, the crystall izing
magma is in the same state as rocks 1n the early stages of
anatexis when a framework of res1dual crystals conta1ns
 LAYER-PARALLEL OR STROMATIC
352 ----------------~-----------
SUBSOLIDUS SEGREGATIONS

Figure I

Fig. G I. This photograph shows folded subsolidus lost through recrystallization at higher metamorphic tern-
segregations in a lower-amphibolite-facies metapelite and peratures, then subsolidus segregations can resemble
metagreywacke host. The segregations are located paral- plag1oclase-rich leucosome.
lei to the compositional layering, wh1ch is interpreted to
be bedd1ng, and have a prominent Internal structure. Locatton: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario Canada. Rock type:
The intenor of the segregation is leucocrat1c and con- plag1oclase-quartz subsohdus segregation, lower amphib-
sists principally of quartz and plagioclase; however, it can olite faoes, T 600°C, P 3 4 kbar. Scale: the ruler is IS em
be subdivided 1nto plagioclase-rich and quartz-rich layers long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
plus a few thin seams of biotite. There are biotite-rich sel-
Further reading: Sawyer, E.W. & Robin, P.-Y. F. (1986): The
vedges on either side of the segregation, and petrographic
subsolidus segregat1on of layer-parallel quartz feldspar
and geochemical mass-balance estimates show that they
ve1ns 1n greenschist to upper amphibolite fac1es metasedi-
formed by a closed-system segregat1on of more mobile
ments. journal of Metamorphic Geology 4 , 237-260.
components (quartz and plagioclase) from the less mobile
(biotite) . Subsolidus segregations typically develop a quartz-
rich core and plagioclase-rich nm as they grow, as first
quartz and then plagioclase become mobile. Consequently,
the internal layering of the thick part of the segregation in
the photograph could mean that it IS 1n fact made up of
several closely spaced, thinner layer-parallel segregations.
The compositional layering v1sible in low-grade subsolidus
segregat1ons means that they are less likely to be mistaken
for leucosome in stromatic migmat1tes. However, if the
zoned structure did not develop, or has been subsequently

Figure 2
Fig. G2. The outcrop 1n this photograph conta1ns
Interbedded metagreywacke and metapelite on the high-
temperature s1de of the "melt-in" 1sograd mapped 1n
metapelites. It is unlikely that th1cker. light-colored beds of
metagreywacke in the photograph have undergone par-
tial melting; they are not sufficiently aluminous, and contain
the paragenesis plagioclase + biotite + quartz. The ruler
lies close to a vein of coarse-grained granite (K-feldspar +
plagioclase + quartz+ garnet+ muscovite assemblage) that
has intruded the metasedimentary rocks; 1n places, it has
developed a very narrow, biotite-rich mafic selvedge. An
offshoot from th1s vein of granite occupies a dextral shear
zone and truncates a group of four or five layer-parallel
subsolidus segregation veins (A); another subsolidus segre-
gation (B) occurs on the other side of the shear zone. Each
has a narrow, mafic selvedge that conta1ns the assemblage
b10t1te + plagioclase + accessory m1nerals. These ve1ns
have about the same plag1oclase:quartz rat1o (ca. 0.4). but
a coarser grain-size and a more homogeneous distribution
of the quartz and plagioclase than the subsolidus segrega-
tion veins in Fig. G I. These differences are attributed to
recrystallization at the higher temperatures experienced by
the rocks of this outcrop. rather than growth at the higher
temperatures. Although the subsolidus segregations have a
leucocratic core and a melanocratic rim like the neosome
Atlas of M igmarires
------------------------------- 353
1n many migmat1tes. there are some s1gmficant differ-
ences 1nd1cating that they did not form by anatex1s. (I) The
leucocratic parts do not conta1n K-feldspar; K-feldspar is
expected if a melt is derived from the metapelite. (2) The
mafic selvedge portions do not contain a mineral assem-
blage compatible with Incongruent melt1ng involving the
breakdown of biot1te.
Location: Quetico Subprovince, Ontario Canada. Rock type :
metatexite migmatite containing granite veins and subsoli-
dus segregations; metapelite and metagreywacke protolith,
upper amphibolite facies, T 700 750°C, P 3 4 kbar. Scale :
the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
Further reading: Blom, K.A. (1988): Subsolidus mlgmatiza-
tion 1n h1gh-grade meta-tuffs (Kurkljlirvl, southwest F1nland).
L1thos 2 1. 263-278.
Sawyer. E.W. & Barnes, S.-J. (1988): Temporal and com-
positional differences between solidus and anatectic
m1gmatite leucosomes from the Quetico metasedimentary
belt, Canada. journal of Metamorphic Geology 6, 437 450.
 FLECK SEGREGATIONS
354 -----------------------------

Figure 3

Fig. GJ. Photograph of a polished slab of biotite- Locat1on: Wet Mounta1ns, Colorado, US.A. Rock type :
plagioclase-quartz K-feldspar gneiss (or schist) that flecked gneiss; biotite gne1ss protolith, metamorphic condi-
contains well-developed fleck structures. All the flecks on tions T 600 700°C, P 3 5 kbar. Scale: tape in centimeters.
this slab have a magnetite core and a quartzofeldspath1c Image: Bob Trumbull.
mantle. Most of the flecks are about 8 mm long and slightly
elongate in shape, with the long ax1s onented parallel to Further reading: Trumbull, R.B. (1988): Petrology of flecked
the foliation in the host rock. In some nearby rocks, the gneisses in the northern Wet Mountains, Fremont County,
flecks are conspicuously elongate ellipsoids, with their Colorado. Geological Sooety of America, Bulletin I 00,
long axes oriented parallel to the mineral lineation in their 247 256.
host. Therefore, the formation of flecks either predates,
or was synchronous with, the penetrative deformation 1n
the rocks. Flecks are not randomly d1stnbuted in this rock;
some foliat1on-parallel domains conta1n more, or larger,
flecks than others, and th1s is attributed to m1nor variations
1n composit ion from one layer to the next that favor the
development of flecks in some layers over others. Note the
close macroscopic resemblance of these fleck structures to
some types of patch migmatites, for example, those shown
1n Figs. 09 and D I 0. Flecks w1th cores cons1sting of horn-
blende and of tourmaline also have been reported.

•
 Arias of Migma t ites
355

Figure 4

Fig. G4. T he flecks in th is biot ite schist have hornblende reactant fractions have not separated (cf Figs. B 19, 09, and
in the core and are surrounded by a mantle of quartz, pla- D I 0). The most noticeable difference is the fine grain-size
gioclase, and K-feldspar. Although the rock contains some of the quartzofeldspathic mantle of the flecks.
isolat ed flecks, it also contai ns discontinuous bands formed
by t he coalescence of many closely spaced flecks. Overall, Location : Wet Mountains, Colorado, U.S.A Rock type:
t he bands are oriented parallel to t he foliat ion in the host, flecked gneiss; biotite gneiss protolit h, metamorphic con-
but in detail t he bands are locally discordant to t he biotite ditions, T 600-700°C, P 3-5 kbar. Scale: t he tape is in
foliae (e.g., just below t he start of the scale). It is int erest - centimet ers. /mage : Bob Trumbull.
ing to note t hat a proportion of the hornblende cr ystals
Further reading: see Fig. G3.
are elongate in the direction perpendicular to t he length
of the fleck bands and to t he foliat ion in the host. Some
of the fl ecks in this rock are equant in shape, but others
are lenticular and weakly sigmoidal in shape. Fleck forma-
tion t hus seems to have cont inued after t he deformat ion
ended in t his rock. In contrast to t he magnetit e flecks in
Fig. G3, t he hornblende in t hese flecks is ( I) intergrown
wit h quartz and feldspar, (2) commonly irregular in shape,
(3) not invariably centered in t he fleck, and (4) commonly
present in clust ers, rather t han as single cr yst als. The out -
crop appearance of the hornblende flecks, and especially
t he band of coalesced flecks, closely r esembles neosome
in some migmat it es, most not ably t hose formed by t he
incongruent melting of biotite in w hich t he melt and solid
 SYNTECTON IC PLUTONS: ROCKS THAT
356 ------------------------------
RESEMBLE METATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure s
Fig. GS. The outcrop is part of a syntectoniC pluton that
IS about 20 km across. The most abundant lithology IS grey
tonalite, most of which has a foliation obta1ned 1n the mag-
matic or submagmatic state. At some places, the tonalite
still was a magma when it was intruded by mafic magma.
and th1s resulted in the formation of trains of rounded, pil-
low-shaped mafic enclaves. Elsewhere, the tonalite had
crystallized to a greater extent, and the injection of mafic
magma into it formed dikes, some of which, as in this out-
crop, were later disrupted to form scattered, subangular
mafic blocks in a foliated tonalite host. A leucocratic tonalitic
to granodioritic magma also was present. and formed con-
spicuous wh1te layers parallel to the foliat1on 1n the tonalite,
and around the blocks of mafic material. Close Inspection
of the outcrop reveals the presence of an array of Inter-
connected grey veins of nonfoliated tonalite that enclose
blocks of the foliated tonalite; the contacts between the
ve1ns and the host are gradational. In addition, there are
(e.g., at the left end of the mafic enclave 1n the center) tran-
Sitional contacts from foliated tonalite through nonfoliated
tonal1te to the leucotonalite-granodionte, 1ndicating that
all must have contained some melt at the same t ime. This
array of diffuse veins enclosing a foliated host closely resem-
bles some net-structured metatexite migmatites, and is the
principal reason why this outcrop could be mistaken for a
m1gmatite. However, there IS no petrolog1cal evidence that
the rocks in this outcrop underwent partial melting. Locally.
metamafic rocks and silic1clast1c metasediments form the
wallrocks to the pluton, and they contain lower-amphi -
bolite-facies assemblages of m1nerals. wh1ch also suggests
that the pluton did not undergo anatexis. Furthermore, the
reg1onal "melt-in" isograd is located at least 20 km away.
Consequently, the transitional contacts are interpreted to
indicate that the network of tonalite and leucotonalite-
granodiorite veins were derived from a residual (i.e., a
fractionated or evolved) melt that was expelled from the
foliated tonalite part of the outcrop as it was deformed
dunng the final stages of its crystallization. The youngest
ve1ns in the outcrop are granitic in composition, and are
dist1nguished by their p1nk color and pegmatitic microstruc-
ture (comb-structure of feldspar crystals grown in from the
vein walls and the quartz-rich center); these ve1ns are 17
Ma younger than the ages of crystallization of the tonalite
pluton.
Location: Ouescapis Pluton, Opatica Subprovince. Quebec,
Canada. Rock type: syntectonic tonalite pluton, lower
amphibolite facies. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. /mage:
E.W. Sawyer.
 A tl as of Migmarircs
--------------- ------------- 357

Figure 6

Fig. G6. Th1s phot ograph shows part of a syntect onic, mafic layers or in t he monzodiorite. The composition of
quartz monzodiorit e pluton that has been intruded by a the leucocrat ic rocks is consistent with a fract ionated melt
mafic magma as it crystallized. In the lower part of the out- rema1ning after the host monzodiorit ic magma had largely
crop, the mafic magma, which was less competent than 1ts crystallized.
monzodiorite host when it was deformed, has been atten-
uated into thin, dark-colored w1sps that resemble schlieren Location: Canet pluton, Opatica Subprovince, Quebec,
in diatexite migmatites. In contrast. the mafic dike in the Canada. Rock type: syntectonic monzodionte pluton,
center of the photograph was more competent than it s greenschist facies. Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W.
host. and was disrupted into a train of boudins. The monzo- Sawyer.
diorite was in a submagmatic state (i.e., a crystal framework
with as much as 60 vol.% of interstitial melt) when the bou-
dins formed, and s1nce the regions between the boudins
are domains of low pressure during the boudinage process,
they sucked melt out of the interstices in the framework of
feldspar and amphibole cryst als. The melt that segregated
from the monzodiorite mat rix had an evolved com posit ion
and produced small veins of leucogranodiorite between
the boudins when it crystallized. The morphology of this
part of the syntectonic pluton cons1sts of leucocratic veins
located between mafic boudins in a mesocrat1c host and,
therefore, resembles some metatexite m1gmatites (e.g.,
Figs. B39, 018, 019, and 025). However, in this case, there
is no petrographic evidence for partial melting in either t he
358 ------------~S_
Y~N_
T~E~C_T~O_N_I~C_P~L~
U_T~
O_N~S~:~
R~O~
C~K~S~T~H~A~
T
RESEMBLE METATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure 7

Fig. G7. Thts photograph shows an outcrop in the 2824 complexly zoned core, a feature that appears to be char-
± 3 Ma Lac Rodayer pluton, a typtcal Archean pluton of actensttc of magma mtngling, not anatex1s. The presence of
the tonalite trondhjemtte-granodtorite su1te. Three types K-feldspar and a htgh content of tncompatible elements in
of tonalite can be distinguished in the outcrop by sub- the leucocratic parts suggest that the magma from which
tle differences in color, grain size, and mtcrostructure. they formed was denved by the fracttonal crystallization of
The bottom left corner of the photograph has the dark- a tonalitic magma. The onentation of the leucocratic veins
est rock, and 1t is a biotite-hornblende quartz plagioclase suggests t hat t he fractionated melt may have been expelled
tonalite. T his grades to a slightly lighter-colored biotite from the host t onalites during minor deformation at a point
hornblende- quartz- plagioclase tonalite that is also slightly when this part of t he pluton was almost solid.
coarser-grained, and occupies the top half of the outcrop.
Both of the grey tonalites form patches wtth somewhat Location: Lac Rodayer pluton, Opatica Subprovince,
rounded shapes, and are enveloped by a leucocrat1c Quebec, Canada. Rock type: syntectonic tonalite-
K-feldspar hornblende biotite quartz plagtoclase tonalite trondhjemite-granodiorite pluton, amphtbolite facies.
that 1S coarse-gratned; th1s IS prevalent at the bottom nght. Scale: the ruler is IS em long./moge: E.W. Sawyer.
The regton of 1nterest is to the right of the scale. There,
the leucocratiC tonalite forms an array of diffuse vetns that
divtdes the darkest tonalite 1nto several blocks. Overall,
therefore, this outcrop contains leucocrattc, mesocrat1c,
and melanocratic parts, and moreover, the leucocratic
parts are diffuse vetns 1n the melanocratic part, a relatton-
shtp not unlike that 1n some migmatites. The best evtdence
that the relationships in th is outcrop are not due to ana-
texis comes from nearby outcrops, where magma-mingling
featu res are obvious. However, all the rocks 1n this out-
crop contain euhedral crystals of plagioclase that have a

Figure 8
Fig. G8. This photograph shows a gran1te with the min-
eral paragenesis K-feldspar + plagioclase + quartz + biotite
+ amph1bole that was emplaced into a dextral. strike-slip
shear zone and was strongly deformed as 1t crystallized.
Abundant tabular plag1oclase and K-feldspar crystals 1n the
magma created a framework structure conta1n1ng 1nterst1t1al
melt. Deformation of th1s framework of crystals as the plu-
ton cooled first onented its crystals into a strong foliation.
and t hen created shear bands, asymmetrical boudins. and
other dilatant struct ures in it. D unng this process. the loss
of interst 1t 1al pore-space by compact1on and the creation
of low-pressure s1tes at the dilatant structures generated
local pressure-grad1ents, which caused the melt to move
from the pores to the dilatant structures. in a process iden-
tical to the format 1on of leucosome in dilatant struct ures
in migmatit es. The photograph shows a segregation of the
residual melt in an asymmetrical boudin structure. The
resemblance to leucosome in some migmatites is clearly
ev1dent (see Figs. B6, DIS. Dl9. D22, and D23); the segre-
gation is coarse-grained. leucogranit1c 1n compos1t1on, has
diffuse borders and a granitic microstructure. Although it
has no melanocrat1c border. prinopally because the gran-
ite has a low modal content of ferromagnes1an minerals.
t here is a depletion halo three centimeters wide around
the segregation. This halo is depleted in material of the
A d a~ of M igma[i[cs
------------------------------ 359
same compos1t1on as the segregation compared to the
matrix I 0 and 30 em away from the segregation. and is cor-
respondingly enriched in the proportion of plagioclase and
K-feldspar that it conta1ns. The halo indicates a local origm
for the melt 1n the segregat1on. Factors that dist1ngu1sh th1s
segregat1on from leucosome in a m1gmatite are the absence
of any ev1dence for a part1al-melt-producing reaction 1n the
host and the highly evolved bulk composition of the leuco-
cratic segregation, which is more compatible with the final
product of a long sequence of fractional crystallization in
the pluton rather than anatex1s of the granite.
Location: Near Tadoussac. Grenville Province, Quebec,
Canada. Rock type: leucogranite segregation 1n a syntec-
tonic hornblende gran1te pluton. Scale: the ruler is IS em
long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 SYNTECTON IC PLUTONS: ROCKS THAT
360 --------~~~~~~~~~~-
RESEMBLE METATEXITE MIGMATITES
Figure 9
Fig. G9. Many syntectonic plutons contain parts that are
strongly banded on a centimeter scale and that resemble
migmatites with a stromatic morphology. In this example,
thin bands of leucotonalite and various bands of meta-
tonalite are interlayered with mesocratic grey tonalite; two
aspects are particularly suggest1ve of migmat1tes. (I) Some
of t he most leucocrat1c layers are in contact w1th very
melanocratic ones (e.g., near the lens cap); this is reminis-
cent of the leucosome- melanosome pairs in migmatites
in which movement of anatectic melt to the leucosome
created the adJacent melanosome. (2) The honzontal, dis-
cordant leucocratic ve1n 1n t he center of the photograph
occupies a small shear zone, and appears to have gradational
contacts wit h it s host rocks at both ends, a feature that
could indicate local derivation of the vein. However, other
evidence aga1nst this rock be1ng a m1gmatite is compelling.
( I) Some of the leucocratic veins, 1ncluding the coarse-
grained ones, are discordant to the layering, and many have
no melanocratic rim at all, w hereas others have but a very
narrow one. The leucocratic ve1ns thus seem to have been
intruded into a tonalite that already had compositional lay-
enng, and react1on between the ve1ns and the1r wallrocks
seems responsible for the mafic selvedges. (2) There is
no evidence for partial-melt ing reactions in the rocks that
would establish the required petrogenetic link between the
melanocratic layers and the leucocrat1c ones, and between
both these and the mesocratic grey tonalite. The features
of this outcrop could be synmagmat1c and principally due
to t he injection of leucocratic and melanocratic material
in veins into a crystallizing grey tonalite, with some reac-
tion between the ve1ns and the host to create melanocrat1c
nms. The ve1n complex underwent h1gh shear stra1n dur-
ing crystallization; this rotated and attenuated the veins
into near-parallelism, folded some and, in the later stages
of crystallization, led to the expuls1on of residual melt mto
dilatant structures to form leucosome-like ve1ns. Some
ve1ns of coarse-gra1ned material were more competent
than thew hosts and underwent boud1nage; they could have
been solid, but they may simply have had a smaller fraction
of melt.
Location: Pyhasalm1 area, F1nland. Rock type: Svecokarelian
syntectonic tonal1te pluton. Scale: the lens cap IS 6 em in
diameter. /mage: S.-J. Barnes.

Figure I0
Fig. G I 0. The outcrop in t his photograph contains three
rock types: ( I) fine-grained leucogranodiorit e layer s, (2)
medium-grained, mesocrat ic plagioclase + quartz + biotite
t onalite gneiss layers, and (3) rare, discontinuous, biotite-
rich melanocratic layers locat ed between some of t he
leucocrat ic and mesocrat ic layers. This outcrop has been
interpreted as a migmatite in which partial melt ing of the
mesocratic tonalite gneiss formed t he leucocratic and mel-
anocratic layers. H owever, t hree factors argue against such
an interpretation. First, t here appears to be far too much
of the leucocratic mat erial relative t o t he melanocrat ic frac-
t ion; in other words, there is t oo much "melt " and not
enough "residuum" in t he out crop. Secondly, in order t o
produce a K-feldspar-bearing melt from t he tonalite gneiss,
a melt ing react ion involving the incongruent breakdown of
biotite seems necessary, and there is no evidence for one.
Thirdly, t he whole-rock composit ion of the leucocratic
layers resembles leucogranodiorit e veins in a nearby horn-
blende monzodiorite to granodiorite pluton, and these
leucogranodiorit e veins formed by fractional crystal liza-
tion of the major magmatic phase of the pluton. In addition,
the tonalit e gneiss layers have t he same major- and t race-
element composit ions as a nearby pluton of t onalite.
Mapping indicates t hat this migmat it e-like rock formed
w here abundant dikes of leucogranodiorite emanating from
A tlas of Migmat ites
361
a syntectonic monzodiorit e to granodiorit e pluton have
intruded the margins of a tonalit e pluton. Both the host and
t he dikes were t hen rotated int o parallelism and att enu-
at ed by a synmagmatic shear zone, and then folded. T he
biotite-rich selvedges formed as a result of react ion
between t he two different lithologies. T he high degree of
recrystallization present in t hese rocks indicat es that defor-
mation in t he shear zone continued unt il ver y close t o the
solidus. However, there are some coarser-grained diffuse
regions t hat contain euhedral crystals of feldspar locat ed
w ithin small subsidiary shear zones, and these are t he sit es
w here the last melt accumulat ed.
Location: Border between t he Abitibi and Opatica subprov-
inces, Quebec, Canada. Rock type: sheared vein com plex.
Scale : the ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 SYNTECTONIC PLUT ONS: ROCKS
362 --------------- --------------
T H AT RESEMBLE DIATE XITE MI G MATI TES
Figure I I
Fig. G II . Many A rchean and Proterozoic syntectonic
t onalite- granodiorite plutons have portions that resem-
ble migmatites. T his phot ograph shows the termination of
one such domain, and Fig. G 12 shows it s interior. The lower
and upper parts of t his photograph consist of tonalite; it
is weat hered brownish grey at t he bottom, but is fresh at
t he top. T he t onalite is foliat ed, and has a cent imet er-scale
composit ional layering due to heterogeneit ies in t he origi-
nal magma, lat er attenuated by shearing in the magmatic
or submagmatic state. The mafic enclaves are considered
to be the remains of a layer of mafic magma int ruded con-
temporaneously with t he tonalit e. However, t hey could
be xenolit hs. The migmat it e-like appearance is due to t he
presence of an elongate, t apered body of leucogranodior-
ite t hat crosses the layering and partially engulfs t he mafic
enclaves. The composit ional layering in the tonalite curves
on both sides of the leucogranodiorite, indicating that it
occupies a dextral shear zone. T he composit ional layering
of t he tonalite fades into the leucogranodiorit e, which gives
it a diffuse aspect that resembles some nebulit ic and dia-
texite migmatites (e.g., Fig. BIS). T he microstructure ofthe
leucogranodiorit e is magmat ic and essentially isotropic, and
indicates t hat it crystallized after t he shearing. Lens-shaped
bodies of coarse-grained granit e occu r in t he leucograno-
diorite and t he t onalit e, and postdat e t he layering in t he
latter, but are extended by t he dextral shearing; hence, they
are older than t he microstructure in the leucogranodiorit e.
Small, dark, irregular patches in the leucogranodiorite are
fragments from the mafic enclaves that have been alt ered
to biotite. Pelit ic schists in the country rocks are of stauro-
lite + andalusit e grade; hence, partial melt ing of the tonalite
is unlikely to have occurred, and t hus this is not a migma-
tite. Gradational contacts between the leucogranodiorite
and it s host indicate t hat bot h cont ained melt at t he same
time. Consequent ly, the leucogranit e is interpreted t o be
derived from t he fractionated residual melt drawn in from
the host tonalit e as t he dextral shear zone formed. The
zone of dilatancy likely formed once t he tonalit e had crys-
t allized sufficiently (about 55%) to pass the rigid percolation
t hreshold.
Location: La Grande Subprovince, northern Quebec,
Canada. Rock type: syntecton ic segregation of residual melt
in a tonalite pluton , lower amphibolite facies. Scale: the
ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W . Sawyer.
 A tlas o f M ig mat it es
------------------------------ 363

Figure 11

Fig. G 12. The tonalit e cou ntry-rock is visible in the top left layer and the surrounding t onalite, w hich creat ed a diatex-
and bottom right corners of t his photograph. T he composi- ite-like rock. Other effects were reaction of the mafic rocks
tional layering in the bottom right can be traced to the left. w ith H 20-rich leucogranodiorit ic melt (biotite rim replacing
but becomes progressively more indist inct toward the ruler, hornblende) and t he partial destruction of the old struc-
and this part resembles a nebulit ic migmatite. T he center tures in the t onalite (e.g., near t he ruler).
of the picture consists of leucogranodiorit e, wh ich cont ains
numerous mafic enclaves. Many of the enclaves were fro- Location: La Grande Subprovince, northern Quebec.
zen in the process of disaggregation. The morphology that Canada. Rock type: syntectonic segregation of residual melt
results from the mafic fragments scattered within leuco- in a tonalite pluton. lower amphibolite facies. Scale: the
granodiorite resembles that of some diatexite migmatit es ruler is I 5 em long. Image : E.W. Sawyer.
(see Figs. 042, 044, 047, and 050). Mafic enclaves and
fragments have a melanocratic rim along contact s with the
leucogranodiorite. Melanocratic rims are also found in mig-
mat it es, but in this rock, biotite replaces hornblende, which
suggests a reaction between the leucogranodiorite and t he
enclave, rather t han t he extraction of melt from the lat-
t er. The leucogranodiorit e between the largest enclaves is
isotropic and has no trace of the layering in the tonalite;
therefore, th is is newer material. Consequently. this portion
of the pluton is interpreted to have become dilatant dur-
ing the late stages of its crystallization. The evolved melt
residing in the pores of the tonalite then migrated into t his
dilatant region and intruded both the mafic enclaves and
the tonalite. T he influx of melt into this area increased the
local fluid pressure and partially disaggregated the mafic
364 __________________S~Y~N~T~E~C~T~O~N~I~C~P~L~U~T~O~N~S~:~R~O~C~K~S
THAT RESEMBLE DIATEXITE MIGMATITES

Figure I3

Fig. G 13. This photograph shows a border phase of a fel- and t he Ca released by t he conversion of the amphibole
sic intrusive body. T he wall rocks are at the bottom of the to biot it e diffuses out into the felsic magma and generates
photograph, and have been veined and broken into angu- plag1oclase t here.
lar blocks. W ith1n a short distance 1nto the felsic intrusive
body, the xenoliths are smaller, and many are not1ceably Locauon: near Biella, northwestern Italy. Rock type: bor-
rounded, whereas others have become fragmented and der phase of a felsic 1ntrus1ve body. Scale: The w1dth of the
partially d1saggregated. In other words, they show signs of 1mage corresponds to 1.4 m. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
magmatic erosion. Most of t he fragments of wall rock have
developed a dark, coarse-grained reaction rim or rind;
the larger enclaves still retain t he original mineralogy and
microstructure of the wallrock in the core. However, t he
smaller enclaves are coarsely recrystallized throughout.
The felsic magma around the enclaves has become strongly
contaminated with cryst als and larger fragments from t he
disaggregat ed enclaves. The morphological similarit ies with
diatexite migmatites are strong (cf Figs. D42- D44); in par-
t icular, t he dark-colored enclaves and the ri m around the
enclaves and along felsic veins in the wallrocks resemble
the melanosome, 1.e., the melt-depleted res1duum 1n mig-
matites. However, there is no ev1dence for a felsic fraction
derived from a melt-producing reaction in these enclaves,
and the dark rim can be explained by react1on of t he fel-
sic melt wit h t he wallrock. Potassium from the melt diffuses
into t he enclave and converts amphibole t here t o biotite,
 Atla~ of Migmatitc~
--------------- - 365

Figure 14

Fig. G 14. Small plutons, dikes, or sills of evolved leuco- result IS a prominent but w1spy layering that contains flow
granite or aplite commonly develop a layered structure. structures and truncated layers and that, overall, strongly
In some cases, the repeated sw1tch1ng back and forth, or resembles some schollen and schlieric diatexite m1gmatites.
oscillation, of conditions, such as the activ1ty of H 20, dunng
crystallization produces repeated differences 1n gra1n size, Location: Eastmain, Nem1scau Subprovince, Quebec,
microstructure, or m1neralogy that result 1n the develop- Canada. Rock type: layered leucogran1te; host metasedi-
ment of a fine-scale layenng. However, 1n other examples, mentary rocks 1n the m1ddle to upper amphibolite fac1es.
very light-colored quartzofeldspath1c layers alternate w1th Scale: the ruler IS IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
somewhat darker layers that are richer in biotite; this type
of layering may be due to the presence of two magmas.
This photograph shows the 1nterior of a s1ll of leuco-
granite that IS hosted by a sequence of pelit1c to psamm1t1c
metasediments. The leucogranite cons1sts of alternat1ng
very light-colored layers that are gran1t1c in compos1t1on
and conta1n <I modal % b1otite, and darker gran1t1c to gra-
nodioritic layers that are slightly richer in plag1oclase and
contain up to I 0 modal % biotite. The layenng is inter-
preted to result from the presence of two magmas when
the sill was emplaced. One was very fels1c and had a frac-
tionated composition, whereas the other was less evolved
and had a h1gher b1ot1te content. The two magmas were
attenuated together; e1ther as the sill was emplaced, or
afterward dunng shearing, but before it had solidified. T he
 A RRAYS O F FE LSIC VE IN S T HAT LOOK LI KE M IGMATITE S
366 -----------------------------

Figure S
Fig. G 15. The principal rock-t ype
in this out crop is a grey biotite
granodiorite in which the foliation
is parallel t o a weak compositional
layering. The granodiorite contains
numerous veins of pink granite,
most of which are parallel to the
foliation and compositional layering,
but some are discordant. The gra-
nitic veins are folded, and by using
the vergence of adjacent folds, a
second-order fold closure can be
identified in the cent er of the out-
crop. Both parallel and similar fold
forms are present. There are also
examples of "eye" structures (i.e.,
closed loop struct ures), but these
are not interpreted as sheath folds,
because the original attitude of the
veins cannot be deciphered. The
granite veins on the far right are
much thinner than elsewhere, and
have a layered, or stromatic, mor-
phology in which individual veins
exhibit a pinch-and-swell struc-
ture, which indicates that t hey have
been attenuated. Many of t he veins
in the outcrop have a narrow mafic
selvedge : the mafic selvedge is
narrowest where the veins are
the most attenuat ed. The pres-
ence of boudins, pinch-and-swell
and parallel folds all suggest that
the granitic veins were more com-
petent than the granodiorite host
during the deformation. As one
explanation for t his scenario, the
veins were completely cryst al-
line when the folding occurred.
The presence in this outcrop of a
mesocratic host (the biotite grano-
diorite) that cont ains younger and spatially related leucocratic are not residuum) but rather injected, t hen this is not a mig-
and melanocratic portions is reminiscent of the relationships mat ite. The felsic material should be interpreted as a complex
seen between t he constituent parts of many metatexite mig- of granit ic veins, and the mafic selvedges, as the product of the
matites. If the grey granodiorite had undergone partial melting, local alteration of the granodiorite by the granite. However; if
then the melanocratic border around t he granitic veins might some of the granitic material in the veins was produced in situ
be interpreted as the residuum left after the extract ion of an by melting, then this is a migmatite, but an open-system one in
anatectic melt that became the granitic veins. However; the which the main mechanism responsible for creating t his mor-
proportion of melanocrat ic rock relative to the amount of phology is the injection of a granitic magma in veins.
pink granite present in the outcrop seems to be too small to
account for the in situ formation of all the granite present (see Location: Saturday Peak, Monashee Complex, British Columbia,
also Fig. B34). Therefore, it seems likely that most, and possi- Canada. Rock type: granite veins in a biotite granodiorite. Scale:
bly all, of the granite veins have been injected. If t he granite in the hammer in the center is 40 em long. Image: Paul McN eill.
the veins was not locally derived (i.e., the melanocratic rims
l

A rias of M igmat itcs

------- -------------- ------- --- 367

Figure
Fig. G 16. This photograph
shows an outcrop of foliated
granodiorite that conta1ns numer-
ous parallel gran1t1c veins. The
gran1te ve1ns have a very narrow.
melanocrat1c nm. Most of the gra-
nitiC veins are thin and oriented
parallel to each other and to the
ma1n compos1t1onal layenng 1n
the host granod1onte: because
most of the ve1ns are laterally
pers1stent, they g1ve the outcrop
a layered morphology. Many of
the granitic veins exhibit a pinch-
and-swell structure, or have
w1der port1ons that correspond
to partitions between asymmet-
ncal foliat1on boudins 1n the host
granodiorite. However, some gra-
nitic ve1ns are discordant to the
layenng. wh1ch suggests that they
are dikes, whereas a few others
occur as 1solated, lent1cular bod-
Ies 1n asymmetncal boud1nage
structures. Locally. gran1tic ve1ns
outline 1sochnal fold h1nges. The
rat1o of the melanocrat1c bor-
der to gran1t1c ve1ns IS low 1n th1s
outcrop, wh1ch, taken w1th the
discordant nature of some ve1ns.
suggests that much of the gran1t1c
matenal may have been Injected
as dikes. Thus. the s1tuation is the
same as w1th the rocks shown
1n the prev1ous figure (G 15): 1n
order for the rocks 1n th1s out-
crop to be called m1gmatite. there
has to be some evidence that the
granodiorite, and the granitic
ve1ns plus their assoc1ated mel-
anocratiC rims, are genetiCally linked by part1al melt1ng. If th1s Location: Mount Od1n area. Monashee complex, Bnt1sh
cannot be shown, then the outcrop IS a gran1t1c ve1n Columbia. Canada. Rock type: sheared dike complex. Scale:
complex hosted by the granodiorite. The macroscopic the head of the ice axe is 35 em wide. Image : Paul McNe1ll.
charactenst1cs of the gran1t1c ve1ns 1n th1s outcrop Indicate
that when they were deformed, they were more compe-
tent than the host granodiorite. Although the rocks shown
1n th1s figure and the prev1ous one have formed 1n essen-
tially ident1cal ways, thew final morpholog1es are strikingly
different. This is because the rocks shown in this figure were
subject to h1gher stra1ns, wh1ch rotated and attenuated
(transposed) the gran1t1c veins far more. and consequently
generated their strongly layered appearance.
 ARRAYS OF FELS IC VEINS THAT LOOK LIKE MIGMATITES
368-----------------------------

Figure 17

Fig. G 17. Melanocrat1c layers of garnet silliman1te b10t1te

sch1st alternate w1th leucocratic quartzofeldspath1c layers 1n
th1s outcrop to produce a morphology that closely resem-
bles a stromatic metatexite migmat1te. The compos1t1on
of the melanocratic layers is very un1form over the ent1re
outcrop, and is consistent w1th the 1nterpretat1on that 1t
IS res1duum left after the extraction of an anatectiC melt.
T he leucocratic layers, however, are problematic, as they
exhibit a wide range of microstructures and modal compo-
Sition. Some parts are fine-grained, and contain the mineral
assemblage plag1oclase + quartz + b1ot 1t e ± K-feldspar,
whereas the most leucocratic parts are richer 1n K-feldspar
and, 1n places, d1splay a feldspar quartz 1ntergrowth micro-
structure. The absence of garnet and S1ll1man1te from all
the leucocrat1c layers IS not what one would expect if the
leucocrat1c layers had resulted from the anatect1c melt gen-
erated 1n mak1ng the b1ot1te + sill1man1te + garnet residuum
from a metapelitic protolith. Some of the leucocratiC layers
are folded and others are boud1naged, wh1ch IS the result of
deformation dunng, or after, thew crystall1zat1on.

Location: Val Strona, Italy. Rock type: deformed fels1c dikes.

Scale: the ruler is IS em long. Image: E.W. Sawyer.
 Ada~ of Migmatites
----------------- -------------- 369

Figure 18

Fig. G 18. Th1s photograph of another part of the out-

crop shown in Fig. G l7 shows ev1dence indicat1ng that th1s
rock is 1n fact not a migmat1te. Here, some of the leuco-
cratlc layers are as much as 30 em w1de (e.g., bottom nght),
and show clearly that the leucocratic layers were denved
from two different magmas. One gave nse to a grey b1o-
t1te-K-feldspar quartz plag1oclase granodionte or tonalite
with a fine to medium grain-s1ze. whereas the other
produced white and very leucocratic rocks that have a
coarser gra1n-s1ze and, locally, a pegmatltic microstructure.
The leucocrat1c body 1n the bottom nght of the photo-
graph shows that the more leucocrat1c magma 1ntruded
the other and that both enclose fragments of the mel-
anocratlc b1otlte silliman1te garnet sch1st as xenol1ths.
Because no genetic l1 nk due to partial melt1ng can be estab-
lished between the leucocratic and the melanocratic rocks,
the rock 1s not a migmatite. The relat1onsh1ps observed in
some of the leucocratic rocks suggest that the morphology
of th1s rock IS the result of dik1ng of a melt-depleted
garnet s1lhman1te b1ot1te sch1st by two fels1c magmas and
thew subsequent deformation.

Locat1on: Val Strona, Italy. Rock type: deformed fels1c d ikes.

Scale: t he ruler is IS em long. /mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 A RRAYS O F FELSIC V EI NS TH AT LOO K LIKE M IG MAT ITE S
370 ------------------------------
Figure 19
Fig. G 19. Metasedimentary schists derived from siliciclas-
tic turbidite sequences are a common component of cratons
around the world. In most Precambrian terranes, Al-poor
rocks containing the assemblage plag1oclase + quartz +
b1ot1te, denved from greywacke protoliths, dom1nate in the
metasedimentary belts. For example, the Archean metasedi-
mentary subprov1nces 1n Quebec and the Proterozoic ones
in the Narvik area of Norway each contain >80% greywacke,
whereas metapelites are a minor constituent. Partial
melting in these Al-poor rocks does not normally begin
until the assemblage biotite + plagioclase + quartz becomes
unstable, at temperatures of about soooc. However, in
many t erranes, these rocks take on the appearance of stro-
matic migmatites in the middle amphibolit e facies because of
the presence of thin granit ic veins parallel or subparallel to
the bedding or foliation. This photograph shows a single gra-
nitic vein t hat contains the mineral assemblage plagioclase +
quartz + K-feldspar + biotite + garnet. Similar granit ic lay-
ers and larger bodies (dikes and small plutons) nearby do
not contain garnet , but some have muscovit e, whereas
others contain spodumene. Some of the feldspar crystals
in the granite layers have rational faces against quartz, and
this is taken as evidence for crystallizat ion from a melt. The
edges of the granitic vein are not smooth; they have milli-
meter- to centimeter-scale indent at ions and irregularities
that are not necessarily the result of boudinage or pinch-and-
swell st ructures (see Figs. FI02 and FI04). A very narrow,
mafic selvedge around the granite veins is ubiquitous, and it
consists ma1nly of biotite; however, the selvedge in this pho-
tograph contains a few crystals of garnet that are identical to
that in the granite vein. In general, the mafic selvedges in th1s
type of migmatite-like rock do not contain sillimanite, cordier-
ite, orthopyroxene, garnet. or K-feldspar, but muscovite may
be present. The major- and trace-element composition (e.g.,
h1gh Li, Cs, Th, U, and Kp) of the granite vein in the photo-
graph indicates that it is the product of a highly fractionated
anatectic melt derived from a metapelitic or metagreywacke
protolith. The absence of mineral assemblages or micro-
structures Indicating that a melt-producing reaction occurred
in any of the surrounding rocks, or in the mafic selvedges,
indicates that these rocks do not consist of migmatite. They
are int erpreted as veined rocks, albeit veined by a felsic melt
that was derived from a protolith similar in bulk composition
to the host. However, the partial melting occurred at greater
depth, where temperatures were sufficient. As the anatectic
melt migrated upward, it crystallized and became progres-
sively more fractionated, and was finally inject ed into and
crystallized in an amphibolite-facies subsolidus host-rock.
Location: Nemiscau Subprovince, Quebec, Canada. Rock
type: granite vein in a metagreywacke, middle amphibolit e
facies, T ca. 600°C. P 3- 5 kbar. Scale: t he scale is 15 em long.
/mage: E.W. Sawyer.
 Ada, of Mig ma tites
----------------- -------------- 371

Figure

Fig. G20. The h1gher proportion of granit ic veins makes below the "melt-in" isograd that have been veined by an
the intrusive ongin of this migmatite-like rock clear. evolved melt that escaped from a deeper anatectic zone.
Nevertheless, the outcrop resembles some diatex1te mig-
matites (cf Figs. 043, 045, 049, and 054). A layer of the Locatton: N em1scau Subprov1nce, Quebec, Canada. Rock
biotite quartz plag1oclase sch1st occurs at the right of
type: gran1te ve1ns or dikes 1n metagreywacke. middle
the photograph. The schist does not conta1n orthopyrox- amphibolite fac1es. Scale: the ruler 1s 15 em long. Image:
E.W. Sawyer.
ene, nor does 1t have any microstructures ind1cat1ve that
it partially melted. However, 1t had reached t he m1ddle
amphibolite fac1es when t he granite sheets were emplaced
into it. A narrow mafic selvedge cons1sting mostly of b1o-
t1te occurs between the gran1te and its host. Other less
cont1nuous melanocrat1c patches occur with1n the gran-
Ite, and these may mark the pos1t1on of other gran1te host
contacts that have been subsequently overpnnted by gran-
ite veins. These relics of mafic selvedges consist almost
entirely of biotite (no garnet, cord1ente. orthopyroxene, or
K-feldspar 1s present). The mafic selvedge is interpreted to
be the result of a react1on between the wallrock and the
granitic magma, or more likely of an aqueous flUid exsolved
from it. The whole-rock compos1t1on of the gran1te sheets
1n this outcrop 1ndicates that they formed from an evolved
melt derived from a pelitic or greywacke source. The U Pb
zircon ages of the granite sheets IS 2672 ± 2 Ma, about
4 Ma younger than U-Pb monaZite ages from nearby mig-
mat it es. Consequently, these are Interpreted as rocks from
 THE PARTS OF A MIGMATITE
rocks that will partially melt
(the fertile rocks)

I PROTOLITH
I rocks that did not partially melt
rocks that have partially melted (the infertile rocks)
~ ~
NEOSOME PALEOSOME

segregation of the melt fraction

from the solid fraction no segregation of the melt
I \ fraction from the solid fraction
melt fraction solid fraction

I \
Unsegregated
Leocosome Residuum
neosome

types of types of
leucosome residuum

in situ leucosome melanosome

in source leucosome

leucocratic dike I vein